M O T O R C Y CLIN G A UST R ALI A 2011 Manual of Sport

Published annually since 1928 Motorcycling Australia is by Motorcycling Australia the Australian affiliate of ABN 83 057 830 083 the Fèdèration Internationale 147 Montague Street de Motocyclisme. South 3205 Australia Tel: 03 9684 0500 Fax: 03 9684 0555 email: [email protected] website: www.ma.org .au This publication is available electronically from: www.ma.org.au www.fim.ch ISSN 1833-2609

 2011. All material in this book is the copyright of Motorcycling Australia Ltd (MA) and may not be reproduced without prior written permission from the CEO. enjoy the ride Introduction enjoy the ride

INTRODUCTION TO THE 2011 EDITION Welcome to Motorcycling Australia’s (MA) 2011 Manual of , a publication designed to assist you in your riding throughout the upcoming calendar year. While the information in the 2011 MoMS is correct at the time of printing, things can – and often do change. For this reason, we urge you to keep an eye on the dedicated rule information bulletin page of our website: www.ma.org.au and on our fortnightly e-Newsletters for information about any changes that may occur. You can also download an on-line version of the Manual from: www.ma.org.au/moms. As the fall-out from the financial crisis continues, the motorcycling industry once again worked together to ensure that Motorcycle Sport in Australia continues to grow and riders can continue to do what they love. Licence figures for 2010 have remained stable and MA’s Insurance arm, Motorcycling Australia Insurance Limited, has continued to operate successfully. While 2010 was a time to celebrate for many, it was also a time for us to mourn the loss of two greats of the Motorcycling Community. Former World number two, Andrew ‘Sharky’ McFarlane tragically lost his life following an incident at the second round of the Australian Championship. To many, McFarlane was a hero, remembered for his triumphant debut on the World Stage at that very track – and remains one of Australia’s greatest Motocross stars. Also in 2010, we said farewell to John Hall, the father of the Australian Four Day (A4DE), who passed away at age 73. Hall was a dedicated rider, Official, and administrator who was responsible for starting the A4DE in 1978 and was the man instigator in pushing for the International Six Days Enduro (ISDE) to be held in Australia – in both 1992 and 1998. While our memories of both these great men remain, they will be sorely missed. As 2010 progressed, so to did MA, with the launch of a new database and new websites heralding a new online era for the organisation. The new database particularly has been instrumental in streamlining and providing uniformity to the administration processes currently used; with an increase in the ease of use for administrators, the ability to record statistics, run reports on demographics, identify trends, and improve search functions. The new database is also assisting in improving the accuracy of information recorded, and in future will allow more processes to be moved online such as licensing. As use of the database progresses so to will the opportunity to examine communications methods such as SMS updates and notifications. The introduction of the new National website, launched in April, State Controlling Body websites, launched throughout 2010 and continuing in 2011, and also the introduction of free club websites for MA Affiliated Motorcycle Clubs, is helping to give the Motorcycle Sport community a stronger online presence and encouraging more people to adopt new technologies to move the sport forward. In 2010 the second annual Broadford Bike Bonanza, promoted by MA, was a huge success with the likes of Gary Jones, Jimmy Ellis, Pelle Granquist and motorcycle journalist extraordinaire Alan Cathcart all taking part in the two-day event. Work has already begun for the 2011 event, with all profits going to MA’s Museum and Heritage Commit- tee to preserve and maintain the rich and vibrant history of Motorcycling in Australia. For more information about the 2011 Honda Broadford Bike Bonanza please visit www.ma.org.au. Throughout 2010 MA conducted several High Performance initiatives for some of our most talented riders. With an emphasis on servicing athletes of both genders and from multiple disciplines of motorcycle sport, MA successfully assisted emerging talent through a number of camps at the Australian Institute of Sport (AIS). Road Race, Speedway, and Dirt Track riders were catered for through the September Elite Rider Camp, while dedicated AIS camps for female motorcycle athletes and Moto Trials riders proved perfect examples of how to develop skills as an elite athlete without the presence of a motorcycle. Late in 2010, and for the fourth consecutive year, MA held its renowned U21 Development Camp at the AIS for Motocross and Enduro riders, ensuring the off-bike professionalism and sport science knowledge 4 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Introduction

required to succeed at the top trickles down to those coming up through the ranks. Australia has a long and proud history of competing overseas, and in 2010 MA was proud to allocate $20,000 in International Rider Grants to 14 riders competing across the disciplines of Enduro, Speedway, Road Race, Moto Trials, Quad Motocross and Track. In 2010 a number of Aussie riders did us proud on the World stage, with repeating his victory in the World Under 21 Speedway Championship, and Mick Headland also becoming a repeat World Champion, this time with his son Jesse in the World Championship - their feats highlighting Australia’s sustained success abroad. Australia continued its success in the World Junior Motocross Championship with Wilson Todd taking out third place in the Championship and securing the Australian Team third place overall, while the Australian team took out the Oceania Motocross Championship in New Zealand. With so many Aussie riders competing internationally, it comes as no surprise to see many stepping up onto the podium in various disciplines – with the likes of Josh Strang, , , Damien Cudlin and , to name a few, all tasting success abroad. Back at home, many Australian Champions were crowned, some highlights include Jay Marmont’s record equalling third consecutive Australian Motocross Championship win, ’s successful return to race in the Australian Speedway Championship, and Toby Price’s domination of Enduro and Off Road events throughout the year. The top three results in each of the 2010 Australian Championship classes can be found by turning to the Motorcycling Australia Hall of Fame pages, starting on page 23. In addition to sporting success, MA also saw success internationally with CEO David White, elected to one of three Vice President positions available at the Fédération Internationale de Motocyclisme (FIM). At the 125th Congress, held in Macau, China in October, White was elected for a four year term which will see him hold a voting position on the Management Council, now called the Board, providing Australia with a direct voice to the highest level governing body for Motorcycle Sport. The election is a clear indication of the respect shown for Australia and MA, from within the FIM, and presents us with a great opportunity to have representation at the forefront of International Motorcycle Affairs. MA in particular is highly regarded internationally because of its development of Strategic Planning and having set up its own insurance company. MA would like to acknowledge all the hard work that goes on at all levels to make our sport possible, includ- ing riders and their families, volunteers, clubs, coaches, officials, the industry for its ongoing support and our State Controlling Bodies who work tirelessly to administer the sport. MA would also like to thank the Australian Government for their continued funding and commitment to our sport in this country. The Australian Sport Commission (ASC) is the Government body that develops, sup- ports, and invests in sport at all levels in Australia. MA works closely with the ASC to develop motorcycling from community participation to high performance level. 2010 was an incredible year to be a part of motorcycling in Australia, and as holiday celebrations wrap up we look forward to 2011, which promises to be an even bigger and better year on the Australian Motorcycling scene. On behalf of the Board of Motorcycling Australia, we wish you all the best in 2011. Stephen Foody David White President Chief Executive Officer

Motorcycling Australia is proudly supported by the Australian Sports Commission 5 Table of contents enjoy the ride

Table of Contents INTRODUCTION TO THE 2011 EDITION...... 4 MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA...... 13 AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES...... 15 A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA...... 16 Motorcycling Australia Structure ...... 17 motorcycling australia HALL OF FAME...... 19 2010 AUSTRALIAN motorcyclING calendar ...... 30 mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide...... 32 THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES ...... 36 RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES...... 38 Immediate Rule Changes...... 38 Procedure for Consideration of Items by Commission...... 40 Rule Amendment or Inclusion Form...... 41 1 JURISDICTION ...... 42 1.1 Definitions ...... 42 1.2 Purpose of Rules ...... 43 1.3 Repeal of Current GCRs...... 43 1.4 By - Laws ...... 43 2 ADMINISTRATION...... 45 2.1 The Controlling Bodies...... 45 2.2 Commissions ...... 45 2.3 Sports Development Levy...... 46 2.4 Sports Development Account...... 46 2.5 Officials ...... 46 3 LICENSING...... 51 3.1 Licensing Requirements...... 51 3.1.2 Licence Types and Activity Eligibility...... 52 3.2 Licensing - General ...... 53 3.3 Licensing - Seniors...... 53 3.4 Licensing - Juniors...... 53 3.5 Licensing - Entrants ...... 54 3.6 Licensing - Speedway Mechanics...... 54 3.7 Licence Issuing and Renewals ...... 54 3.8 Junior Coaching Program ...... 55 4 COMPETITIONS...... 56 4.1 Venues...... 56 4.2 The Promotion and Conduct of Competitions...... 56 4.3 Offences...... 60 5 PROTESTS AND APPEALS...... 65 5.1 Protests...... 65 6 5.2 Appellate Bodies...... 66 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT table of contents

5.3 Appeals...... 66 6 JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES ...... 68 6.1 MA Hearing Guidelines ...... 68 7 SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES ...... 70 7.1 Creation of Commissions...... 70 7.2 Structure of the Commissions...... 70 7.3 Structure of the Standing Committees and Special Sub-Committees ...... 70 7.4 Objectives of the Commissions...... 70 7.5 Commission Terms of Reference...... 71 8 NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME...... 72 8.1 Coaching Background...... 72 9 NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME ...... 74 9.1 Officials Background...... 74 9.2 Levels of Accreditation...... 74 9.3 Officials Licensing...... 75 9.4 National Officials Sub-Committee Guidelines...... 75 9.5 State Officials Review Panel Guidelines...... 75 10 NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE ...... 76 10.4 Definitions ...... 77 11 ANTI-DOPING POLICY...... 78 Anti- Doping Background...... 78 11.1 Anti-Doping Policy Responsibilities...... 78 11.2 Anti-Doping Definitions ...... 80 11.3 MA’s Position on Doping...... 80 11.4 Anti-Doping Policy Application ...... 80 11.5 Anti-Doping Policy Obligations...... 81 11.6 Definition of Doping...... 81 11.7 Proof of Doping...... 82 11.8 Anti-Doping Rule Violations ...... 82 11.9 Anti-Doping Prohibited List...... 82 11.10 Therapeutic Use...... 82 11.11 Anti-Doping Testing...... 82 11.12 Retirement and Return to Competition ...... 83 11.13 New Members...... 84 11.14 Anti-Doping Sample Analysis...... 84 11.15 Anti-Doping Investigations ...... 84 11.16 Anti-Doping Result Management ...... 84 11.17 Anti-Doping Hearings...... 85 11.18 Anti-Doping Sanctions ...... 86 11.19 Doping- Consequences to Teams ...... 86 11.20 Anti-Doping Appeals ...... 86 11.21 Anti-Doping Violations Ouside of ADP...... 87 11.22 Anti-Doping Confidentiality and Reporting...... 87 11.23 Interpretation of the Code ...... 88 7 Table of contents enjoy the ride

11.24 Anti-Doping Miscellaneous...... 88 11.25 Alcohol Breath Testing ...... 88 11.26 Alcohol Blood Testing...... 89 11.27 Illicit Drug Testing...... 90 11.26 ADP Appendix- Anti-Doping Code Prohibited List...... 90 12 ALL DISCIPLINES...... 91 12.1 Application of Chapter...... 91 12.2 Eligibility - All Disciplines...... 91 12.3 Fees- All Disciplines...... 91 12.4 Engines – Formulae for Calculation of Capacities and Classes...... 91 12.5 Measurement - All Disciplines...... 92 12.6 Number Plates- All Disciplines...... 93 12.7 Radio Communication...... 95 12.8 Frames and Parts - All Disciplines ...... 95 12.9 Fuel-All Disciplines...... 97 12.10 Noise Emissions -All Disciplines...... 98 12.11 Starts and Finishes - All Disciplines...... 100 12.12 Stopping Events- All Disciplines ...... 101 12.13 Flags and Signals- All DiscipliNes...... 101 12.14 Scoring- All Disciplines...... 102 12.15 Change of Machine During a Competition - All Disciplines...... 102 12.16 Junior Competition Rules - All Disciplines...... 102 12.17 Junior Capacity Classes - All Disciplines ...... 104 13 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS...... 106 13.1 MA Events...... 106 13.2 Protocols...... 106 13.3 Championship Medallions and Trophies...... 111 14 2010 IN PICTURES...... 114 15 Road racing ...... 116 15.1 Frames and Parts – Road Racing...... 116 15.2 Engines - Road Racing...... 116 15.3 Noise Emissions - Road Racing...... 117 15.4 Protective Clothing - Road Racing...... 117 15.5 Fuel - Road Racing...... 118 15.6 Superbikes...... 118 15.7 Supersport ...... 120 15.8 Superstock 600...... 121 15.9 Superstock 1000...... 122 15.10 Production ...... 124 15.11 125cc GP Class ...... 124 15.12 250 GP Mono...... 125 15.13 Formula One ...... 126 15.14 Formula Two Sidecars ...... 128 15.15 Yamaha FZ6 ...... 131 8 15.16 Junior Competition Eligibility...... 132 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT table of contents

15.17 Junior Solo Road Racing 80cc...... 132 15.18 Junior Solo Road Racing 160cc...... 133 15.19 Protective Clothing – Minimoto ...... 133 15.20 Frames and Parts - Minimoto...... 133 15.21 Engines - Minimoto...... 134 15.22 Road Bike Freestyle...... 135 15.23 Competition Rules - Road Racing...... 135 15.24 Australian Superbike Championship...... 140 16 HISTORIC ROAD RACING...... 141 16.1 Protective Clothing – Historic Road Racing...... 141 16.2 Categories and Classes- Historic Road Racing...... 142 16.3 Noise Emissions - Historic Road Racing ...... 142 16.4 Eligibility - Historic Road Racing...... 143 16.5 Requirements- Historic Road Racing - Solo ...... 144 16.6 Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo ...... 145 16.7 Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo...... 146 16.8 Requirements - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars ...... 147 16.9 Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing -Sidecars & Cyclecars...... 148 16.10 Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars ...... 148 16.11 Fuel- Historic Road Racing...... 149 16.12 Australian Historic Road Racing Championships ...... 149 17 MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS...... 150 17.1 Protective Clothing - Motocross and Supercross...... 150 17.2 Frames and Parts - Motocross and Supercross...... 150 17.3 Noise Emissions - Motocross and Supercross ...... 151 17.4 Fuel- Motocross and Supercross...... 152 17.5 Senior Classes- Motocross and Supercross...... 152 17.6 Junior Classes- Motocross and Supercross ...... 152 17.7 Competitor Grading- Motocross and Supercross...... 152 17.8 Competition Rules - All Ages and Classes...... 152 17.9 Competition Rules - Supercross...... 154 17.10 Competition Rules - Freestyle Motocross...... 154 17.11 Competition Rules - Fast 50’s...... 155 17.12 Australian Motocross Championships...... 156 17.13 Australian Junior Motocross Championships...... 158 17.14 Australian Supercross Championship...... 159 18. CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK...... 162 18.1 Protective Clothing- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track...... 162 18.2 Eligibility- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track ...... 162 18.3 Machine Requirements- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track ...... 163 18.4 Fuel - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track ...... 163 18.4 Machine and Class Identification- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track ...... 163 18.5 Frames and Parts -Solo - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track...... 164 18.6 Engines - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track ...... 164 18.7 Tables of Accepted Machines- Motocross and Dirt Track ...... 165 9 Table of contents enjoy the ride

18.8 Frames and Parts - Sidecars - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track ...... 169 18.9 Engines - Sidecars - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track ...... 169 18.10 Eligibility - Slider Class...... 170 18.11 Frames and Parts ...... 170 18.12 Australian Classic Motocross and Dirt Track Championships...... 170 19 SPEEDWAY...... 171 19.1 Protective Clothing- Speedway...... 171 19.2 Frames and Parts - Speedway ...... 172 19.3 Engines – Speedway ...... 177 19.4 Engines - Junior Speedway ...... 179 19.5 Rider Identification- Speedway ...... 179 19.6 Fuel - Speedway...... 180 19.7 Classes- Junior Speedway...... 180 19.8 250cc Intermediate Speedway...... 180 19.9 350cc Solo Speedway ...... 180 19.10 Classic Speedway...... 181 19.11 Competition Rules - Speedway...... 181 19.12 Australian Speedway Championships ...... 185 19.13 Australian Teams Championships -Speedway...... 188 19.14 Test Matches- Speedway...... 190 19.15 World Championship Selection - Speedway...... 191 20 DIRT TRACK...... 194 20.1 Protective Clothing- Dirt Track ...... 194 20.2 Frames and Parts - Dirt Track...... 195 20.3 Noise Emissions - Dirt Track...... 196 20.4 Machine and Rider Identification - Dirt Track...... 196 20.5 Fuel - Dirt Track ...... 196 20.6 Junior Classes - Dirt Track...... 196 20.7 Classes - Dirt Track...... 196 20.8 Competition Rules - Dirt Track...... 197 20.9 Australian Dirt Track Championship...... 197 21 Track ...... 199 21.1 Protective Clothing - Track Machines...... 199 21.2 Protective Clothing - Motocross or Enduro Machines...... 200 21.3 Frames and Parts - Track ...... 201 21.4 Engines - Track...... 202 21.5 Fuel - Track...... 202 21.6 Track - Junior ...... 203 21.7 Classic Track...... 203 21.8 Competition Rules - Track...... 203 21.9 Australian Senior and Junior Track Championships ...... 204 22 QUADS...... 205 22.1 Protective Clothing - Quads...... 205 22.2 Footware in Pits ...... 205 10 22.3 Frames and Parts- Quads...... 205 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT table of contents

22.4 Engines- Quads...... 206 22.5 Fuel - Quads ...... 206 22.6 Classes and Age Groups- Quads...... 206 22.7 Competition Rules - Quads...... 207 23 MOTO-TRIALS...... 208 23.1 Protective Clothing – Moto-Trials...... 208 23.2 Classes and Grades – Moto-Trials...... 208 23.3 Frames and Parts - Moto-Trials ...... 209 23.4 Fuel- Moto-Trials...... 209 23.5 Classic Trials...... 209 23.6 Sidecar - Moto-Trials...... 210 23.7 Competition Rules – Moto-Trials...... 210 23.8 Australian Moto-Trials Championships ...... 213 24 ...... 214 24.1 Protective Clothing – Supermoto ...... 214 24.2 Frames and Parts- Supermoto...... 215 24.3 Engines- Supermoto ...... 215 24.4 Noise Emissions - Supermoto...... 215 24.5 Fuel- Supermoto...... 215 24.6 Capacity Classes- Supermoto ...... 215 24.7 Competition Rules- Supermoto...... 215 24.8 Australian Supermoto Championship...... 217 25 ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS...... 218 25.1 Protective Clothing - Enduro and Reliability Trials...... 218 25.2 Frames and Parts - Enduro and Reliability Trials...... 219 25.3 Noise Emissions- Enduro and Reliability Trials...... 219 25.4 Fuel- Enduro and Reliability Trials ...... 219 25.5 Competition Rules- Enduro and Reliability Trials...... 220 25.6 Competition Rules -Junior Enduro...... 227 25.7 Australian 4 Day Enduro Championships ...... 228 25.8 The Course – A4DE...... 229 25.9 Preliminary Examination- A4DE...... 230 25.10 Publication of Results- A4DE...... 230 25.11 A4DE Awards...... 229 25.12 Cross Country...... 232 25.13 Sprint...... 232 25.14 Australian Off-Road Championships...... 233 26 MINIKHANA...... 235 26.1 Introduction...... 235 26.2 Protective Clothing- Minikhana ...... 235 26.3 Frames and Parts- Minikhana...... 235 26.4 Engines- Minikhana ...... 236 26.5 Classes and Categories- Minikhana ...... 236 26.6 Competition Rules- Minikhana...... 237 26.7 Courses- Minikhana...... 239 11 Table of contents enjoy the ride

27 ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION...... 246 27.1 Alternative Activities...... 246 27.2 Venues - Alternative Activities...... 246 27.3 Permits - Alternative Activities...... 246 27.4 Supplementary Regulations- Alternative Activities...... 246 27.5 Licensing of Competitors - Alternative Activities...... 246 27.6 Technical Specifications - Alternative Activities...... 246 28 RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY...... 247 28.1 Recreational Activities...... 247 28.2 Controlling Bodies- Recreational Activities...... 247 28.3 Officials – Recreational Activities...... 247 28.4 Venues – Recreational Activities...... 247 28.5 The Promotion And Conduct of Recreational Activity...... 247 28.6 Permits – Recreational Activities...... 247 28.7 Entries...... 248 28.8 Licensing of Participants...... 248 29 NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY ...... 249 appendix 1 HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING ...... 251 30.1.1 Approval Labels For Helmets...... 251 Helmet Fitting Guide ...... 252 appendix 2 MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS ...... 254 appendix 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY ...... 260 1. Purpose of this Member Protection Policy...... 260 2. Who this Member Protection Policy Applies to: ...... 260 3. Code of Conduct...... 260 4. Organisational Responsibilities...... 260 5. Individual Responsibilities...... 261 6. Policy Position Statements...... 261 7. Member Protection Policy - Screening...... 263 8. Member Protection Information Officers (MPIOs)...... 263 9. Child Abuse Procedures...... 263 10. Complaints Procedures...... 264 11. Breaches of This Member Protection Policy...... 265 12. Forms of Discipline...... 265 13. Definitions ...... 265 Attachment A - Code of Conduct ...... 268 Attachment B - Member Protection Declaration ...... 269 Attachment C - Child Protection Requirements...... 270 Appendix 4- PRIVACY REGULATION ...... 273 Appendix 5- Occupational health and safety policy ...... 275 Appendix 6- Environmental sustainability policy ...... 275 30 Riders Division...... 276 12 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MA information MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA PERSONNEL Chief Executive Officer David White [email protected] (03) 9684 0512 PA to the CEO Kipley Firth [email protected] (03) 9684 0512 Operations Manager Barry French [email protected] (03) 9684 0503 Finance & Administration Manager Jamie Nind [email protected] (03) 9684 0506 Riders’ Division Manager Rob Smith [email protected] (03) 9684 0501 Commissions & Committees Manager Ross Martin [email protected] (03) 9684 0504 Risk and Compliance Manager Claire Lawrence [email protected] (03) 9684 0516 Communications Officer Erin Lagoudakis [email protected] (03) 9684 0511 Communications Officer Max Bennett [email protected] (03) 9684 0507 Accounts Administrator Kellie Ramstein [email protected] (03) 9684 0530 Events Officer Laurence Miller [email protected] (03) 9684 0510 National Development Officer Asher Newton [email protected] (03) 9684 0502 International Teams Officer Sian Smith [email protected] (03) 5174 1847 Address 147 Montague Street, South Melbourne, VIC 3205 Postal PO Box 134, South Melbourne, VIC 3205 Phone +61 (03) 9684 0500 Fax +61 (03) 9684 0555 or +61 (03) 9696 9731 Web www.ma.org.au OFFICE BEARERS President Steve Foody Vice President Les Thomas Patron The Hon. Tony Street Auditor Terrence Jasper & Associates National Director of Coaching Stephen Gall Chief Medical Officer Dr Carl Le Tony Street COUNCILLORS BOARD OF DIRECTORS Christine Tickner Steve Foody President Northern Territory Ian Jordan Les Thomas Vice- President Derek Rumble Lyal Allen Ivan Golding Beach Thomas Tasmania Peter Kitto Ray Jonkers Victoria Darryl Hiddle Rhys Griffiths Paul Foster

Stephen Foody Les Thomas Lyal Allen

13 Beach Thomas Ray Jonkers Rhys Griffiths MA information enjoy the ride

MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA

COMMISSIONS (Chairman - bolded) Road Racing Derek Rumble (2011) Historic Road Racing Marcus De Caux (2011) Phil Tainton (2013) Alan Warner (2012) Mark Bracks (2012) John Simms (2013) David Catchpole (2013)

Motocross/ Graeme Baynes (2013) Classic Motocross David Tanner (2011) Supercross John Tisdale (2013) & Classic Dirt Track Shane Fraser (2013) Mark Luksich (2012) Rod MacDonald (2012) Paul Foster (2011)

Speedway Matt Jones (2011) Dirt Track Paul Caslick (2012) Ivan Golding (2013) Track, Supermoto Matt Saggus (2013) Garry Davey (2013) & Quad Lisa Allen (2011)

Enduro John Hand (2011) Moto-Trials Bob McGlinchy (2013) Don Atkins (2012) Robert Eyres (2012) Denise Hore (2011) Colin Scott (2011) David Ahola (2013)

Junior Sport & Braxton Laine (2012) Womens Jennifer Ballard (2013) Development Colin Foulds (2011) Fiona Collins (2012) Cameron Scheuber (2013) Jacqui Beattie (2011)

COMMITTEES Coaching Lyndon Heffernan Officials Sandra Palmer Rod Jenner Peter Smith Stephen Gall Peter Bell Paul Caslick Brendon Gledhill

Judicial- Richard Lawson Judicial- Ross Earl Legal Members John Urquhart Motorcycle Members Dale Wyatt Ralph Freeman Heritage and Lindsay Urqhart Museum Mick Pettifer Jim Scaysbrook Peter Drakeford Ian Hopkins Ron Kivovitch

14 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MA information

AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES

MOTORCYCLING NEW SOUTH WALES MOTORCYCLING VICTORIA CEO Daniel Gatt CEOr Andrew Weiss President Christine Tickner President Darryl Hiddle Address 9 Parkes Street, Address Suite 125 / 9 Hall Street Harris Park, NSW 2150 Port Melbourne, 3207 Postal PO Box 9172, Postal Suite 125 / 9 Hall Street Harris Park, NSW 2150 Port Melbourne, 3207 Phone +61 (02) 9635 9177 Phone +61 (03) 9673 0600 Fax +61 (02) 9635 5277 Fax +61 (03) 9673 0620 Email [email protected] Email [email protected] Web www.motorcycling.com.au Web www.motorcyclingvic.com.au

MOTORCYCLING QUEENSLAND MOTORCYCLING TASMANIA General Manager Lindsay Granger Administrator Fred Bessell President Derek Rumble President Peter Kitto Address 2/8 Gordon Street Postal PO Box 270 Ipswich, Qld 4305 Latrobe, Tas 7307 Postal PO Box 2072 Phone +61 (03) 6426 1988 North Ipswich, Qld 4305 Fax +61 (03) 6426 1988 Phone +61 (07) 3281 2255 E-mail [email protected] Fax +61 (07) 3812 2742 Web www.mtas.org.au E-mail [email protected] Web www.mqld.org.au MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA NORTHERN TERRITORY Manager Ian Jordan MOTORCYCLING WESTERN AUSTRALIA President Ian Jordan Executive Director Rick Gill Address 35 Menaja Road President Paul Foster Howard Springs, NT 0835 Postal Address PO Box 475 Postal PO Box 154, Howard Springs NT 0835 Maylands, WA 6931 Phone +61 (08) 8983 2200 Address Brian Adams House, 46 Seventh Fax +61 (08) 8983 2200 Ave, Maylands, WA 6051. E-mail [email protected] Phone +61 (08) 9371 5333 Web www.mant.org.au Fax +61 (08) 9371 5311 Email [email protected] Web www.motorcyclingwa.org.au

MOTORCYCLING SOUTH AUSTRALIA General Manager Rob Bauman President Ivan Golding Address 251 The Parade Beulah Park, SA 5067 Phone +61 (08) 8332 9000 Fax +61 (08) 8332 9100 Email [email protected] Web www.motorcyclingsa.org.au

15 MA information enjoy the ride A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA

Subsequently, in late 1992, the name Motorcycling Australia replaced ACCA to reflect a more modern and progressive image, and to ensure easy identification with motorcycling sport. A new logo was introduced at the same time, to match the improved image. A full-time National Development Officer was appointed in early 1993, reflecting the growth of the sport and the organisation’s commitment to support and encourage that growth. At the 1993 annual conference, there was an overwhelming vote in favour of change for the long-term benefit of the sport, including plans for restructuring the In 1928, the Auto Cycle Council of Australia (ACCA) was organisation. formed to represent the interests of motorcycle clubs The following year, at the Annual conference, the and State associations at a National level. The ACCA Council approved a restructuring of the organisation. would eventually become Motorcycling Australia, the National Commissions were established and representative body for in Australia. Commissioners appointed for each branch of the sport. But organised motorcycle sport was established many Each Commission was responsible for rule changes years before the ACCA. Speedway racing was the first and the national development of its discipline. Special form of motorcycle competition to be organised as a Sub-committees, responsible for the business aspect of professional sport. John Hoskins has been credited with the sport, were also established. In 1998, the Northern presenting Speedway to the world, when he conducted Territory was formally admitted as a member. the first meetings at the West Maitland Showgrounds At the 2000 Annual conference in Hobart, a new (NSW) in 1923. His efforts laid the foundation for future constitution was adopted which empowered an Australian successes in World Championships. independent Board of Directors. Councillors were ACCA held biennial National conferences until 1972, reduced to one from each State. In the same year a when they became annual affairs. Delegates from Motorsport Manager was appointed to administer each State Controlling Body (SCB) participated at Australian championships. That role would eventually the conferences. These high-level gatherings had the become that of Sport and Development Manager, primary purpose of updating the General Competition merging the duties of National Development Officer Rules (GCRs) and determining future directions of the and Motorsport Manager into one role. In 2001, sport. Motorcycling Australia appointed a Media Manager In 1975, ACCA moved to International recognition and in late 2002, a new role of General Manager was by affiliating with the Fédération Internationale de created, replacing that of Operations Manager. Motocyclisme (FIM). Motorcycling Australia established its own Public By the 1980s, motorcycle sport was no longer an Liability insurance arm- Motorcycling Australia amateur business and it was becoming unfeasible Insurance Limited (MAIL) in 2003 to free the sport from to operate in the traditional way. In 1989, the ACCA the volatility of the public insurance market. established a permanent office in Melbourne, staffed by Today, the organisation has in excess of 21,000 a full-time administrator and assistant. By 1991, a new competitors, more than 350 affiliated clubs, and over full-time National Executive Director was appointed, 3000 registered officials. replacing the administrator. It was clear that the Motorcycling Australia will continue to serve its organisation had to change with the times and provide members and the motorcycle sport community, to the professionalism demanded by modern sport. ensure the healthy future of motorcycle sport.

16 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MA structure

Motorcycling Australia Structure

Motorcycling Australia (MA) is the governing body of States and Territories except the ACT. These are listed motorcycle sport in Australia. on page 15. In any sport, it is essential to have rules regulating its MA’s National Council is made up of one delegate from conduct. This is particularly so in the case of motorcycling, each SCB, usually the SCB President. The Council elects where safety is vital for participants and spectators. 4 Directors to the MA Board, which in turn appoints 2 This book of rules, referred to as the GCRs, the Rule independent Directors. Book, sometimes ‘The Bible’ and MoMS variously, forms MA’s has a full-time National Office in Melbourne as do the basis of a contract between the regulating bodies of most of the SCBs around Australia. All are available to the sport and those who participate in it, namely licence help keen riders enjoy their sport to the full. holders, promoters and the clubs. Responsibilities Our rules must be fair, they must confer on officials a In addition to electing the Board, the MA National Council clearly defined discretion to ensure that they are applied is responsible for policy development and strategic fairly, and must be observed by all. As the technology of direction. our sport is constantly changing and developing so must our rules adapt to change. The MA Board is responsible for implementing and reviewing the adopted Strategic Plan, governance and MA’s core business appointing suitable people to join Commissions and MA’s core business is to develop and apply the rules and Committees. regulations of the sport and represent you, our 25,000 The CEO is employed to manage the organisation. members Australia-wide. Commissions are mainly discipline-specific and exist MA operates within the framework of local, State and to develop recommendations for the management of a Commonwealth Government legislation and regulations particular area of the sport. They have been established and is affiliated with the international governing body, across the spectrum of motorcycle sport, including Road Fédération Internationale de Motocyclisme (FIM), based Racing, Motocross & Supercross, Speedway & Track, in Geneva, Switzerland. Enduro, Moto Trials, Classic Motocross, Historic Road MA is a Federation with seven voting members, Racing, Dirt Track, Juniors and Women. comprising State Controlling Bodies (SCBs) from all To find out more about the Commissions and Commitees see page 70 Administration of the sport Motorcycle sport is administered under the doctrine of “Relevant Controlling Bodies”. The FIM is responsible for international competitions, MA for Australian Championships and series, and the SCBs control state and club competitions. Although each SCB is autonomous and incorporated in its own State, both MA and SCBs have a mutual reliance for the efficient management of the sport. MA and the SCBs administer all competitions under common rules and the SCBs have delegated authority to licence competitions, venues and control the sport at State/Territory level. Together with their organisational roles, MA and SCBs are concerned with the well-being of riders, officials, venue and track standards, risk management, all aspects of safety, the administration of safe, free and fair competition in accordance with the principles of natural justice and the development of the sport in Australia. 17 MA structure enjoy the ride

Clubs Clubs are the smallest, but one of the most important units of organistation in our sport. They often provide the face-to-face contact that encourages people to join motorcycle sport. They have also traditionally provided a social aspect which makes our sport, in particular one which attracts people and often keeps them involved for entire lifetimes. Competitors Competitors are the life-blood of Motorcycling Australia. Coaching and have support services to assist volunteer Without your involvement and enthusiasm, there would involvement in motorcycle sport. be no sport. We would encourage anyone interested in becoming MA has sought to recognise this vital contribution that involved in motorcycle sport to contact a club. competitors bring to motorcycling by creating a Member Benefits program that competitors can use to reduce the Riders’ Division cost of participating in the sport. Until recently, MA existed solely as the governing body By arranging discounts on accommodation, car and of motorcycle sport in Australia. truck hire, bike transport, tyres, accessories, protective Motorcycling Australia saw the need for a national body clothing, etc, we hope to encourage new competitors to that was relevant to all motorcyclists, so we created the join our sport, and older competitors to continue to take Riders’ Division as part of a plan to become the peak part. motorcycling organisation in the country. Volunteers The Riders’ Division is not only a reason for non-racing Competitors, administrators, spectators, sponsors and motorcyclists to be a part of Motorcycling Australia. It is government authorities are all important elements of the also another reason for members to get on their bikes- to successful running of a sport. One of the most overlooked enjoy the ride. groups – volunteers – is of fundamental importance. Members of the Riders’ Division get not only access to Volunteers fulfill the majority of roles and responsibilities Member Benefits, but also increasingly, tours, rides and in the function of every day motorcycle sport. The many rallies to enjoy. organisations delivering sport and recreation services There’s more about the Riders’ Division at the back of and the volunteers that create and sustain these this book organisations make a vital contribution to the needs of the community. Without volunteer support, our sport would not exist. It is also true that the volunteers receive the least recognition or reward for their time and effort. Competitors enjoy the excitement of competition and the opportunity to win prizes; Sponsors receive increased recognition for their brand or product; and a professional administrator or Promoter can realise a profit. Volunteers do it for the love of the sport, so we acknowledge the contribution that you make to motorcycle sport in Australia and greatly appreciate your time and effort given. All our volunteers have access to the full range of Member Benefits at no cost to them. It’s another way that we recognise volunteers’ cricial contribution to our success. 18 MA and the SCBs conduct courses in Officiating and 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MA hall of fame

MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS

AUSTRALIAN WORLD CHAMPIONS 1936 Lionel Van Praag Speedway 1938 Speedway 1951-1952 Jack Young Speedway 1957 Keith Campbell Road Racing (350cc) 1961 Road Racing (125cc) 1969 Kel Carruthers Road Racing (250cc) 1979 Barry Smith Road Racing (Formula TT) 1981 Barry Smith Road Racing (Formula TT) 1983 Steve Baker Speedway (under 21) 1987 Road Racing (500cc) 1992 Speedway (under 21) 1994-1998 Michael Doohan Road Racing (500cc) 1995 Jason Crump Speedway (under 21) 1996 Road racing (Superbikes) 1997 Shane Watts Enduro (125cc) 1997 Peter Goddard Road Racing (Endurance) 2000 Stefan Merriman Enduro (250cc) 2000 Warwick Nowland Road Racing (Endurance) 2001 Troy Bayliss Road Racing (Superbikes) 2001 Andrew Pitt Road Racing (Supersport) 2001 Heinz Platacis Road Racing (Endurance) 2001 Stefan Merriman Enduro (400cc) 2002 Warwick Nowland Road Racing (Endurance) 2003 Stefan Merriman Enduro (250cc) 2003 Chad Reed Supercross (250cc) 2003 Chris Vermeulen Road Racing (Supersport) 2004 Karl Muggeridge Road Racing (Supersport) 2004 Stefan Merriman Enduro E1 (125cc 2T v 250 4T) 2004 Jason Crump Speedway 2005 Troy Corser Road racing (Superbikes) 2006 Jason Crump Speedway 2006 Troy Bayliss Road Racing (Superbikes) 2007 Road Racing (Moto GP) 2008 Chad Reed Supercross 2008 Troy Bayliss Road Racing (Superbikes) 2008 Andrew Pitt Road Racing (Supersport) 2009 Jay Wilson Junior Motocross (85cc - 150F) 2009 Darcy Ward Speedway (under 21) 2009 Steve Martin Road Racing (Endurance) 2009 Jason Crump Speedway 2010 Darcy Ward Speedway (under 21) 2010 Alexander Cudlin Road Racing (Superstock Endurance)

19 MA hall of fame enjoy the ride

MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS

Lionel Van Praag Bluey Wilkinson Jack Young

Keith Campbell Tom Phillis Kel Carruthers

Barry Smith Wayne Gardner Michael Doohan

Stefan Merriman Andrew Pitt Troy Bayliss

Troy Corser Chad Reed Casey Stoner 20 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MA hall of fame

motorcycling australia HALL OF FAME

SECOND PLACE WORLD RANKINGS 1961 Tom Phillis Road Racing (250cc) 1964 Jack Ahearn Road Racing (500cc) 1968 Jack Findlay Road Racing (500cc) 1970 Kel Carruthers Road Racing (250cc and 350cc) 1978-1979 Gregg Hansford Road Racing (250cc) 1983 Speedway 1986/1988 Wayne Gardner Road Racing (500cc) 1989 Jeff Leisk Motocross (500cc) 1991-1992 Michael Doohan Road Racing (500cc) 1995 Daryl Beattie Road Racing (500cc) 1995 Troy Corser Road Racing (Superbikes) Jack Findlay 1996 Speedway (under 21) 2001 Chad Reed Motocross (250cc) 2001-2003/2005 Jason Crump Speedway 2002 Troy Bayliss Road Racing (Superbikes) 2003 Warwick Nowland Road Racing (Endurance) 2004 Broc Parkes Road Racing (Supersport) 2005 Casey Stoner Road Racing (250cc) 2005 Stefan Merriman Enduro E2 (250cc 2T v 450cc 4T) 2005 Jake Stapleton Enduro (Junior) 2005 Kevin Curtain Road Racing (Supersport) 2005 Chris Vermeulen Road Racing (Superbike) 2005 Andrew McFarlane Motocross MX2 (125cc 2T v 250cc 4T) Chris Holder 2006 Kevin Curtain Road Racing (Supersport) 2006 Warwick Nowland Road Racing (Endurance) 2007 Leigh Adams Speedway 2007 Chad Reed Supercross 2007 Broc Parkes Road Racing (Supersport) 2007 Chris Holder Speedway (under 21) 2008 Jason Crump Speedway 2008 Chris Holder Speedway (under 21) 2008 Troy Corser Road Racing (Superbikes) 2008 Steve Martin Road Racing (Endurance) 2008 Casey Stoner Road Racing (Moto GP) 2009 Tye Simmonds Junior Motocross (125cc) Tye Simmonds 2009 Chad Reed Supercross THIRD PLACE WORLD RANKINGS 1936 Bluey Wilkinson Speedway 1950 Graham Warren Speedway 1951 Jack Biggs Speedway 1954 Ken Kavanagh Road Racing (500cc) 1958 Aub Lawson Speedway 1959 Bob Brown Road Racing (350cc and 500cc) 1966 Jack Findlay Road Racing (500cc) 1968 Kel Carruthers Road Racing (350cc) 1968-1969 Barry Smith Road Racing (50cc) 1973 John Dodds Road Racing (250cc) 1976 Phil Crump Speedway Aub Lawson 1978-1979 Gregg Hansford Road Racing (350cc) 1980 Billy Sanders Speedway 1990 Michael Doohan Road Racing (500cc) 1990 Speedway 1991 Speedway (under 21) 1991-1992 Rob Phillis Road Racing (Superbikes) 1993 Daryl Beattie Road Racing (500cc) 1994 Jason Crump Speedway (under 21) 1994 Speedway 1995 Ryan Sullivan Speedway (under 21) Ryan Sullivan 1996 Shane Watts Enduro (250cc) 1998 Troy Corser Road Racing (Superbikes) 2002 Ryan Sullivan Speedway 21 MA hall of fame enjoy the ride

motorcycling australia HALL OF FAME

THIRD PLACE WORLD RANKINGS 2005 Leigh Adams Speedway 2006 Stefan Merriman Enduro E2 2006 Stefan Merriman ISDE (Enduro E2) 2006 Road Racing (Endurance 2007 Jason Crump Speedway 2007 Damien Cudlin Road Racing (Endurance) 2007 Steve Martin Road Racing (Endurance) Damian Cudlin 2008 Josh Brookes Road Racing (Supersport) 2009 Dylan Long Junior Motocross (85cc - 1504T) 2010 Wilson Todd Junior Motocross (65cc) 2010 Jason Crump Speedway

AUSTRALIAN TEAMS 1974 Pairs Speedway 2nd 1976 Team Speedway (Phil Crump, Billy Sanders, Phil Hearne, John Boulger) 1st 1990 Pairs Speedway 2nd 1994 ISDE Junior Trophy 2nd 1995 ISDE Junior Trophy (Ian Cunningham, Shane Watts, Shawn Reed Jamie Cunningham) 1st 1998 ISDE World Trophy 3rd ISDE Junior Trophy 3rd 1999 Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan Jason Lyons, Todd Wiltshire) 1st 1999 ISDE World Trophy 3rd 2001 Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Craig Boyce, 1st Jason Lyons) 2002 Team Speedway (Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Jason Lyons) 1st 2003 Team Speedway 2nd 2006 Oceania Motocross (Nathan Brochtrup, Lee Ellis, Josh Strang, Kirk Gibbs, Chris Hollis, Cody 1st Mackie, Ryan Marmont, Joel Passlow, Harley Quinlan, Tye Simmonds, Todd Waters) 2006 ISDE Junior Team (Christopher Hollis, Joshua Strang, Blake Hore, Darren Lloyd) 3rd 2007 Team Speedway (Ryan Sullivan, Rory Schlein, Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Chris Holder, 3rd Dave Watt) 2007 Oceanic Motocross (Craig Anderson, Troy Carroll, Lee Ellis, Jay Marmont, Jake Moss, 1st Cameron Tatlor, Danny Anderson, Lewis Stewart, Kristy Gillespie, Ashlea Bates, Adelia Barton, Tye Simmons, Ross Beaton, Luke Arbon) 2008 ISDE Junior Team (Jarrod Bewley, Geoff Braico, Blake Hore, Andrew Lloyd) 2nd 2009 Junior Motocross (Tye Simmonds, Jay Wilson) 1st 2009 Track Racing Sidecar 1000cc (Mick Headland, Paul Waters) 1st 2009 Team Speedway (Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Chris Holder, , ) 2nd 2009 Women’s ISDE Team (Alison Parker, Jacqui Jones, Jemma Wilson) 3rd 2010 Track Racing Sidecar 1000cc (Mick Headland, Jesse Headland) 1st 2010 Oceanic Motocross (Mitchell Evans, Joel Dinsdale, Matt Phillips, Hunter Lawrence, Jack 1st Simpson, Jason Reed, Jordan Hill, Jayden Archer, Errol Willis, Dylan Dukes, Thomas Henry, Dylan Long, Jackson Williams, Blake Colleton, Kale Makeham) 2010 Junior Motocross (Wilson Todd, Mitchell Evans, Joel Dinsdale, Scott Mann, Matt Phillips, Errol 3rd Willis)

22 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2010 australian champions

2010 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS

2010 AUSTRALIAN ROAD RACING CHAMPIONSHIP Superbike Supersport 1st Bryan Staring 1st Troy Herfoss 2nd Wayne Maxwell 2nd Christan Casella 3rd Glen Allerton 3rd Brodie Waters Superstock 600cc (C & D Grade) Superstock 1000cc (B, C & D Grade) 1st Matthew Walters 1st Cru Halliday 2nd Aaron Morris 2nd Derrick Pastusezek 3rd Michael Jones 3rd Warren Harding 125 GP 1st James Mutton 2nd Jordan Zamora 3rd Samuel Lambert 2010 AUSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD RACING CHAMPIONSHIP Period 2 Vintage Unlimited Period 4 Post Classic Unlimited 1st Tony Hynes 1st Robert Young 2nd David Morse 2nd Robert Wallace 3rd Clive Harrop 3rd Steve Wood Period 3 Classic Junior Period 4 Post Classic Sidecar 1st Andrew Stroud 1st John Clancy/Chrissie Clancy 2nd Levi Day 2nd Brian Williams/Chris Gay 3rd Rod Tingate 3rd Terry Gay/Greg Butler Period 3 Classic Senior Period 5 Forgotton Era Ultra Lightweight 1st Andrew Stroud 1st Trevor Liversidge 2nd Nicholas Cole 2nd Bernie Summers 3rd Glen Kelleher 3rd Stephen Kairl Period 3 Classic Unlimited Period 5 Forgotton Era Lightweight 1st Mark Schuppan 1st Grant Boxhall 2nd Russel Craddock 2nd Garry See 3rd Kieth Campbell 3rd John Hewitt Period 3 Classic Sidecar Period 5 Forgotton Era Junior 1st Victor Vassella/Kristin Vedler 1st Adam Senior 2nd Chris Large/Peter Heywood 2nd Grant Boxhall 3rd Mick Moore/Dylan Moore 3rd Jim Agombar Period 4 Post Classic Junior Period 5 Forgotten Era Unlimited 1st Adam Senior 1st Malcolm Campbell 2nd Keith Campbell 2nd Robbie Phillis 3rd Greg Beatson 3rd Michael Dibb Period 4 Post Classic Senior Period 5 Forgotten Era Senior 1st Barry Ditchburn 1st Darrell Groat 2nd Craig Ditchburn 2nd David Nicholson 3rd Martin Pearson 3rd George Todoroff Period 4 Post Classic Lightweight Period 5 Forgotten Era Sidecar 1st Murray Seabrook 1st Doug Chivas/Mitchell Cluff 2nd Terry Morris 2nd Geoff Irwin/Eric Morrison 3rd Michael Dobson 3rd Bruce Collins/Peter De Angelis

23 2010 australian champions enjoy the ride

2010 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONs

2010 AUSTRALIAN MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP Pro Open Pro Lite 1st Jay Marmont 1st PJ Larsen 2nd Billy Mackenzie 2nd Kirk Gibbs 3rd Dean Ferris 3rd Ford Dale U19 Lites Women 1st Joshua Cachia 1st Kristy Gillespie 2nd Ross Beaton 2nd Tori Dare 3rd Harley Quinlan 3rd Kimberley Murphy 2010 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP 50cc Auto Div 2 7 - U9 65cc 7 - U9 1st Bailey Malkiewicz 1st Rhys Budd 2nd Jordan Jess 2nd Kodie De Carlo 3rd John Bova 3rd Laine Parkins 65cc 9 - U11 65cc 11 - U13 1st Hunter Lawrence 1st Wilson Todd 2nd Reece Rayner 2nd Mitchell Evans 3rd Jy Roberts 3rd David Ustariz 85cc 2 stk Standard Wheels 9 - U12 yrs 85cc 2 stk Std & Big Wheels 9 - U14 yrs 1st Mitchell Evans 1st Wayde Carter 2nd Wilson Todd 2nd Courtney Duncan 3rd Jordan Hill 3rd Daniel Price 85cc 2 stk Std & Big Wheels 14 - U16 yrs 100 - 150cc 2 stk 13 - U15 yrs 1st Scott Mann 1st Scott Mann 2nd Tristan Cachia 2nd Hayden Mellross 3rd Luke Arnold 3rd Joel Milesvic 100 - 150cc 2 stk 15 yrs 150cc 4 stk Standard Wheels 9 - U12 yrs 1st Joey Savatgy 1st Jordan Hill 2nd Dylan Long 2nd Hunter Lawrence 3rd Jackson Richardson 3rd Jordan Mellross 150cc 4 stk Std & Big Wheel 12 - U14 yrs 150cc 4 stk Std & Big Wheel 14 - U16 yrs 1st Wayde Carter 1st Luke Clout 2nd Richard Evans 2nd Branden Billings 3rd Aaron Hart 3rd Dakota Court 200 - 250 4 stk 13 - U15 yrs 200 - 250 4 stk 15 yrs 1st Hayden Mellross 1st Joey Savatgy 2nd Dion Picard 2nd Jake Vella 3rd Nicklas Scott 3rd Jacob Wright 85cc & 150cc Womens 12-U16 yrs 100-150 & 200-250cc Women’s 13-U16 yrs 1st Courtney Duncan 1st Meghan Rutledge 2nd Micayla Aitken 2nd Mackenzie Tricker 3rd Tayla Jones 3rd Micayla Aitken

2010 AUSTRALIAN QUAD MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP Pro Open Women’s 1st Ryan Lancaster 1st Teniel Morgan 2nd Luke Gaisford 2nd Bernice Ackerman 3rd Paul Holmes 3rd Brooke McKay Veterans 35-44 Veterans 45+ 1st Barry Noy 1st Len Pipiciello 2nd Matthew McKay 2nd Grant Gaisford 3rd Brian Williams 3rd Scott Higson 200cc 2 stk- 300cc 4 stk Juniors up to 16 90cc 2 stk – 110cc 4stk Modified (9 - U13) 1st Josh McKay 1st Christopher Bosnakis 2nd Anthony Pearce 2nd Ashton Oliver 3rd Donovan Petersen 3rd James Ognenis 24 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2010 australian champions

2010 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS

2010 AUSTRALIAN QUAD MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP (Continued) 90cc 2 stk - 110 4 stk Std (9 - U13) 90cc 2 stk- 110cc 4 stk Std (7 - U10) 1st Christopher Bosnakis 1st Aidan Robinson 2nd Taylor Goldfinch 2nd Callum Shearer 3rd Kellan Robinson 3rd Chelsea Marley-Duncan 200cc 2 stk - 300cc 4 stk 12-U16 Girls Clubman Quads 1st Jemma Merrylees 1st Marcus Smith 2nd Melissa Davies 2nd Kirk Williams 3rd Caitlin Piesse 3rd Sam Derbyshire Intermediate Quads Jumbo Junior Quads 16yrs & Over 1st Adam Larson 1st Ben Gerrits 2nd Adam Davies 2nd Daniel Permat 3rd Mitchell Clarke 3rd John Roki 2010 AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIPS Pre 1960 Solo All Powers Pre 1965 Solo 250cc 1st John Selva 1st John Boag 2nd Greg Leaney 2nd Tony Clarke 3rd Des Heaney 3rd Ian Baker Pre 1965 Solo 263cc & over Pre 1970 Solo 263cc & over 1st Tony Cavell 1st Dean Harraway 2nd Garry White 2nd Brad Van Barrelo 3rd John Selva 3rd Mick Harraway Pre 1970 Solo 250cc Pre 1975 4-stroke All Powers 1st John Boag 1st Tony Cavell 2nd Robin Hall 2nd Dean Charleson 3rd Sean Hamilton 3rd Chris Major Pre 1975 Solo 125cc Pre 1975 Solo 250cc 40-49 years 1st Nicholas Smith 1st Brad Van Barrelo 2nd Jody Smith 2nd Jody Smith 3rd Glen Chadwick 3rd Chris Major Pre 1975 Solo 250cc Pre 1975 Solo 263cc & over 50-59 years 1st Jason Herbert 1st Andrew Bailey 2nd Adam Herbert 2nd Garry Jones 3rd Ray Smith 3rd Henry Leatham Pre 1975 Solo 263cc & over Pre 1978 Solo 263cc & over 1st Jason Herbert 1st Brad Van Barrelo 2nd Adam Herbert 2nd Brett Bowen 3rd Brad Van Barrelo 3rd Franz Arno Pre 1978 Solo 125cc Pre 1978 Solo 250cc 1st Nicholas Smith 1st Garry Jones 2nd Brad Van Barrelo 2nd Franz Arno 3rd Luke Guy 3rd Sean Hardman Pre 1985 Solo 250cc Pre 1985 Solo 263cc & over 1st Steven Bowen 1st Simon Healy 2nd Bill Edwards 2nd Gavin Pengelly 3rd Rob Kent 3rd Brett Bowen Pre 1985 Solo 125cc Pre 1985 Sidecar up to 1300cc 1st Cory Wilson 1st Walter Preisig 2nd Jonathan Trenorden 2nd Greg Anthony 3rd Luke Guy 3rd Brett Dobie Evolution Solo 250cc Evolution Solo 125cc 1st Steven Bowen 1st Dean Butt 2nd Simon Broad 2nd Grant Dodd 3rd Nicholas Smith 3rd Justin McMahon Evolution 263cc & over 1st Steven Bowen 2nd Simon Healy 3rd Simon Broad 25 2010 australian champions enjoy the ride

2010 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS

2010 AUSTRALIAN SPEEDWAY CHAMPIONSHIPS Senior Under 21 1st Chris Holder 1st Darcy Ward 2nd Troy Batchelor 2nd 3rd Darcey Ward 3rd Josh Auty Sidecar Under 16 1st Jason Aldridge/Cal Campbell 1st Brady Kurtz 2nd Rick Howse/Adam Commons 2nd Arthur Sissis 3rd Darrin Treloar/Justin Plaisted 3rd Tyler King Under 16 Teams 350cc Juniors 1st Medson/Arthur Sissis 1st Arthur Sissis 2nd Jack Fallon/ 2nd Nick Morris 3rd Cameron Heeps/Blacke Russell 3rd Robert Medson 2010 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP Pro Lites 250cc 4 -stroke Pro Open 450cc 4-stroke 1st Luke Richards 1st Luke Richards 2nd Grant Charnock 2nd Paul Caslick 3rd Jackson Jeffrey 3rd Jace Castles MX Open 500cc 2 stk & over 450cc 4 stk Unlimited Open 1st Paul Caslick 1st Paul Caslick 2nd Jace Castles 2nd Jace Castles 3rd Luke Richards 3rd Ian Hamilton Quads Pro Open 1100cc Sidecars 1st Mel Brandle 1st Adam Liebke/Graham Liebke 2nd Troy Mills 2nd Corey Banks/Tom Banks 3rd Nathan Mills 3rd Darren Fien/Michael Jackson 2010 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR LONG TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP 100cc-250cc Solo 2-Stroke 13-U16 years 250cc 4-stroke 13-U16 years 1st Josh Pickering 1st Sean Mclellan 2nd Sean Mclennan 2nd Joe Bugg 3rd Michael Blair 3rd Ben Hammond 65cc 9-U13 years 65cc 7-U9 years 1st Olly Simpson 1st Caleb Porter 2nd Zach Cook 2nd Reid Battye 3rd Boyd Hollis 3rd Caleb Browne 85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 11-U13 yrs (Std Wheel) 85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 11-U13 yrs (Big Wheel) 1st Zaine Kennedy 1st Ben Cook 2nd Ben Cook 2nd Zaine Kennedy 3rd Lachlan Holroyd 3rd Lawson Walters 85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 13-U16 yrs (Std Wheel) 85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 9-U11 yrs (Std Wheel) 1st Hunter Anderson 1st Aubrey Faull 2nd Dale Borlase 2nd Hayden Spinks 3rd Corey Flint 3rd Brendon Walther 85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 13-U16 yrs (Big Wheel) 85cc 4-stroke Modified 8-U11 years 1st Josh Pickering 1st Broc Pearson 2nd Michael Blair 2nd Matthew Gilmore 3rd Robbie Menzies-Sargent 3rd Daclan Kennedy

26 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2010 australian champions

2010 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS

2010 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR LONG TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP Pro Open MX Open 1st Paul Gaslick 1st Paul Caslick 2nd 2nd Luke Richards 3rd Luke Richards 3rd Marty McNamara Pro Lites 500cc Long Track Slider 1st Rohan Tungate 1st Todd Kurtz 2rd Joey Ringwood 2rd Strider Horton 3rd Luke Richards 3rd Micky Dyer 1100cc Long Track Sidecars 1000cc Dirt Track Sidecars 1st Wayne Munck/Yolanda Wilkenson 1st Corey Banks/Tom Banks 2rd Darrin Trelor/Justin Plaistead 2rd Adan Libke/Graham Libke 3rd James Hinton/Blake Cox 3rd Ben Raffin/D Prichard 2010 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP 65cc 7-Under 9 years 65cc 9-Under 13 years 1st Korey McMahon 1st Boyd Hollis 2nd Will Joice 2nd Zach Cook 3rd Caleb Porter 3rd Mitchell Cluff 80cc 4 stk Mod 7-U10 85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 9-U11 (Std Wheels) 1st Mitchell Cluff 1st Boyd Hollis 2nd Broc Pearson 2nd Zach Cook 3rd Matthew Gilmore 3rd Brendan Walther 85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 11-Under 13 (Std Wheels) 85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 11-U13 (Big Wheels) 1st Ben Cook 1st Ben Cook 2nd Jack Dawes 2nd Remy Gardner 3rd Zaine Kennedy 3rd Zaine Kennedy 85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 13-U16 (Std Wheels) 85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 13-U16 (Big Wheels) 1st Robbie Menzies-Sergent 1st Hunter Andreson 2nd Josh Pickering 2nd Kane Burns 3rd Joshua Fletcher 3rd Jack Holder 100cc to 150cc 2 stk 13-U16 years 200cc to 250cc 4 stk 13-U16 years 1st Sean Mclennan 1st Jake Allen 2nd Josh Pickering 2nd Brayden Elliot 3rd Brody Nowlan 3rd Sean Mclennan 85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk Female 11-U16 100-150cc 2 stk & 200-250cc 4 stk Female 13-U16 1st Tayla Jones 1st Mackenzie Tricker 2nd Sally Smith 2nd Tarin Burns 3rd Tarin Burns 3rd Tayla Jones

27 2010 australian champions enjoy the ride

2010 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS

2010 AUSTRALIAN MOTO TRIALS CHAMPIONSHIP Open Solo Masters 1st Jake Whitaker 1st Richard Kent 2nd Neil Price 2nd Martin O’Connor 3rd Colin Zarczynski 3rd Simon Van Baalen Open Junior Veteran 1st Sam King 1st Steve Holzhauser 2nd Jordan Tricker 2nd Brenton Hogan 3rd Zachary Mularczyk 3rd David Goldsmith Sidecar Classic 1st Justin Gough/Maurice Blanchard 1st Steve Johnson 2nd Mitchell Green/Mitchell Willcocks 2nd Tim Lewis 3rd Chris Shultz/Stuart Gerhardy 3rd Dan Gollagher Post Classic Youth 1st Jamie Isherwood 1st Jason Byrne 2nd Brendan Johnson 2nd Zachary Vlamis-Hale 3rd Toby Coleman 3rd Lachlan Gibson Open Women's Juniors 7-12 years 1st Michelle Coleman 1st Tom Wager 2nd Christie Mckinnon 2nd Bradey Bryant 3rd Ailsa Anderson 3rd Connor Hogan

2010 AUSTRALIAN 4-DAY ENDURO Challenge Trophy 1st NSW Jarrod Brewley, Toby Price, Ben Grabham, Geoff Briaco, Damien Smith, Stefan Merriman 2nd NZ Rory Mead, Jason Davis, Karl Power, Adrian Smith, Chris Power, Wayne Meilson 3rd VIC Blake Hore, Jehi Willis, Dan Goudwin, Jason Courtney, Brendan Harper, Rick Miles Junior Trophy 1st VIC Peter Boyle, Rhys Bennett, Daniel Milner, Mitcham Harper 2nd NSW Josh Ballard, Dylan Rose, Amiel Cavalier, Mitch Bowen 3rd ACT Luca Bussa, Luke Tomlinson, Thomas Tuckerman, Christopher Cash E1 100 to 150cc 2 stk & 150cc to 250cc 4 stk E2 175 to 250cc 2 stk & 275cc to 450cc 4 stk 1st Jarrod Bewley 1st Toby Price 2nd Matthew Phillips 2nd Stefan Merriman 3rd Adrian Smith 3rd Daniel Milner E3 290 to 500cc 2-stk and 475 to 650cc 4-stk Masters 1st Ben Grabham 1st Geoff Ballard 2nd Geoff Braico 2nd David Cash 3rd Mitcham Harper 3rd Vaughan Style Veterans Women's 1st Brad Williscroft 1st Jessica Gardiner 2nd Rohan Crouch 2nd Ajemma Wilson 3rd Jason Carter 3rd Allison Parker

28 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2010 australian champions

2010 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS

2010 AUSTRALIAN OFF ROAD CHAMPIONSHIP E1 100 to 150cc 2 stk & 150cc to 250cc 4 stk E2 175 to 250cc 2 stk & 275cc to 450cc 4 stk 1st Jarrod Bewley 1st Toby Price 2nd Luka Bussa 2nd Stefan Merriman 3rd Tom McCormack 3rd Luke Tomlinson E3 290 to 500cc 2-stk and 475 to 650cc 4-stk Outright 1st Ben Grabham 1st Toby Price 2nd Mitchell Bowen 2nd Jarrod Bewley 3rd Kirk Hutton 3rd Ben Grabham Women's Veterans 1st Jessica Gardiner 1st Garry Dukes 2nd Tanya Hearn 2nd Trent Lean 3rd Jemma Wilson 3rd Anthony Smidt Masters 1st Geoff Ballard 2nd Ian Edgar 3rd Ian Jenner 2010 AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP Pre-1970 Solo All Powers Pre-1978 263cc & over 1st Dion Muirhead 1st Daniel Romeo 2nd David Gras 2nd Ray Stevens 3rd Glen Evans 3rd David Freeman Pre-1975 Solo 125cc Evolution Solo 132cc to 250cc 1st Kieran Virago 1st Nick Smith 2nd David Gras 2nd Phillip Pietroboni 3rd Rob Hayden 3rd Grant Dodd Pre-1975 Solo 132cc - 250cc up to 49 yrs Evolution Solo 263cc & over 1st Clinton Mcdonald 1st Ray Stevens 2nd Floyd Sutcliffe 2nd Daniel Romeo 3rd Chris Thomson 3rd Chris Thomson Pre-1975 Solo 132cc - 250cc 50 yrs & over Pre-1985 Solo 132cc to 250cc 1st Peter Lee 1st Chris Thomson 2nd John Ewing 2nd Paul Edwards 3rd Noel Lewis 3rd Grant Dodd Pre-1975 Solo 263cc & over Pre-1985 Solo 263cc & over 1st Glen Evans 1st Ray Stevens 2nd David Gras 2nd Jason Zanesco 3rd Dion Muirhead 3rd Brad Edwards Pre-1975 4-stroke All Powers 1st Peter Lee 2nd Dion Muirhead 3rd David Gras

29 calendar enjoy the ride

2011 AUSTRALIAN motorcyclING calendar Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites

january 2011 february 2011 8 U21 Solo & U16 350cc Solo Speedway, Bris QLD 5 Senior Long Track, Tamworth NSW 12 Solo Speedway C’ship Rd 1, NSW 25-27 World Superbikes & ASBK, Phillip Island VIC 15 Solo Speedway C’ship Rd 2, Kurri-Kurri NSW 26-27 AORC Rd 1 & 2, NSW 21-23 U16 Speedway Solo Ind & Teams, Wingfield SA 21-23 AMCN International Island Classic, Phillip Island VIC 22 Solo Speedway C’ship Rd 3, Gilman SA 26 Solo Speedway C’ship Rd 4, Broken Hill SA 29 Solo Speedway C’ship Rd 5, VIC

march 2011 april 2011 4 Mini Moto C’ship, Phillip Island VIC 3 MX Nationals Rd 2, Appin NSW 6 MX Nationals Rd 1, Broadford VIC 10 MX Nationals Rd 3, Raymond Tce NSW 19-20 AORC Rd 3 & 4, QLD 20-23 Australian Four Day Enduro, Mackay QLD 25-26 Sidecar C’ship Gillman, SA 23-24 Broadford Bike Bonanza, Broadford VIC

may 2011 june 2011 8 MX Nationals Rd 4, Murray Bridge SA 18-19 AORC Rd 5 & 6, NSW 22 MX Nationals Rd 5, Toowoomba QLD 19 MX Nationals Rd 6, Coonabarabran NSW 25-26 Women’s MX C’ship Rd 1, Broadford VIC

30 Want to volunteer for one of these events? 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT calendar

2011 AUSTRALIAN motorcyclING calendar Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites

july 2011 august 2011 1-3 Junior Dirt Track 12-14 Australian Senior Dirt Track, ACT 3 MX Nationals Rd 7, Albury NSW 27-28 Women’s MX C’ship Rd 2, Suncoast QLD 4-10 AORC Rd 7 & 8, VIC 27-28 AORC Rd 9 & 10, SA 23-24 MX Nationals Rd 8, Moree NSW 30-31 MX Nationals Rd 9, Coolum QLD

september 2011 october 2011 9-11 Classic Motocross, Crystal Brook SA 1-9 Junior National MX, Murray Bridge SA 23-30 Australian Safari, WA 2-3 Moto Trials C’ship, SA 2-3 Quad MX Nationals, Coolum QLD 14-16 Moto GP Phillip Island VIC

november 2011 december 2011 12 FIM Speedway Sidecar 1000cc World C’ship, SA 2-4 6 Hour Endurance, Phillip Island VIC 18-20 Historic Road Race, Symonds Plains TAS

Go to www.ma.org.au/2011calendar for the following event information as it comes to hand: • Australian Supercross Championship Note: Rounds normally fall between mid October and early December • Australian Superbike Championship • Australian Supermoto Championship • MRRDA National Junior Cup • Junior Long Track

Go to www.ma.org.au 31 MEDIA GUIDE enjoy the ride

mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide

FOR RIDERS, CLUBS AND PROMOTERS PRESS RELEASES: Get your local media involved: A press release is a short, one page news story Local media such as newspapers and radio stations that provides the reader with the: who, what, when, are a great place to start to increase coverage of your where, and why of the story. This information should efforts as a rider or for an event you are promoting. be included in the first one – two paragraphs of the If you’re just starting out and haven’t done much release. It should also include a headline – which promotion work before, don’t be afraid to ask the summarises the story, a date, and contact details at the media what information they need and if they have end of the release for anyone seeking more information. any advice for you. (A downloadable press release template is available for you to use from the MA website at www.ma.org.au/ Remember, if you have any questions about media.) media/event promotion, your SCB and the MA Communications Department are only a phone call In a press release you should; away. * Write like a reporter writes a news story (read it Also consider asking around for someone studying through in your head in a news-reader voice to see Public Relations, Journalism or Marketing and if it works) Communications, who might be interested in helping * Use simple and easy to understand language, as out with your promotion as work experience. Contact if a 10 year old could read it. your local university or TAFE to see if they run related * Ensure your writing is short and snappy and get to courses and have some students who may be the point quickly - one sentence is the equal to one interested in helping out. There are many websites paragraph in press releases where you can advertise work experience placements * Answer any questions a journalist may have, to help with your promotion. make it as easy as possible for them to write the NEWSPAPERS: story. Find out if your local newspaper has a separate * Present the facts in an ‘inverted pyramid’ style sports editor (if not speak to the news editor) and of writing – the most important information always tell them about your efforts or event. Ask them if goes at the top, that way if only the first two or they’d be interested in coming out to see you ride or three paragraphs are read they still get the most to attend the event, or if they’d like you to send more important information. information through. * Proof read, proof read again and have someone RADIO: else proof read your release for you. Check for Similarly, when ringing your local radio station ask to spelling, grammar and the correct wording. speak to the news producer, or if you are interested * Include an image. in getting promotion on a particular program (e.g. the INTERVIEWS: Sunday afternoon sports program) then ask to speak If you are speaking with your local media and they are with the producer of that program. Again, explain interested in interviewing you or someone else in order to what your news is and ask if they would like you to write a story, the following are some of the do’s and don’ts send them some more information. of interviews for TV, radio, newspapers, magazines, and TELEVISION: websites, as well as pointers on preparation. If you are approaching a television station ask to Preparation: speak with the news desk or someone in sports. * Be accessible, return all calls within 24 hours and As with radio, explain what your news is, including ensure you have a professional voicemail message opportunities to secure action footage or interviews that you check regularly. and ask if they would like you to send them some * Think of questions you might be asked and more information. prepare some answers. If they ask you to send through more information, find * Write down key messages you wish to tell them out the best way to send this information through to about so that you stay focused when answering them – fax, email, hard copy. Most of the time email questions. will be preferred; as such the best format to present 32 this information is as a press release. * Practice! It might sound stupid, and feel even 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MEDIA GUIDE

mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide

worse but getting someone to ‘mock’ interview If television cameras are present: you is a great way to practice, as it should be * Don’t look at the camera, instead look at the much easier talking to a journalist than having person who is talking to you, maintain eye a friend or family member interviewing you! contact with them and don’t fidget. * Dress to suit the situation, always wear your * Don’t wear sunglasses on camera, however if team/sponsor/club clothing for interviews and they are sponsor glasses, place them on the top official occasions. (And be mindful of visible of your head. tattoos and obvious piercings.). At the end of an interview: * Be Punctual! * Thank the journalist for their time. During the interview: * Ask who else they are interviewing and put * Find out how much the journalist knows on them in touch with other people in the field the topic, it will change the type of answers you (even your competition) and ask if there’s need to give. anything else you can help them with. * Find out the length of the interview, so you * Be a good resource for the journalist about the know how long your answers should be. industry, not just what directly relates to you; * Don’t feel like you have to start talking if you help them out they will more likely cover instantly, take a slow breath and take your time you or your events. to think about the question. Speak slowly; be * Journalism is based on trust so don’t burn a confident, clear and to the point. journalist with bad information. * Don’t feel that you have to keep talking to fill It is important to remember that even if you have the silence, if you’ve said all you want to say, spent hours writing press releases, made countless stop talking! phone calls and have been interviewed by a * Avoid - waffling on and using; ‘um, ah’, ‘yeah, journalist, if something more ‘newsworthy’ comes no, yeah’, ‘you know’ and putting ‘but’ and up - it could be a dramatic car crash or something the end of each sentence. If you’re talking to seemingly ridiculous like a dog saving a chicken - someone from outside the industry, don’t use your story could be dropped and forgotten. technical industry-specific words. This can happen, and is not meant to discourage * Never ‘bag’ or talk negatively about others, you; however it is a reality of promotion and public the interview should be about you, and never relations. It pays to have thick skin and to persevere lie. no matter how many times your story gets rejected. * Keep in mind the facts of the event or your OTHER PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES: story; don’t go off on a tangent. Make sure you In addition to media coverage there are other ways know all the facts about the race, the club, the that you can increase promotion of an event that you Championship, and the event, whatever it is are organising or riding in, which include: that they are interviewing you about including * Creating posters and distributing them to things not directly related to you. shops along your town’s main street to put in * If you had a bad race, or an event was rained their front window is a great way of increasing out, don’t dwell on the negative, look for a the event’s profile. positive angle. E.g. if you fell off and DNF’d, * Printing flyers to put in mail boxes of people in rather than talk about how bad it is, talk about the local area. how you’ve learned from it and will hopefully be * Visits to local schools with a bike and a rider to able to improve next time. have a chat about what you do and rider safety. * If you feel yourself loosing it, don’t be afraid This is a great way to get children interested in to ask them what the question was again, and the sport and you can take posters and some take your time to think about an answer. free tickets to give away. * Use the opportunity to thank sponsors, * Setting up a static display in your local teammates, parents and any anyone else who shopping centre (with centre permission) is also has helped you. 33 MEDIA GUIDE enjoy the ride

mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide a great way of getting more people interested Approaching potential sponsors: in the event. * Send through a copy of your proposal – email Speak with your SCB or with the MA Communications or hard copy - and follow up with a phone call Department for more information about these the day after. Explain what you are interested in, promotional activities. and offer to come in and meet them. SPONSORSHIP: * Be punctual. Sponsorship plays a vital role in the success of our * Present yourself well; stand up straight, dress sport, for an event or so you can continue riding in your appropriately, speak clearly and don’t have chosen discipline. chewing gum in your mouth. Before approaching sponsors it is important to do * When you first meet them, take off your hat, some research and preparation. You should research shake their hand and make eye contact and potential sponsors with a similar interest, or sponsors introduce yourself. from outside the motorcycling industry who could stand * Sell yourself, what’s in it for them? How can to benefit from exposure within it. they get value for their sponsorship of you or Preparation: your event? * Create a brief sponsorship proposal. Don’t be * Have a copy of your materials (see preparation put off by the name; it’s just an information pack section) on hand to show them even if you’ve that sells you! It should include things like: already sent it to them. - A letter introducing yourself and * Answer any questions they may have and explaining what you want (product or thank them for their time when you head off. financial support) andhow it would help Retaining Sponsors: you. It should also include an explanation If you are successful in securing sponsorship make of what’s in it for the sponsor – what sure you keep them informed and up-to-date with you can offer them in return for their your activities. sponsorship, which is the most important part of the proposal. The letter should also * Ensure that you service your sponsor and include background information such as: that you fulfil the terms of your agreement at website details, statistics, member numbers events. Don’t do the wrong thing by a sponsor, of your club and your contact details. word travels fast, and you could find yourself Even though you need to put most of this blacklisted. information in, the letter still needs to be * Following each race/event let the sponsor short and sweet one to two pages max! know how it went and keep in contact with them, It pays to do several drafts and get a few let them know of any exciting developments and people to proof read them for you. include them in your press release list. - You should also include a record of your * If, unfortunately, something goes wrong, keep recent results or successful events that your sponsors informed. you have run, and if possible include some * If you receive any media coverage keep a photographs. record of it and send them a copy. - Any positive newspaper clippings * Provide them with a yearly report to show them about you (keep the originals and use (in words and pictures) what you’ve done as photocopies instead). part of the agreement, another alternative would - In total the proposal should be no longer be to provide them with a framed picture with a than four pages. message of thanks for their support included. * Find the right person in an organisation * If for some reason a sponsor cannot continue to approach about sponsorship, often the working with you (it happens), be good Marketing or Brand Manager or in small natured about it, politely ask for a reason, and businesses it is often the General Manager. irrespective of the answer extend them the * Have reasonable expectations and don’t be opportunity to re-establish the relationship in discouraged by rejection, you will be rejected future if they are interested. 34 more times than you will be accepted. philosophy of GCR’s enjoy the ride

THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES THE PHILOSOPHY AND STRUCTURE OF THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES

No set of Rules can anticipate every issue which may We have also striven to eliminate any ambiguities and arise in the conduct of a sport, especially one with as contradictions. wide a variety of disciplines and competing interests as Chapter 1 - Jurisdiction. exist in motorcycling. The philosophy of these Rules is that good sense, cooperation and a fair and reasonable This chapter states the purposes and principles interpretation of reasonable Rules should be more underlying the Rules. The Rules are to be applied fairly important than “Rule Book Racing”. and according to the principles of natural justice. These Rules are binding not only on competitors but also on all In Rule Book Racing, if a situation arises, the answer is Controlling Bodies. to be found by looking up the book, not by the exercise of independent judgment. If there’s no answer in the book, There is a list of definitions which may be useful while a new rule has to be devised to “plug the hole”. Rule Book using the rest of the Book. Racing assumes that Controlling Bodies have little or no Chapter 2 - Administration. interest in working effectively with competitors, with each This very important chapter sets out the authority of the other, or with Promoters to benefit the sport and those Controlling Bodies. It identifies and empowers the people who participate in it. It also assumes that officials have and the instrumentalities through which the Controlling no common sense or understanding of the sport. None of Bodies exercise their authority. these ideas is true or fair. MA is a member of the FIM, a federation of the controlling These rules confer on the Controlling Bodies and their bodies of motorcycle sport throughout the world, and MA representatives and officials discretion in the application is a federation of which the SCBs are members. The and interpretation of the Rules. It is intended that significance of this that the FIM would not exist without discretion will be exercised, as stated in the very first rule the cooperation and involvement of its members, and the in this book to ensure that competition is safe, free and fair. same principle applies to MA. Officials are expected to exercise judgment wisely SCBs agree to be bound by the decisions of MA as part of and fairly, on the understanding that if they do not, the agreement they entered into with each other when MA their decisions, other than those made in the heat of was formed. The SCBs are, in effect, the owners of MA, competition, will be subject to review through protest and their control over MA is exercised through the Board. and appeal. They will be trained and encouraged to take responsibility for their actions, and to work in a way which The Board has the power under the Articles of Association supports the underlying philosophy of the Rules. of MA to make competition Rules. Our rules should reflect the way that the sport is conducted. Rule 2.1.2 is a very important rule which typifies the MA and the State Controlling Bodies (SCBs) have been philosophy which underpins these Rules. In providing careful to ensure that there is a process in place to ensure for the making of agreements, the Rules clear the way for that every participant has the opportunity to have their say resolving differences among Controlling Bodies and with in the way these rules are written. Promoters, by consultation, discussion and agreement rather than by disputation and resort to a strict and We actively seek constructive criticism of these Rules legalistic approach. and encourage participants to work through their representatives to ensure their relevance. The rest of the chapter identifies the roles, responsibilities and limits of authority of various key officials. STRUCTURE OF MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Chapter 3 - Licencing This book is divided into 29 chapters. The primary pupose of having a licencing regime is to The first 14 chapters apply to all disciplines of the sport ensure the safety of competitors. and the rest to the specific disciplines. There will be a degree of crossover from the first section to the specific This may be applied through separating less experienced disciplines and some of the Rules contained in those first competitiors from ‘old hands’ and, in the case of junior chapters need to be added to or varied according to the competition, to ensure that all riders obtain the benefits needs of a particular discipline. of a structured coaching process. We have attempted to make this edition of the book more Licence holders may not compete at a level higher than user friendly, reinstating an index and reframing every their licence. 36 chapter into a as close to a consistent format as possible. The chapter also sets out the processes by which 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT philosophy of GCR’s competitors can obtain a licence, and the means by Scheme are available in the insurance policy which applicants can appeal against the refusal of a documents. licence or the imposition of a condition on their licence. Chapter 11 - MA Anti-Doping Policy Chapter 4 - Competitions While the use of performance enhancing drugs is not The intent of this long chapter is to codify present as big an issue in motorcycle sport as in some other practices throughout the sport. fields, MA recognises the need for a comprehensive Much of the chapter is taken up with establishing the and prescriptive program to ensure that our sport is mechanisms for running competitions, and imposing free from the use of illicit drugs. the conditions under which those competions can take Guided by the principals of fair and natural justice and place. ensuring that our sport is safe and fair, this chapter The chapter also deals with breaches of these Rules, sets out the mechanisms for screening participants, and the processes to take place in the event that the the testing of samples and the consequences of being Rules are breached. outside of the internationally recognised WADA code. Chapter 5 - Protests and Appeals Chapter 12 - All Disciplines The application of fair and natural justice is an inherent One of the most important aspects of interpretation condition of these rules. of these Rules is that they are permissive rather than prohibitive. In other words, in almost all cases, the Where participants wish to protest against the actions Rules describe the things that may be done rather of an official or another participant, these rules of than the things that may not. natural justice require a mechanism for the fair hearing of their protests, which is established in this chapter. This chapter contains the Rules which apply to all disciplines. Any rule in one of the discipline specific The chapter also sets out the jurisdiction and limits of chapters will, unless otherwise stated, be in addition power of the appelate bodies. to the provisions of Chapter 12. So Chapter 12 and Chapter 6 - Judicial Committee Guidelines the relevant discipline chapters operate side by side. This chapter sets out the composition of Judicial For the purposes of these Rules, the age of Junior Committees and also provides a commentary on the competitors is now taken as on January 1 each year. process that the Committee undertakes to adjudicate Full details are found at GCR 12.16.0.1 on the matters brought before them. Competitors over the age of 16 years may not compete Chapter 7 - Sporting Commissions in a junior competition, subject to GCR 12.16.0.1, and a person who is under 16 may not compete in a senior One of the functions of the Sporting Commissions is competition. to reconcile the competing interests in any discipline. Chapter 13 - Australian Championships Technology and other changes mean that Commissions need to find a balance between These Rules prescribe the allocation, categories and ensuring that motorcycle sport is affordable to as listing of Australian Championships. many participants as possible while not setting up a Chapters 14 to 28 - Discipline Specific Chapters rule book circumscribed by anachronisms. As far as possible, the discipline specific chapters Chapters 8 & 9- Accreditation Schemes follow a common format as follows: All sporting bodies need to ensure that those involved 1. Protective clothing 2. Frames and parts in the development and control of the sport have the tools they need to do their jobs. 3. Engines 4. Fuel The National Accreditation schemes established by 5. Classes 6. Competition rules these chapters are an effort to ensure the future of Appendices the sport through the development and training of its These include MA’s Occupational Health and Safety officials and coaches. Policy and Environmental Sustainability Policy, both of Chapter 10 - Personal Accident Insurance which can be found in Appendix 5 & 6 towards the rear The chapter on insurance is a simple summary of the of this Manual. coverage of MA’s insurance scheme, setting out the benefits available to participants in the sport. The full details of the Personal Accident Insurance 37 rules and making rule changes enjoy the ride

RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES

Rules change from one year to the next, before they Immediate Rule changes appear in the next edition of the Manual of Motorcycle Sport. What happens when rules are required to be changed with immediate effect? Ever wondered how this happens? There are times – especially at the start of the year, Feedback on current rules is sent through to the where a rule will need amending or clarification with relevant Commissions, either through one of the immediate impact on the current MoMS. When this Commissioners themselves, the Commission Chair or occurs the same process as above will take place, the Manager – Commissions and Committees at MA. however, after the Board’s decision, a number of other Rules are sometimes altered to make the competition things will occur. easier or fairer, sometimes to reflect new technology Initially, the Manager – Commissions and Committees or equipment that has become availlable. Sometimes is informed that the appropriate rule has been amended rules are altered so that their meaning is made clearer. and passes this information onto the Communications Your feedback is encouraged and is always welcome Manager. The Communications Manager will then with regards to the rules. create a Media Release to inform the public of the rule change. We would like to know about any ways you think we can make the sport better for our competitors. Once created, the release gets sent via the Manager – Commissions and Committees, to the relevant To put forward a suggested rule amendment or rule Commission Chair / Commissioners so that they can inclusion, see the Rule Amendment or Inclusion Form review the wording of the release before it is made on page 41. public. Changes to the release at this point can still If the relevant Commission decides to pursue this rule be made, with Commissioners to suggest appropriate feedback further, it will open the issue up to the SCBs amendments. and to the general public for comment and discussion. Once approved through the Commission, the Media Depending on the input, the Commission will then either Release can then be sent to the motorcycling public scrap the proposal or make an official recommendation via email. This release will also be posted immediately with the wording of change put forward through the onto the MA website. Manager – Commissions and Committees. Further to this, a one-page Rule Change Information The suggested rule change is then added onto the Bulletin will be sent out to SCB’s, to on-send to affiliated agenda of the following Board meeting by the Manager clubs. This will be done via a standard Rule Change – Commissions and Committees. template, so that the club can post this information on The MA Board will then decide to accept or reject the their own relevant bulletin boards. The Information proposed rule change. Bulletins will also be posted onto the MA website. An example of the Rule Change Information Bulletin can If rejected, this will be reflected in the Board Minutes, be found on the next page. and Board Report – the later which will become available for public viewing at the MA Reports section Clubs will have the right to respond and give feedback of the MA website - www.ma.org.au regarding the rule change via the usual means of communication – sending written feedback to a If accepted, the rule will be appear in bold as an Commission via the Manager – Commissions and amended rule in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport for the Committees. following year. All rule changes, clarifications, news and information Rules which have been deleted from the previous bulletins will be available under the Rules section of the Manual will appear as crossed out. MA website.

38 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT rules and making rule changes

RULE CHANGE

Information Bulletin April 13, 2007

Affected Discipline:

Motocross / Supercross

Rule pertains to:

The wearing of goggles

Current rule in 2007 Manual of Motorcycle Sport:

GCR 17.1.5

New rule after change:

A competitor must, at the start of an event, be wearing goggles or a similar form of eye protection. It is strongly recommended that the competitor wear the eye protection at all times during the event. Where the competitor removes their eye protection during the course of an event, they do so entirely at their own risk. Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must comply with the following:

a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used c) Metal or Perspex face shields are not used, EXAMPLEd) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. Rule suggested by:

Motocross/Supercross Commission

Rule adopted by:

MA Board

Date rule change takes affect from:

April 13, 2007

Feedback contact:

Ross Martin – Motorcycling Australia, Manager – Commissions and Committees (03) 9684 0504 or [email protected]

39 rules and making rule changes enjoy the ride

Procedure for Consideration of Items by Commission TIMELINE

Proposal from Club, SCB, or individual to MA Prior to 28 February

MA Commissions Manager refers to Commission Mid year meeting

Proposed action to MA Commissions Manager

Referred to relevant Commission MA Committee, for recommendation referred example, Safety, Medical to SCBs and other etc stakeholders

Comments received at MA office

Feedback referred to Commission Prior to 31 July

Commission decision

MA Board for ratification August Meeting

MA Office for promulgation of decision

Advice to Stakeholders

40 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT rules and making rule changes

RULE AMENDMENT OR INCLUSION FORM (Can be downloaded from the MA website - www.ma.org.au)

These are your rules, and Motorcycling Australia recognises that the people who are most involved with the Sport are extremely well placed to provided feedback on where these rules work to make Motorcycle Sport safe, free and fair. If you have a suggestion on how a rule could be changed, or a new rule be included in next year’s Manual of Motorcycle Sport, use this form. When completed, you can: • Give it to your Club Secretary, or • Send it to your SCB (Their contact details are on P 15) or • Send it to Commissions Manager, Motorcycling Australia, P.O. Box 134 South Melbourne 3205 or fax to 03 9684 0555 If you would like to know the process required for a rule change, see above.

New Rule Amendment Existing rule number (if applicable)______Suggested wording of change or new rule: (Attach sheets if required)______Explain why this rule change should occur. (Attach sheets if required)______Your Contact Details Name______Telephone No (Ph)______(Mob)______Email______41 1 jurisdiction enjoy the ride

1 JURISDICTION

1.1 Definitions 1.1.0.17 “Junior competition” means a competition which only competitors 1.1.0.1 “ASC” means Australian Sports who are under the age of 16 years may Commission. compete and “Junior competitor” has a 1.1.0.2 “ASC Doping Policy” means the document corresponding meaning. bearing that name, or any amendment or 1.1.0.18 “MA” means Motorcycling Australia. equivalent thereof. 1.1.0.19 “MA Series” means a series of 1.1.0.3 “ASADA” means the Australian Sports competitions conducted in more than 1 Anti-Doping Authority. State or Territory. 1.1.0.4 ”Board” means the Board of Directors of 1.1.0.20 “Meeting” means a meeting at which 1 or MA. more motorcycling events are conducted. 1.1.0.5 “Club” means an incorporated or 1.1.0.21 “Motorcycle” means and includes: unincorporated body formed for the primary purpose of promoting the sport a) Solo - a 1-track vehicle with 2 and being affiliated to an SCB. wheels with the drive through the rear wheel. 1.1.0.6 “Competition” includes any competition, event, race or race meeting and all b) Sidecar - a 2-track vehicle with 3 associated practices, tests and qualifying road wheels, with the drive through sessions. the rear wheel of the vehicle. 1.1.0.7 “Code” means the Sporting Code of FIM c) Cycle car - a 3-track vehicle with 3 wheels that is driven by either 1 or 2 1.1.0.8 “Constitution” means the Constitution of MA. wheels. 1.1.0.9 “Consume” in relation to any prohibited d) Trike - a 3-track vehicle with 3 substances includes inject, swallow wheels that is driven by its rear or inhale and “Consumption” has a wheels. corresponding meaning. e) Quad - a 2-track vehicle with 4 1.1.0.10 “Council” means the Council of MA. wheels driven by the rear or all 1.1.0.11 “Disqualify” means to forbid the wheels and on which a rider may be disqualified person, body or machine accommodated astride the vehicle from taking part in any competition under having control of the steering by these Rules and “Disqualification” has a way of handlebars operating the corresponding meaning. front wheels. 1.1.0.12 “Event” means any competition involving 1.1.0.22 “OEM” means Original Equipment the use of 1 or more . Manufacturer. 1.1.0.13 “Exclude” means to forbid the excluded 1.1.0.23 “Prohibited substance” means any person, body or machine from taking substance prohibited under these Rules. further part in, or being recognised as 1.1.0.24 “Promoter” means the holder of a having taken part in, the competition from competition permit. which such person body or machine has been excluded and “Exclusion” has a 1.1.0.25 “Race” means any event where speed is corresponding meaning. the determining factor in the result. 1.1.0.14 “FIM” means Fèdèration Internationale de 1.1.0.26 “RCB” means the Relevant Controlling Motocyclisme. Body having control of any competition or recreational activity under Rule 2.1. 1.1.0.15 “FMN” means a Federation Member Nation under the FIM Statutes. 1.1.0.27 “Recreational Activity” means authorised motorcycle activity, which has no 1.1.0.16 “International meeting” means any competitive element. competition inscribed as such in the FIM calendar. 1.1.0.28 “Record” means an event where speed, distance and time, or any combination of those factors, determine the result. 42 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 1 jurisdiction

1.1.0.29 “Repealed GCRs” means the Competition 1.2 Purpose of Rules Rules of MA in force until the date of commencement of these Rules. 1.2.0.1 The purpose of these Rules is to regulate and control motorcycle competition. 1.1.0.30 “SCB” means State Controlling Body being any Member under the Articles. a) The Rules are to be interpreted with the intent that competition will be 1.1.0.31 “Senior competition” means a safe, free and fair and conducted competition which only competitors who applying the principles of natural have attained the age of 16 years may justice, compete and “Senior competitor” has a corresponding meaning. b) The Rules are Competition Rules made under clause 71 of the 1.1.0.32 “Sports Development Account” means Constitution, the sports development account established under the repealed GCRs c) The Rules, and any determination and continued by these Rules. made under them and in accordance with them, bind 1.1.0.33 “Sports Development Levy” means the all Controlling Bodies and all levy established by these Rules. participants in the sport. 1.1.0.34 “SR” means Supplementary Regulations. 1.2.1 Recognition of Authority of FIM 1.1.0.35 “Steward” includes a Referee. 1.2.1.1 By these Rules, MA acknowledges and 1.1.0.36 “Support person“ means in relation to recognises: an entrant, rider, licensee or competitor, any person who provides support to that a) FIM is the World Controlling Body of entrant, rider, licensee or competitor motorcycle competition, including but not only mechanics, team b) It is desirable that there be assistants, team members, medical staff consistent standards and Rules of and family members and in relation to a competition at all levels. minor rider, licensee or competitor also includes any parent or guardian of that 1.3 Repeal of current gcrs minor. 1.3.0.1 The General Competition Rules of MA in 1.1.0.37 “Suspend” means to forbid the suspended operation at the date of commencement person, body or machine from taking of these Rules are hereby repealed but part in any competition under these such repeal will not affect the operation Rules during the period of suspension of the repealed GCRs in relation to any and “Suspension” has a corresponding competition conducted thereunder. meaning. 1.1.0.38 “Traditional Enduro” means Enduro of 1.4 By - Laws one or more days of competition over 1.4.0.1 MA may make by-laws, which must be a natural terrain course of up to 7.5 consistent with these Rules, and which hours duration. The course consists of may: a number of trail sections between 5km and 35km in length with time checks at a) Proclaim model Supplementary the end of each section. Riders enter the Regulations, trails 3 per minute and attempt to maintain b) Prescribe forms and fees as required a pre-determined time allowance on under these Rules, each section. There are penalties for late c) Prescribe fines for any breach of and early check-in at the Time Checks. these Rules, There are a number of “Special Tests” d) Prescribe the requirements for, and throughout the course. See Rule 25.5.1- conditions of, insurance under these “Courses”. Rules, 1.1.0.39 “Venue” means a permanent or temporary e) Establish National and State place or facility, which has been approved Championships, titled events, by the RCB for the conduct of motorcycle Series, competitions and meetings competition or recreational activity. and for such purposes: 4343 1 jurisdiction enjoy the ride

i) Define criteria for the eligibility of 1.4.0.2 Subject to this Rule, an SCB may make licensees, by-laws, which must be consistent with ii) Define criteria for the eligibility of these Rules, and which may: machines, a) Proclaim model Supplementary iii) Publish calendars, Regulations, iv) Create prizes, trophies and b) Establish State and Territory medallions, championships, titled events, series, v) Prescribe competition formats, competitions and meetings and for such purposes: vi) Prescribe traveling and other expenses, i) Publish calendars, vii) Attach any relevant FIM rule or ii) Create prizes, trophies and regulation. medallions, f) Prescribe manuals and procedures iii) Prescribe competition formats, for the performance by any person iv) Prescribe traveling and other or body of any power, duty or expenses. function under these Rules, c) Provide for the establishment and g) Provide for the establishment operation of training and educational and operation of training and courses under these Rules, educational courses under these d) Prescribe noise, atmospheric and Rules, other emissions from motorcycles, h) Prescribe the design, function and e) Prescribe track and venue operation of apparatus, instruments conditions, designs and standards, and equipment used for timing, f) Provide for or prescribe such measuring, weighing, counting or acts, matters or things as shall be calculating, for the purposes of necessary for the full and effective these Rules, operation of by-laws. i) Prescribe levels of noise, 1.4.0.3 An SCB must, not less than 1 month after atmospheric and other emissions any by-law has been made by that SCB, from motorcycles, forward a copy thereof to the Board. j) Prescribe fuel contents and 1.4.0.4 The Board may amend or revoke any by- standards, law made under these Rules. k) Prescribe laboratories for fuel testing, l) Prescribe track and venue conditions, designs and standards, m) Prescribe the weights, measurements and other dimensions of motorcycles, and n) Provide for or prescribe such acts, matters or things as shall be necessary for the full and effective operation of these Rules. asd Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter – regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free! www.ma.org.au 44 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2 Administration

2 ADMINISTRATION

2.1 THE CONTROLLING BODIES 2.1.3 Conflict between Code and Rules 2.1.1 Administration of Rules 2.1.3.1 If these Rules and the Code are in conflict 2.1.1.1 Subject to the provisions of the Code, the in relation to any matter to which both bodies with authority and responsibility apply, the Code will prevail over these for the administration of Rules regulating Rules. the conduct of competitions and recreational activity in all disciplines are 2.2 COMMISSIONS as follows: a) FIM - World Championships and 2.2.1 Establishment of Commissions FIM Prize Events as they are 2.2.1.1 The following are the Commissions of the defined in the Code, sport: b) MA: a) Road Racing, i) International meetings, other b) Motocross and Supercross, than World Championship and c) Speedway, FIM Prize Events, d) Enduro, ii) Australian Championships, e) Moto-Trials, iii) MA Series, f) Historic Road Racing, iv) Australian Record attempts, g) Classic Motocross and Classic Dirt v) Events which have a course Track, traversing more than 1 State, h) Junior Sport and Development, vi) Support events at World i) Dirt Track, Track, Supermoto and Championships. Quads, c) SCBs - All other competitions and j) Women. recreational activity within the territorial borders of their state 2.2.2 Functions & Membership of Commissions unless permission has been granted 2.2.2.1 The functions of the Commissions are to: by the SCB within the territory of the a) Assist, advise, and be responsible proposed event for another SCB to to the Board and to act in the best permit the activity. interests of MA and the sport, 2.1.2 Agreements for Conduct of the Sport b) Prepare and propose any 2.1.2.1 Subject to these Rules, any Controlling amendments to these Rules, or any Body may enter into agreements or by-laws, so as to ensure the orderly arrangements with any 1 or more of the conduct of competitions, and other, and with any Promoter, for the c) Assist and advise each other and conduct of competitions. any Committee of the Board. 2.1.2.2 If any such agreement or arrangement: 2.2.2.2 The members of the Commissions will be a) Includes FIM, and appointed by the Board. The terms and conditions of appointment of members of b) Is for the conduct of a meeting Commissions will be determined by the which includes both International Board. and National events, these Rules will apply to the National events 2.2.2.3 In appointing members of Commissions, conducted at the meeting, but in the Board must have regard to: all other respects the FIM Rules a) The advancement and welfare of the will apply and be binding on all Sport and of the relevant discipline, participants. b) The need to appoint skilled and experienced persons to the Commissions. 45 2 Administration enjoy the ride

2.3 SPORTS development levy vi) Judges, vii) Observers, 2.3.1 Collection and Distribution viii)Handicappers, 2.3.1.1 In all disciplines, there may be a Sports ix) Starters, Development Levy at the discretion of the RCB. x) Final Control Officials, 2.3.1.2 In each year, an RCB may prescribe the xi) Noise Control Officer (NCO) amount of the Sports Development Levy c) Other licensed officials: for that year. i) Coaches, 2.3.1.3 The Promoter of a meeting must, no ii) Announcers more than 14 days after the end of the iii) Venue Inspectors. meeting, pay to the RCB the prescribed 2.5.2 The Licensing of Officials Sports Development Levy imposed on takings from: 2.5.2.1 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may a) Charges for admission by the public issue, renew, recategorise or revoke an to the meeting venue, and official’s licence. The form of an official’s licence will be as prescribed in by-laws. b) Sales of programs for the meeting. 2.5.2.2 No person will be issued with an official’s licence unless that person has achieved 2.4 SPORTS development account the minimum required standards at 2.4.0.1 MA must pay any proceeds it receives a training course established and from the Sports Development Levy into conducted under these Rules. the Sports Development Account no 2.5.2.3 A licence for a key official must not be more than 28 days after receipt thereof. issued to person under 18 years of age. 2.4.0.2 In each year, the Board may determine A licence for an operational official must the purpose for and the amount of any not be issued to a person under the age distribution from the Sports Development of 16 years. Account. 2.5.2.4 An official’s licence remains in force for 2.4.0.3 The Board may impose any conditions on no more than 4 years from the day of its the recipients of grants from the Sports issue. Development Account. 2.5.2.5 An application for an official’s licence and for the renewal or recategorisation 2.5 Officials thereof must be: 2.5.1 Powers and Authorities of Officials a) To the Controlling Body having 2.5.1.1 In the administration of these Rules, the authority in the State or Territory powers and authorities of the Controlling in which the applicant ordinarily Bodies are exercisable by and through resides, officials. b) In the prescribed form. 2.5.1.2 For these purposes, the Controlling 2.5.2.6 An SCB which issues an official’s licence Bodies may license any 1 or more of the must, within 1 month of issue, notify following officials: MA which must enter the information a) Key officials: on a register of licensed officials to be maintained for that purpose and kept at i) Stewards or Referees, the registered office of MA. ii) Race Directors, 2.5.2.7 An RCB, which orders an investigation iii) Clerks of Course, into the conduct of a meeting, may iv) Race Secretaries, stand down any official involved in the b) Operational officials: subject meeting, until the investigation is i) Marshals, concluded. ii) Time keepers and Scorers, iii) Measurers, iv) Scrutineers, 46 v) Eligibility Scrutineers, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2 Administration

2.5.3 Categories of Officials’ Licences 2.5.3.3 MA may, either independently or in 2.5.3.1 Officials’ licences: conjunction with other Controlling Bodies a) Are accredited at the following levels conduct official’s training courses. The and must be appropriately endorsed content of the courses must: i) Level 1 – Club level, a) Have regard to the various disciplines of the sport, ii) Level 2 – Inter club/zone level, b) Provide practical and theoretical iii) Level 3 - Open event / State training, championship level, c) Be as prescribed from time to time in iv) Level 4 – MA Series and National by-laws. Championship level, 2.5.3.4 No person may compete at any meeting v) International. to which they have been appointed a key b) Are accredited in the following official with the exception of 2.5.7.1 (e). disciplines: 2.5.4 Stewards i) Dirt Track, 2.5.4.1 A RCB must appoint 1 or more Stewards ii) Enduro, for any competition and, if more than 1 iii) Minikhana, Steward is appointed, those Stewards iv) Motocross, may collectively or individually exercise v) Moto-Trials, the powers set out in these Rules. vi) Road Racing, 2.5.4.2 Where more than 1 Steward is appointed vii) Speedway, under this Rule the RCB must nominate a viii) Supercross, senior Steward, whose determination on any matter in relation to the meeting will ix) Track, be binding. x) Supermoto. 2.5.4.3 In the absence of a jury, and subject to c) May be endorsed with more than 1 Rule 2.5.5, Stewards of a competition category. have supreme control and authority over 2.5.3.2 A licensed official: the conduct of that competition and may: a) Must not carry out any duty or a) Amend any supplementary function to which that official’s regulation applicable to the meeting licence category does not apply, but if, in the opinion of the Steward, may have an assistant whose licence exceptional circumstances arise is endorsed with a different category, requiring amendments, b) May apply for a different category of b) Amend the program for the meeting, licence. An application for variation c) Give any instruction or direction to must be dealt with in the same way the clerk of course of the meeting, as an application for a licence, d) Determine the time for the c) May not, without the authority of the commencement and conclusion of Clerk of Course, compete in any the meeting, competition at which the official is e) Stop the meeting or any part of it, officiating, f) Order any event to be restarted or d) Must comply with these Rules and rerun, with the proper directions of any official having authority under these Rules to g) Hear and determine any protest, impose such directions, h) Institute, hear and determine e) Must carry out all duties honestly, any prosecution for any offence diligently and fairly, committed during the meeting and impose any penalty or penalties f) Must be in attendance no later than under these Rules, 1 hour prior to the official start time of the meeting (including practice) i) Abandon any meeting provided and remain until the completion of that all entry fees must be refunded their duties at the conclusion of the unless otherwise provided for in the meeting. SR for the meeting, 47 2 Administration enjoy the ride

j) Order any competitor to submit to a 2.5.5.2 The Race Director’s responsibilities are: medical examination to determine if a) To ensure proper observance of the the competitor is fit to participate in Rules and regulations, the meeting, b) To ensure the efficient running of k) Order the administration of any fuel, practices and races, drug, or other test, c) To ensure effective communication l) Impose on a competitor or entrant between Promoters and Stewards. any penalty of relegation time or 2.5.5.3 The Race Director shall have overriding points penalty, exclusion, fine or authority in relation to: suspension as provided for in these a) The control of practices and races, Rules, including modifying the program, m) Order any machine, which the b) The stopping of any race or session, Steward considers does not comply with these Rules or the relevant c) Starting procedure. SR, to be impounded at the end of 2.5.5.4 A Race Director may: the meeting and detained under the a) Amend any series SR if, in the control or direction of the Steward opinion of the Race Director, for such period as may reasonably exceptional circumstances arise be necessary for it to be examined, requiring amendments, n) Do any act, publish any document b) Amend the Series program, and make any declaration, not c) Institute, any prosecution for any inconsistent with these Rules, which offence committed during a meeting, is necessary for the fair and proper d) Do any act, publish any document conduct of the meeting, and make any declaration, not o) Refer any matter to the RCB. inconsistent with these Rules, which 2.5.4.4 As soon as possible, and no more than is necessary for the fair and proper 5 days after the conclusion of a meeting, conduct of the series. a Steward of the meeting must complete 2.5.6 Clerk of Course and deliver to the RCB a Steward’s report in the prescribed form which must include: 2.5.6.1 Subject to the control and direction of the Steward or Race Director of a meeting, a) A copy of the program, the Clerk of Course is responsible for its b) The results of the meeting, conduct and for that purpose may: c) Total number of competitors, a) Inform and instruct operational d) A plan of the venue showing the officials, location and number of falls where b) Inspect the venue and do whatever the competitor received medical is necessary to ensure the venue is treatment at the venue and/or the in good and safe condition, competitor is transported to hospital, c) Ensure that all operational officials e) The number of competitors are carrying out their duties fully and transported to hospital including effectively, details of suspected injuries, d) Receive any protest and convey it to f) The number of spectators attending the Steward, the event, and e) Impose on a competitor or entrant g) The number of officials on duty at any penalty of exclusion or the event. relegation or any time or points 2.5.5 Race Director penalty or fine as provided for under 2.5.5.1 MA may appoint a Race Director for any these Rules, MA Series. f) Stop any event, g) Exclude any competitor from any competition for any reason provided for in these Rules, 48 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2 Administration

h) Exclude from any event any machine c) Provide the Clerk of Course with which the Clerk of Course considers reports as required, to be dangerous, d) Comply with the directions and i) Order any event to be restarted or instructions of the Steward/Referee rerun, and the Clerk of Course. j) Collate all necessary information 2.5.8.2 Operational officials must carry out their from any operational official and functions to the best of their abilities and present it to the Steward at the in accordance with these Rules. Steward’s request and direction, 2.5.8.3 Officials must be paid such fees, expenses k) Do any act, publish any document and allowances as are prescribed from and make any declaration, not time to time. inconsistent with these Rules, which 2.5.9 Eligibility Scrutineer is necessary for the fair and proper conduct of the meeting, 2.5.9.1 An eligibility Scrutineer is a person appointed by the RCB or the Promoter l) Authorise any operational official to at a meeting comprising of events for compete in any event in the meeting. historic or classic machines. The eligibility 2.5.7 Race Secretary Scrutineer has the authority to determine 2.5.7.1 The Race Secretary is responsible for whether entered machines comply with the organisation and management of a the relevant eligibility regulations. meeting and for those purposes: 2.5.10 Noise Control Officer a) Must comply with the instructions of 2.5.10.1 NCO’s are licensed after completion of the Steward and the Clerk of Course, a technical seminar on the principles, b) May publish notices and documents instruments and methods to be used. as directed, 2.5.10.2 NCO covers noise testing at all levels of c) May ensure that operational officials meeting, except FIM World Championship are informed of their functions and and Trophy events. duties and properly equipped, d) Must provide the Steward with a 2.5.10.3 NCO decisions are a judgement of fact. copy of the program and the results 2.5.11 Specialist Sub-committees of events conducted at the meeting. 2.5.11.1 A Controlling Body may appoint specialist e) Moto-Trials and Traditional Enduro. Sub-committees for the following For club and interclub Moto-Trials purposes: and Traditional Enduro the Race a) To examine any machine to Secretary may compete in an event determine if the machine, or the once they have completed their class or group of machines of which duties as described in Chapter the machine is an example, is 2, and only with the authority of eligible to compete, the Steward and Clerk of Course. b) To issue, in respect of any machine, NOTE: This doesn’t apply to other any log book or other record of forms of competition under the broad eligibility, “Enduro” discipline such as Sprint, C’Country, Pony Express, Cross c) To direct the issue of a replacement Country Sprint etc. log book for any machine, and d) To grant any exemption, in respect of 2.5.8 Operational officials any machine, class or period group 2.5.8.1 In carrying out their duties, operational of machines, for the use of any part officials must: or parts as provided for under these a) At the beginning of the meeting Rules. report to the Clerk of the Course for 2.5.11.2 The relevant Commission will, unless instructions, otherwise determined in by-laws, be the b) Only use apparatus authorised under specialist Sub-committee for each SCB. these Rules, 49 2 Administration enjoy the ride

2.5.11.3 Specialist Sub-committees will be 2.5.12.9 The President of a jury: appointed for such term and upon such a) Must convene the jury at the conditions as the Controlling Body commencement of the meeting, determines. b) Must ensure that the proceedings 2.5.11.4 A specialist Sub-committee may have of the jury are conducted in expertise in more than 1 discipline of the accordance with these Rules, sport. c) Must ensure that the acts and 2.5.11.5 A determination of a specialist Sub- instructions of the jury are carried committee applies to, and binds: out, and a) The owner or entrant of any d) May admit any person as an machine, observer of the jury’s deliberation b) Any subsequent owner or entrant. and must exclude any person who, 2.5.12 Juries in the opinion of the jury, has no interest in the proceedings or is not 2.5.12.1 Subject to the following 2 Rules, an RCB entitled to be present. may appoint, in addition to, or in lieu of, a Steward, a jury which must comprise a 2.5.12.10 Where a jury is appointed in addition to President and at least 2 members. a Steward, the authority of the jury will prevail over that of the Steward. 2.5.12.2 If a meeting is in Speedway: 2.5.12.11 In these Rules any reference to a a) A jury may not be appointed in lieu of Steward in any discipline other than the Referee, Speedway will, in respect of a meeting b) The functions of a jury are to hear for which a jury has been appointed, be and determine any protest against interpreted, as if it were a reference to a any decision or determination of the jury. Referee. 2.5.12.3 No person may be a member of a jury unless that person is: a) Appointed in writing by the RCB under this Rule, and Thinking about Rule changes? b) A Steward. 2.5.12.4 The RCB may appoint to a jury, such If you believe a rule should be changed or persons as it thinks have sufficient a new rule added, you can have your say expertise to be members of a jury. by working through your Club to propose amendments and/or additions. 2.5.12.5 The RCB must appoint the President of the jury. Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at 2.5.12.6 The Steward of a meeting may not be a the front of this book. member of the jury for that meeting. The most successful applications are when 2.5.12.7 If, during a meeting, there is a vacancy the proposer includes the new wording for an in the membership of a jury, the jury existing rule, or where a new rule should sit President may appoint a substitute in in the structure of this book, and includes a accordance with these Rules. rationale on why the rule should be changed 2.5.12.8 No member of a jury may participate in or added. any deliberations of the jury if that person has an interest in the outcome of the There’s a form to register your interest in rule deliberations and must, immediately on changes on page 41. becoming aware of any such conflict of interest, notify the other members of the It’s YOUR SPORT- jury and withdraw from the jury. we welcome your input

50 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 3 licensing 3 LICENSING

3.1 LICENSING REQUIREMENTS b) A renewal application is lodged 3.1.1 Licensing Conditions more than 3 months after the expiry 3.1.1.1 A person may only participate in a competition date in which case it will be treated event if they are the holder of a competition as a first time application. licence as detailed in this chapter. 3.1.1.9 A competition licensee must: 3.1.1.2 A person may only participate in a non- a) Produce the licence on demand to any competition activity or event if they are the key official during any meeting, or holder of a competition or non-competition b) If unable to produce the licence, licence detailed in this chapter. complete a licence declaration 3.1.1.3 MA may, either independently or in certifying compliance with the conjunction with other Controlling Bodies, licence requirements of these Rules establish and conduct training courses for and forthwith pay the prescribed competition licensees. The content of the non-production fee. courses must have regard to: 3.1.1.10 No person who is serving a suspension a) The interests of the sport, from the FIM or any FMN may be issued b) The need for safety in all aspects of the with a licence during that period of sport, suspension. c) The desirability of fair and even 3.1.1.11 Any period of licence suspension ordered competition between competitors having by the FIM or any FMN will concurrently the highest possible skills at each level apply to the competitor’s MA licence. of competition, 3.1.1.12 Subject to the next Rule, an SCB may d) The graduated development of the skills not issue a competition licence to, or of competitors. renew the competition licence of, any person who has not been a resident of 3.1.1.4 In the event of courses being established that SCB’s State or Territory for at least 3 under the above Rule, no person who has months. not successfully completed an appropriate course may apply for, or be issued with, a 3.1.1.13 An SCB may issue a competition licence competition licence. to any person who is not a resident of that SCB’s State or Territory: 3.1.1.5 An applicant for a competition licence who is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB under the a) If that person has not been the previous Rule may appeal to the appellate holder of a licence in any other body of that SCB. State or Territory; or 3.1.1.6 MA, or each SCB on behalf of MA, must in b) If that person, being the holder of a each year deliver to every person issued with licence in another State or Territory, a 12 month competition licence a copy of the is authorised in writing by the GCRs. Controlling Body of the other State or Territory to apply for a licence outside 3.1.1.7 An SCB which issues a competition licence that other State or Territory, or must, within 1 month of issue, notify MA which must enter the information on a register of c) If that person has recently arrived in licensed competitors maintained for that Australia from another Federation purpose by MA and kept at the registered and has a clearance from that office of MA. Federation to apply for an MA licence. 3.1.1.8 A competition licence, other than a 1 meeting licence, continues in force for 12 months from 3.1.1.14 Any competition licensee whose licence the date of issue except where: is lost or destroyed may apply to an SCB for the issue of a replacement. The SCB a) A renewal application is lodged less may charge the prescribed replacement than 3 months after the expiry date in fee to replace the licence. which case the licence will continue in force for 12 months from the date the application was received by the SCB, or 5151 3 licensing enjoy the ride

3.1.2 LICENCE TYPES AND ACTIVITY ELIGIBILITY Activity Type Practice Licence Type Age Status Coaching Club Inter- Club National Recreation a) Junior Club † 7-Under 16 Competition    X b) Junior National † 7-Under 16 Competition    

c) Junior Restricted National †* Competition     (“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials) 7-Under 16 d) Senior Club 16 & Over Competition    X e) Senior National 16 & Over Competition    

f) Senior Restricted National* 16 & Over Competition     (“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials) g) One Meeting 7 & Over Competition    X h) Senior One Meeting National^ 16 & Over Competition X X X  (Classic/Historic & Masters/Veteran) i) Mini ♠ 4-U16 Non- Competition ♠     j) Single Recreational Activity 4 & Over Non-Competition  X X X k) Recreational 16 & Over Non -Competition  X X X

NOTE 1: In table 3.1.2:  means Eligible, X means ineligible. The rules below explain the other symbols in the table NOTE 2: Normal competition rules apply for all practise on all MA licensed tracks. 3.1.2.1 † Junior Competition (Club, National applicant can prove that they have Competition and Restricted National) held an annual competition licence licences can only be held by riders aged within the previous 10 years, 7 to under 16. d) Applicants who have never held 3.1.2.2 *Restricted National Licence will be a competition licence, or who subject to the following conditions. have not held a licence within the a) The licence will be available for both previous 10 years must undertake junior and senior competitors. a competency test, and apply for the licence via the event Race b) The licence will apply to the Secretary at least 21 days prior following categories: to the race meeting in which they i) “Fast 50’s” wish to compete. The competency ii) Minimoto assessment may be undertaken at iii) Moto-Trials the meeting in which the participant c) Licencing requirements are as GCR intends to compete. 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4. e) This licence category will only be 3.1.2.3 ♠ Club, Inter-Club and National meetings available to: can hold non-competitive activities i) Participants in national classic/ specifically or f Mini licence holders historic events, using 50cc Demo machines (4-U9). This ii) Competitors using modern licence can also be used for Minikhana machines at a national event activities (4-U16), and non-competitive specifically for Veteran and/or events. Masters riders. The minimum age 3.1.2.4 ^ Senior One Meeting National Licence is to classify a Veteran or Masters subject to the following conditions: competitor for this category is 35 a) Licence will be available to all years. applicants 16 years and older, 3.1.2.5 No competition licensee may compete b) Current club membership is in any competition above the level required, endorsed on that person’s licence. 52 c) No competency test is required if the 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 3 licensing

3.1.2.6 To be eligible for a competition licence a appropriate licence test, rider must be an Australian Citizen or be a iii) Proof the applicant has current permanent resident eligible for Medicare, or ambulance subscription; have a clearance from their FMN. iv) The prescribed fee; and 3.1.2.7 A competition licensee from any country in v) Proof of current club membership. which there is an FMN recognised by the FIM: d) If the applicant is a minor, be a) May compete in Australia as if that person accompanied by the written were a competition licencee under these authorisation of at least 1 of the Rules, but applicant’s parents or the legal b) Must compete at the level, or its nearest guardian of the applicant. equivalent, endorsed on that person’s e) If the applicant has never been the licence, and holder of a competition licence, be c) May not compete unless and until that accompanied by any 1 of the following: person satisfies the Steward of a meeting i) The applicant’s current road in which that person seeks to participate motorcycle licence, that that person is appropriately insured ii) Proof that the applicant has attended and is authorised by that FMN. a motorcycle training course 3.1.2.8 No person other than a licencee competing conducted by, or with the approval under the previous Rule may be issued with of, a State Government authority, a competition licence unless that person is a iii) Proof that the applicant has member of a Club. This rule does not apply to attended any SCB accredited applicants for a Recreational and Single Use training school, Recreational Licence. iv) Proof that the applicant has attended 3.1.2.9 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may issue a a training school conducted by an competition licence to any person. The form of accredited coach, or 3 a competition licence will be as prescribed in by-laws. v) Endorsement on the application by a club official authorised by the 3.1.2.10 MA may issue international licences on behalf of SCB that, in the opinion of that FIM to holders of a current national licence with l i

official, the applicant is capable ce insurance to FIM standard. of controlling a motorcycle. nsing 3.3.0.2 A first time licence applicant must undertake 3.2 LICENSING - GENERAL a test of knowledge of these Rules 3.2.0.1 Any rider, who is transported to hospital, recommended to attend hospital or is advised 3.4 Licensing - Juniors by a medical practitioner that they require a medical clearance before taking part in any 3.4.0.1 An application for a Junior competition further competition will have their license licence, other than a 1 meeting licence must: suspended until such time as they supply a a) Be to the SCB of the State or medical clearance to MA, their SBC or a Key Territory in which the applicant Official at a MA permitted race meeting ordinarily resides, b) Be in the prescribed form, 3.3 Licensing - SENIORS c) Be accompanied by: i) Proof of the age of the applicant, 3.3.0.1 An application for a competition licence, other ii) Proof the applicant has current than a one meeting licence or international ambulance subscription, and licence, must: iii) The prescribed fee. a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in which the applicant ordinarily resides; iv) Proof that the applicant has meet the requirements of the Junior b) Be in the prescribed form. Coaching Program (JCP) GCR 3.8 c) Be accompanied by: i) Proof of the age of the applicant, ii) Proof that the applicant has passed an 5353 3 licensing enjoy the ride

v) Written authorisation of at least 1 3.6 Licensing - Speedway Mechanics of the applicant’s parents or the 3.6.0.1 A person may not work as a Mechanic for legal guardian of the applicant. any rider in any Speedway competition iv) Proof of current club membership. unless that person: 3.4.0.2 No applicant will be issued with their first a) Is licensed as a mechanic, competition licence if they are under the b) Is not less than 16 years of age, age of 7 years. 3.6.0.2 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may 3.4.0.3 All Junior competitors: issue a mechanic’s licence to any person. a) Must produce their JCP logbook 3.6.0.3 An application for a mechanic’s licence upon demand to any key official and for renewal thereof, must: during any meeting a) Be to the SCB of the State or b) If unable to produce their JCP Territory in which the applicant logbook, complete a declaration ordinarily resides, certifying their compliance with the b) Be in the prescribed form, logbook requirement of these Rules accompanied by the prescribed fee. c) Be accompanied by: i) Proof of the age of the applicant, 3.5 Licensing - Entrants ii) Proof the applicant has current 3.5.0.1 A person or body corporate may not enter ambulance subscription, and any rider to participate in any competition iii) The prescribed fee. unless that person or body corporate is 3.6.0.4 On receipt of an application for the issue licensed as an Entrant. or renewal of a Mechanic’s licence the 3.5.0.2 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may SCB may: issue an Entrant’s licence to any person a) Issue or renew the licence or body corporate. The form of an unconditionally, Entrant’s licence will be as prescribed in b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or by-laws. c) Issue or renew the licence on such 3.5.0.3 An application for an Entrant’s licence terms and conditions, as it thinks fit. and for renewal thereof, must: 3.6.0.5 An applicant for a Mechanic’s licence a) Be to the SCB of the State or who is aggrieved by a decision of the Territory in which the applicant SCB under the previous GCR may ordinarily resides, appeal to the appellate body of that SCB. b) Be in the prescribed form, and 3.6.0.6 A Mechanic’s licence continues in force c) Be accompanied by the prescribed for 12 months from the date of issue. fee. 3.6.0.7 A Mechanic’s licensee must: 3.5.0.4 On receipt of an application for the issue a) Carry the licence at all times during or renewal of an Entrant’s licence, the any meeting, SCB may: b) Produce the licence on demand to a) Issue or renew the licence any key official during any meeting, unconditionally, 3.6.0.8 If unable to produce the licence, complete b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or a declaration certifying compliance with c) Issue or renew the licence on such the licence requirements of these Rules terms and conditions as it thinks fit. and forthwith pay the prescribed non- 3.5.0.5 An applicant for an Entrant’s licence who production fee is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB 3.7 LICENCE ISSUING & RENEWALS under the previous GCR may appeal to the appellate body of the SCB. 3.7.0.1 Senior - An application for renewal of a 3.5.0.6 An entrant’s licence continues in force for Senior competition licence must: 12 months from the date of issue. a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in which the applicant ordinarily resides, 54 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 3 licensing

b) Be in the prescribed form. off competency assessment by an c) Be accompanied by: accredited motorcycle sport coach on i) Proof the applicant has a current those respective machines. ambulance subscription, and 3.8.1.2 A rider who is endorsed for 125cc/150cc 2-stroke must receive a separate ii) The prescribed fee endorsement for a 250cc 4-stroke and iii) Proof of current club membership. vice versa before being able to compete 3.7.0.2 Junior - An application for renewal of a Junior on those machines. competition licence must: a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in 3.8.1.3 The coaching required for a 125cc/150cc which the applicant ordinarily resides, 2-stroke or a 250cc 4-stroke endorsement b) Be in the prescribed form, can be undertaken 3 months prior to c) Be accompanied by: the rider’s birthday that allows them to i) Proof in the JCP logbook of the compete on either machine. required coaching hours having been 3.8.1.4 The minimum of 5 hours coaching competency completed, assessment required for a 125cc/150cc ii) Proof the applicant has a current 2-stroke and 250cc 4-stroke endorsement ambulance subscription, and will count toward the coaching required iii) The prescribed fee, under GCR 3.8.0.1 GCR 3.8.0.2. iv) Proof of current club membership. 3.8.1.5 Junior Slider riders must be endorsed 3.7.0.3 On receipt of an application for the issue or by a Level 2 coach. renewal of a competition licence the SCB may: 3.8.2 Coaching Delivery a) Delay the issue or renewal for no more 3.8.2.1 Riders in a coaching session must than 14 days, a) Have a licence as defined in GCR 3.1.2, or b) Issue or renew the licence unconditionally, b) Be participating in a session c) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or exclusively for the purposes of d) Issue or renew the licence on such terms obtaining a licence for the first time. and conditions as it thinks fit. 3.8.2.2 Licence holders may not participate in a 3.8 JUNIOR COACHING PROGRAM 3.8.0.1 To obtain a competition licence, Junior riders JCP coaching session with non-licence (7 to under 16) must holders. 3.8.3 Junior Coaching Program Log Book a) Undertake a minimum of 5 hours of coaching by an accredited motorcycle 3.8.3.1 All Junior competitors will be issued with a sport coach in the required modules (Kick log book which includes: Start), and a) Name, address and date of birth, b) Complete the written assessment. b) Provision to record training/coaching 3.8.0.2 To renew a licence, Junior riders must: hours and modules to obtain a a) Undertake a minimum of 5 hours coaching an competition licence, annual competency assessment by an c) Provision to record Licence accredited motorcycle sport coach each assessment results, year until they reach the age of 16, and d) Licence number, b) Maintain a log book recording their coaching e) Special medical conditions, hours activity – refer GCR 3.8.2, 3.8.4. f) Ambulance subscription, 3.8.0.3 When a Junior progresses to a larger g) Provision of injury details (where capacity motorcycle the annual compe- transported to hospital), and tency assessment during that 12 month licence period must take place on the h) Provision to record penalties (to be larger capacity machine. countersigned by the Steward and 3.8.0.4 85cc 2-stroke/150 4-stroke is classed as the Clerk of Course) same class for assessment purposes. 3.8.3.2 A rider wishing to take out a one event 3.8.1 125cc/150cc and 250cc Endorsement competition licence must produce a log 3.8.1.1 A rider wishing to compete on a 125cc/150cc book to demonstrate they have completed 2-stk or a 250cc 4-stroke machine must the JCP requirements undertake minimum of 5 hours coaching a one 5555 4 competitions enjoy the ride

4 COMPETITIONS

4.1 VENUES access, other than events on a public road, the standard notice [shown on 4.1.1 Register of Venues opposite page] warning the public that 4.1.1.1 Each SCB must, for its area of a motorcycle competition is in progress responsibility, establish and maintain a shall be prominently displayed. The register of: sign shall measure 550mm x 450mm, a) Permanent venues, and minimum. b) Temporary venues for special events 4.1.4.2 Wherever at such meetings, it is which may be altered by the addition, considered desirable by the Promoters of removal or modification of, any 1 or more the meetings, or is a condition of the grant venues. of a Venue Licence that the public shall be 4.1.2 Venue Inspectors excluded from a certain area, the standard form of notice prohibiting the public from 4.1.2.1 An RCB may appoint venue inspectors access to that area [shown on opposite whose responsibilities are: page] shall be prominently displayed. The a) To inspect venues, sign shall measure 550mm x 450mm b) To ensure that venues comply with 4.1.4.3 No other form of notice for warning the any standards established under public generally or for prohibiting access these Rules, and to certain areas shall be displayed. c) To make recommendations for the 4.1.4.4 A sign must be prominently displayed issue of licences for venues. in pit areas [shown on opposite page] 4.1.3 The Licensing of Venues warning that the carrying or consumption 4.1.3.1 No venue may be operated without a of alcoholic beverages by all personnel venue licence. in the area is prohibited. The sign shall measure 550mm x 450mm. 4.1.3.2 An application for the issue of a venue licence must be in the prescribed form to 4.1.4.5 At the entrances to any venue a the RCB. Promoter must prominently display the sign entitled ‘Notice’[shown on opposite 4.1.3.3 The RCB may, in respect of a venue: page]. The sign shall measure 550mm x a) Issue a licence subject to such terms 450mm. and conditions as it thinks fit or may 4.1.4.6 Pit areas must be clearly defined. A refuse to issue a licence, and Promoter must prominently display the b) Revoke or suspend a venue licence sign [shown on opposite page] at the if the venue licensee fails to comply entrance to the pit area. The sign shall with the licence or any condition. measure 550mm x 450mm. 4.1.3.4 During each competition or other permitted event the venue licence must be prominently displayed in the 4.2 The Promotion and Conduct of administration area of the event together Competitions with a plan of the venue and the GPS co- ordinates for the location of the venue. 4.2.1 Authority to Promote 4.1.3.5 Any Support person who enters a licensed 4.2.1.1 Subject to these Rules, competitions may venue or who otherwise participates be promoted or conducted by: (in whatever manner and actively or a) A Controlling Body, or passively) in a competition under these b) A Promoter. GCR is bound by these GCR and any SR 4.2.1.2 Promoters must be affiliated to the RCB: in force for that competition. a) Where an SCB is the RCB, 4.1.4 Notices to the Public Promoters must affiliate with an SCB, 56 4.1.4.1 At all meetings to which the public have 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4 competitions

WARNING TO THE PUBLIC Motor racing is DANGEROUS, and spectators attending this track do so entirely at their own risk. It is a condition of admission that all persons having a connection with the promotion, and/or organisation, and/or conduct of the meeting, including the owners of the land and the riders and owners of vehicles and passengers in the vehicles, are absolved from all liability arising out of the accidents causing damage or personal injury to spectators or ticket holders, except where due care and skill has not been exercised. Notice 4.1.4.1

PROHIBITED AREA The Public is not permitted in this area. Notice 4.1.4.2

WARNING The carrying or consumption of alcoholic beverages in the pit area is prohibited. By Order, Motorcycling Australia Ltd Notice 4.1.4.4

NOTICE No Animals Allowed. Guide Dogs Excepted By Order, Motorcycling Australia Ltd Notice 4.1.4.5

The riding of motorcycles in the pit area is only allowed in marked access lanes. By Order, Motorcycling Australia Ltd Notice 4.1.4.6

b) Where MA is the RCB, Promoters c) For International meetings (i.e. must affiliate with MA if they have not involving licensees from federations already affiliated with an SCB. other than MA and MNZ), MA series 4.2.1.3 SCBs must notify MA of the details of or National meetings, be submitted affiliated Promoters within 1 month of at least 8 weeks before the date set them affiliating. for the meeting, 4.2.2 Competition Permits d) For any other meeting, be submitted at least 14 days before the date set 4.2.2.1 No competition may be promoted or for the meeting, conducted without a competition permit. e) Be accompanied by proposed SR, 4.2.2.2 An application for a competition permit and must be in the prescribed form to the RCB and must: f) Identify the proposed venue. a) Be accompanied by the prescribed 4.2.2.3 An RCB may issue a competition permit fee, subject to terms and conditions or may refuse to issue a permit. b) For any meeting forming part of an Australian Championship, be a) At the time of issue of a competition submitted at least 3 months before permit to a Promoter, the RCB may the date set for the meeting, require the Promoter to deposit with the RCB a bond which: 57 4 competitions enjoy the ride

i) Is equivalent to the prize money, c) In respect of all other officials, be ii) Is an estimate by the RCB of the appointed by the Promoter. gate levy payable. 4.2.5.3 Officials for Australian Championships b) Where a bond is not required, the which do not form part of a series must: RCB will assume responsibility for a) In respect of Stewards, Jury the prize money. Presidents and eligibility Scrutineers c) A permit must not be issued unless be appointed by MA, the Promoter making application is b) In respect of all other key officials, insured to the satisfaction of the RCB. Chief Marshals and chief technical 4.2.2.4 Where any of the conditions of a Scrutineers be appointed by the competition permit are not satisfied the host SCB, RCB may revoke the permit. c) In respect of all other officials, be 4.2.2.5 The permit for an event must be appointed by the Promoter. prominently displayed in the administration 4.2.5.4 Officials for meetings controlled by MA area of the event. which are not Australian Championships 4.2.3 Refund of Permit Fees must: 4.2.3.1 If a meeting does not take place, any fee a) In respect of Stewards, be appointed paid for the permit must be repaid unless by MA, in the opinion of the RCB, the meeting did b) In respect of all other officials, be not take place because of the conduct of appointed by the Promoter. the permit holder. In that event, the RCB 4.2.5.5 Officials for meetings controlled by SCBs may withhold the refund wholly, or in part will be appointed in accordance with the at its discretion. by laws of the host SCB. 4.2.4 Forfeiture of Permit 4.2.6 Competitions between Categories of 4.2.4.1 A Promoter will be liable to forfeit a permit Machine if the Promoter breaches any of these 4.2.6.1 In respect of any competition: Rules, and in all things done in relation a) Unless otherwise provided for by to a meeting, must comply with, and is these Rules or any relevant SR, no bound by: 2 machines of a different category a) These Rules, may compete in any event, b) All conditions of the permit, b) No competition may be conducted c) Any SR, and under these Rules between a d) All venue safety and other standards motorcycle and any other vehicle. proclaimed under these Rules. 4.2.7 Invitations for Entries 4.2.5 The Appointment of Officials 4.2.7.1 A Promoter may invite and receive 4.2.5.1 A meeting must not take place unless entries to any competition authorised by there are at least the following officials the permit. Every invitation to enter and present: every entry form sent out to a potential participant must: a) A Steward, a Jury, or a Referee, a) Specify the closing date for b) A Clerk of Course, applications to enter, c) A Race Secretary, b) Specify the amount of the entry fee, d) A Scrutineer. c) Be accompanied by a copy of the 4.2.5.2 Officials for Australian Championships SR for the competition. forming a series must: 4.2.8 Applications for Entries a) In respect of Stewards, Juries and Race Directors, be appointed by MA, 4.2.8.1 A competition licensee wishing to participate in a meeting may apply to b) In respect of all other key officials, Chief enter the meeting. The application must: Marshals, eligibility Scrutineers and chief technical Scrutineers, be nominated by a) Be in the prescribed form and the host SCB for MA approval. contain the prescribed information, 58 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4 competitions

b) Be accompanied by the prescribed f) At all other events where speed is fee, the determining factor provide, to the c) If required by the RCB, be satisfaction of the SCB: accompanied by a medical i) An ambulance, or certificate that the applicant is fit to ii) First aid vehicle, or participate in the meeting, iii) A medical room, which may be d) Contain no false or misleading mobile. information, g) Ensure medical facilities are e) Comply with the SR for the meeting. operated by qualified first aid 4.2.8.2 The Promoter to whom such an personnel. application is submitted may accept or h) Ensure that: reject it and, if the application is rejected, i) At Speedway / Track events must inform the applicant of the rejection. spectators are not permitted 4.2.9 Responsibilities of Promoters inside the circuit, 4.2.9.1 A Promoter, on or before the day of the ii) At all other events spectators are meeting must: not permitted in areas which may a) Publish a program which must endanger themselves or riders. contain: iii) The nearest police station and i) The names of all competitors and the nearest hospital to the event the identity of each competitor’s is notified that the event is to take entrant, club and State, place. This notification must be ii) The identification number of given at least 21 days prior to the each competitor and motorcycle, event. iii) Any applicable starting position 4.2.9.2 A Promoter must, no more than 21 days and handicap, after a meeting pay all fees, traveling and accommodation expenses due to iv) The status and identity of all key Controlling Bodies, riders and officials in officials, respect of that meeting. v) All relevant information about the 4.2.9.3 A Promoter is responsible for the payment events to be conducted. of all officials’ fees and expenses other vi) A welcome message from an MA than the Steward’s fee and any costs Representative for Australian associated with the Race Director. Championships. 4.2.9.4 Unless otherwise instructed by the RCB, b) Provide copies of the program a Promoter must, no more 7 days after the to all key officials, entrants and results have been declared official, pay all competitors. prize monies and prizes due to the riders. c) Appoint officials and in so doing 4.2.9.5 At events where drug or fuel testing has may appoint assistant pit and flag taken place an RCB may instruct the marshals who need not be the Promoter to delay payments of prize monies holders of officials’ licences. No until the results of those tests are published. assistant pit or flag marshal may carry out any duty unless directly 4.2.10 Betting at Meetings supervised by a licensed official. 4.2.10.1 No person involved in the conduct of any d) Provide fire extinguishers to the meeting may conduct any bet or wager in satisfaction of the RCB, respect of that meeting. e) Where MA is the RCB, at any event 4.2.11 Results where speed is the determining 4.2.11.1 As soon as practicable and no more than factor, provide an ambulance which 5 days after the completion of a meeting, is, the Steward must send the results to the i) Permitted to transport injured RCB. persons on public roads, and 4.2.11.2 Unless and until all protests and appeals ii) Staffed by paramedics. arising from a meeting are finally determined, the results will be provisional. 59 4 competitions enjoy the ride

4.2.11.3 In respect of any provisional results, any e) Methods of machine examination, public announcement or advertisement f) Methods of practicing and qualifying, concerning those results must state that g) Methods of starting and finishing, they are provisional and are subject to h) Flags and signals, official confirmation. i) Competition officials, 4.2.11.4 As soon as practicable and no more than 5 days after the final determination of all j) Entry and other fees, protests and appeals in relation to any k) Prizes and trophies, meeting, the RCB must announce that the l) Competition formats, results are final. m) Methods of scoring, 4.2.11.5 A meeting will commence and conclude at n) Timetables, the times fixed by the Steward. o) Such other facts, matters or things 4.2.12 Results in Australian Championships and as are necessary to ensure the fair MA Series and safe conduct of competitions. 4.2.12.1 Results in any Australian titled event or 4.2.13.4 SR bind Support persons. Delivery, MA series event: publication or display of SR in accordance a) Must be faxed or emailed to MA by with GCR 4.2.13.2(d) or (e) shall be the Steward by 9am on the Monday deemed delivery, publication and display next following the event, and of the SR to Support persons b) Must include the names of all 4.2.14 Supplementary Regulations for Australian finishers in the event. Championships & MA Series 4.2.13 Supplementary Regulations [SR] 4.2.14.1 A draft of proposed SR for an Australian Championship and MA Series must be 4.2.13.1 An RCB may make SR, which must sent to MA in electronic form (disc or be consistent with these Rules, for the email) at least 3 months prior to the date purposes of the promotion and conduct of of the event. any competition. 4.2.13.2 SR: a) Have the force and effect of these 4.3 Offences Rules, 4.3.1 List of Offences b) Must comply, as closely as possible, 4.3.1.1 Any Promoter, licensee or Support person, with the model SR in Appendix 2; who: c) Must be printed and in the prescribed a) Breaches any of these Rules, or any SR, form, b) Acts in a manner which is prejudicial d) Must be delivered to those persons to the sport or breaches the Code of or bodies whom the RCB considers Conduct, necessary to enable the competition to be conducted fairly and efficiently, c) Behaves in an offensive or abusive manner toward any competitor or e) Must be published and displayed any official exercising authority under in a place to which officials and these Rules, competitors have reasonable access, d) Bribes or attempts to bribe, directly f) Must not be amended after delivery or indirectly, any competitor, and publication in accordance with Controlling Body, appellate body or this GCR unless, in the opinion of the official exercising authority under Steward, exceptional circumstances these Rules, arise requiring amendments. e) Offers, receives or offers to receive, 4.2.13.3 SR for competitions must prescribe: directly or indirectly, any bribe a) Venue descriptions, in respect of the exercise of any b) Dates, times and places of competitions, authority under these Rules, c) Entry times, methods and forms, f) Enters, or attempts to enter, any d) Competitor and other numbers and ineligible person, body or machine in 60 number plates, any competition, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4 competitions

g) Acts in a reckless or dangerous u) Commits a doping offence under manner while competing. MA’s Anti-Doping Policy, h) Disobeys the lawful direction, order v) Being an official who knowingly: or requirement of any Controlling i) Signs a record of measurement Body, appellate body, inspector or as a personal record when it was official under these Rules. not, i) Obstructs or misleads any official in ii) Assists in the promotion or the exercise of any of the powers conduct of any competition which and duties conferred on that official is not authorised under these by these Rules, Rules, or j) Assaults any competitor or any iii) Fails to comply with these Rules, official exercising authority under is liable to be penalised under these these Rules, Rules. k) Without reasonable cause, fails 4.3.1.2 Should a Support person breach any rule, to participate in a competition for the entrant, rider, licensee or competitor, which entrant fees have been paid may in addition to the Support person by or on behalf of that person or be held responsible and sanctioned in body or in the case of Speedway a accordance with these GCR. competitor who has nominated for 4.3.1.3 Subject to Rule 4.3.1.4, a prosecution for that competition, any alleged offence under Rule 4.3.1.1 l) Does any act, the direct or indirect committed during the course of a meeting purpose of which is to breach or must: cause to be breached any agreement a) If instituted by the Clerk of Course, be: between any Promoter, entrant, or rider in respect of any competition, i) Heard and determined by the Clerk of Course, or m) Participates in any competition for which that person or body has failed ii) Referred to the Steward, or to complete an entry form or pay b) If instituted by the Steward, be entrant fees, i) Heard and determined by the n) Being a Promoter advertises, and/ Steward, or or programs riders who have not ii) Referred to the RCB, or entered the meeting, c) If instituted by a duly appointed o) Being a Promoter, club, entrant, Inspector, be heard and determined or rider knowingly publishes false by the RCB. information concerning the results of 4.3.1.4 A prosecution for any alleged offence any competition, under GCR 4.3.1.1 committed during the p) Promotes, participates in, or course of a meeting being part of an MA officiates at any competition which is Series must: capable of being sanctioned by MA a) If instituted by the Clerk of the but which is not authorized under Course, be: these Rules, i) Heard and determined by the q) Uses other than the prescribed fuel Clerk of Course, or in any competition, ii) Referred to the Steward, or r) Fails to comply with the direction of b) If instituted by the Race Director; be an authorised official to submit to a referred to the Steward, or fuel test under these Rules, c) If instituted by the Steward, be s) Being an entrant causes or permits the rider entered by the entrant, or i) Heard and determined by the any Support person of that rider not Steward, or to comply with these rules ii) Referred to the RCB, or t) Being a competitor where any of d) If instituted by a duly appointed their Support persons fails to comply Inspector, be heard and determined with any of these Rules by the RCB. 61 4 competitions enjoy the ride

4.3.2 Imposition of Penalties during Events i) May act on their own initiative, 4.3.2.1 In any event during the course of a ii) May act on such information and meeting, a Steward or Clerk of Course in such manner as they think fit may fine, exclude, impose penalty or time having regard to the conduct for points on, or relegate, any competitor, if: which a penalty is to be imposed, a) The whole or any part of that iii) Must, in respect of all prosecutions competitor’s machine has left other than those under GCR the track and thereby gained an 4.3.2, conduct a hearing, advantage, unless such action was: iv) Must, as soon as practicable i) For the safety of other competitors, after determining the penalty, or inform the competitor and the ii) Due to the action of other competitor’s team of the penalty competitors, imposed, and b) The competitor has gained an v) May not impose any fine greater advantage as a result of an unfair than the maximum prescribed in start, by-laws. c) The competitor has been guilty of b) No person may be represented by a unfair or unsafe conduct. legal practitioner. d) The competitor receives outside assistance other than: 4.3.4 Inspectors i) By a relevant official at the start of 4.3.4.1 A Controlling Body may, by written an event, or authority, appoint Inspectors. ii) In the interests of safety, 4.3.4.2 The powers and duties of Inspectors are: e) The competitor’s machine is a) To institute prosecutions for dangerous, offences under these Rules other f) The competitor’s machine does not than offences alleged to have been comply with the requirements of committed by competitors during the these Rules or any SR, course of a event, and g) The competitor has unreasonably b) To collect and collate evidence refused to submit to a medical test reasonably required for the required by the Steward under these preparation of any prosecutions Rules, under these Rules, and to present h) The competitor, or the competitor’s such evidence to the RCB, team, has breached the refueling Rule. 4.3.2.2 For the purposes of GCR 4.3.2.1, outside c) To investigate the conduct assistance includes radio communication, of meetings and make provided that SR may permit outside recommendations to the RCB. assistance. 4.3.4.3 In performing duties under these Rules, 4.3.2.3 No person may protest against, or appeal an Inspector: from, a decision to impose a penalty a) May ask questions and give during an event. directions as reasonably required, 4.3.2.4 For the purpose of this GCR a decision b) Must comply with all directions of does not operate as such unless and until any appellate body, and it is notified to the competitor affected by c) Must maintain proper and accurate it or to that competitor’s team, providing records of all investigations such notification is practicable within the undertaken and any proceedings context of the event. arising there from. 4.3.5 Charges 4.3.3 Hearing and Determination of Charges 4.3.5.1 Charges for offences under these Rules, during Meetings other than by Stewards, Race Director or 4.3.3.1 In any proceeding relating to the imposition Clerks of Course may only be instituted by of penalties for offences committed during Inspectors. the course of a meeting: a) The Steward or Clerk of Course: 62 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4 competitions

4.3.5.2 In relation to any charge instituted by an 4.3.6.2 The Clerk of Course may impose the Inspector: following penalties for any offence a) The offence will not be taken to have committed under these Rules: been committed unless proved to the a) A reprimand, satisfaction of the RCB, b) A fine no greater than $1,000, b) The person charged may be c) Relegation, represented by a legal practitioner d) Exclusion. or other advocate or may be e) Removal or ejection from the venue unrepresented, 4.3.6.3 The Steward may impose the following c) The person charged may: penalties for any offence committed under i) Give evidence, these Rules: ii) Call any witness, a) A reprimand, iii) Produce any exhibit, or b) A fine no greater than $2,000, iv) remain silent, and no adverse c) Relegation, inference may be drawn from the d) Exclusion, exercise of the right of silence. e) Suspension of no more than 6 d) The RCB must months. i) Deliver written reasons for the f) Removal or ejection from the venue finding to the person charged, whether of guilty or innocent, and 4.3.6.4 The RCB may impose the following any penalty imposed. penalties for any offence committed under these Rules: e) The RCB may refer charges to its appellate body. a) A reprimand, b) A fine no greater than $5,000, 4.3.6 Penalties c) Relegation, 4.3.6.1 In imposing any penalty, the Steward, Clerk of Course, RCB or the appellate d) Exclusion, body must have regard to the following e) Suspension of no more than 24 principles: months. a) No penalty should be imposed 4.3.6.5 The RCB may determine a period during unless and until the offender has which a licence will not be issued to been given the opportunity to make persons falsely completing a licence representations as to the nature and declaration under GCR 3.1.1.9. b). extent of the penalty, 4.3.6.6 An appellate body may impose the b) In ordinary circumstances a single following penalties for any offence penalty should be imposed for a committed under these Rules: single offence, a) A reprimand, c) The punishment for an offence b) A fine no greater than $10,000, should be commensurate with the c) Relegation, gravity and effects of the offence, d) Exclusion, d) The interests of the sport are e) Suspension, paramount, f) Disqualification. e) The severity of penalties imposed 4.3.6.7 In imposing a penalty under these Rules on an individual should increase if an appellate body may: that individual continues to commit offences against these Rules, a) Fix a time for payment of any fine, f) Mitigating factors put by, or on behalf b) Suspend the operation of any of an offender, must be taken into penalty unconditionally or subject to account, as must the effects on terms and conditions, others of the actions of the offender.

63 4 competitions enjoy the ride

c) Fix a time for the commencement 4.3.9 Tests for Prohibited Substances of any penalty, but in the absence 4.3.9.1 A person who commits a doping offence of such fixing, the penalty will contrary to the MA Anti-Doping Policy commence from the moment of its [Chapter 11] will be sanctioned by MA pronouncement, in accordance with that policy which is d) Impose such conditions as are in the published in this manual. circumstances just and expedient, 4.3.9.2 For the purposes of this GCR: e) Require the offender to deliver any a) An SCB may, by instrument in document, record, material, object, writing, delegate to MA its authority piece of equipment, machine or to administer tests under this GCR, thing as is reasonably necessary to and in that case, MA will be deemed ensure: to be the RCB in relation to the i) That the penalty is carried into full administration of tests, force and effect, b) The RCB is responsible for the ii) That all persons or bodies receipt of the results of tests. affected are made aware of the 4.3.10 Prohibited substances penalty, and 4.3.10.1 Refer to the World Anti-Doping Agency iii) That any consequential orders or (WADA) Prohibited List under Chapter 11 directions are complied with. for prohibited substances. f) Make such consequential orders or directions as the appellate body 4.3.11 Fines considers necessary and reasonable 4.3.11.1 Fines are payable to the RCB. for the full and effectual operation of 4.3.12 Suspension and Disqualification the penalty. 4.3.12.1 An order for suspension of any person or 4.3.6.8 Unless otherwise ordered: body will operate throughout the period a) Every decision of an appellate body thereof so as to prevent that person or will take effect from the moment of body from participating in any competition. pronouncement of the penalty, 4.3.12.2 An order for suspension or disqualification b) The operation of a decision of an from competition may operate so as to appellate body will be suspended prevent from participation in competition upon the lodging of a notice of a machine or machines of a particular appeal against the decision. manufacturer provided that no such order 4.3.7 Penalties – Juniors may be made unless the appellate body is satisfied that the offence or offences 4.3.7.1 The Steward may fine or exclude any leading to the making of the order were junior competitor for the actions of the committed with the knowledge, or at the agents or parents of the competitor. instigation, of the manufacturer or the 4.3.8 Default Penalties manufacturer’s agent. 4.3.8.1 Any person or body having power to 4.3.12.3 Any person or body who is the subject of: impose any fine under these Rules must a) An order of exclusion, or fix a time within which the fine is tobe b) An order for suspension or paid. disqualification for any offence 4.3.8.2 An RCB may impose, as a penalty in committed at, connected with, or default of payment of the fine within arising from, any competition; that time, a penalty of suspension or is liable to forfeit the right to receive disqualification, which may be double or retain any award, trophy or prize in the period the payment of the fine was in respect of that competition. default. 4.3.12.4 If any penalty imposed alters the result of any competition, the RCB must, as soon as practicable after being notified of the penalty, alter the record of that competition so as to reflect the alteration. 64 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 5 protests and appeals

5 PROTESTS AND APPEALS

5.1 Protests b) Provide to the appellate body all evidence and exhibits submitted 5.1.1 Right of Protest to the Steward in relation to that 5.1.1.1 With the exception of penalties imposed protest, during an event any entrant or competitor c) Comply with all directions and may protest: instructions of the appellate body. a) Against a decision to reject an 5.1.2.3 In hearing and determining any protest, a application by a competition Steward may: licence holder to compete in any competition, a) Direct any reasonable alteration or modification to any course, b) Against a decision, action or determination of any official, b) Alter or amend any program, c) Against the action or conduct of any c) Overrule, vary or amend any other competitor, entrant, mechanic decision or direction of an official, or team member during the course d) Substitute for any decision of an of any event. official, the decision of the Steward 5.1.1.2 Any protest must: with or without conditions, a) Be in writing, e) Give such directions, instructions or orders as the Steward thinks fit for b) Be accompanied by the prescribed the efficient and fair conduct of any fee which will be refunded if the competition, protest is upheld, or if not must be remitted to the RCB , f) Alter, vary or amend the result of, or prize for, any competition, c) Be made to a Steward of the relevant meeting, g) Do whatever is necessary for the proper consideration of the protest. d) Comply with the following time limits: 5.1.2.4 In hearing and determining any protest, i) For a protest under sub Rules a) a Steward must apply the following and b) of the previous Rule, as principles: soon as practicable after being informed of the decision, a) The protester and any person materially affected or likely to be ii) For a protest under sub Rule c) so affected by the outcome of the of the previous Rule, no more protest must be notified of the protest than 30 minutes after the action and the time and place fixed for the or conduct, hearing, iii) For a protest under sub-Rule c) b) The determination of the protest in a Speedway or Supercross must be in writing and published meeting, no more than 5 minutes to the protester and any person after the action or conduct. affected by the determination, 5.1.2 Protest Hearings c) The principles of natural justice must 5.1.2.1 A Steward must hear and determine any apply, protest and must notify the outcome to d) The protester and any person the protester, and any person materially materially affected or likely to be affected, within a reasonable time. so affected by the determination 5.1.2.2 A Steward may refer any question raised may not be represented by a legal in any protest, or the protest itself, to the practitioner, relevant appellate body and must: e) The Steward is not bound by the a) Notify such referral to the protester, rules of evidence and may be and to any person materially informed of facts in such manner as affected by the protest, the Steward thinks fit, 6565 5 protests and appeals enjoy the ride

f) The Steward must determine the 5.2.2 Hearings by Appellate Bodies protest according to equity, good 5.2.2.1 An appellate body must hear and conscience and the substantial determine each appeal and in so doing: merits of the case, a) Is not bound by the rules of g) Unless otherwise ordered, every evidence, decision made by a Steward will b) May inform itself in such manner as take effect from the moment of it thinks fit, pronouncement of the decision. c) Must act according to equity, good 5.1.3 Protests - Juniors conscience and the substantial 5.1.3.1 In addition to the Rules regulating the merits of the case, making of protests in all competitions, d) May affirm, quash or vary the Juniors must comply with the following: decision appealed against in a) A protest may only be made by a such manner and subject to such competitor, conditions as it thinks fit, b) The competitor must indicate the e) May not impose any fine greater protest to an official prior to returning than that prescribed in by-laws, to the pits, f) Must publish reasons for its decision, c) The Clerk of Course must designate g) May, at its discretion, award such an area, to be announced at the costs to any party as it thinks fit. riders’ briefing and to be marked by 5.2.2.2 An appellate body may not direct that an a purple flag, where an official must event be re-run. be present to note any indications of protest, 5.2.3 Decisions by Appellate Bodies d) No discussion on the content of the 5.2.3.1 Unless otherwise ordered: protest may take place at the marked a) Every decision made by an appellate position, body will take effect from the e) A competitor who indicates a protest moment of pronouncement of the must return to the pits and present decision, the protest to the Clerk of Course. b) The operation of a decision of an appellate body will be suspended upon the lodging of a notice of 5.2 Appellate bodies appeal against the decision, 5.2.1 The Appointment of Appellate Bodies 5.2.1.1 Each Controlling Body must appoint a 5.3 APPEALS suitably qualified person or persons as an appellate body. A person is suitably 5.3.1 Right to Appeal qualified if: 5.3.1.1 A person or body having a material a) In the case of an appellate body interest in a decision of: consisting of 1 member, that person a) A Steward or jury arising from a is an admitted practitioner of the protest, or Supreme Court of any State or b) A specialist sub-committee Territory of Australia, or may appeal to the appellate body of the b) In the case of an appellate body of RCB. 3 members, the chair is held by an 5.3.1.2 A person or body, including a Steward of admitted practitioner of the Supreme a meeting, having a material interest in a Court of any State or Territory of decision of an SCB or the appellate body Australia and the other members of an SCB, may appeal to the appellate have knowledge of, and experience body of MA. in, any aspect of the sport. 5.2.1.2 No person may sit as a member of an appellate body, hearing any appeal, if that person has an interest in the outcome of 66 the appeal. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 5 protests and appeals

5.3.2 Commencement of Appeals 5.3.2.1 Appeals must be commenced by notice of appeal which must be: a) In writing and signed by the appellant, b) Lodged with the relevant appellate body, and c) Accompanied by the prescribed filing fee. 5.3.3 Time Limits for Appeals 5.3.3.1 The time for lodging a notice of appeal is 21 days after the decision has been notified to the appellant. 5.3.3.2 An appellate body may extend the time for lodging a notice of appeal if it considers that it is just and equitable so to do. 5.3.3.3 Unless otherwise directed by the appellate body, appeals must be heard and determined no more than 4 months www.playbytherules.net.au67 after lodgment of the notice of appeal.

67 6 judicial committee guidelines enjoy the ride

6 JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES

6.1 MA HEARING GUIDELINES iii) What the decision was; iv) A short outline (preferably in point 6.1.1 Composition of the Committee form) of why the decision is said 6.1.1.1 The Judicial Committee is the National to be wrong. appellate tribunal of MA. 6.1.2.2 A copy of the Notice of Appeal should 6.1.1.2 Appointed members of the Committee be posted to the person or body whose must be either: decision is being challenged. a) A qualified lawyer; or 6.1.3 Conduct of Hearings b) A person with appropriately 6.1.3.1 Hearings are usually, but not always, held extensive knowledge of, and in Melbourne. Interstate telephone hook- experience in the sport. ups are used on occasions. 6.1.1.3 The Committee’s President must be a 6.1.3.2 Hearings are normally conducted on a qualified lawyer. mid-week evening from 7.00 pm. They 6.1.1.4 The Committee sits either as a: are scheduled, as far as is possible, as a) Panel of up to 3 members chaired the parties’ request. by a lawyer; or 6.1.3.3 Hearings generally last 2-3 hours. b) Committee of 1 who must be a lawyer. 6.1.3.4 Parties to an appeal can present their 6.1.1.5 Matters generally come before the own case, may choose to be represented Committee either as: by a lawyer, or they may choose to be a) Appeals from State appellate represented by a person who, though not tribunals. a lawyer, is familiar with their case and b) Appeals from protest hearings, who can explain it to the Committee. conducted by Stewards or juries, 6.1.3.5 About one third of appellants have legal where the event is National or is representation, another third had non- part of a National series; or legal representation – and the other third c) As disputed questions on the presented their case themselves. interpretation of the GCRs. 6.1.3.6 Typically, the parties are notified in writing of the Committee’s decision within 10 to 6.1.2 Notice of Appeal 14 days of the hearing. 6.1.2.1 When considering lodging an appeal to 6.1.3.7 Written reasons for the Committee’s the Committee. it is important to note : decision accompany the decision itself. a) The Notice of Appeal must Where the Committee sits as a panel be lodged at the MA office in it arrives at 1 decision, i.e. it does not Melbourne. produce a majority decision and a b) The time limit for the lodging of the dissenting minority decision. Notice is 21 days from the date 6.1.3.8 When a hearing has concluded there can of the written notification of the be no further communication between the decision being appealed. parties and the Committee. c) The Notice must be accompanied by 6.1.3.9 If a party loses an appeal, any request it the prescribed lodging fee. may make of the Committee to reconsider d) There is no particular setting out or its decision will be ignored. style required, however, the Notice 6.1.3.10 Enquiries and requests about the should specify: scheduling of hearings should be directed i) The person or body whose to the MA office (See page 13). decision is being challenged; ii) The date and place of the decision; 68 68 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 6 judicial committee guidelines

69 7 sporting commissions & committees enjoy the ride

7 SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES

7.1 Creation of Commissions 7.2.0.9 Positions on Commissions are honorary. Approved travel, accommodation and out 7.1.0.1 MA has a Commission structure of pocket expenses will be met by MA. comprising the following Commissions: a) Road Racing , 7.3 Structure of the Standing b) Motocross & Supercross, Committees and Special Sub- c) Speedway, committees d) Enduro, e) Moto-Trials, 7.3.0.1 Members of the standing Committees f) Junior Development, and special Sub-Committees shall g) Historic Road Racing, be appointed by the Board and the membership shall be reviewed annually h) Classic MX & Dirt Track, at the MA Annual General Meeting. i) Dirt Track & Track, 7.3.0.2 The structure should generally consist of j) Women’s. 3 persons. 7.1.0.2 MA has the following Standing Committees: 7.3.0.3 Applications for Committee positions will a) Judicial, be directed to the Board. b) Safety. 7.3.0.4 Members will generally be selected 7.1.0.3 MA has the following Special Sub- because of their expertise and may be committees: members of the Board. a) Coaching, 7.3.0.5 Positions on the standing committees and b) Officials Training, special Sub-committees are honorary. Approved travel, accommodation and out c) Rules. of pocket expenses will be met by MA. 7.3.0.6 Casual Vacancies to be appointed by 7.2 Structure of the Commissions the Board for the unexpired term of the 7.2.0.1 Membership of Commissions will be a retiree’s appointment. maximum of 3 persons, unless otherwise 7.3.0.7 The Board will appoint Committee chairman. approved by the MA Board. 7.3.0.8 The Board has the right to dismiss 7.2.0.2 Vacancies must be advertised in the all or any members of a Committee if Motorcycle Press and through SCBs. performance is unsatisfactory. Applications to close on the last working day in September of each year. 7.4 Objectives of the Commissions 7.2.0.3 Appointments will be made by the Board. 7.4.0.1 To assist in the achievement of the 7.2.0.4 Appointments will be for up to 3 years objectives of MA. with 1 person due for election each year. 7.4.0.2 To encourage growth, development, 7.2.0.5 Casual Vacancies to be appointed by participation and safety in motorcycle the Board for the unexpired term of the sport throughout Australia. retiree’s appointment. 7.4.0.3 To provide an environment for the orderly 7.2.0.6 Appointments to be based on the ability and structured consideration and decision to contribute. making on the specialised aspects of 7.2.0.7 The Board will appoint the Chairman of motorcycle sport. each Commission. 7.4.0.4 To enhance the promotion of motorcycling 7.2.0.8 The Board has the right to dismiss all as a sport. or any members of a Commission if 7.4.0.5 To enhance the status of National performance is unsatisfactory. Championship competitions.

70 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 7 sporting commissions & committees

7.4.0.6 To assist riders selected in teams 7.5.1.10 To prepare and maintain a discipline competing in International competition to specific strategic plan. achieve International rankings. 7.5.1.11 To advise the Board on matters of policy 7.4.0.7 To assist individual competitors, clubs, relevant to commission discipline. Promoters, SCBs, and other interested 7.5.2 Meetings of the Commissions parties wherever possible in their 7.5.2.1 All meetings and communication between specialty of the sport. Commission members shall be held on an “as needed” basis and as decided by the 7.5 Commission Terms of Reference Board, but generally 1 meeting per year in person and at other times by phone link- 7.5.0.1 Commissions may consider: up, email or facsimile. a) Sport specific items only, that 7.5.2.2 Communication with the Commissions is, those that do not affect other will be through the Commissions and disciplines, Committees Manager, at the MA Office. b) Budget, 7.5.3 Casual Vacancies c) Technical, 7.5.3.1 Upon being advised of the impending d) National Team Selection, absence of a Commissioner from a e) International Programs, meeting (including teleconferences) the f) Other Development. Board may appoint a casual replacement. 7.5.1 Responsibilities of the Commissions 7.5.3.2 The term of the replacement is not to 7.5.1.1 To be responsible to the Board and to act exceed the absence of the incumbent in the best interests of MA and the Sport. Commissioner. 7.5.1.2 To keep minutes of all Commission 7.5.4 Powers of the Sporting Commissions meetings. 7.5.4.1 To recommend GCR rule changes only 7.5.1.3 To prepare and propose Rules and/or rule after full consultation with the SCBs and amendments. relevant state sporting Sub-committees. 7.5.1.4 To assist and advise other Commissions Communication must be through MA to and Committees. the SCBs and then to the relevant state 7.5.1.5 To initiate appropriate strategies to sporting Sub-committees. ensure the development of the particular 7.5.4.2 To deal with matters within their discipline, discipline of the sport. (subject to the overriding control of 7.5.1.6 Where these strategies involve policy the Board), in accordance with the change, the matter must be referred to Constitution. The Board may refer the Board matters back to the Commissions for reconsideration. 7.5.1.7 To foster the conduct of National Championships and International 7.5.4.3 To select teams for international competition. competitions. 7.5.1.8 To provide a report in writing to the Board 7.5.4.4 The process required to effect a change annually. of these Rules is shown on page 41. 7.5.1.9 To report as required to the Board. asd Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter – regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free!

www.ma.org.au 717171 8 NATIonal coaching scheme enjoy the ride

8 NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME

8.1 Coaching BACKGROUND b) Satisfy any pre-requisites for attending the coaching course 8.1.0.1 Motorcycling Australia (MA) is recognised (for example, obtain a General by the Australian Sports Commission Principles certificate from the (ASC) as a National Sporting Organisation ASC, achieve the first level of (NSO). As such, MA is able to register accreditation prior to progressing to its coaching courses for accreditation next level etc.), under the ASC’s National Coaching c) Attend, complete and successfully Accreditation Scheme (NCAS). MA is in pass all requirements of the the process of developing a fourth level coaching course, of accreditation and is currently working d) Complete any post course towards having all levels of coaching assessment, accreditation formally registered under the NCAS. e) Show evidence you have satisfied the necessary Child Protection 8.1.0.2 The NCAS aims to: legislation in the States and a) Increase confidence and Territories in which you wish to competence in coaching ability, coach, b) Increase understanding of coaching f) Complete and return the appropriate principles and sport science, licence application form to the RCB. enabling a more in-depth approach 8.1.3 Maintaining a Motorcycle Sport to coaching, Coaching Licence c) Encourage the development of 8.1.3.1 In order to maintain your coaching innovative coaching techniques, licence you will be required to: d) Improve communication skills of a) Complete and return the appropriate coaches, licence application forms to the e) Provide a credible education and RCB in order to keep your coaching training process to attract members, licence up to date, f) Increase the number of trained b) Maintain the necessary Child coaches, Protection legislation in the States g) Provide recognition to coaches. and Territories in which you wish to 8.1.1 Recognition as a Motorcycle Sport Coach coach, 8.1.1.1 There are three aspects to being c) Inform your SCB if your contact recognised as a Motorcycle Sport coach details change. under the NCAS: 8.1.4 Updating Motorcycle Sport Coaching a) Gaining a Motorcycle Sport Accreditation - Re-accreditation Coaching Accreditation, 8.1.4.1 Motorcycle Sport coaching accreditation b) Maintaining a Motorcycle Sport lasts for four years. In order to extend the Coaching Licence, accreditation period by another four years c) Updating Motorcycle Sport Coaching (re-accredit) it is necessary to perform Accreditation - Re-accreditation. updating activities that develop your skills as a coach. This includes both sport 8.1.2 Gaining a Motorcycle Sport Coaching specific tasks and general sports tasks. Accreditation On the following page is an example 8.1.2.1 In order to gain a Motorcycle Sport of activities that will count towards your Coaching Licence you will be required to: re-accreditation. You have four years in a) Demonstrate practical experience which to accrue the necessary hours, in relation to motorcycle riding, check with the RCB for the hours required together with a sound knowledge of for re-accreditation: 72 motorcycle riding technique, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 8 NATIonal coaching scheme

SPORT SPECIFIC TASKS Obtain a higher level of coaching accreditation

Attend motorcycling courses Conduct practical club coaching Present/lecture at courses Attend coaching workshops Attend training camps Work with a Level 2 coach GENERAL SPORT TASKS Attend State Department of Sport & Recreation courses Attend other NCAS courses Obtain Sport Trainer accreditation Obtain First Aid Certificate www.playbytherules.net.au73 Obtain CPR accreditation Obtain an officials accreditation

Winning PartnershiP

The Australian The Australian Sports Commission is Motorcycling Australia is one the Australian Government agency that of many national sporting Sports Commission develops, manages and invests in sport organisations that has formed at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling a winning partnership with the proudly supports Australia has worked closely with the Australian Sports Commission Motorcycling Australia Australian Sports Commission to develop to develop its sport in Australia. motorcycling from community participation to high-level performance. www.ausport.gov.au

73 9 NATIonal officials scheme enjoy the ride

9 NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME

9.1 Officials BACKGROUND comprises 20 is comprimised of One of the recognised keys to the future of multiple choice questions. This written motorcycle sport is the development and training of assessment needs to be successfully officials. completed by persons wishing to become, an accredited official. 9.1.1 Establishment 9.2.2.5 Generally, all current officials are 9.1.1.1 The National Officials Accreditation automatically graded at Level 1 unless Scheme aims to: application is made for higher accreditation. a) Increase confidence and 9.2.3 Level 2 - Inter Club/Zone Level competence in officiating ability. 9.2.3.1 To attain this level officials are required b) Improve communication skills. to attend a seminar and successfully c) Promote progressive improvement in complete the assessment requirements. officiating knowledge and expertise. 9.2.3.2 The seminars are designed to be d) Provide a credible education and practical by nature. training process to attract new 9.2.3.3 Level 2 is the lowest level for accreditation officials and retain existing ones. of a Steward. e) Ensure a uniform approach to 9.2.3.4 Applications for Level 1 and 2 officiating throughout the country. accreditation are generally, reviewed by 9.2 LEVELS OF ACCREDITATION the SCB Manager. If there is any doubt as to the experience of the applicant, the 9.2.1 Level O - Basic Orientation Level application may be referred to the State 9.2.1.1 In the case where a person does not have Officials’ Review Panel for final approval. any accreditation, they are recognised as Level O, and are therefore only qualified 9.2.4 Level 3 - National Event/State to act as an assistant whilst in training Championship Level or assisting at a meeting, they must be 9.2.4.1 As with Level 2, officials are required to given the basic orientation briefing by attend a seminar and successfully complete appropriately licenced officials prior the written assessment must show proof of to commencing duties. The briefing participation in that role in an open event. must be given each time an unlicenced 9.2.4.2 All Level 3 applications are reviewed by person undertakes duties at a meeting. the State Officials’ Review Panel before 9.2.2 Level 1 - Club Level being granted accreditation at this level. 9.2.2.1 In order to act as an official at club level, 9.2.5 Level 4 - National Championship Level prospective officials are to complete a written 9.2.5.1 To achieve Level 4 accreditation as a assessment. The written assessment is Steward, Referee and Clerk of Course, available for Club Secretaries to distribute or applicants must attend a Key Officials may be obtained from SCBs may attend a Seminar conducted by MA every 4 seminar and must successfully complete years and successfully complete the the assesment requirements. assessment requirements. 9.2.2.2 The completed written assessment must be 9.2.5.2 Level 4 accreditation for all positions other endorsed by the official’s Club Secretary, than those listed in the previous GCR is stating the person has competently awarded by the National Officials Committee. performed duties at club level. 9.2.5.3 Level 4 officials are required to attend 9.2.2.2 The completed written assessment and seminars to retain their accreditation. licence application are to be returned to 9.2.6 International (FIM) Accreditation the relevant SCB for processing 9.2.6.1 This includes senior officials at 9.2.2.3 Applicants may complete this written international level. assessment in their own time and may 9.2.6.2 To be accredited at the International refer to their GCRs. The questionnaire 74 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 9 national officials scheme

level, an applicant must hold Level 4 9.4.7 To liaise with MA, SCBs and Promoters Accreditation and have successfully in the appointment of senior officials at completed an FIM Seminar. FIM Australian Championships. seminars are conducted in Australia as 9.4.8 To review progress of the Scheme and make required to provide officials for World any recommendations for updating to MA. Championships. 9.4.9 To arbitrate on any disputes arising over 9.3 OFFICIALS LICENSING the Scheme: 9.3.1 Licences will be issued by SCBs on a) To provide a process for officials behalf of MA with the exception of Level 4 to seek arbitration on any Stewards, Referees and Clerks of Course disputes arising over the Scheme licences which will be issued by MA. and its implimentation. 9.3.2 The back of the Official’s Licence has a b) To arbitrate over any disputes matrix indicating the disciplines of the arising over the scheme and its sport and types of accreditation. Numbers implimentation indicating the level/s of accreditation will be placed in the matrix. 9.5 STATE OFFICIALS REVIEW PANEL 9.3.3 It is recommended that all officials be GUIDELINES registered [i.e. hold an official’s licence]. 9.5.1 To liaise with MA and the National 9.3.0.4 Any official who has not been specifically Officials Committee. accredited, by their SCB [or does not wish 9.5.2 In the appointment of officials to to be], should be issued an Official’s Licence assess the suitability of Level 2 officials with no accreditation levels, indicated in the when asked to do so by the SCB. accreditation matrix on the back of the licence, 9.5.3 To review and accredit Level 3 officials. indicating a “General” Official’s licence not 9.5.4 To review and nominate officials for Level specifically accredited for any discipline or 4 to the National Officials Committee. category of the sport, and that the holder must 9.5.5 To organise Using the course content always act in an assistant capacity. and resource material provided by MA’s 9.3.3 The motorcycle participation journal NOC, organise venues and presenters shall be used in all officiating activities and conduct seminars for Levels 1, 2 and and seminars. The journal or a copy of 3 officialswithin the state and/or zones. it must be provided with all renewals 9.5.6 To notify applicants of the success or and upgrade applications. otherwise of their application. In the 9.4 NATIONAL OFFICIALS SUB- case of an unsuccessful application provide constructive feedback. COMMITTEE GUIDELINES 9.5.7 To establish a timetable of when and how 9.4.1 To oversee the setting up in each state of often the Panel should meet. a State an Official’s Review Panel. 9.5.8 To review the performance and 9.4.2 To oversee the accreditation procedures accreditation level of officials who do not at state level for Levels 1, 2, and 3 and to maintain the required standard. confer accreditation at Level 4. 9.5.9 To re-appraise accreditation levels of 9.4.3 To set down guidelines the Structure for the poorly performed officials. conduct of the seminars at the various levels. 9.5.10 Accreditation of Level 1 and 2 officials is 9.4.4 To provide input into the setting of the an office function and is at the discretion assessment papers and questionnaires. of the SCB, provided all necessary criteria 9.4.5 To provide input for the production of have been met by the applicant. This seminar resource materials. eliminates the time-consuming process 9.4.6 To re-appraise accreditation levels of for the State Officials’ Review Panel to poorly performing Level 4 officials. review every Level 1 and 2 application. 7575 10 personal accident insurance enjoy the ride 10 NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE 10.1 SUMMARY OF POLICY COVERAGE 10.1.0.1 The following is a summary of the policy coverage. Reference should be made to policy documents for specific details of coverage, terms and conditions. The terms and conditions of the policies will prevail. 10.1.0.2 Covering all: Competitors, Organisers, Officials, Marshals, Licence holders, Members, Volunteers, Employees, Directors and Committee members of or associated with Motorcycling Australia and its State bodies whilst competing, engaged in, and/or attending racing events, practice sessions, functions and other activities officially organised by/or on the business of Motorcycling Australia and its State bodies. Cover includes travel directly to and from such events from their place of work or domicile. 10.1.0.3 A claim for the benefits provided must be made within 12 months from the date the injury was suffered. 10.1.0.4 Situation - Anywhere in Australia 10.2 CAPITAL BENEFITS 10.2.0.1 Injury as defined resulting solely and directly and independently of any other cause in: CLAIM AWARD 1 Quadriplegia or paraplegia $150,000 2 Death - Under 18 years of age $10,000 - If under 18 years of age with full time employment $75,000 - All other Insured Persons $75,000 3 Third degree burns and/or resultant disfigurement which covers more than 40% of the entire external body $50,000 4 Permanent Total Disablement $50,000 5 Permanent and Incurable Insanity $50,000 6 Permanent Total Loss of Sight of Both Eyes $50,000 7 Permanent and Incurable Paralysis of all Limbs $50,000 8 Permanent Total Loss of Sight of One Eye $50,000 9 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of one limb $50,000 10 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of two limbs $50,000 11 Permanent Total Loss of Hearing in: a) Both Ears $37,500 b) One Ear $7,500 12 Permanent Total Loss of the Lens of One Eye $25,000 13 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers and thumb of either hand $35,000 14 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers of either hand $20,000 15 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers of either hand: a) Both Joints $15,000 b) One Joint $7,500 16 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of fingers of either hand: a) Three Joints $5,000 b) Two Joints $3,750 c) One Joint $2,500 17 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of toes and disablement of foot: a) All-one Foot $7,500 b) Great-both Joints $2,500 c) Great-one Joint $1,500 d) Other than great toe, each toe $500 18 Fractured leg or patella with established non-union $5,000 19 Shortening of leg by at least 5cm $3,700 Permanent Disability not otherwise provided for under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive. Such percentage of the 20 Sum Insured as the insurer shall in its absolute discretion determine and being in its opinion not inconsistent with the benefits provided under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive. 21 Funeral expenses $2,000 22 Non-Medicare medical expenses $5,000 Emergency transport costs for Officials, Marshalls and Volunteers 76 23 $10,000 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 10 personal accident insurance

WEEKLY BENEFITS 22. Weekly Accident Benefits for Marshals and officials who are Income Earners $500 23. Home Help Weekly Benefit $250 24. Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit $250

PARENTS’ INCONVENIENCE ALLOWANCE 25 Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance – per day $50 Up to a maximum of $1,500 10.3 WEEKLY BENEFITS 10.4.3 Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance 10.3.1 Weekly Benefits Excess - 30 days. 10.4.3.1 The insurer will pay up to $15 per day to a maximum of $1,500 for reimbursement 10.3.2 Weekly Benefit Period - One Hundred of expenses incurred for travelling, child and 4 (104) weeks maximum. minding or other out-of-pocket expenses 10.4 Definitions incurred whilst an insured child is 10.4.1 Home Help Weekly Benefit hospitalised arising from an insured event. 10.4.1.1 The insurer will pay for the cost of hiring help 10.4.4 Total Disablement and/or child minding services reasonably 10.4.4.1 Total disablement means disablement which and necessarily incurred by an Insured entirely prevents an Insured Person from Person as a result of injury from an insured attending to business or occupation of any event causing temporary total disablement. and every kind other than motorcycling, or Provided that: if the Insured Person has no business or a) Such child minding services and occupation other than motorcycling, from nursing help are carried out by engaging in an occupation for which the persons other than members of the Insured Person is reasonably qualified by Insured Person’s family or other education, training or experience. relatives or persons permanently living 10.4.5 Non Medicare Medical Expenses with the Insured Person. 10.4.5.1 Reasonable medical expenses b) Such child minding services and help necessarily incurred by an Insured are certified by a legally qualified Person as a result of injury(s) that are: medical practitioner as being a) not subject to any full or partial necessary for the recovery of the Medicare rebate or benefit; Insured Person. b) incurred within twelve calendar c) Payments will commence from the months of the Insured Person 14th day of treatment by a legally sustaining the injury; qualified medical practitioner. c) for treatment certified necessary 10.4.2 Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit by a qualified medical practitioner 10.4.2.1 In respect of unmarried dependant children, (other than the Insured Person) and the insurer will pay the cost of hiring home shall include: tutoring services reasonably and necessarily i) With the prior approval of the incurred by an Insured Person as a result Insurer, accommodation and of injury from an insured event causing medical service fees charged temporary total disablement. by a registered private hospital; Provided that: ii) Expenses incurred for a) The Insured Person is registered as a treatment by a physiotherapist, full-time student. chiropractor, osteopath, b) Such home tutoring services are specialist surgeon or any similar carried out by persons other than provider of medical services; members of the Insured Person’s iii) Cost of medical supplies not family or other relatives or persons otherwise insured; who are full-time students. iv) Dental treatment, provided such c) Payments will commence from the treatment is necessary as a result 14th day of treatment by a legally of the injury, and is to otherwise qualified medical practitioner. sound and natural teeth, excluding first teeth and dentures. 77 11 ANTI-doping policy enjoy the ride

11 ANTI-DOPING POLICY This has been updated effective 1st January 2009 and should be reviewed before applying any of the policy.

Anti- Doping Background 11.1.0.3 MA refers the above anti-doping functions Under a referral dated 1st June 2006, MA to ASADA on the basis that: referred the following anti-doping functions, a) ASADA will, as soon as practicable, powers and responsibilities (“anti-doping subject to the ASADA Act and functions”) to the Australian Sports Anti- privacy legislation, provide to MA Doping Authority (ASADA): (and if necessary FIM) copies of relevant documents including but not • Investigating possible anti-doping only test results, infraction notices rule violations within the sport of and hearing documents; Motorcycling; b) MA retains the right to appear in anti- • Issuing infraction notices or other doping hearings before CAS as an matters under the determined interested party. MA will determine results management process; whether it wishes to exercise this • Convening hearings before the right upon notification of a hearing Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS). by ASADA. If MA wishes to appear There is no other hearing body for at any anti-doping hearing before anti-doping matters in Motorcycling; CAS it will pay its own costs of such • Presenting allegations of anti-doping appearance; rule violations and all relevant, c) All costs of any investigation and incidental matters in hearings before hearing (including but not only CAS CAS; and application costs and any legal costs • Notifying the results of investigations associated with any investigation and hearings and all relevant, and/or hearing) undertaken by incidental matters to relevant ASADA will be paid by ASADA; bodies including MA and the FIM. 11.1.0.4 MA will immediately advise ASADA of Any notification will be subject to any alleged anti-doping rule violation in the Australian Sports Anti-Doping motorcycling and will provide assistance Authority Act 2006 (ASADA Act) and to ASADA in any investigation that ASADA privacy legislation. might reasonably request; and 11.1.0.5 ASADA will, subject to the ASADA Act and 11.1 Anti-Doping Policy privacy legislation, provide such reports responsibilities to MA on ASADA’s conduct of the above anti-doping functions as may be agreed 11.1.0.1 MA and ASADA acknowledge and agree between ASADA and MA. that under the ASADA Act, ASADA has the 11.1.0.6 MA will recognise and enforce any function of supporting and encouraging sanction determined by CAS in respect of the development and implementation of an anti-doping rule violation in the sport of comprehensive programs and education motorcycling and in any other sport. initiatives about sports drug and safety matters. MA will assist ASADA with such 11.1.0.7. MA will use its best endeavours to ensure matters and will provide education and its members, athletes and athlete support information regarding anti-doping rules personnnel are aware of this referral of and matters to persons within the sport the anti-doping functions to ASADA and of Motorcycling within the framework assist and co-operate with ASADA in the established by ASADA. conduct of the anti-doping functions. MA otherwise recognises ASADA’s powers 11.1.0.2 ASADA will perform and conduct the anti- and functions under the ASADA Act. doping functions in accordance with this referral and the ASADA Act. ASADA will 11.10.0.8 MA has amended its anti-doping use its best endeavours to ensure the FIM policy (ADP) to reflect the roles and 78 anti-doping code is recognised. responsibilities under the referral. The 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11 ANTI-doping policy 11 ANTI-doping policy enjoy the ride

ADP adopts and reflects the World Anti- Committee or the General Assembly Doping Code (Code) which is annexed to of International Sports Federations as and forms part of this ADP. the entity responsible for governing 11.10.0.9 Where an athlete or athlete support motorcycling internationally. personnel is bound by the FIM’s Anti 11.2.0.4 IF means an international federation Doping Code as well as this ADP, that recognised by the International Olympic person shall be bound to, and have Committee or the General Assembly obligations in respect of, both policies. of International Sports Federations as the entity responsible for governing that sport internationally. 11.2 ANTI-DOPING DEFINITIONS 11.2.0.5 Member means a Person who, or a body 11.2.0.1 Athlete means: which, is a member of MA; a Person who, (a) any Person who participates in sport or a body which, is affiliated with MA; or a at the international level (as defined Person who is a member of a body which by each International Federation), is a member of or affiliated with MA. the national level (as defined by each 11.2.0.6 Motorcycling Australia (MA) means the National Anti-Doping Organisation, national entity which is a member of including but not limited to those or is recognised by FIM as the entity Persons in its Registered Testing governing motorcycling in Australia. Pool), and any other competitor in 11.2.0.7 National Anti-Doping (NAD) Scheme sport who is otherwise subject to the means the National Anti-Doping Scheme jurisdiction of any Signatory or other as defined under the ASADA Act. sports organisation accepting the 11.2.0.8 Prohibited List means the List identifying Code. All provisions of the Code, the Prohibited Substances and Prohibited including, for example, Testing and Methods which is published and revised TUEs, must be applied to international by WADA as described in Article 4.1 of and national-level competitors. For the Code as updated from time to time. the purposes of this ADP, ‘Athlete’ includes any participant in sporting 11.2.0.9 Specified Substance has the meaning activity who is a Member of MA, or assigned to it in Article 4.2.2 of the Code. a Member organisation of MA, and 11.2.0.10 Sporting Administration Body has the meets the definition of Athlete under same meaning as in the ASADA Act the Code and/or the NAD Scheme as 2006. in force from time to time; and (b) Any Person who: 11.3 MA’S POSITION ON DOPING (i) Is registered with MA or 1 of its 11.3.0.1 MA condemns doping as fundamentally Members; or contrary to the spirit of sport. The (ii) Participates, or has in the purpose of this ADP is to protect Athletes’ previous 8 years participated, in fundamental right to participate in doping- any sporting activity conducted, free sport and to ensure harmonised, authorised, recognised or coordinated and effective anti-doping controlled, either directly or programs at the international and national indirectly, by MA or a body level with regard to detection, deterrence affiliated with MA; or and prevention of doping. (iii) Has otherwise agreed to be bound by this ADP. 11.4 Anti-Doping Policy application 11.2.0.2 Code means the World Anti-Doping Code 11.4.0.1 This ADP applies to Athletes and Athlete adopted by WADA on 17 November Support Personnel as defined under 2007 at Madrid: or if the Code has been the Code. It also applies to Members, amended, the Code as so amended. employees and contractors of MA and 11.2.0.3 Federation Internationale de Motorcylisme any other Person who has agreed to be (FIM) is the international federation bound by it. recognised by the International Olympic 80 80 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11 ANTI-doping policy

11.5 ANTI-DOPING POLICY OBLIGATIONS date whereabouts information on a regular basis, even if not a regular 11.5.0.1 The persons identified in GCR 11.4.0.1 Member of MA, if required by the are bound by this ADP as a condition of conditions of eligibility established their membership, participation and/or by any applicable Anti-Doping involvement in motorcycling. Athletes Organisation; and/or Athlete Support Personnel must k) attend anti-doping education comply with this ADP and the anti-doping as directed by MA and/or as rules as prescribed in the NAD scheme appropriate. Failure to attend an under the ASADA Act. In particular: anti doping education session shall 11.5.0.2 Athletes must: be no excuse for an alleged anti- a) know and comply with all anti-doping doping rule violation, nor shall it policies and rules applicable to mitigate culpability of the Athlete in them. These include, but may not determining sanction; and, be limited to this ADP, the FIM anti- l) accept that ignorance of this ADP, the doping code and the NAD Scheme;; Code or the Prohibited List is not an b) be aware of whether they are in excuse from an alleged anti-doping FIM’s and/or ASADA’s Registered rule violation, and shall not mitigate Testing Pools and comply with culpability in sanction. the requirements of any such membership; 11.5.0.3 Athlete Support Personnel must: c) read and understand the Prohibited a) Know and comply with all anti- List as it relates to them; doping policies and rules applicable d) be available for Sample collection to them or the Athletes whom they and provide accurate and up-to-date support. These include, but may not whereabouts information for this be limited to this ADP; the FIM Anti- purpose when identified for inclusion Doping Policy and the NAD Scheme; in a Registered Testing Pool; b) Support and assist Anti-Doping e) take full responsibility, in the context Organisations, including ASADA to of anti-doping, for what they ingest, conduct Doping Control; Use and Possess; c) Use their influence on Athletes’ f) inform medical personnel of their values and behaviour to foster anti- obligations not to Use or Possess doping attitudes; Prohibited Substances and d) Immediately refer information about Prohibited Methods and to take possible Anti-Doping Rule Violations responsibility to make sure that any to ASADA; medical treatment received does not violate anti-doping policies and rules e) Assist, cooperate and liaise with applicable to them; ASADA and other Anti-Doping Organisations in relation to the g) immediately refer information about conduct of any investigation or possible anti-doping rule violations to hearing into an alleged Anti-Doping ASADA; Rule Violation; and h) assist, cooperate and liaise with f) Act in a discreet and confidential ASADA and other Anti-Doping manner in discharging their Organisations in relation to the obligations under this ADP. conduct of any investigation or hearing into an alleged anti-doping 11.6 DEFINITION OF DOPING rule violation, i) act in a discreet and confidential 11.6.0.1 Doping is defined as the occurrence of 1 manner in discharging their or more of the Anti-Doping Rule Violations obligations under this ADP, set out in Article 2 of the Code (see- www. wada-ama.org). j) be available for Sample collection and provide accurate and up-to- 8181 11 ANTI-doping policy enjoy the ride

11.7 PROOF OF DOPING consider, an application prior to Doping 11.7.0.1 Article 3 of the Code applies (www.wada- Control; or ama.org). c) ASDMAC procedures, in accordance with 11.8 ANTI-DOPING RULE VIOLATIONS the Code and the International Standard for 11.8.0.1 Article 2 of the Code applies (www. TUEs, provide for retroactive approval. wada-ama.org). 11.10.0.7 An Athlete may not apply to more than one body for a TUE at the same time. Applications 11.9 ANTI-DOPING PROHIBITED LIST must be in accordance with the International 11.9.0.1 This ADP incorporates the WADA Standard for TUEs and the procedures of FIM Prohibited List and otherwise applies or ASDMAC as appropriate. Article 4 of the Code (www.wada-ama. 11.10.0.8 The granting of a TUE by ASDMAC for an org). Athlete in ASADA’s Registered Testing Pool 11.10 THERAPEUTIC USE shall be promptly reported to WADA. 11.10.0.1 Athletes with a documented medical 11.10.0.9 WADA, on its own initiative, may review condition requiring the Use of a at any time the granting of a TUE to Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited any International Level Athlete in FIM’s Method must first obtain a Therapeutic Registered Testing Pool or national- Use Exemption (TUE) in accordance with level Athlete who is included in ASADA’s the Code, the International Standard for Registered Testing Pool. Further, upon the TUEs and this ADP. request of any such Athlete who has been denied a TUE, WADA may review such 11.10.0.2 Athletes who have been identified as denial. If WADA determines that such included in FIM’s Registered Testing Pool granting or denial of a TUE did not comply may only obtain TUEs in accordance with with the International Standard for TUEs, the rules of FIM. WADA may reverse the decision. 11.10.0.3 Athletes who are not in FIM’s Registered 11.10.0.10 An Athlete who is denied a TUE by ASDMAC Testing Pool but are in ASADA’s Registered must seek review by WADA of the decision Testing Pool or Domestic Testing Pool with before any appeal may be commenced documented medical conditions requiring under Article 13.4 of the Code. If, contrary to the Use of a Prohibited Substance or a the requirements of the Code, FIM does not Prohibited Method must request a TUE from have a process in place where Athletes may ASDMAC. request TUEs, an International-Level Athlete 11.10.0.4 Athletes who are not in FIM’s or ASADA’s may request WADA to review the application Registered Testing Pool, Domestic Testing Pool as if it had been denied. or have not otherwise been notified by ASADA, in accordance with the NAD Scheme, that 11.11 ANTI-DOPING TESTING they require TUEs prior to Use of a Prohibited 11.11.0.1 All Athletes subject to Doping Control agree Substance or a Prohibited Method, may to submit to In-Competition Testing and Out- submit applications to ASDMAC for approval of-Competition Testing (at any time or place, of a TUE in accordance with the procedures of with or without advance notice) by an Anti- ASDMAC. Doping Organisation. ASADA may test any 11.10.0.5 Athletes should submit applications for TUEs athlete, any time, anywhere. no less than 21 days before they require 11.11.0.2 All Testing shall be conducted in the approval (eg prior to a National Event), conformity with the WADA International except for retroactive TUEs under GCR Standard for Testing in force at the time 11.10.0.6. of Testing. 11.10.0.6 An application for a TUE will not be 11.11.0.3 Athletes must comply with their considered for retroactive approval except in obligations under the ASADA Act cases where: (including but not only the NAD Scheme), a) emergency treatment or treatment of an the FIM anti-doping code, this ADP and acute medical condition was necessary; or under the Code and any International b) due to exceptional circumstances, there Standards in respect to providing accurate was insufficient time or opportunity for an whereabouts information to ASADA and/ 82 Athlete to submit, or a TUE committee to or FIM. Whereabouts information may 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11 ANTI-doping policy

be released in accordance with the NAD iii) Prevent the analysis of a Sample Scheme. given by the Athlete on or before their retirement date; 11.12 RETIREMENT AND RETURN TO iv) Affect the results of Testing under COMPETITION (i) or (ii) above; or v) Exempt the Athlete from this ADP 11.12.1 International Athletes in relation to an Anti-Doing Rule 11.12.1.1 An Athlete who has been identified by FIM Violation committed on or before for inclusion in its Registered Testing Pool their retirement date. shall be subject to FIM’s retirement and (vi) Affect ASADA’s power to conduct return to Competition requirements, to the results management. exclusion of GCR 11.12.2.1. 11.12.2.2 An Athlete who has retired in accordance 11.12.1.2 Athletes wishing to retire should contact MA with GCR 11.12.2, and who wishes to determine if they are in FIM’s Registered to return to Competition, can only do Testing Pool and therefore are required so by notifying the ASADA Chair by to follow FIM’s procedures. MA shall fully completing and forwarding to him immediately notify ASADA of the retirement or her, the ASADA “REQUEST FOR or reinstatement of any Athlete in FIM’s REINSTATEMENT FORM” (reinstatement Registered Testing Pool and provide copies request) . Reinstatement requests that are of the correspondence from FIM confirming not fully completed will not be accepted this retirement/reinstatement. and will be returned to the Athlete. The 11.12.2 National-Level Athletes Athlete’s reinstatement request date will 11.12.2.1 Athletes in ASADA’s Registered Testing be the date the ASADA Chair receives the Pool or Domestic Testing Pool shall be fully completed reinstatement request. subject to the following requirements: Reinstatement will be at the discretion of a) An Athlete who wants to retire from MA in consultation with ASADA. Competition must do so by notifying 11.12.2.3 Upon receipt of notification under GCR ASADA by fully completing and 11.12.2.2, ASADA will, as soon as forwarding to ASADA the ASADA reasonably practicable: “RETIREMENT NOTIFICATION a) Provide the Athlete with written FORM” (retirement notification) . confirmation of the outcome of the Retirement notifications that are not Athlete’s reinstatement request; and fully completed will not be accepted b) If the reinstatement request is and will be returned to the Athlete. approved, provide MA with written An Athlete’s retirement date will be confirmation of the Athlete’s the date ASADA receives the fully reinstatement. completed retirement notification. 11.12.2.4 If reinstatement is granted then this ADP b) Upon receipt of a notification under will apply to the Athlete from the date of Article 11.3(a), ASADA will, as soon their reinstatement request. : as reasonably practicable, provide the Athlete and MA with written a) An Athlete who is reinstated under confirmation of the Athlete’s retirement. GCR11.12.2.2 may not compete in Competitions and Events conducted c) Retirement does not:: by or under the auspices of MA or i) Excuse the Athlete from giving a FIM for a period of six months from the Sample requested on or before date of reinstatement request. their retirement date; b) Upon receiving an application from an i) Excuse the Athlete from assisting, Athlete, MA may grant an Athlete an cooperating and liaising with exemption or conditional exemption ASADA and other Anti-Doping from the requirements in Article Organisations in relation to the 11.12.2.4 a) if the Athlete can satisfy conduct of any investigation or MA that, in all the circumstances, an hearing into an alleged anti-doping exemption or conditional exemption rule violation; should be granted. Such an exemption 8383 11 ANTI-doping policy enjoy the ride

or conditional exemption may be 11.15.0.2 All persons bound by this ADP and MA granted by MA at its sole discretion must assist, co-operate and liaise with and MA is not required to give reasons ASADA in relation to any investigation into for its decision: an alleged anti-doping rule violation. 11.12.2.5 An Athlete must be available for unannounced Out-of-Competition Testing 11.16 ANTI-DOPING RESULT MANAGEMENT in accordance with this ADP from the date 11.16.0.1 Results shall be managed in accordance of their reinstatement request. Being with Article 7 of the Code (www.wada- available for Out-of-Competition Testing ama.org), the ASADA Act 2006 and the means that an Athlete has provided NAD Scheme. current and accurate and up-to-date whereabouts information as required 11.16.0.2 ASADA will conduct any follow up under the reinstatement request and investigation in accordance with the Code, Article 10.3 and has complied with any the ASADA Act and the NAD Scheme. request by an Anti-Doping Organisation to 11.16.0.3 ASADA shall be responsible for provide a Sample. notification of an alleged Anti-Doping Rule 11.12.2.6 A decision regarding reinstatement of an Violation and all matters incidental thereto Athlete may be appealed to CAS by MA, in accordance with the ASADA Act and the Athlete or ASADA. the NAD Scheme. 11.16.0.4 ASADA will issue an infraction notice. 11.13 NEW MEMBERS ASADA will advise MA and any other 11.13.0.1 Any new Member of MA who is an Athlete relevant parties that ASADA is issuing subject to Doping Control in accordance an infraction notice prior to issuing the with the NAD Scheme (including any Athlete infraction notice. in ASADA’s Registered Testing Pool) must 11.16.0.5 The infraction notice shall: also be available for unannounced Out-of- a) Notify the Person of the anti-doping Competition Testing in accordance with this rule/s which appear/s to have ADP for a period of 6 months from the date of been violated and the basis for the their membership request prior to competing violation; in national or international Competitions and b) Enclose a copy of this ADP and the Events. Code or the web site addresses 11.14 ANTI-doping sample ANALYSIS where these documents may be found; 11.14.0.1 Samples collected under this ADP c) State that ASADA will refer the must be analysed by WADA-accredited matter to a hearing within 14 days laboratories or as otherwise approved (unless the Person gives a written by WADA. Laboratories shall analyse waiver under GCR 11.15.0.7); and Samples and report results in accordance d) State that if the Person does not with the relevant International Standards. respond within 14 days (or other period in accordance with the Code, 11.15 ANTI-DOPING INVESTIGATIONS the NAD Scheme and the ASADA 11.15.0.1 ASADA may conduct an investigation to Act) a hearing can be held in determine whether an anti-doping rule absentia or sanction can be applied violation may have occurred under this in accordance with GCR 11.17. ADP. ASADA will conduct investigations 11.16.0.6 Any relevant party will only disclose or use in accordance with the Code, the ASADA information about a Person who is alleged Act and the NAD scheme as published to have, or has committed an Anti-Doping from time to time. MA may, with the prior Rule Violation as permitted under the agreement of ASADA, conduct its own ASADA Act 2006 and the NAD Scheme. investigation to determine whether an anti- 11.16.0.7 ASADA will refer the matter to hearing in doping rule violation may have occurred accordance with GCR 11.16. ASADA may under this ADP, provided that MA does decide not to refer the matter to hearing if so in coordination with any investigation the Person in writing: 84 being undertaken by ASADA. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11 ANTI-doping policy

a) Acknowledges they have admitted until the determination of the hearing or a the Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and determination by ASADA not to refer the b) Waives the right to a hearing in matter to hearing. relation to: 11.16.0.15 If a Provisional Suspension is imposed, (i) Whether they have committed an the hearing under GCR 11.16 shall be Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and advanced to a date that avoids substantial (ii) What sanction will apply. prejudice to the Athlete. 11.16.0.8 If the Person does not respond within 11.16.0.16 ASADA will convene any Provisional Hearing 14 days or other period in accordance and will present the case at any Provisional with the Code, the NAD Scheme and Hearing unless otherwise agreed. the ASADA Act) a hearing can be held 11.16.0.17 As a general rule, the Provisional in absentia or sanction can be applied in Suspension of a Person will not be publicly accordance with GCR 11.17. disclosed. A Provisional Suspension may 11.16.0.9 If an Athlete or other Person retires while a however be publicly disclosed so long results management process is underway, as such disclosure will not be unfairly ASADA retains jurisdiction to complete its prejudicial to the interests of the Person. results management process. If an Athlete ASADA must be consulted prior to any or other Person retires before any results such disclosure. management process has begun, so long as ASADA would have had results management 11.17 ANTI-doping HEARINGS jurisdiction over the Athlete or other Person at 11.17.0.1 Article 8 of the Code applies. the time the Athlete or other Person committed 11.17.0.2 ASADA will wait 14 days (or a shorter an anti-doping rule violation, ASADA will have period agreed between ASADA in jurisdiction to conduct results management. accordance with the Code, the NAD 11.16.0.10 MA must, after consultation with ASADA, Scheme and the ASADA Act or a period impose a Provisional Suspension on any less than 14 days as agreed between Person whose Sample is the subject of an ASADA and the Person) after sending Adverse Analytical Finding of a Specified an Infraction Notice above and then will Substance other than a Specified convene CAS to conduct the hearing. Substance. ASADA will prosecute the alleged Anti- 11.16.0.11 MA may, after consultation with ASADA, Doping Rule Violation. impose a Provisional Suspension on any 11.17.0.3 CAS will determine: Person whose Sample is the subject of an a) if the Person has committed a Adverse Analytical Finding of a Specified violation of this ADP; Substance or who is issued with an infraction notice or who is subject to an investigation. b) if so, what sanction will apply; 11.16.0.12 MA may, after consultation with ASADA, c) how long the sanction will apply; and impose the following Provisional d) any other issues properly brought Suspension. MA may suspend: before it for determination. a) financial or other assistance to the 11.17.0.4 CAS will give to the athlete, ASADA and Person; MA a written statement of: (b) the Person from Competition in a) the findings of the hearing; Events and Competitions conducted b) what sanction (if any) will apply; by or under the auspices of MA; and c) for how long the sanction (if any) will c) the Person’s licence or participation apply; and permit (if relevant). d) any other issues determined by it. 11.16.0.14 MA may, after consultation with ASADA, 11.17.0.5 Sanctions will be applied under GCR apply the Provisional Suspension: 11.17. a) from the date of the infraction notice; 11.17.0.6 ASADA will report the outcome of all Anti- b) following the 14 day submission Doping Rule Violations in accordance period; or with the Code, the ASADA Act and the c) as deemed appropriate by the MA or NAD Scheme. FIM; 8585 11 ANTI-doping policy enjoy the ride

11.17.0.7 Hearings under this Article shall be provided that the Person has paid completed expeditiously as reasonably all forfeiture penalties in full and has practicable. satisfied in full any award of costs made 11.17.0.8 Australian Sports Commission (ASC), against the Person by CAS and any MA, FIM and WADA and any other other requirements determined by CAS, relevant body (for example, Australian the Person will become automatically Oympic Committee (AOC), Australian re-eligible and no application for Paralympic Committee (APC) or reinstatement will be necessary. If, Australian Commonwealth Games however, further forfeited amounts Association (ACGA)) shall have the right become due after the Person’s period of to attend hearings as an observer or Ineligibility has expired then any failure affected party. by the Person to pay all outstanding 11.17.0.9 Decisions by CAS under this Article may amounts on or before their respective be appealed as provided in GCR 11.19. due dates shall entitle MA to deny the Person’s access to further Competitions 11.17.0.10 Decisions by CAS under this Article shall and Events or any other MA activity until not be subject to further administrative the amounts due are paid in full unless review at the national level except as otherwise agreed by both parties. required by applicable national law. 11.17.0.11 If, during a hearing, a party to the hearing 11.19 DOPING -CONSEQUENCES TO TEAMS process implicates a third party to an Anti- Doping Rule Violation, ASADA may use 11.19.0.1 Article 11 of the Code applies any information that arises as a result of the CAS process without having to first 11.20 ANTI-doping APPEALS seek the permission of the parties. This 11.20.0.1 Decisions made under GCR 11.16 of clause expressly ousts Rule 43 of the this ADP may be appealed to the CAS CAS Code of Sports-related Arbitration. Appeals Division in accordance with this ADP, Article 13 of the Code and the CAS 11.18 ANTI-DOPING SANCTIONS Code of Sports Related Arbitration. Such 11.18.0.1 Articles 9 and 10 of the Code apply. decisions shall remain in effect while 11.18.0.2 CAS or another relevant body may under appeal unless the appellate body require the Athlete or other Person to orders otherwise. Before an appeal is repay all funding and grants received by commenced, any post-decision review the Athlete from that body subsequent to authorised in the NAD Scheme or GCR the occurrence of the Anti-Doping Rule 11.16.0.9 must be exhausted. The Violation. However, no financial sanction following persons shall have the right to may be considered a basis for reducing appeal:: the period of Ineligibility or other sanction a) the athlete or other Person who is which would otherwise be applicable under the subject of the decision being this ADP. Repayment of funding and grants appealed; may be made a condition of reinstatement. b) the other party to the case in which 11.18.0.3 CAS may also determine, in addition to the decision was rendered; applying the sanctions under the Code, c) ASADA; that a Person who has committed an Anti- d) any other affected parties including Doping Rule Violation, is required to go to MA; counselling for a specified period. e) FIM and any other Anti-Doping 11.18.0.4 Where CAS determines that an employee Organisation under whose rules a or contractor of MA has committed an sanction could have been imposed; Anti-Doping Rule Violation, MA will take f) the International Olympic Committee disciplinary action against the employee or International Paralympic or contractor. Committee, as applicable, where 11.18.0.5 Once the period of a Person’s Ineligibility the decision may have an effect has expired and the Person has fulfilled in relation to the Olympic Games 86 the conditions for reinstatement, then or Paralympic Games, including 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11 ANTI-doping policy

decisions affecting eligibility for 11.22.0.2 ASADA or MA, or any official of either, will the Olympic Games or Paralympic not publicly comment on the specific facts Games; and of a pending case (as opposed to general g) WADA. description of process and science) except 11.20.0.2 The outcome of all appeals must be in response to public comments attributed reported to all parties, ASC, MA, FIM and to the Athlete, other Person or their WADA within 14 days of the conclusion representatives. of the appeal. ASADA may inform other 11.22.0.3 No later than 20 days after it has been Persons or organisations as it considers determined in a hearing in accordance with appropriate. Article 16 that an anti-doping rule violation 11.20.0.3 The time to file an appeal to CAS shall be has occurred and the time to appeal such within 21 days of the release of the written decision has expired, or such hearing has decision of the initial hearing. been waived and the time to appeal the decision has expired, or the assertion of 11.21 Anti-doping violations an anti-doping rule violation has not been outside of adp challenged in a timely fashion, ASADA must Publicly Disclose at least: the disposition of 11.21.1 Management of alleged anti-doping rule the anti-doping matter including the sport, violations not covered by an anti-doping the anti-doping rule violated, the name of policy the Athlete or other Person committing 11.21.1.1 In the case of a Person who has the violation, the Prohibited Substance committed an Anti-Doping Rule Violation or Prohibited Method involved and the or has committed conduct which would Consequences imposed. ASADA must have amounted to an Anti-Doping Rule also Publicly Disclose within 20 days appeal Violation if the Person was bound by a decisions concerning anti-doping rule Code compliant anti-doping policy and the violations. ASADA will also, within the time Person has not been sanctioned by the period for publication, send all hearing and CAS or any other hearing body because appeal decisions to WADA. MA may also the Person was not bound by a Code elect to make a public statement in relation compliant anti-doping policy, MA will: to the matter, following consultation with a) prevent that Person from competing ASADA. in MA Competitions, Events and 11.22.0.4 In any case where it is determined, after a activities if the Person is an Athlete; hearing or appeal, that the Athlete or other b) prevent that Person (so far as Person did not commit an anti-doping rule reasonably possible) from having violation, the decision may be Publicly any involvement in MA Competitions, Disclosed only with the consent of the Athlete Events and activities; or other Person who is the subject of the decision. ASADA will use reasonable efforts c) not employ, engage or register that to obtain such consent, and if consent is Person; obtained, will Publicly Disclose the decision unless and until that Person agrees to be in its entirety or in such redacted form as the retrospectively bound by this Anti-Doping Athlete or other Person may approve. Policy from the occurrence of the Anti- 11.22.0.5 Any decision of an Anti-Doping Organisation Doping Rule Violation. regarding a violation of this ADP shall be 11.22 ANTI-doping CONFIDENTIALITY recognised by all Sporting Administration AND REPORTING Bodies, which shall take all necessary action 11.22.0.1 The identity of any Athlete or other Person to render such results effective. who is asserted to have committed an anti- 11.22.0.6 Subject to the right to appeal provided in doping rule violation may only be Publicly GCR 11.19, the Testing, TUE and hearing Disclosed by ASADA, or MA after consultation results or other final adjudications of any with ASADA, in accordance with the Code, organisation recognised by ASADA or any the ASADA Act, the NAD Scheme and the Sporting Administration Body which are terms of the Confidentiality Undertaking consistent with the Code and are within the organisation’s authority, shall be recognised signed between ASADA and MA. 8787 11 ANTI-doping policy enjoy the ride

and respected by MA. MA may recognise 11.25.2 Notification to Competitors or the same actions of other bodies which have Officials not accepted the Code if the rules of those 11.25.2.1 Competitors or officials must be informed bodies are otherwise consistent with the by written notice or in SR at least 24 hours Code, the NAD Scheme and/or ASADA’s prior to any testing being conducted position. during the event. They do not need to be informed of the actual times when 11.23 INTERPRETATION OF THE CODE the tests will be conducted. Evidence of 11.23.0.1 Article 24 of the Code (www.wada-ama.org) such notice being given must be lodged applies. with the Stewards prior to any tests being performed. 11.24 ANTI-DOPING MISCELLANEOUS 11.25.3 Requirements of Competitors or Officials 11.24.0.1 Statute of Limitations – Article 17 of the 11.25.3.1 Competitors and officials being tested will Code (www.wada-ama.org) applies. be asked not to consume any substances 11.24.0.2 Doping Control for animals competing by mouth for a period of 5 minutes prior to in Sport – Article 16 of the Code (www. any breath analysis test being carried out. wada-ama.org) applies (if relevant). 11.25.3.2 Should an initial test indicate the presence 11.24.0.3 Words not defined in this ADP have the of alcohol, a participant will be isolated meaning ascribed to them in the Code for approximately 20 minutes, in the unless a contrary meaning appears from company of a witness. Another test will the context. be undertaken no less than 15 minutes 11.24.0.4 This ADP may be amended by MA subject after the initial test. No substances may to prior consultation with ASADA and be consumed by the competitor or official ongoing compliance with the Code and by mouth during this period. ASADA Act. 11.25.3.3 Should a competitor or official refuse to 11.24.0.5 Where this ADP adopts and applies an submit to an alcohol breath test, or fails article of the Code that article and the to follow the proper and reasonable terms in it shall be considered and applied instructions of the testing official, the in the context of this ADP competitor or official will be considered to have returned a positive result. In 11.25 ALCOHOL BREATH TESTING these circumstances, no further testing is required and the competitor or official will 11.25.1 Testing Procedure be excluded from further participation in 11.25.1.1 This procedure applies to competitors and the day’s competition. officials. 11.25.4 Requirements for Testing 11.25.1..2 Testing of competitors and officials to 11.25.4.1 All tests must be conducted using determine the presence of alcohol in their an appropriate instrument which has body, by analysis of their expired air, is been certified as being calibrated in appropriate and necessary for the safety accordance with the requirements of the of competitors, officials and the public. manufacturer or their agent, within the 11.25.1.3 In order to test fairly, an initial test will previous 6 months. be undertaken. Should this test return 11.25.4.2 The result of all tests performed must be a positive reading, a second test will recorded, together with the names of the be undertaken a short time later under competitor or official and the witness, the controlled conditions to confirm that time and date of the test and the result of positive result. the test eg, OK if 0, or actual reading if 11.25.1..4 Any competitors or officials detected with >0. a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre 11.25.5 Procedure for Testing will be excluded from further participation 11.25.5.1 Testing should normally be carried out in in the day’s competition (under GCR the morning, prior to any competition, but 4.3.9.1) and subject to sanctions under may be undertaken at any time during the Chapter 11 and other provisions of the event. 88 Anti-Doping Policy. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11 ANTI-doping policy

11.25.5.2 Testing will be carried out by an official 11.25.5.9 In the event of a positive result in the initial authorised by MA for the purpose (refer test (single positive), the following must to GCR 4.3.9.2) and that official must be read to the competitor or official: have been trained and accredited by the “Your expired air has indicated the presence manufacturer of the testing equipment or of alcohol in your body, this is a breach of their agent. Such officials may include the MA Anti-Doping Policy. Another test doctors and police. will be performed shortly to confirm the 11.25.5.3 Any competitor or official, whose blood initial test. You will be requested to be alcohol level is above 0.1g/litre, as accompanied by a witness at all times identified by the instrument, will be given for the next 20 minutes. You will not be the opportunity to undertake a further test, permitted to consume any substance by which will be undertaken no sooner that mouth until after the test.” 15 minutes and no later than 20 minutes 11.25.6 Procedure for Processing a “Double after the initial (positive) test. In all cases, Positive” Result the participant shall be accompanied by a witness appointed by the Testing Official 11.25.6.1 The competitors and officials must be for the entire period between the 2 tests. advised by the testing official of the result of both tests, that is, the reading noted on 11.25.5.4 Should the subsequent test indicate a the instrument. positive blood alcohol reading (ie above 0.1g/litre, as identified by the instrument) 11.25.6.2 The competitors and officials must be the competitor or official will be excluded advised that under the MA Anti-Doping from further participation in the day’s Policy, no further participation in the event and sanctioned under the other meeting will be permitted. provisions of the MA Anti-Doping Policy. 11.25.7 Procedure following a report of a 11.25.5.5 A positive alcohol result is a breach of the “Double Positive” Result MA Anti-Doping Policy. 11.25.7.1 The applicable action having been taken, 11.25.5.6 Should the subsequent (second) test be the procedures for notification of a positive negative, then no further action will be result will be followed (see GCR 11.2). taken against the competitor or official. 11.25.8 Report by Testing Official The RCB reserves the right however to 11.25.8.1 In the case where no positive reading ask the same participant to undertake a was achieved on the confirming test, further test during the meeting. the results shall be included with the 11.25.5.7 In any case, the result of the tests may Stewards’ report of the meeting. be reported to the RCB and/or MA by the 11.25.8.2 In the case where 1 or more positive official undertaking the tests in the general readings were achieved on the confirming event report. Any positive result on the test, the original of the report must be initial test followed by a negative test hand delivered or sent to the RCB by shall not be recorded in the competitor or registered post the following day, together official’s history file. with all appropriate Stewards Reports. 11.25.5.8 The following extract must be read to competitors or officials prior to undertaking 11.26 ALCOHOL BLOOD TESTING testing: “You are about to have your expired air 11.26.0.1 Any competitor or official detected with tested to ensure compliance with the a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre MA’s Anti-Doping Policy in relation to as a result of a blood test performed by the presence of alcohol in your body. qualified medical practitioners or police Should the test be positive, a further test will be subject to sanctions under GCR will be undertaken shortly to confirm the 11.17. test. Please follow the instructions of the testing official.”

8989 11 ANTI-doping policy

11.27 ILLICIT DRUG TESTING 11.27.2.3 MA will make reasonable efforts to 11.27.1 Testing Procedure inform any person who is bound by this policy of any changes to the List 11.27.1.1 This procedure applies to competitors of Prohibited Illicit Drugs. and officials. 11.27.3 Notification to Competitors of Officials 11.27.1.2 Testing of competitors and officials to determine the presence of 11.27.3.1 Competitors or officials must be illicit substances in their body is informed by written notice or in SR appropriate and necessary for the at least 24 hours prior to any testing safety of competitors, officials and the being conducted during the event. public. They do not need to be informed of the actual times when the tests will be 11.27.1.3 All competitors and officials agree to conducted. Evidence of such notice submit to testing for illicit substances being given must be lodged with the (at any time or place, with or without Stewards prior to any tests being advance notice) by MA or an SCB or performed. any organisation properly authorised to do so by MA or an SCB on behalf of 11.27.4 Procedures and Requirements MA or an SCB. 11.27.4.1 The provisions of GCR 11.25.3.3, 11.27.1.4 Any competitors or officials detected 11.25.4.1, 11.25.4.2, 11.25.5.1, with any illicit substance in their 11.25.5.2, 11.25.5.7 will apply mutatis body will be excluded from further mutandis to Illicit Drug Testing under participation in the day’s competition this GCR. and may be subject to sanctions 11.27.4.2 A positive result is a breach of the under other provisions of GCR. GCR and any competitor or official 11.27.2 List of Prohibited Illicit Drugs detected with any illicit substance in their body will be excluded from 11.27.2.1 The drugs prohibited under this further participation in the day’s rules are set out in the List of competition and may be subject to Prohibited Illicit Drugs published by sanctions under other provisions of the Commonwealth Government as GCR. adopted by MA from time to time.. 11.27.2.2 Any modifications to the List of 11.28 ADP appendix- world anti- Prohibited Illicit Drugs will be doping code prohibited list approved by the MA board and modifications will come into effect 11.28.0.1 For the current list of prohibited three (3) months after adoption by the substances and methods refer to www. MA board. wada-ama.org and www.asada.gov.au

90 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12 All disciplines 12 ALL DISCIPLINES

12.1 Application Of Chapter 12.2.2 Juniors only to compete in Junior Competitions 12.1.0.1 The Rules set out in this chapter are for all disciplines. 12.2.2.1 Subject to GCRs 12.16, 23.2.2 and 25.6, no person who is under the age of 16 12.1.0.2 Unless otherwise stated, the requirements years may compete in other than a Junior of any discipline-specific chapter override competition unless that competition is: the requirements of this chapter. a) Moto-Trials, 12.1.0.3 Everything that is not authorised and prescribed in this chapter, or in the b) 125cc GP Road Race, discipline specific chapters, is strictly c) Enduro, prohibited. d) 250 Mono class e) Under 19 (15 years to under 19) 12.2 Eligibility - ALL DISCIPLINES Australian Motocross Championship 12.2.3 Homologation 12.2.1 General Eligibility 12.2.3.1 For any competition, MA may require that 12.2.1.1 No person may participate in any any machine, or any part of a machine, competition, other than an Australian including tyres, be homologated. For Championship, unless and until that homologation details contact MA. person’s clothing and machine have 12.2.4 Helmet Cameras been examined and approved by the 12.2.4.1 Helmet cameras may be fitted providing Scrutineer for that competition. the mounting to the helmet will allow 12.2.1.2 No person may participate in an Australian the camera to detach if impacted upon Championship unless and until: and the attachment method must not a) That person’s clothing and machine impair the integrity or operation of the have been examined and approved helmet. by the Scrutineer for that meeting, or 12.3 FEES- ALL DISCIPLINES b) If stipulated in SR, the person provides the Scrutineer with a ACTIVITY FEE $ (INC GST) signed checklist that the clothing Replacement licence 20.00 and machine have been self- Protest Lodgement 70.00 scrutineered. Appeal to SCB 264.00 12.2.1.3 At scrutineering, competitors must Appeal to MA 750.00 produce documents or other evidence Fuel Homologation fee – 1,500.00 as required to verify engine and frame First year identity. Fuel Homologation fee – 1,000.00 12.2.1.4 The onus of proving that a competitor, Subsequent years and the competitor’s machine and All other fees Apply at MA office clothing, are eligible to compete, is on the person seeking to prove it. 12.4 Engines – formulae for 12.2.1.5 Where any Rule prohibits the modification calculation of Capacities of any machine or class of machines, that machine or that class will be deemed to And Classes have been modified if any part or parts 12.4.1 Reciprocating Engines: thereof have been altered from the Cubic capacity = (D2 x 3.1416 x C x N) machine or class as manufactured by the 4 machine manufacturer. Where: D = Bore in centimetres, 12.2.1.6 In the interpretation of any Rule relating to C = Stroke in centimetres, the design requirements for any machine N = Number of cylinders. or class of machines, reference may be made to relevant diagrams appearing in these Rules. 91 12 All disciplines enjoy the ride

12.4.2 Rotary Engines: CLASS (Continued) PERMITTED Cubic capacity = (Z x V) EXCESS N 80cc 2-stroke machines 5% Where: V = Capacity of each chamber manufactured prior to 1/1/95 comprising the engine in cubic 80cc 85cc 4-stroke (Track and Dirt 5% Nil centimetres, Track Modified) N = Number of turns of the motor Record attempts and Nil necessary to complete 1 cycle in a senior Speedway / Track. chamber, and 65cc & 85cc machines Nil Z = Combustion cycles per revolution. 4-stroke Mini Bikes (Fast 50’s) Nil 12.4.3 Wankel System Engines With A Road Race sidecars Nil Triangular Piston 12.5 MEASUREMENT - ALL DISCIPLINES Cubic capacity = 2 x V x D 12.5.1 Measurements at Meetings Where: V = capacity of a single chamber, 12.5.1.1 A Steward of a meeting may direct the

D = the number of rotors. measurement of the capacity of the 12.4.3.1 Wankel system engines are classified as engine of any machine, to be carried out 4-strokes. at the conclusion of the meeting. Until the 12.4.4 Superchargers and Turbochargers measurement is completed the machine 12.4.4.1 Superchargers and turbochargers may must remain under the control of the RCB. only be used as follows: 12.5.1.2 If an engine is measured at the request a) In drag racing or record attempts, of a rider or entrant, the rider or entrant is liable for the cost of the measurement. b) In Production Class or Improved Touring racing when fitted as factory 12.5.1.3 If an engine is measured for the purposes equipment, of a protest, the party against whom the decision is made is liable for the cost of c) The nominal cubic capacity of an the measurement, and the machine may, engine as calculated under 12.4.1, if the engine is found to be oversize, be 12.4.2 or 12.4.3 that is fitted with retained until such cost is paid. a supercharger or a turbocharger shall be multiplied by 2 for the 12.5.2 Measurements - Australian and State purposes of engine classification, Championship Events d) For Historic Road Race Period 12.5.2.1 For all Australian and State championship 2 machines, when fitted with a events: supercharger as factory equipment. a) All machines must have provision for 12.4.5 Engine Capacity Tolerances the placement of sealing wire, 12.4.5.1 Unless otherwise specified in the following b) An entrant may request that the table, the actual engine capacity of a entrant’s machine be measured and machine competing in a capacity class sealed before the event. As soon may not exceed the prescribed capacity as practicable after receiving the for that class by more than 2%: request the measurer for the event must measure and seal the machine. CLASS PERMITTED Any machine examined under this EXCESS sub-rule may, on application by Sidecar 5% the entrant, at the discretion of the Cycle car machines measurer, be exempted from further except Road Race examination at the event, Period 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 5% c) The first, second, third and Historic Road Race, fourth placed machines must be Classic Dirt Track and impounded for a period of 30 Classic Motocross minutes immediately following the event, pending any protest, and the 92 event result will be provisional, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12 All disciplines

d) At the conclusion of that period, if no c) For Road Racing the allocated protest is received, the result will be number (& plate) for the rider final, must be affixed on the machine e) If the machines are to be ridden in as follows: another event within that period, i) one on the front, either in the they must be sealed before being centre of the fairing or slightly returned to the competitor for that off to one side; event, ii) one, on each side of the f) If no protest is received within that motorcycle. Alternatively, period, the seals may be removed, once across the top of the g) Any machine sealed as the result of rear seat section with the top a protest may only be measured by of the number facing towards a measurer. All measurer’s reports, the rider. together with the seals, must be These numbers must be the same delivered to the RCB within 21 days size as the front numbers after the event, 12.6.1.5 Number backgrounds on side h) No prize monies may be paid until numberplates may be an integral part of measurer’s reports and seals are the rear seat section or fairing. received or the expiration of 21 days 12.6.1.6 Advertising must be at least 25mm clear whichever occurs first. of the background of a number plate 12.6 Number Plates- ALL DISCIPLINES unless the advertising is an integral part 12.6.1 Number Plates - General of the back plate cover. 12.6.1.1 For all competitions except Moto-trials, 12.6.2 Number Plates–Juniors (other than 3 number plates must be fitted - 1 at the Enduro and Moto-Trials) front and 1 on each side. 12.6.2.1 Number plates for Juniors must be as follows: 12.6.1.2 Number plates must: a) A minimum plate size of 225mm a) Be produced to a matt finish, width and 200mm height, b) Where they are not an integral part b) Figures with minimum sizes of 100mm of the machine or streamlining and height and 20mm width of stroke in are under 1.6mm in thickness, have Arial Rounded MT Bold font. rolled or wired edges, 12.6.2.2 For 50cc automatic: c) In the case of rectangular plates, a) A minimum plate size of 200mm have the corners formed to a 38mm wide and 150mm high, radius, b) The figures on the plates must be d) In the case of bolt on number plates, 100mm high and 20mm wide, be made from a rigid material with c) The front plate must be fitted so that it minimum dimensions of 235mm does not extend above the height of height and 285mm width; and the handlebars or grips. e) In the case of sidecars, be positioned so that they are visible from the front and each side of the sidecar. 12.6.1.3 Front number plates must have figures which are clearly visible at a distance of 20 metres and a solid 10mm wide border. 12.6.1.4 Side number plates must: a) Be fitted above a horizontal line drawn through the rear axle, b) Be fitted so that the front edge of the plate is behind a vertical line drawn at 200mm to the rear of the rider’s footrest, 93 12 All disciplines enjoy the ride

12.6.3 Number Plate Colours - Except for Enduro & Moto-Trials 12.6.3.1 Colours must be as follows: CAPACITY or CLASS BACKGROUND COLOUR FIGURE COLOUR Up to 125cc Black White Up to 250cc 2-stroke, up to 250cc 4-stroke, MX/SX only Black White 255cc to 450cc 2-stroke, 251cc to 450cc 4-stroke MX / SX only White Black 126cc to 250cc Dark Green White 251cc to 350cc Mid Blue White 351cc to 500cc Canary Yellow Black 501cc to 750cc White Black 751cc and over Mail Box Red White Long Track 500cc White Black Dirt Track 251 to 450cc 4-stroke Mid Blue White Dirt Track over 450cc 4-stroke White Black Australian Superbike White Black Up to 500cc Sidecar Canary Yellow Black Over 500cc Sidecar White Black Formula Two Sidecar Mail Box Red White 12.6.3.2 Colours for Junior age group racing: AGE GROUP BACKGROUND COLOUR FIGURE COLOUR Under 9 years Mid Blue White 9 to under 12 years Canary Yellow Black 12 to under 14 years Mail Box Red White 14 to under 16 years Black Yellow Note: For Junior road racing refer to 15.16.0.2

12.6.3.3 Additional colour combinations may be 12.6.4.2 Figures must be clearly legible, the used, at the discretion of the RCB. minimum dimensions being: 12.6.3.4 Australian Superbikes may use any contrasting colour on side number plates DIMENSION MEASUREMENT providing they are legible at 20 metres. (mm) Height 140 12.6.4 Number Plate Figures Width of each figure 75 12.6.4.1 All Road Race discipline number Space between figures 25 figures must be Arial Rounded MT Bold Space between figures and 12 font. For all other disciplines the font edge of plate style is free however the onus for legibility rests with the entrant.

75mm Fig 12.6 .4.2. 140mm Arial Sample and Rounded Dimensions of Number MT Bold Plate Figures [minimums] font 212 mm 25 mm875mm

94 1234567890 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12 All disciplines

12.6.4.3 For National Motocross and Supercross 12.8.3 Exhaust Systems Events, where MA is the RCB and 12.8.3.1 Exhaust systems must: transponders are used, numbers on side a) Be fitted with silencers, plates may be a minimum of: b) Terminate at a point not more than DIMENSION MEASUREMENT 25mm beyond the rear extremity of (mm) the rear tyre tread, Height 100 c) Be attached as closely as practicable Width of each figure 70 to the machine and in a manner Width of stroke 25 Space between 2 figures 15 that does not, in the opinion of the Scrutineer, create a hazard to other NOTE: Advertising is allowed as per 12.6.4.4 competitors, 12.6.4.4 Advertising is permitted on all machines, d) Where separate silencers are fitted, but must be at least 25mm clear of the have a minimum of 2 mountings number plate background and the rider’s or locking screws on all machines name by either a gap or a contrasting which have a capacity in excess of colour strip. 85cc, 12.6.5 Back Numbers – Seniors and Juniors e) Where silencers are re-packable, have safety wired securing bolts. 12.6.5.1 No junior or senior may compete without back numbers, except in Enduro, Moto- 12.8.4 Centre and Side Stands Trials or Road Racing unless wearing the 12.8.4.1 Centre and side stands must be removed machine identification number on their back for all types of competition other than: in contrasting colours and with a minimum a) Moto-Trials, size of 125mm height and 20mm width of b) Enduro, stroke. c) Natural Terrain Motocross at Club 12.7 Radio communication and Inter-club competitions, 12.7.0.1 Radio communications with riders is not d) The 50cc class of all disciplines. allowed, and will be classed as outside 12.8.4.2 Centre and Side Stands which remain on assistance, except for Enduro. machines under the previous GCR must be secured in the closed position. 12.8 Frames And Parts - all disciplines 12.8.5 Footrests 12.8.1 Streamlining 12.8.5.1 Footrests must: 12.8.1.1 All streamlining fitted to motorcycles or sidecars must be free of any edges a) Be well rounded and designed so as on exposed extremities. to ensure that no dangerous edges are created due to wear. 12.8.1.2 For fibreglass construction, edges must be rounded to their own thickness but b) Not touch the ground at lean unless need not be wired. they are hinged or pivoted and controlled by a return spring. 12.8.1.3 All forward streamlining attached to solo and sidecar machines must have a 12.8.6 Handlebars minimum of 3 attachment points: 12.8.6.1 The ends of the handlebars or twist grip a) At least 1 supporting the forward sleeves must be securely plugged so as section of the shell, and to present a flush or rounded end. b) 1 on each side supporting the rear 12.8.6.2 Handlebar levers must: portion of the shell. a) Have ball ends with a minimum 12.8.1.4 Identification plates must have corners diameter of: and edges smoothed. i) 15mm, for levers longer than 12.8.2 Fuel Tanks 76mm, 12.8.2.1 Fuel tanks may be constructed from any ii) 10mm, for levers shorter than material that has been approved by the 76mm. Australian Standards Association as a b) Measure no more than 200mm from petrol or fuel container material. the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball. 12.8.6.3 Throttle controls must be self closing. 95 12 All disciplines enjoy the ride

12.8.6.4 A lanyard operated ignition cut-out switch, c) The tread depth indicating holes on operating on the primary circuit, must be slick tyres must be clearly visible and at fitted to the following: least 0.5mm deep. DISCIPLINE MACHINE d) Paddle or scoop treaded tyres may not Speedway – be fitted. Solo & Sidecars Junior & Senior 12.8.9.2 Valve caps must be used for all competitions. Motocross – Sidecars 12.8.10 Mudguards Junior & Senior Dirt track Sidecars 12.8.10.1 Either a rear mudguard or a seat must be Track Sidecars fitted which extends at least 20 degrees to Road race Sidecars the rear of a vertical line drawn through the rear wheel axle. 12.8.6.5 For Road Race, Motocross and Dirt Track, 12.8.10.2 Mudguards must be made of a material, the lanyard must have a maximum length of which is not liable to cause personal injury if 1 metre. deformed. 12.8.7 Kick Start Levers 12.8.11 Sidecars - All Classes – except Moto 12.8.7.1 Kick start levers, other than transverse, must Trials be folding. 12.8.11.1 Left hand and right hand sidecars may 12.8.8 Drive Chain Protection not compete against each other with the 12.8.8.1 Primary drives must be guarded so as exception of Motocross, Classic Motocross to prevent direct access to the chain or and Historic Road Racing. sprockets with the fingers. 12.8.11.2 Sidecars, in addition to complying with the 12.8.8.2 The guard must be constructed of: requirements for solos, must be as follows: a) Metal having a minimum thickness a) The sidecar body width must be of 1.6mm, which may be mesh or 890mm measured from the closest expanded metal provided the openings mounting point to the extremity of the do not exceed 10mm, or sidecar body including any step, b) Fibreglass having a minimum thickness b) The track must be a minimum of of 3mm. 580mm and a maximum of 1,005mm, 12.8.8.3 If a plastic, fibreglass or part open chain c) Ground clearance must be a minimum guard is used, a steel bolt of not less than of 88mm and a maximum of 325mm, 10mm diameter, placed outside the bottom d) The sidecar must have at least 4 rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket. This mounting points, bolt, if damaged, must be replaced.; e) The inside of the sidecar wheel must be 12.8.8.4 Projecting sprockets, which are not behind enclosed to floor level, a clutch assembly or directly behind a f) Rear sprockets and chains must be frame member, must be guarded where the enclosed around the passenger’s sprocket teeth are further than 30mm from a working area, frame member or swinging arm. g) Any step must have a maximum width 12.8.8.5 A counter shaft sprocket which is more than of 200mm from the sidecar, 30mm from the outside of the swing arm h) A minimum of 2 hand grips must be pivot, must be covered. fitted, 12.8.9 Tyres i) Front mounted exhaust systems must 12.8.9.1 Tyres must comply with the following: not protrude beyond the outermost a) Metal studs, spikes, chain, rope or edges of the sidecar, other non-skid attachments may not be j) All outer edge sidecar chassis corners used unless permitted by the relevant must have a minimum 25mm radius, SR. k) The machine and sidecar must have b) Treads on tyres must be at least 1mm front and rear wheel brakes, deep on any part of the tyre that comes l) The machine must be fitted with a in contact with the ground. lanyard type cut-out switch, 96 m) Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12 All disciplines

12.9 Fuel-all disciplines was taken. This information must be 12.9.1 Fuel Warning entered on a fuel sample certificate which must certify the date, place and 12.9.1.1 Fuels and lubricants are highly specialised time of taking the sample, the identity substances and participants must be aware of the machine from which the sample they may contain substances that are was taken and the identity of the rider, extremely dangerous to human health if misused, inhaled or allowed to contact skin. e) Both samples must remain in the control of the official who administered 12.9.1.2 Some of the components of fuel and the test. lubricants are suspected of having the potential to cause cancer in rare f) The rider or the representative must circumstances. sign the fuel sample certificate acknowledging samples have been 12.9.1.3 The use of petrol as a general cleaning and taken and are sealed, washing agent is a common misuse of a potentially dangerous substance. g) All samples held by the official must be delivered as soon as practicable 12.9.1.4 Fuels should be used and stored with after the competition to the RCB which extreme care and in accordance with the must deliver the Sample A as soon as manufacturer’s instructions. practicable to a laboratory approved 12.9.2 Fuel Requirements by MA where they must be tested for 12.9.2.1 The fuel requirements of each discipline is content and quality in accordance with detailed in their respective chapters. standard scientific procedures, 12.9.3 Fuel Testing h) The RCB must as soon as practicable after receipt of the results notify the 12.9.3.1 For any event, meeting or series, the RCB rider or rider’s team representative and may direct that no fuels other than fuels MA, of prescribed specifications and from a prescribed source may be used. i) If the rider is dissatisfied with the test result of sample A, they may a) Tests to ensure that only prescribed request sample B be tested at an MA fuels are used in an event, meeting approved laboratory in their presence. or series may be administered at any time and place during the course of the 12.9.4 Refueling same, 12.9.4.1 During refueling, each machine must be b) The Clerk of Course, Race Director stationary with the engine stopped. or Chief Scrutineer may direct the 12.9.4.2 Refueling will be deemed to have administration of fuel tests. commenced when the fuel tank has been 12.9.3.2 Fuel tests must comply with the following opened and completed when the tank is procedures: closed. a) All containers for holding samples must 12.9.4.3 Smoking is strictly prohibited in areas where be clean and constructed of robust non- refueling is permitted . reactive impermeable material, must be 12.9.4.4 Riders are liable for exclusion from an sealable, and must have provision for event for failing to adhere to GCR 12.9.4.3, identification, and are responsible for the actions of their b) Equipment used for the extraction of mechanics and support team members. fuel from machines must be clean 12.9.5 Homologation of Fuel and constructed of fuel non-reactive 12.9.5.1 Unleaded fuel produced by an oil company material, for sale in the Australian general transport c) All samples must be divided into 2 lots fuel market through retail petrol pumps (Sample A and Sample B) of not less in at least 3 5 states does not have to be than 5ml each, which must be placed in homologated. For the avoidance of doubt separate containers, this means the fuel must be available for d) Once samples are placed in containers, sale on demand from a roadside bowser the containers must immediately be outlet at each of at least 5 seperate sealed and identified by reference to service stations in each of at least five the machine from which the sample Australian states or territories. 97 12 All disciplines enjoy the ride

12.9.5.2 Organisations seeking homologation of fuel Classic MX & Classic DT in the table must provide MA with: below. For all other disciplines, refer to the table in 17.3.0.1. a) Two 1-litre sealed containers of the fuel for analysis, 12.10.2.3 The test revs depends on the mean piston b) Details of the fuels characteristics, speed corresponding to the stroke of the c) The distribution network, engine according to the table below for d) The price structure, Road Racing and Historic Road Racing. e) A homologation fee of $2,500 in the first For all other disciplines of racing, refer year and $2,000 per year thereafter. to the table in 17.3.0.1. The revs are 12.9.5.3 Fuels approved under this GCR will be calculated using the following formula: published at www.ma.org.au. N= 300,000 x cm 12.10 Noise Emissions - all disciplines I 12.10.1 Specifications Where N = prescribed revs 12.10.1.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 2 cm = fixed mean piston speed in stroke 96dB(A)/ 4 stroke 94db(A) unless a metres per second, and lower limit is provided for in SR or another I = stroke in mm limit is shown in the table below: DISCIPLINE LIMIT dB(A) Stroke RPM Stroke RPM Road Racing 102 in mm in mm Historic Road Racing 102 Use for Road Race and Use for Road Race and Motocross and Supercross 94/96 Historic Road Race. For Historic Road Race. For Classic MX & Dirt Track 96 other disciplines See other disciplines See Speedway 98 17.3.0.1 17.3.0.1 Dirt Track 94/96 30 11,000 66 5,000 Track 98 31 10,645 67 4,925 Quads 94/96 32 10,313 68 4,853 Moto-Trials 96 33 10,000 69 4,783 Supermoto 94/96 34 9,706 70 4,714 Enduro & Reliabity Trials 94 35 9,429 71 4,648 Minikhana 95 36 9,167 72 4,583 37 8,919 73 4,521 Record Attempts No limit 38 8,684 74 4,459 12.10.1.2 Where government regulations or 39 8,462 75 4,400 planning orders exist in relation to noise 40 8,250 76 4,342 testing, or where a permanent Road 41 8,049 77 4,286 42 7,857 78 4,231 Race circuit noise emission required is 43 7,674 79 4,177 part of the circuit hire contract, the noise 44 7,500 80 4,125 emission required will prevail over GCR 45 7,333 81 4,074 12.10.1.1. 46 7,174 82 4,024 12.10.2 Measurement 47 7,021 83 3,976 12.10.2.1 Noise emissions must be measured with 48 6,875 84 3,929 a microphone placed 500mm from the 49 6,735 85 3,882 50 6,600 86 3,837 exhaust pipe at an angle of approx 45 51 6,471 87 3,793 degrees measured from the centre line 52 6,346 88 3,750 of the exhaust end, and at the height of 53 6,226 89 3,708 the exhaust pipe, but at least 200mm 54 6,111 90 3,667 above the ground. Where the height of 55 6,000 91 3,626 the exhaust outlet makes this impossible, 56 5,893 92 3,587 57 5,789 93 3,548 the microphone should be placed at a 45 58 5,690 94 3,511 degree angle above the outlet. see Figs. 59 5,593 95 3,474 12.10.2.2 The reading shall be taken with engine 60 5,500 96 3,438 warmed up, running steadily at the 61 5,410 97 3,402 specified revs and with the motorcycle out 62 5,323 98 3,367 of gear. These revs are specified for Road 63 5,238 99 3,333 64 5,156 100 3,300 Racing, and Historic Road Racing and 65 5,077 98 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12 All disciplines

12.10.3 Use of sound level meters 12.10.3.6 During a sound test, machines not 12.10.3.1 Sound testing apparatus must comply equipped with a gear box neutral must be with international standard IEC 651, Type placed on a stand. 1 or Type 2. 12.10.3.7 The sound level for engines with more 12.10.3.2 Sound testing apparatus must be set than one cylinder will be measured on to “slow response” setting. A’ weighted each exhaust end. setting on sound level meter. 12.10.3.8 The ambient sound within a 5m radius of the 12.10.3.3 Correction test site should not exceed 80dB(A). a) Type 1 meter : deduct 1dB(A) 12.10.3.9 Tests shall not take place in rain b) Type 2 meter : deduct 2dB(A) 12.10.3.10 In other than moderate wind, machines 12.10.3.4 The revs shall be measured using a shall face forward in the wind direction. calibrated electronic tachometer or a (Mechanical sound will blow forward, vibrating reed tachometer held against away from microphone). any solid part of the machine. 12.10.3.11 Due to the influence of temperature on sound 12.10.3.5 The sound testing apparatus must be tests, all figures are correct at 20°C. equipped with a calibrator for control and a) For tests taken at temperatures below adjustment of the meter during periods of 10°C, there will be a + 1dB(A) tolerance. use.

3 Mtr Radius Exclusion Zone of all obstacles

5 Mtr Radius Zone Not To Exceed 80db(A) whilst testing ©

99 12 All disciplines enjoy the ride

b) For tests below 0°C, there will be a + iv) Such other position as shall be 2 dB(A) tolerance. required for the safe, fair and 12.10.3.12 Always round down meter reading, that is: orderly start of the event. 103.9dB(A) = 103dB(A). d) Exclude a competitor who is late for 12.10.4 Machine testing the start. 12.10.4.1 Other than the rider, the sound testing 12.11.1.2 The method of starting will be as operators and a person to hold the front prescribed by SR. of the machine there should be no person 12.11.1.3 The start of an event occurs: within 3 metres of the testing site. a) When the order to start is given, or 12.10.4.2 Sound level measuring equipment must b) For flying starts, when the starting include a compatible calibrator, which line is crossed. must be used immediately before testing 12.11.2 Finishes begins and always just prior to a re-test if a 12.11.2.1 For events where speed is the disciplinary sanction may be imposed. determinant: 12.10.4.3 If a machine fails, it can be represented a) A chequered flag must be displayed for re-testing. to each competitor as each 12.10.4.4 No person may compete in any event on a crosses the line, with the flag being machine whose noise emissions exceed displayed: the prescribed levels. i) To the first to complete the event, 12.10.4.5 A machine which does not comply with who will, subject to the results of the sound limits can be presented several any protests, be the winner, and times. ii) Thereafter to each competitor who: 12.10.4.6 When presented for examination, the correct • Has completed not less than stroke must be stamped in a clearly visible 75% of the event distance, position on the crankcase. • Is still competing in the event on 12.10.5 Sound control during competition the lap in which the chequered 12.10.5.1 The Noise Control Officer (NCO) must arrive flag is displayed to the winner, in sufficient time for discussions with the Clerk with the sequence of completion of the Course and other Technical Officials of the event being the in order that a suitable test site and testing determinant of placings. policy can be agreed. b) The finish of the event occurs when 12.10.5.2 Machines can be tested before, or after the flag is displayed to the last competing in an event, chosen by ballot, or competitor under GCR 12.11.2.1 a), as required by a Steward, Clerk of Course or c) The finish occurs for each machine NCO. when the foremost part of the 12.11 Starts & finishes - ALL DISCIPLINES machine crosses the line, d) Where there are 2 competitors 12.11.1 Starts required to be on 1 machine 12.11.1.1 All competitors must, in relation to the together, both must finish the event start of any event, comply with directions on the machine. On a solo machine issued by, and under the authority of, the the competitor must finish the event Starter. For such purposes the Starter, on on the machine, the instructions of a key official, may: e) In case of a dead heat between a) Delay a start, competitors for a place: b) Direct a restart, i) The places and the awards for c) Direct a competitor to start from: those places will be combined, i) The back of the starting grid, ii) The participants in the dead heat will ii) The pit lane, share the places and awards equally, iii) The rear of the field, or iii) The remaining places will be relegated by the number of participants in the dead heat. 100 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12 All disciplines

12.11.3 Juniors - Starts and Finishes b) In the case of a non-team event, 12.11.3.1 In addition to the general start jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or requirements for all competitors, juniors more of the other competitors in the must comply as follows: event, a) Competitors may use up to 2 starting may declare the event void and order a re- blocks (1 per side) up to a maximum run. of 100mm high and must be able 12.12.1.2 If the event continues, any competitor to start in the event unaided while unable to cross the finish line as a sitting on the machine,This does not result of such conduct on the part of the apply to Road Racing. excluded competitor may be deemed to b) When assembled for the start of have finished the race in the place: an event, and during the event, no a) Held immediately before such competitor may receive outside conduct, or assistance other than at the direction b) Having regard to any advancement of the Steward, the Clerk of Course in placing following the exclusion, in or the Starter, some other place. c) Pit board signals will not be used in 12.12.1.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an junior competition with the exception event and order it to be re-run if it would of junior road racing. Riders/Pit crew be dangerous for it to continue. who fail to obey this instruction are 12.12.1.4 In any re-run: liable to exclusion for the duration of a) Any competitor who: the competition. Refer GCR 4.3.7 i) Fell in the stopped event as a d) When the number of competitors result of having been fouled, exceeds 1 full grid: ii) Intentionally laid down his or her i) Elimination heats and semi - machine in the interests of safety, finals must be held, or ii) The RCB may direct that events iii) Left the course in the interests of be decided by a final or finals, safety, consisting of a number of rounds. may participate. 12.12 Stopping Events- all disciplines b) Any competitor who: 12.12.0.1 Where an incident causes an event to be i) Caused or contributed to the stopped, the Steward or Clerk of Course event being stopped, may declare the event complete if at ii) Failed to start in, least 75% of the event distance or time, iii) Retired from, whichever is the less, has been run. iv) Was excluded from, 12.12.0.2 The results so declared will be based on v) Had been lapped during the the placings at the finish line of the last full course of the stopped event, lap completed before the incident but will exclude those competitors who: may not participate. a) Caused the incident, or 12.13 Flags and Signals- all disciplines b) Having been involved in the incident, 12.13.0.1 The minimum dimensions of all flags must could not continue in the event. be 500mm x 500mm. 12.12.1 Stopping and Re-Running Events 12.13.0.2 Track flags and signals have the following 12.12.1.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has meanings: excluded a competitor for unfair conduct and considers that such conduct has: a) Given an advantage to the team of which the offender is a member, or

101 12 All disciplines enjoy the ride

FLAG SIGNAL MEANING, AND REQUIREMENT OF COMPETITOR National flag dropped or raised Start Red flag displayed Race or practice stopped prematurely. Competitors must slow down, must not overtake and must slowly proceed to the parc fermé, pits, or other area indicated to them by officials. The red flag will also be used to signal the end of a demonstration Black flag held stationary and black board Competitor with number indicated on black board must stop at the pits on the with rider’s number next lap Yellow flag held stationary Danger, ride slowly, overtaking is forbidden Yellow flag waved Immediate danger, slow down, prepare to stop, overtaking forbidden Yellow with Black diagonal cross Last lap flag for Speedway only No Jump Light Danger, Overtaking forbidden, Jumping forbidden Yellow flag with red stripes held stationary Deterioration of adhesion of the track White flag waved Slow moving intervention vehicle on track Blue flag held stationary Overtaking signal warning that competitor is soon to be overtaken Blue flag waved Overtaking signal warning that rider is about to be overtaken Green flag held stationary Course Clear Last lap board The last lap of the race is about to commence Purple Flag Protest flag for all junior competitors Black and white chequered flag waved Finish of Race, Practice session or Qualifying 12.13.0.3 Flag signals may be supplemented by light signals as follows: PLACE POINTS PLACE POINTS 1 25 11 10 SIGNAL SUPPLEMENT TO/ 2 22 12 9 EQUIVALENT TO 3 20 13 8 1 or 2 flashing yellow lights Yellow flag 4 18 14 7 Green light Green flag 5 16 15 6 Red light Red flag 6 15 16 5 7 14 17 4 12.13.0.4 The National flag signifying the start of an 8 13 18 3 event may be replaced by: 9 12 19 2 a) A light signal, 10 11 20 1 b) A starting tape, 12.14.0.2 An alternative points scoring system may c) A rubber band, or be approved for an MA series event. d) A dropping gate 12.14.0.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position in an event which is conducted over more 12.14 Scoring- all disciplines than 1 leg, the tying competitor who has the higher finishing position in the final leg 12.14.0.1 For events, other than: of the event will be awarded the position. a) The Australian Supercross 12.14.0.4 If a tie on points occurs for any position Championship which have fewer in a series, the tying competitor who has than 15 start gates, and the greatest number of higher placings in b) Australian Superbike Championship the series will be awarded the position. where a point scoring system is used, points will be allocated from 12.15 Change of Machine during a 1st to 20th placing as shown in the Competition - ALL DISCIPLINES following table: All Road Racing events where a different point 12.15.0.1 During any competition, other than an scoring system is used. attempt at a record, no machine may be exchanged for another unless permitted under these Rules or any SR. 12.16 Junior Competition Rules - ALL DISCIPLINES 12.16.0.1 In Junior competition, a) A rider’s age on 1st January will determine their age for competition 102 purposes for that year, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12 All disciplines Fig. 12.16.0.3 b) AGE RANGE JUNIOR MOTOCROSS & ENDURO 4 to under 9 50cc Demo Class 7 to under 9 50cc Auto Class 7 to under 13 65cc Solo 9 to under 12 85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (standard wheel only) 80cc to 160cc Solo 4 stroke 9 to under 16 80/100cc 2 stroke/up to 150cc 4 stroke Sidecar (Rider & Passenger) 12 to under 16 85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (standard or big wheels) 200 to 250cc Solo 4-stroke 13 to under 16 100cc to 150cc 2 stroke b) A rider may move to the next higher f) Subject to the following 2 GCRs, an age class when they become RCB may permit age group racing, eligible by reason of celebrating a graded racing, or a combination of birthday, but once the rider moves both, to that higher age class, they may g) Age group racing: not move back to the lower age i) Subject to sub-Rule ii), only class, competitors in the same age c) Any points earned by the rider groups may compete against in the lower age class cannot be each other, transferred when the rider moves to ii) Competitors from different age the higher age class, groups in the following classes may d) This GCR applies to all riders up to compete with each other if there are and including the age of 16 years. insufficient entries for each class: 12.16.0.2 No person who is unable to lift his or her . 85cc 2-stroke big wheels and machine unaided from the horizontal to 100cc - 150cc 4stroke single the vertical may compete in any Junior cylinder, competition. . 100cc - 150cc single cylinder & 12.16.0.3 Subject to GCR12.16.0.1a) a Junior 250cc 4-stroke, who is under the age of 9 years may . Sidecars, compete on a 50cc automatic machine h) An RCB may grade junior competitors notwithstanding that the Junior is unable according to their respective skills, to lift the machine unaided from the horizontal to vertical. i) Demo class is a non competitive class, a) Junior competitors in the age groups listed in the table above 12.16.0.4 4-stroke non-motocross type machines may compete in the corresponding 80cc to 160cc excluding 80cc 4-stroke classes: Modified for Dirt Track and Track are approved for competition under the b) No applicant will be issued with their following conditions: first competition licence if they are under the age of 7 years, a) Use limited to natural terrain Motocross (no man-made jumps) , Enduro and c) Unless otherwise permitted in writing Dirt track competitions only. by the RCB, for any event there must be no greater age variation between b) Exhaust systems may be modified or competitors than 4 years, changed. d) No participant in the 50cc automatic c) External gearing and carburetor class may compete in any other class jetting may also be altered. other than at Club level competitions, d) No other modifications are allowed. e) In the 4 years to Under 9 years 50cc 12.16.0.5 4-stroke 150cc motocross-type machines Demo Class automatic non competitive may compete against 85cc 2-stroke class, all riders are entitled to receive a machines in Junior competition. prize or award of the same size/value,

103 12 All disciplines enjoy the ride

12.16.1 Junior Trail Bikes that the following may be altered: 12.16.1.1 The following machines are eligible for i) Colour, club and inter-club competitions: ii) Seat, a) 7 to under 13 years 65cc class iii) Mudguards, iv) Handlebars, MANUFACTURER MODEL(s) v) Grips, Honda CRF70, XR70 Kawasaki KLX110, KLX110C, vi) Levers, KLX110L vii) Cables, JR80, DR-Z70 viii) Chains, Yamaha PW80, TT-R90 TT-R110 ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern, and similar machines approved by Board. x) Carburettor Jets, b) 9 to under 16 years 85cc class: xi) Spark Plug. MANUFACTURER MODEL(s) h) The frame of a machine may be Honda XR100, CRF100 gusseted and strengthened but not so Kawasaki KE100 KLX140 as to alter the geometry of the frame. Yamaha TT-R125 A certificate issued by a qualified Suzuki DR-Z125/L engineer in respect of any such and similar machines approved by Board. gusseting and strengthening must be available at machine examination, 12.17 Junior capacity classes - ALL i) The restricting washer in the exhaust DISCIPLINES header pipe abutting the cylinder 12.17.1 50cc Demo Class Machines barrel may be removed, 12.17.1.1 Eligible Machines are: j) Throttle limiting devices may be removed, k) A separate kill switch may be MANUFACTURER MODEL(s) installed in place of the standard, FMC PY50, XRX50EY l) Steel serrated foot pegs may replace Honda CRF50, QR50 standard rubber pegs, HM Baja Junior Husqvarna Husky Boy Junior m) Handlebars must be securely plugged Kawasaki KDX50 and be no wider than 630mm, Kazuma Tiger Cat 50 n) Engine, Carburettor, Fuel system, KTM Mini Adventure, 50ADV Exhaust System, Electrics & Air Box Senior, 50SX Mini, 50SX must remain as per manufacturers Junior 2008, 50SX Mini 2009 LEM LX1, CX2, LXR50, RX2- specifications, AIR, RX2 o) Carburettor size must not exceed 14mm. Suzuki JR50 TM 50C1 12.17.2 50cc Auto Class - Machines Yamaha PW50, TT-R50E 12.17.2.1 Eligible Machines are and similarly specified machines as MANUFACTURER MODEL(s) approved by the Board may be used. Cobra King CX50 12.17.1.2 Machine Requirements: Gas Gas EC 50 CRX 10/10 Senior, Baja a) Engine capacity must not exceed 50cc, HM 10/10, X3R b) The gearbox for 2-stroke machines Husqvarna Husky Boy SF03, CR50 must have 1 gear, Italjet Action Outlaw SXR PRO SNR, 50SX, SXR c) The gearbox for 4-stroke machines KTM may have up to 3 gears, PRO JNR, 50 SX 2009 RX3, RX3 2008, LX2F- LEM d) Standard gear ratios must be retained, USA, CR2, CR2S e) The clutch must be of centrifugal type, Malagutti RCX10 and of OEM type, Polini XR3 f) 10” [254mm] wheels must be fitted, TM 50 C1 g) The appearance of a machine must and similarly specified machines as approved 104 remain as manufactured provided by the Board may be used. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12 All disciplines

12.17.2.2 Machine Requirements: 12.17.3 Junior Solo – Wheel Sizes a) Engine capacity must not exceed 50cc, CLASS FRONT REAR b) The gearbox must have 1 gear, [Approx. [Approx. Metric Equiv. Metric Equiv. c) External gearing may be altered, in mm] in mm] d) The clutch must be of centrifugal type, 50cc Demo Class 10” [254] 10” [254] 10” or 12” and of OEM type, 50cc Auto Class 10” [254] [254 or 305] e) 10” rear wheels must be fitted.10” 14” to 15” 65cc 12” [305] [254mm] or 12” [304mm] front [356 to 381] wheels may be fitted, 80cc 4-stroke 16” to 17” 14” f) The appearance of a machine must Standard & [407 to 432] [356] remain as manufactured provided Modified 85cc 2-stroke & 15” to 17” that the following may be altered: 14” [356] 150cc 4-stroke [381 to 432] i) Colour, 85cc 2-stroke & 150cc 19” to 21” 16” to 19” ii) Seat, 4-stroke Big Wheel [482 to 534] [407 to 482] 19” 16” or 17” iii) Mudguards, 85cc 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke Big Wheel [482] [407 to 457] iv) Handlebars, (Dirt Track & Track) v) Grips, 85cc 2-stroke & 150cc 17” 14” 4-stroke Standard [457] [356] vi) Levers, Wheel (Dirt Track & vii) Cables, Track) 18” to 21” 16” to 19” viii)Chains, 100cc [457 to 534] [407 to 482] ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern. 17” to 21” 16” to 19” 125cc & over g) The frame of a machine may be [432 to 534] [407 to 482] 17” to 23” 16” to 19” gusseted and strengthened but not 250cc 4-stroke so as to alter the geometry of the [432 to 586] [407 to 482] frame. A certificate issued by a qualified engineer in respect of any 12.17.4 Junior Solo- Handlebars such gusseting and strengthening must be available at machine 12.17.4.1 Solo handlebars must be plugged and examination, have no greater than the following widths: h) Throttle limiting devices may be removed, CAPACITY HANDLEBAR WIDTH i) A separate kill switch may be 50cc Automatic 630mm 65cc 750mm installed in place of the standard, 85cc 2-stroke / 150cc 800mm j) Steel serrated foot pegs may 4-stroke replace standard rubber pegs, Over 85cc / 150cc 850mm 4-stroke k) Handlebars must be securely plugged and be no wider than 630mm, 12.17.5 Junior Sidecar- Wheel Sizes l) After market exhaust systems and 12.17.5.1 The maximum wheel rim sizes for all silencers are permitted. relevant classes are: WHEEL SIZE [Approx. Metric Equivalent] Front 19” [482mm] Rear 16” [407mm] Sidecar 14” [356mm]

105 13 Australian championships enjoy the ride

13 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS

13.1 MA EVENTS e) Ensuring there is appropriate 13.1.1 Events for which MA is the RCB promotion and publicity, which is to 13.1.1.1 The events for which MA is the RCB are also incorporate the MA logo, detailed in GCR 2.1.1.1 (b) f) Ensuring all Rules governing the administration of Australian Championships are adhered to, 13.2 Protocols g) Ensuring the prescribed level of 13.2.1 Protocols for MA Series Events and medical service is provided. International Meetings 13.2.2.5 The following issues are key performance 13.2.1.1 Promoters are to deal directly with MA criteria Promoters will be assessed on: including: a) Adequate number of officials and a) The submission of date applications, other personnel to properly conduct the meeting, b) The submission of draft SR, b) The performance of officials, c) Payment of fees, bonds and levies. c) The appropriate promotion of 13.2.1.2 MA will advise SCBs of series dates by Championships, 1 October in order that SCBs may avoid clashes, d) Providing prescribed medical services, 13.2.1.3 Permits may not be issued for Supercross meetings at venues within 100kms of e) Ensuring there are no date clashes a round of the Australian Supercross with the Championship, Championship 8 weeks prior to and 4 f) Correct signage, weeks after the Championship round. g) An effective radio communication system, 13.2.2 Protocols for Australian Championships not forming a Series h) An adequate control tower (where appropriate), 13.2.2.1 Promoters may make application to MA to host Championships, with a copy of i) A safe venue, the application sent to the relevant SCB. j) Adequate public facilities, The application will include the proposed k) Ensuring the MA logo and flag are dates, venue, Promoter and address the displayed as required. criteria in GCR 13.2. 13.2.3 SR and Entry Forms 13.2.2.2 MA will award a Championship to Promoter 13.2.3.1 MA will publish SR and entry forms on which becomes responsible for ensuring www.ma.org.au for entrants to download. the meeting is conducted to a standard be- fitting an Australian Championship. 13.2.3.2 SR and entry forms for: 13.2.2.3 MA may require a Promoter to lodge a a) Series Championships may only be performance bond which may be totally accessed from the MA website or or partially forfeited if key performance the Promoter, criteria are not met. b) Stand-alone Championships may be 13.2.2.4 The Promoter is responsible for: accessed from the MA website, the host SCB or the Promoter. a) Providing MA with email draft SR for approval, 13.2.4 Protest Fees, Licence Declaration b) Paying MA the performance bond, Fees and Fines permit fee and rider insurance levy, 13.2.4.1 Protest fees, licence declaration fees and c) The adequate circulation of SR, fines are to be collected by the Steward and paid to MA. d) Providing MA with comprehensive and accurate results by email the day after the meeting, 106 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 13 Australian championships

13.2.5 Venues 13.2.6.5 In the event of a Promoter to which an 13.2.5.1 Venues will be licensed by: Australian Championship has been a) MNSW in the case of all NSW granted failing to pay the permit fee or to venues; conduct the event in accordance with the grant: b) MA – Road Racing venues; a) The performance bond will be c) Stewards / Race Director – forfeited and may be applied by temporary Supercross venues. MA in reduction of the permit fee d) SCBs – all other venues; and payable by any other Promoter to e) FIM – World Championships. whom the conduct of the event is 13.2.6 The Allocation of Australian Championships granted, which do not form a Series b) MA may offer the event to another 13.2.6.1 Promoters may make application to MA Promoter. to host championships, with a copy of the 13.2.7 The Allocation of Australian application sent to the relevant SCB. Championships Forming a Series 13.2.6.2 The protocols for Australian 13.2.7.1 Promoters in each State may apply Championships are detailed in this to MA to host a round of the relevant Chapter. Championship. 13.2.6.3 In considering applications, MA may have regard to any 1 or more of the following considerations: a) The likely level of media exposure of, and public support for, the event, b) The level of support for the discipline by the relevant SCB, c) The regularity and frequency with ZAP which State championships in the racing discipline in the area of the relevant SCB, d) The financial resources of the Promoter and of any proposed Promoter of the event, e) The quality of any proposed venue, f) The provision of access to any proposed venue, and accommodation, for spectators. s h a r k g u a r d g) The availability of quality officials, ZAP racing shark guards h) The previous record of the * No drilling required Promoter in conducting Australian * Attaches to bobbin mount * Available for most sports bikes championships, * Required for racing i) Such other considerations, as MA Also available: considers relevant. ZAP racing engine covers e n g i n e GB Racing engine covers 13.2.6.4 MA may refuse the application or may c o v e r s grant the same and may impose such ZAP racing conditions as it considers are necessary tel 0417 977 828 [email protected] and reasonable for the fair, safe and www.zapracing.com.au effective conduct of the event. Within 1 month of receipt of written notification of the issue of the grant, the SCB must pay the prescribed permit fee to MA.

107 13 Australian championships enjoy the ride

13.2.8 Categories for Senior Australian Championships

A4DE HISTORIC ROAD RACING ROAD RACING E1: 100cc to 150cc 2-stroke & 150cc to 250cc 4-stroke Solo-up to 125cc 125cc GP E2: 175cc to 250cc 2-stroke & 275cc to 450cc 4-stroke Solo-132cc-250cc 250cc GP E3: 290cc to 500cc 2-stroke & 475cc to 650cc 4-stroke Solo-263cc-350cc Supersport State Trophy Team Solo-368cc-500cc Sidecars F1 Junior Trophy Team Solo-526cc-1300cc Production Superbikes Veterans Sidecar-up to 1300cc GP 250cc Mono Masters Period 2 up to 350cc Superstock 600cc (C & D Grade) Womens Period 2 368cc to 1300cc Superstock 1000c (B,C&D Grade) Period 3 Formula 700 526cc to 700cc OFFROAD Period 4 Formula 750 526cc to 750cc MOTOCROSS E1: 100cc to 150cc 2-stroke & 150cc to 250cc 4-stroke Period 5 Formula 750 526cc to 750cc Under 19 (15 years to under 19) E2: 175cc to 250cc 2-stroke & 275cc to 450cc 4-stroke Pro-Lites E3: 290cc to 500cc 2-stroke & 100cc to 150cc 2-stroke 475cc to 650cc 4-stroke CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 200cc to 250cc 4-stroke Up to 250cc (2 or 4 stroke) Veterans Pre 1960 Solo All Powers Pro-Open 151cc-250cc 2-stroke Masters Pre 1965 Solo 250cc 251cc-450cc 4-stroke 255cc to 450cc 2 or 4 stroke Women’s Pre 1965 Solo 263cc – over Sidecar Pre 1975 Age group racing (a) under 30 (b) 30 to 39 (c) 40 to 49 (d) 50 to 59 (e) 60 to 69 (f) Super Women’s Senior plus SPEEDWAY Pre 1970 Solo 250cc Solo Individual Pre 1970 Solo 263cc – over SUPERCROSS Solo Pairs Pre 1975 Solo 125cc SX-Lites 100cc to 150cc 2-stroke Under 21 Pre 1975 Solo 132cc – 250cc 200cc to 250cc 4-stroke Sidecar Pre 1975 Solo 263cc – over SX-Open 151cc-250cc 2-stroke Pre 1975 4-stroke – All Powers 251cc-450cc 4-stroke MOTO-TRIALS Pre 1978 125cc Solo Pre 1978 132cc to 250cc QUAD MOTOCROSS Sidecar Pre 1978 263cc - over Pro Open Men Classic Pre 1985 125cc solo Pro Open Women Post Classic Pre 1985 132cc to 250cc solo Veterans-35 to 44 years Youth Pre 1985 263cc & over Veterans-45 years on Veteran Slider Class up to 250cc [DT only] Classic Masters Slider Class 263cc & over (DT only) Post Classic Women Evolution 125cc solo Youth Evolution 132cc to 250cc solo Veteran SUPERMOTO Evolution 263cc to 1300cc solo Masters Pre 1968 Sidecar up to 1300cc Junior Female S1: Over 250cc 2-stroke & over 450cc to 700cc 4-stroke Pre 1975 Sidecar up to 1300cc Women S2: Up to 250cc 2-stroke & Pre 1985 Sidecar up to 1300cc up to 450cc 4-stroke S3: 125cc to 200cc 2-stroke & up to 250cc 4-stroke S4: Quad Open 108 108 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 13 Australian championships

DIRT TRACK TRACK Classes Capacities Classes Capacities Under 19 150 2 stroke/250 4 stroke Under 19 150 2 stroke/250 4 stroke Pro Lites 100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & Pro Lites 100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX Frame Frame Pro Open 250cc 2-Stroke & 450cc Pro Open 250cc 2-Stroke & 450cc 4-Stroke, MX Frame 4-Stroke, MX Frame 250 Slider Up to 250cc 250 Slider Up to 250cc MX Open 500cc 2 Stroke & Over 460cc MX Open 500cc 2 Stroke & Over 460cc 4-Stroke, MX Frame 4-Stroke, MX Frame Unlimited Open Unlimited MX & Slider 500cc Long Track 500cc 4-Stroke Slider Slider Women’s Open Unlimited Capacity, MX Frame Women’s Open Unlimited Capacity, MX Frame 1100cc Dirt Track Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar 1100cc Dirt Track Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar Sidecar Sidecar 1100cc Long Up to 1100cc Long Track Track Sidecar Sidecar Quads Pro Open 450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame Quads Pro Open 450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame Men’s Men’s Quads Pro Open 450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame Quads Pro Open 450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame Women’s Women’s Quads Unlimited Unlimited Capacity, OEM Frame Quads Unlimited Unlimited Capacity, OEM Frame

A: Suite 125/9 Hall St, Port Melbourne VIC 3207 W: www.motorcyclingvic.com.au P: (03) 9673 0600 F: (03) 9673 0620 E: [email protected] Motorcycling Victoria would like to wish all of our riders, officials and volunteers a successful 2011 season, best of luck!

109109 13 Australian championships enjoy the ride

13.2.9 Categories for Junior Australian Championships TRACK, DIRT TRACK 65cc MX frame 7-U 9 YRS, 9–U 13 YRS 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard Wheel, OEM MX frame 9-U11 YRS 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX frame 11-U13 YRS, 13-U16 YRS 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Big Wheel 11-U13 YRS 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard Wheel 13-U 16 YRS 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Big Wheel 13-U 16 YRS 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX frame, Junior Girls 11–U16 YRS 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Slider 13-U 16 YRS 80cc 85cc 4-Stroke Modified, OEM frame 7-U10 YRS, 10- U14 YRS 100cc 2 -Stroke to 150cc 2-Stroke, MX frame 13-U 16 YRS 100cc to 150cc 2 -Stroke & 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX frame, Junior Girls 13-U 16 YRS 100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX & Slider 13–U 16 YRS Note: the 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke classes may be combined at the discretion of the RCB if numbers are insignificant for separate classes. 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX frame 13-U 16 YRS

OFF ROAD J1-85cc 2 stroke & Up to 150cc 4 stroke (Standard Wheels only) 9-11yrs J2-85cc 2 stroke & Up to 150cc 4 stroke 12-13 15yrs 85cc 2 stroke & Up to 150cc 4 stroke 14-15yrs J3-125cc - 200cc 2-stroke & 150cc - 250cc 4-stroke 13-14 yrs J4-125cc - 200cc 2-stroke & 150cc - 250cc 4-stroke 15 yrs

CLASSIC MOTOCROSS AND DIRT TRACK Up to 125cc 2-stroke and up to 250cc 4-stroke 13 to under 16 yrs MOTOCROSS 50cc Division 2 7 to under 9yrs 65cc Solo 7 to under 9yrs, 9 to under 11yrs, 11 to under 13yrs 85cc 2-stroke (Standard Wheel) 9 to under 12yrs 85cc 2 stroke (Standard / Big Wheel) 12 to under 14 yrs, 14 to under 16 yrs 150cc 4 stroke (Standard Wheel) 9 to under 12 years 150cc 4-stroke (Standard / Big Wheel) 12 to under 14yrs, 14 to under 16yrs 200cc to 250cc 4stroke 13 to under 15yr. 15yrs 100cc to 150cc 2 stroke 13 to under 15yrs, 15yrs Sidecar 80cc-100cc 2 stroke/ 150cc 4 stroke 9 to under 13 yrs Sidecar 80cc - 100cc 2 stroke/ 150cc 4 stroke 13 to under 16 yrs 85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke All Wheel Female 12 to under 16 yrs 150cc 2 stroke/250cc 4 stroke Female 13 to under 16 yrs Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Std 7 to under 10 years Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Std 9 to under 13 years Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Mod 9 to under 13 years Quad 200cc 2 stroke & 300cc 4 stroke 12 to under 16 years Quad 200cc 2 stroke & 300cc 4 stroke Girls 12 to under 16 years SPEEDWAY 125 Solo Under 16 years - Individual 125 Solo Under 16 years - Teams 350cc Solo 14 to under 16 yrs- Individual 250cc Sidecar 11 to under 16 years-Rider & Passenger MOTO-TRIALS CLASS CAPACITY Junior 7-12 years Up to 200cc Junior Open 13 to 15 years Open capacity 110 Junior Women 7 to under 15 years Open Capacity 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 13 Australian championships

13.3 CHAMPIONSHIP MEDALLIONS AND 13.3.5.2 For the purposes TROPHIES of determining eligibility to compete 13.3.1 Individual Competitions for medallions, the capacity categories set out in the above table for pre-1975 13.3.1.1 MA medallions will be presented to Classic Motocross are divided into the the 1st, 2nd and 3rd riders in each following age group classes: championship solo class and the first, second and third rider and passenger a) Under 30, in the championship sidecar class at all b) 30 years to under 40, Australian championship meetings. c) 40 years to under 50, 13.3.2 All Competitions d) 50 years to under 60, 13.3.2.1 At least the first 3 place getters in any e) 60 years and over, Australian Championship event must be f) Juniors aged 13 to under 16 years. awarded a sash or similar permanent 13.3.5.3 For Moto-Trials, the minimum number of memento of the achievement by the starters shall be 5. Promoter, irrespective of MA awards. 13.3.6 Duke of Edinburgh Trophies 13.3.3 Australian Enduro Teams Championships 13.3.6.1 The Duke of Edinburgh Trophies will be 13.3.3.1 MA medallions will be presented to the inscribed each year with the names of members of the 1st, 2nd and 3rd placed the winners of the highest capacity solo teams in the state trophy and junior trophy and sidecar Australian Championship for competition at the Australian Enduro the following: teams Championships. a) Australian Superbike Championship 13.3.4 Australian Road Race Championships Series – Superbike and Sidecar, 13.3.4.1 Medallions and points will be awarded in b) Open class of the Australian the Australian Road Race Championships Motocross Championships, where there are: c) Australian Dirt Track Championships a) 15 or more starters for solo classes Up to 450cc 4stroke FTX Solo and which actually participate in practice, Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar, qualifying or races, d) Australian Speedway b) 10 or more starters for sidecar Championships — Solo and classes which actually participate in Sidecar, practice, qualifying or races. 13.3.6.2 The winners of the Duke of Edinburgh 13.3.5 Other Australian Championships Trophy will be entitled to have a 13.3.5.1 Medallions and points will be awarded in photograph taken of them with the all other Australian Championships where trophy. there are: 13.3.6.3 The cost of the photograph will be a) 10 or more starters for solo classes subject to price approval by the SCB and which actually participate in practice, recoverable from MA. qualifying or races, 13.3.6.4 The trophies will be held by MA. b) 6 or more starters for sidecar classes which actually participate in practice, 13.3.7 Promotion of Australian Championships qualifying or races, 13.3.7.1 Programs for Australian Championships c) For Historic Road Racing see GCR must: 16.12 a) Indicate on the front cover the d) For Moto Trials see GCR 13.3.5.3 nature of the event, e) 6 or more starters for Pre 60 and Pre b) Give visual prominence to title 65 Classic Motocross and Dirt Track. events over support events. f) 6 or more starters for all fermale 13.3.7.2 At all Australian Championships: classes which actually participate in a) An MA flag and banner must be on practice, qualifying or races. display at the start or finish line at g) For Speedway classes see rule the event, 19.12.4.1 (e) 111 13 Australian championships enjoy the ride

b) Competitors must place an MA 13.3.8 Listing of Australian Championships in supplied logo on the front number State Calendars plate of their machines. 13.3.8.1 The event calendar of an SCB hosting 1 13.3.7.3 The MA logo must be displayed following or more Australian Championships in any the logo use style-guide issued by MA: year: a) Must list each Australian a) On all publications relating to the Championship being hosted by that event, SCB in that year, b) On the front cover of the event b) Must be sent to MA and all other program. SCBs by no later than 31st October of the preceding year.

112 112

14 2010 in pictures enjoy the ride

Clockwise from above: Casey Stoner Australian GP (Jeremy Grey) the late Andrew McFarlane (Lindsay Knowles) Tori Dare, Kristy Gillespie, Kimberly Murphy (kajax communications) Anthony West Jason Aldridge & Cal Campbell

114 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 14 2010 in pictures

Clockwise from above: Chris Holder (Chris Horne) T-Rex Phillip Island Historics Brian Staring, Josh Waters, Glenn Allerton ASBK Australian Junior Dirt Track. the late John Hall

115 enjoy the ride

15 Road racing

15.1 Frames and parts - ROAD RACING 15.2 engines - ROAD RACING 15.1.1 streamlining 15.2.1 General 15.1.1.1 Streamlining must leave the front wheel 15.2.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit and mudguard exposed. the discharge of any lubricating, cooling 15.1.2 Brakes or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked or 15.1.2.1 At least 2 efficient brakes must operate otherwise secured in the tightened position independently of each other on the front in a manner approved by the Scrutineer. and rear wheels. 15.2.1.2 Where flexible oil lines other than those 15.1.2.2 Front brake caliper bolts to be lockwired in supplied as standard equipment by the the tightened position original machine manufacturer are used, they must incorporate high pressure hose 15.1.3 General secured by high pressure connections. For 15.1.3.1 Radiator protection guards may be fitted other than historic machines, worm drive providing there is no modification to the hose clamps may not be used. radiators or bodywork. 15.2.1.3 All hoses must be securely fitted and 15.1.3.2 Frame protection devices may be added guarded to prevent contact with: providing they do not protrude more than a) The ground, 80mm from the bodywork and are no b) Tyres or other moving parts over the full more than 80mm in diameter. movement of the suspension. 15.1.3.3 A chain guard made of a suitable material 15.2.1.4 4-stroke motorcycles must be equipped with must be fitted in such a way to prevent an oil catch tank or sealed airbox: trapping between the lower drive chain run and the final drive sprocket at the rear a) With a minimum volume of 300cc, wheel. b) Which is to be emptied after each event. 15.1.3.4 All lateral covers/engine cases containing oil and which could be in contact with the 15.2.1.5 The only liquid coolant permitted is water. ground during a crash, must be protected 15.2.1.6 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic fluid levels by a second cover made from composite must be maintained within manufacturers’ materials, type carbon or Kevlar , or be specifications. fitted with heavy duty crash resistant 15.2.1.7 A self-closing throttle must be fitted. end cases made from solid metal. Plates 15.2.1.8 With the exception of Period 1-5 Historic and/or bars from aluminium or steel are machines, and production-based machines also permitted. All these devices must be without a lower fairing which have ADR designed to be resistant against sudden compliance, all machines, including sidecars, shocks and must be fixed properly and must be fitted with an integral lower fairing securely. Bonding alone is not a suitable dam or separate catch tray, which must be method of mounting. constructed to trap and hold engine oil and / 15.1.3.5 Lap timers with a maximum retail value of or coolant: $700.00 including GST may be used. a) For 4-strokes machines, a capacity of at least 3 litres, b) For 2-stroke machines, a capacity of at least 2.5 litres, 116 116 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

c) With no less than 2 holes, each of 15.4.2.2 A commercially manufactured back 25mm, which may only be opened protector, which continously covers the in wet race conditions. back area between the collar line and the 15.3 nOISE EMISSIONS-ROAD base of the spine if wearing leathers or a raCING full kevlar suit. 15.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 15.4.3 Footwear 102dB(A) unless a lower limit is provided 15.4.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection for in the SR or by the circuit hire which must: agreement a) Be constructed of leather or other 15.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10.2 material of similar or greater 15.3.0.3 The FIM guidelines for use of sound level durability. but not constructed of meters must be followed. rubber, b) At least overlap the suit or trousers when the rider is in the normal riding 15.4 protective Clothing – road position, racing c) Not have soft leather soles. 15.4.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or 15.4.3.2 Knee and boot scrapers that spark when compete in any road racing competition dragged on the ground are forbidden unless wearing the following protective 15.1.3.3 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear equipment and clothing: ankle length boots. 15.4.1 helmet 15.4.4 Gloves 15.4.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face 15.4.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of helmet which must: similar or greater durability. a) Carry the Standards Association of 15.4.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers Australia “AS 1698” label, or on sidecars. b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 15.4.5 Goggles and Visors & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 15.4.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or 15.4.2 Clothing ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: 15.4.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers a) Eye protectors and spectacles are constructed of leather or other material made of non-shattering material, of similar or greater durability. b) Eye protectors which cause visual a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits disturbance are not to be used, are fitted with front opening slide c) Visors are an integral part of the fasteners, a safety strap must be helmet, fitted and secured at the neck, d) Metal or perspex face shields are b) In the case of a jacket and trousers, not used, provision must be made to attach the rear of the jacket securely to the e) Eye shades or peaks are of a trousers, flexible material. c) The following areas must be padded 15.4.6 hair and Jewellery with at least a double layer of 15.4.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be leather or enclosed plastic foam at confined in the helmet or jacket. least 8mm thick: 15.4.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or i) Shoulders, securely covered with tape prior to ii) Elbows, competition. iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint, 15.4.7 General footwear and 15.4.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit iv) Knees. lane at all times.

117117 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

15.5 Fuel - ROAD RACING ii) At least 20 production machines of 15.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines, unless otherwise that make and model must have specified must: been imported into Australia by a) Be Unleaded, the manufacturer or the Australian b) Be no more than 100 RON, distributor representing that manufacturer. c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture g) 2 cylinder 4 stroke engines except for lubricating oils, greater than 1000cc and less than 1200cc must be fitted with air inlet d) Be readily available from retail petrol restrictors as per GCR 15.6.0.8 f) pumps within Australia produced only after a speed and performance by an oil company for sale in the evaluation is done by MA over three Australian general transport fuel race meetings. market and sold through retail petrol pumps in at least five 15.6.0.2 The choice of tyre type and number of Australian states or territories. For tyres is optional but any restriction on the the avoidance of doubt this means number of tyres which may to be used the fuel must be available for sale must be included stipulated in the SR. on demand from a roadside retail 15.6.0.3 To be permitted to compete, a machine, bowser outlet at each of at least five without rider, empty of fuel, but with all other seperate service stations in each fluids at optimum levels, must weigh no less of at least five Australian States or than 165kg. A 1% tolerance at post race territories, or control will be allowed. e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by 15.6.0.4 The following must be removed: MA that is compatible with the “Fuel a) Headlamp, Quality Standards Act 2000”. b) Tail lamp, 15.5.0.2 Fuels other than those listed in the previous c) Reflectors, GCR may be leaded, provided: d) Horns, a) The fuel is purchased from suppliers e) Traffic indicators, approved by Environment Australia. f) Mirrors, g) Centre and side stands, 15.6 superbikes h) Registration plate / bracket and label 15.6.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted holder. alterations set out below, Superbike 15.6.0.5 Any sharp edges left by the removal of the machines must: above components must be protected by a) Be fitted with the ADR compliance a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm plates for the particular machine, diameter. b) Be eligible for registration in all States 15.6.0.6 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and and Territories in which they compete, tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent, c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in must exhaust into the airbox to the rear of the Australia, intakes. The lower airbox breather tube must d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer, be blocked. e) Be fitted with a 4-stroke engine with 15.6.0.7 The following may be removed: a capacity not less than 800cc nor a) Passenger handholds and footrest greater than 1000cc, or 2 cylinder/4 assemblies, stroke engine not greater than 1200cc b) Instruments and associated cables, capacity, c) Chain guard and registration plate f) Be homologated in accordance with brackets, Chapter 12, provided that, before any d) Air injection pollution control system, machine of a particular make and e) Carburettor anti-icing device, model may compete in any event. f) Rear fender, i) The range of vehicle identification g) Rear number plate bracket, numbers for each model must be h) Air filter element, provided to MA, i) Starter Motor and starter motor drive 118 system, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

j) Alternator, g) Fasteners for fitting external k) Steering damper. components where the motorcycle 15.6.0.8 The following may be added: manufacturer has no specified torque a) Steering damper, setting or it is less than 10Nm, b) Ride height adjuster. The link arm h) Air filter element, rod may be changed or modified but i) Air funnels (velocity stacks), the suspension linkage must remain j Instruments, standard, k) Wiring loom, ECU and fuel injection c) Data acquisition, computers, recording control units, equipment (Note: Telemetry devices l) Spark plugs and high tension leads, are prohibited), m) Battery and alternator, d) When items under the preceding n) Exhaust system, GCR are added, a Scrutineering o) Clutch plates and springs, downloading access plug connector is p) External gearing, mandatory, q) Radiator expansion tank, e) Fuel injection control devices. r) Valve retainers and valve springs, f) Inlet Air Restrictors for 2 cylinder s) Camshafts and cam wheels, machines greater than 1000cc and t) Head gaskets, less than 1200cc be fitted only u) Front suspension springs and damping when instructed by MA, between parts and fork top caps may be modified the throttle bodies and the cylinder or replaced, but the external apperance heads and be in increments less in of the forks must not be changed, Front area by 8%, or less in diameter by suspension, springs, damping 2mm than the smallest diameter parts and fork top caps may be or area of the throttle body. These replaced or modified, but the Air Restrictor Plate diameters and external appearance of the forks or area shall be determined and must not be modified or changed. aproved by MA and shall be no Lower compression housing may less than 2mm in thickness and no be changed but must not extend greater than 4mm in thickness. any further than 10mm from the fork 15.6.0.9 The following may be replaced with parts than the original OEM component, not manufactured by the manufacturer of the v) Rear suspension damping units and machine: springs, a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses, w) A supplementary radiator, provided b) Fairings, screens, rear bodywork there are no changes to the bodywork, and rear seat so as to provide for main radiator or frame. the mounting of a rear number plate, 15.6.0.10 The following may be replaced by other parts rider’s seat, mudguards, air intake made by the manufacturer and fitted as OEM lids in bodywork, airbox intake tubes, equipment on another Australian Design tank covers and side covers, but Rules approved model sold in Australia: replacements must be the same in a) Wheels, providing diameter is the same shape and appearance as the original, as original fitment. c) Mounting brackets for fairings and 15.6.0.11 The following OEM parts may be modified: screens but the replacements must be mounted on the frame at the original a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted or mounting points, replaced to alter valve timing, d) Fuel tank filler cap assembly providing b) Water pump impeller, there is no modification required to fuel c) Gearbox drive dogs may be undercut, tank. d) Cylinder head valve seats may be e) Handlebars, handlebar mounted levers, recut, master cylinders and controls, e) Cylinder head ports by removal of f) Footrests and foot controls, but the material only, replacements must be mounted on the f) Cylinder head and cylinder block frame at the original mounting points, mating surfaces may be machined, 119119 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

g) Alternator cover, d) Horns, h) OEM piston valve pocket machining. e) Traffic indicators, f) Mirrors, 15.7 supersport g) Centre and side stands, 15.7.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted h) Registration plate / bracket and label alterations set out below, Supersport holder. machines must: 15.7.0.8 Any sharp edges left by the removal of these a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates components must be protected by a rolled for the particular machine, edge or beading of minimum 3mm diameter. b) Be eligible for registration in all States 15.7.0.9 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and and Territories in which they compete, tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold must exhaust into the airbox to the rear of the in Australia, intakes. The lower airbox breather tube must d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer, be blocked. e) Have an engine capacity of: 15.7.0.10 The following may be removed: i) No more than 600cc for 4 cylinder a) Passenger handholds and footrest engines, assemblies, b) Instruments and associated cables, ii) No more than 675cc for 3 cylinder engines, and c) Chain guard and registration plate brackets, iii) No more than 750cc for 2 cylinder d) Air injection pollution control system, engines. e) Carburettor anti-icing device, 15.7.0.2 At least 20 production machines of that f) Rear fender, make and model must have been imported g) Registration plate/bracket and label into Australia, by the manufacturer or the holder, Australian distributor representing the h) Steering damper. manufacturer. 15.7.0.11 The following may be added: 15.7.0.3 By the 1st January in the year of competition the tyre manufacturers/distributors must a) Steering damper, provide a list of tyres that will be available b) Ride height adjuster, and if any additional tyres are to be c) MA approved and official series timing introduced during the course of the year the devices. tyre distributor must notify MA prior to the d) MA approved fuel metering devices. tyres becoming available 15.7.0.12 The following may be replaced with parts 15.7.0.4 Tyres must comply with GCR 15.10.0.2 not manufactured by the manufacturer of the machine. 15.7.0.5 Only when a race or practice has been declared “wet”, the use of a special tyre, a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses, commonly known as a wet tyre, is allowed. b) Fairing, screen, rear seat so as to Homologation is not required for wet tyres. provide for the mounting of a rear number plate, rear bodywork, Rider’s 15.7.0.6 To be permitted to compete, a machine, seat, mudguards, tank covers, airbox without rider, empty of fuel, but with all intake tubes, air intake lids in bodywork other fluids at optimum levels, must and side covers, but replacements weigh no less than must be the same in shape and a) 158kg for 4 cylinder 600cc, appearance as the original, b) 162kg for 3 cylinder 675cc, and c) Mounting brackets for fairings and c) 166kg for 3 cylinder 750cc. screens but the replacements must be A 1% tolerance at post race control will be mounted on the frame at the original allowed. mounting points, 15.7.0.7 The following must be removed: d) Handlebars, handlebar mounted levers, a) Headlamp, master cylinders and controls, b) Tail lamp, e) Footrests and foot controls, but the replacements must be mounted on the c) Reflectors, 120 frame at the original mounting points, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

f) External gearing, 15.8 superstock 600 g) Exhaust system, 15.8.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted h) Wiring Loom and Fuel Injection Control alterations set out below, Superstock 600 Unit / ECU, machines must: i) Spark plugs and high tension leads, a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates j) Rear suspension damping units and for the particular machine, springs, b) Be eligible for registration in all States k) Clutch plates and springs, and Territories in which they compete, l) Radiator expansion tank, c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in m) Battery, but the replacement must be Australia, capable of starting the machine prior to, d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer, and post race, e) For 2 cylinder engines, have an engine n) Fasteners for fitting external capacity of no more than 750cc, components where the motorcycle f) For 3 cylinder engines, have an engine manufacturer has no specified torque capacity of no more than 675cc, setting or it is less than 10Nm, g) For 4 cylinder engines, have an engine o) Engine cam wheels, provided they are capacity of no more than 600cc, manufactured in the same material as h) At least 20 production machines of the original, that make and model must have p) Head Gasket, been imported into Australia by q) Camshaft may be replaced, but the lift the manufacturer or the Australian must remain standard, distributor representing the r) Valve springs, collets and retainers, manufacturer. s) Front suspension springs and damping 15.8.0.2 Tyres must be homologated by MA and parts and fork top caps may be modified must: or replaced, but the external apperance a) Be commercially available in Australia, of the forks must not be changed, Front b) Be manufactured for road use in all suspension, springs, damping weather conditions, parts and fork top caps may be c) Be not less than the machine replaced or modified, but the manufacturer’s recommended speed external appearance of the forks and load rating, must not be modified or changed. Lower compression housing may d) Be worn no more than to the minimum be changed but must not extend tread depth indicators, any further than 10mm from the fork e) Not be manufactured for only than the original OEM component, competition use, t) Air filters and Air funnels (Velocity f) Not have an augmented or modified Stacks), tread pattern, u) Fuel tank filler cap assembly providing g) Comply with the service description there is no modification required to fuel (load and speed rating) as permanently tank. moulded on the OEM tyre side wall, 15.7.0.13 The following OEM parts may be modified: h) Comply with the relevant requirements a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted to of the nominated standard. e.g. alter valve timing, ETRTO, JATMA & TRA. b) Gearbox drive dogs may be undercut, 15.8.0.3 When, a race or practice has been declared ‘wet’, the use of a special tyre commonly c) Cylinder head valve seats may be known as a wet tyre is allowed. Homologation recut, of wet tyres is not required. d) Cylinder head and cylinder block 15.8.0.4 To be permitted to compete, a machine, mating surfaces may be machined, without rider, empty of fuel, but with all other e) Carburettor slides. fluids at optimum levels, must weigh no less than: 121121 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

a) 162kg for 4 cylinder, any further than 10mm from the fork b) 162kg for 3 cylinder, than the original OEM component, c) 170kg for 2 cylinder. o) Handlebars, but replacements must 15.8.0.5 A 1% tolerance at post race control will be mounted in the original position be allowed. on the fork assembly and have the same profile and shape as the 15.8.0.6 The following must be removed: original assembly, a) Head lamp, p) Footrests and foot controls, but the b) Tail lamp, replacements must be mounted at c) Reflectors, the original mounting points, d) Horn, q) Air filter element, e) Traffic indicators, r) Engine and gearbox breather tubes f) Mirrors, and the radiator bottle overflow g) Centre and side stands, must exhaust into the airbox to the h) Registration plate / bracket and label rear of the intakes. The lower airbox holder. breather tubes must be blocked. i) OEM top rear chain Guard, 15.8.0.8 The following may be added: 15.8.0.7 The following may be replaced or modified: a) Steering damper, a) Fairing, b) Ride height adjuster, providing there b) Screen, is no modification or alteration to c) Rear body work, frame or rear suspension unit. d) Seat, e) Mudguards, 15.9 superstOCK 1000 f) Tank covers, and 15.9.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted g) Frame side covers, alterations set out below, Superstock 1000 but replacements must be the same machines must: in shape and appearance as the a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates original. for the particular machine, h) Mounting bracket for fairing, screen b) Be eligible for registration in all States and instruments, but replacements and Territories in which they compete, must be mounted in the original c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold position on the frame, in Australia, i) Passenger footrests, d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer, j) Spark plug type, leads and cap, e) For 2 and 3 cylinder engines, have an k) External gearing and chain, but not engine capacity of no more than 1200cc, chain pitch, l) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses, f) For 4 cylinder engines, have an engine capacity of no more than 1000cc, m) The muffler and tail connector pipe at the bolt-on or slip-on flange joints only, g) At least 20 production machines of the original header pipes must remain that make and model must have as supplied by the manufacturer, been imported into Australia by n) Front suspension springs and damping the manufacturer or the Australian parts and fork top caps may be modified distributor representing the or replaced, but the external apperance manufacturer, with a maximum retail of the forks must not be changed, Front price of $35,000 (price to be regulated suspension, springs, damping by MA as new models are released parts and fork top caps may be and as prices increase and decrease) replaced or modified, but the h) To be permitted to compete, a external appearance of the forks machine, without rider, empty of fuel, must not be modified or changed. but with all other fluids at optimum Lower compression housing may levels, must weigh no les than: be changed but must not extend i) 165kg for all 4 cylinder machines 122 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

ii) 170kg for all 2 and 3 cylinder e) Frame protective sliders, and, machines f) Engine cut lanyard attached to the rider A 1% tolerance at post race control will be that will cut either the ignition or fuel allowed supply to the engine. 15.9.0.2 Tyres: 15.9.0.8 The following may be replaced with parts a) Must comply with GCR 15.10.0.2 not manufactured by the manufacturer of b) Brand, type and quantity will the machine: be specified in Supplementary a) Brake pads and brake hoses, Regulations. b) Fairings and stream lining including c) Only when practice or a race has been screen, rear body work and seat declared wet is the use of a special section, mudguards, tank covers, air trye, commonly known as a wet tyre, is box intake tubes and side covers, allowed. Homologation is not required providing the replacements are of for wet tyres. the same shape and appearance as 15.9.0.3 The following must be removed: the original, a) Head lamp, c) Mounting brackets for fairings and b) Tail lamp, screens provoding replacements are mounted on the frame at the original c) Reflectors, mounting points, d) Horn, d) Spark plug brand and type, leads e) Traffic indicators, and cap, f) Mirrors, e) External gearing and chain, but not g) Centre and side stands, chain pitch, h) Registration plate / bracket and label holder. f) Exhaust system and mounting brackets, 15.9.0.4 Any sharp edges left by the removal of compontents mentioned in GCR 15.9.0.3 g) Rear suspension damping units and must be protected by a rolled edge or springs, beading of a minimum 3mm diameter h) Front suspension springs and damping parts, 15.9.0.5 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and including fork top caps may be modified tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent or replaced, but the external apperance must exhaust into the air box to the rear of of the forks must not be changed, Front the intakes. The lower breather tube must suspension, springs, damping be blocked off. parts and fork top caps may be replaced or modified, but the 15.9.0.6 The following may be removed: external appearance of the forks a) Passenger handholds and footrest must not be modified or changed. assemblies, Lower compression housing may b) Chain guard, be changed but must not extend c) Polution air injection control systems, any further than 10mm from the fork d) Rear fender, than the original OEM component, e) Steering damper. i) Clutch springs, 15.9.0.7 The following may be added: j) Air filters, a) Steering damper, k) Fasteners for fitting extrnal components b) Rider height adjuster, providing there where the manufacturer has no specific is no modification or alteration to the torque setting, or, it is less than 10nm, frame or rear suspension control unit, l) Handlebars, but replacements must c) MA approved lap timing devices, be mounted at the original mounting points, and, d) MA approved fuel metering devices that plug into the original electrical m) Footrests and foot controls, but the connectors with no modification to the replacements must be mounted at the wiring harness. Std OEM ECU must original mounting points. be retained and operative, 123123 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

15.10 production 15.10.0.6 The following may be replaced or modified: a) Fairing, 15.10.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, solo Production b) Screen, machines must: c) Rear bodywork, a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates d) Seat, for the particular machine, e) Mudguards, b) Be eligible for registration in all States f) Tank covers and and Territories in which they compete, g) Side covers, c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in but replacements must be the same in shape Australia, and appearance as, and no lighter in weight d) Be as constructed by, or modified with than, the original. the approval of, the manufacturer so h) Mounting bracket(s) for fairing, screen as to conform with Australian Design and instruments, but replacements Rules for normal road use. must be mounted in the original position 15.10.0.2 Tyres must: on the frame, a) Be commercially available in Australia, i) Handlebars, but replacements must be b) Be manufactured for road use in all mounted in the original position on the weather conditions, fork assembly, c) Be not less than the machine j) Instruments and handlebar switches, manufacturer’s recommended speed provided disconnections are made at and load rating, the standard connectors and the main d) Be worn no more than to the minimum wiring loom is not cut, tread depth indicators, k) Passenger footrests, e) Not be manufactured for only l) A steering damper may be fitted, competition use, m) Fuel metering jets, but not carburettor f) Not have an augmented or modified slides or needles. Replacements must tread pattern, be within a numerical tolerance of plus g) Comply with the service description or minus 10% of the original, (load and speed rating) permanently n) Spark plug type, leads and caps, moulded on the OEM tyre side wall, o) External gearing, but not chain pitch, h) Comply with the relevant requirements p) Brake friction materials Brake Pads. of the nominated standard. e.g. ETRTO, JATMA & TRA. 15.11 125cc GP Class 15.10.0.4 The following must be removed: a) Headlamp, 15.11.0.1 14 year old competitors may participate in the 125cc GP class or the 250 GP Mono b) Tail lamp, class only provided they: c) Reflectors, a) Satisfy their SCB of their competence, d) Horn, b) Obtain a licence endorsement for Road e) Traffic indicators, Racing only, f) Mirrors, c) Compete in the 125cc GP class or g) Centre and side stands, in combined classes with similar h) Registration plate / bracket and label performing machines. eg. 250cc holder. Production, 400cc 4-Stroke. 15.10.0.5 Any sharp edges left by the removal of the d) State legislation will overide these rules above components must be protected by where applicable a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm 15.11.0.2 Machines must be up to 125cc single diameter. cylinder with a maximum of 6 speeds in the gearbox.

124 124 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

15.12 250 GP Mono b) Piston,Pin,Clips and Piston Rings c) Wiring harness 15.12.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, Solo 250 GP d) Spark plug type and range Mono machines must: e) Internal suspension parts only a) Be as homologated by MA. f) External suspension springs b) Be fitted with a single cylinder four g) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses stroke engine with integral gearbox h) Rear drive chain and sprockets with a capacity no less than 200cc and i) Camshafts and cam wheels no greater than 250cc j) Valve springs, collets and retainers c) Be fitted with a complete upper and k) Footrests and foot controls, but lower fairing or stream lining replacements must be mounted on the d) Chassis must be as manufactured by frame at the original mounting points the manufacturer and homologated by l) Clutch plates and springs MA. with no modifications. m) Cylinder head gaskets e) Engine must be homologated with n) Exhaust and muffler system MA. And must be as manufactured by the manufacturer apart from the listed o) Handle bars and handle bar mounted modifications set out below. levers f) Carry all relevant Chassis and Engine p) Carburettor or throttle body intake air numbers funnels g) Fairings and or stream lining must be 15.12.0.4 The following OEM parts may be replaced predominately painted in the Engine with parts of the same manufacturer from Manufacturers Corporate colours another OEM model: i.e. Honda=Red, Kawasaki=Green, a) Gearbox Shafts, gears and selector Suzuki=Yellow, Yamaha=Blue, mechanism KTM=Orange. 15.12.0.5 The following OEM Parts may be modified: h) One (1) machine per rider only must be a) Cylinder head may be ported by recorded with the Chassis and or VIN removal of material only number on the official entry form and b) Piston valve pockets may be machined that will be the only machine accepted c) Compression ratio’s may be altered by by the race officials for practice, machining of the cylinder and cylinder qualifying and racing. head surfaces 15.12.0.2 Tyres: d) Crankshaft balancing by normal OEM a) The choice of tyre is optional but any methods of drilling holes and not restrictions on the number of tyres that by excessive lightening, Crankshaft may be used must be included in the flywheel diameter and width Supp Regs. dimensions must remain standard b) Must be commercially available in 15.12.0.6 Fuel must comply with GCR rule 15.5.0.1 Australia 15.12.0.7 The following may be added: c) Be worn no more than the minimum a) OEM engine oil cooler of the same tread depth indicators or other homologated engine d) Not have an augmented or modified manufacturer provided that connecting tread pattern oil lines are of an accepted high 15.12.0.3 The following may be replaced with parts pressure type with either screw on not manufactured by the manufacturer of or swaged fittings as per GCR rule the machine: 15.3.1.2 a) Fuel metering jets, but carburettors and b) Steering damper providing there is no throttle bodies must remain as modification to the main frame supplied by the engine manufacturer for that model. 125125 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

15.13 FORMULA ONE sidecars 15.13.1.16 Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are not permitted. 15.13.1 Formula One - Frames & Parts 15.13.1.17 A suitable passenger hand-hold must be 15.13.1.1 The distance between the tracks left by the provided on the outer side of the rear wheel. centre lines of the rear motorcycle wheel and 15.13.1.18 Hand-holds must: the sidecar wheel must be at least 800mm, a) Be moulded or positioned so as to but not more than 1150mm. prevent direct access by the rider or 15.13.1.2 The overall width of the motorcycle and passenger to any moving parts of the sidecar, including exhausts must not exceed machine, and 1700mm. b) Not project beyond the outer edge of 15.13.1.3 The overall height of the motorcycle and the sidecar mudguard or bodywork. sidecar must not exceed 800mm, but the 15.13.1.19 Sidecars must be equipped with a rear- airbox and the immediate bodywork over the facing red lamp: airbox only may be a maximum of 950mm. a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and a 15.13.1.4 The overall length of the motorcycle and maximum of 100cm2, sidecar must not exceed 3300mm. b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5 15.13.1.5 The wheelbase must not exceed 2300mm. watt halogen bulb or a 10 watt 15.13.1.6 The minimum weight of the sidecar including conventional bulb, passenger and rider at the completion of c) Installed at the rear of the main body practice, qualifying or racing is 375 kg. and mounted above the driving wheel, 15.13.1.7 The ground clearance, measured at the at least 400mm above the ground, lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar, d) Visible at all times, and race-ready with rider and passenger on board and with the handlebars in the straight e) Switched on when the track is ahead position, must be not less than 65mm. declared wet. After a race, a tolerance of -5mm is allowed. 15.13.2 Formula One - Sidecar Measurements. After a wet race this check is not performed. 15.13.2.1 The passenger must be carried in a 15.13.1.8 Devices which reduce the ground clearance suitably constructed sidecar with minimum during the course of a race are not permitted. platform dimensions of 800mm x 300mm, 15.13.1.9 Attachment points between motorcycle measured at a height of 150mm above and sidecar: the platform. a) Must be not less than 4 if the sidecar is 15.13.2.2 The body must be forward of the centre not integrated with the motorcycle, line of the baseboard, a forward portion b) Must not allow movement at the joints, of which must have an area of 230mm high, 300mm wide and 300mm long with c) If the angle of inclination is at least 25mm radius to all corners. changeable, must be secured by locking and not merely clamped. 15.13.2.3 The maximum space between motorcycle and sidecar baseboard must be 50mm 15.13.1.10 The engine must be positioned: with the rider in a normal racing position. a) In such a way that the centre line of 15.13.2.4 The body must be covered in at the front the engine must not exceed 160 mm end. beyond the centre line of the rear wheel of the motorcycle, 15.13.2.5 Where a fairing is fitted: b) In front of the rear wheel. a) The forward extremity of the streamlining must not be more than 15.13.1.11 The drive must be transmitted to the ground 400mm in front of the foremost part only through the rear wheel. of the front tyre, 15.13.1.12 The underside of the platform must be flat. b) The extreme rear edge of the 15.13.1.13 The lean of the motorcycle must not exceed streamlining must not be more than 10 degrees from the vertical. 400mm beyond the rear edge of the 15.13.1.14 Banking sidecars are prohibited. rear wheel, 15.13.1.15 Machines must have a solid and effective protective barrier between the engine and 126 the rider’s torso. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

2,300mm max

400mm max

65mm min

3,300mm max c) The rear wheel and sidecar wheel a) Their location, or must be enclosed down to the level b) The fitting of an underpan, which of the sidecar platform on the inside must cover the area of the underside and to the top of the rim flange on of the tank, case or plug. the outside, 15.13.3.5 Where a guard or underpan is used it must d) Spoilers and other aerodynamic be constructed of: devices must not extend beyond the a) Steel, which must have wired or rolled overall dimensions of the bodywork edges, and a minimum thickness of and must be an integral part of the 1.6mm, or fairing and body. Spoilers and b) Aluminium which must have wired other aerodynamic devices are or rolled edges, and with a minimum authorised on condition they do thickness of 3mm, or not extend beyond the overall dimensions of the bodywork c) Fibreglass which must have edges and are an integral part of the rounded and smoothed and with a fairing and/or body. These shall minimum thickness of 3mm. not exceed neither the width of 15.13.3.6 Oil cooler(s) and oil tanks must be mounted the fairing nor the height of the below the main body, in a crash secure handelbars. position. 15.13.3 Formula One - Oil Containment and 15.13.3.7 The fuel tank breather pipe must be fitted Underside Protection with a non-return valve and must discharge into a catch tank with a minimum capacity 15.13.3.1 In case of an engine breakdown, an oil of 500cc. containment tray must be constructed directly below the engine to: 15.13.3.8 Any oil breather pipe fitted must discharge into a catch tank: a) Hold at least half of the total oil and engine coolant capacity of the engine a) With a minimum capacity of 2 litres, (minimum 5 litres), and b) Which is located in an easily b) Protect the rear wheel from any accessible position, possible oil spray. c) Which must be empty before the start 15.13.3.2 The edges of the oil containment tray of each meeting. must be at least 50mm above the bottom 15.13.3.9 All fuel and oil lines must be of an approved of the tray. type with high-pressure fittings. 15.13.3.3 The front of the oil containment tray must 15.13.4 Formula One - Braking extend upward to the base of the barrel or 15.13.4.1 Brakes must: assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel a) Have at least 2 circuits operating is integral. independently, 1 of which must 15.13.3.4 The underside of fuel tanks, engine casings operate the sidecar and rear wheel, and drain plugs must be protected from the other must operate the front direct contact with the road surface by: wheel, 127 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

a) The original cylinder head, but the number of ports must remain as originally produced by the b) Be designed so that if 1 circuit fails, manufacturer, the other works efficiently. b) Camshaft, but method of cam drive 15.13.4.2 Carbon brakes are not permitted. must remain as originally produced 15.13.5 Formula One - Rider’s Seat by the manufacturer, 15.13.5.1 In the normal riding position, the rider’s feet c) Pistons, rings and pins, must be positioned behind the knees. d) Conrods, however titanium or carbon 15.13.5.2 The rider’s seat must be a minimum rods are not permitted, of 150mm above ground level, and a e) The ignition system, but maximum minimum of 200mm width. revs are restricted to 13,000rpm, 15.13.5.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of the f) Carburettors, preceding 2 sub-Rules, “feet forward” sidecars constructed before the 1st January g) Crankshaft by lightening and 1998: balancing, a) May compete below State h) Clutch basket, clutch plates, springs Championship level, and hub, b) Must be registered with MA. i) Sump, oilpan and oil pump. 15.13.6 Formula One - Steering j) Oil lines containing positive 15.13.6.1 Steering must be to the front wheel only, pressure, but must be of metal and may be by direct or indirect linkage. reinforced construction with swaged or threaded connectors. 15.13.6.2 The motorcycle must be steered by handlebars. 15.13.7.3 The gearbox must have no more than 6 gear ratios. 15.13.6.3 The handle bar extremities must not be: a) Lower than the front wheel axle, nor 15.13.7.4 The following are permitted if originally fitted by the manufacturer: b) More than 500mm behind the front wheel axle. a) Dry clutch, 15.13.6.4 Whatever the position of the handlebars, b) Fuel injection. Throttle bodies must there must be a space of at least 20mm be as originally produced by engine between the streamlining and the ends of manufacturer, the handlebars or other steering systems c) Vacuum slides may be removed or including any attachments thereto. fixed in the open position, 15.13.6.5 The steering axis must not be offset more d) Secondary throttle valves and shafts than 75mm from the motorcycle front may be removed or fixed in the open wheel centre line. position and the electronics may be 15.13.7 Formula One - Engine and Gearbox disconnected or removed. 15.13.7.1 Engines in Formula One must comply with the following: 15.14 Formula Two Sidecars a) 4-strokes (maximum 4 cylinders) up to 1200 1000cc maximum, 15.14.1 Formula Two - Frame & Parts b) Engines must be commercially 15.14.1.1 The minimum weight (without fuel) is manufactured and readily available to 136.5kg. the public, 15.14.1.2 The maximum overall width is 1,700mm. c) Bore and stroke must be as specified 15.14.1.3 The maximum overall height is 800mm. by engine manufacturer, 15.14.1.4 The maximum wheelbase is 1,651mm. d) Increasing the bore size to reach 15.14.1.5 Track, as measured from the centre of class limits is not allowed, the rear wheel to the centre of the sidecar 15.13.7.2 The following may be altered or replaced: wheel shall be: 128 128 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

a) Maximum of 800mm, 15.14.1.24 Cooling air intakes must have no forward b) Minimum of 1,100mm. projection or protrusion. 15.14.1.6 The ground clearance, measured at the 15.14.1.25 The battery must be covered such that lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar, neither the driver nor the passenger can with the handlebars in the straight ahead come into contact with the battery or its position must be not less than 65mm. contents. 15.14.1.7 The forward extremity of the streamlining 15.14.1.26 Sidecars must be equipped with a rear- must not be more than 400mm in front of facing red lamp: the foremost part of the front tyre. a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and a 15.14.1.8 The extreme rear edge of the streamlining maximum of 100cm2, must not be more than 400mm to the rear b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5 watt extreme edge of the rear tyre. halogen bulb or a 10 watt conventional 15.14.1.9 At all positions of the handlebars, there bulb, must be a minimum space of 20mm c) Installed at the rear of the main body between the ends of the handlebars and al and mounted above the driving wheel, other parts of the machine. at least 400mm above the ground, 15.14.1.10 The passenger platform must be at least d) Visible at all times, and 800mm long and 300mm wide, measured e) Switched on when the track is declared 150mm above the platform. wet. 15.14.1.11 Hinged sidecars and steerable sidecar 15.14.2 Formula Two - Oil Containment and wheels are not permitted. Underside Protection 15.14.1.12 The Rider and Passenger must not be 15.14.2.1 In case of an engine breakdown, an oil attached to the machine or in any way containment tray must be constructed restrained from separating from the machine. directly below the engine to: 15.14.1.13 Glass Rear view mirrors are not permitted. a) Hold at least half of the total oil and 15.14.1.14 Reinforcement of the steering head is engine coolant capacity of the engine allowed to a maximum of 225mm from the (minimum 5 litres), and centre line of the steering head. b) Protect the rear wheel from any 15.14.1.15 Monocoque construction is not permitted. possible oil spray. 15.14.1.16 The frame tubing must be of good quality 15.14.2.2 The edges of the oil containment tray must steel tube, with a maximum diameter of be at least 50mm above the bottom of the 100mm at the broadest point. tray. 15.14.1.17 Composite construction may only be used in 15.14.2.3 The front of the oil containment tray must the sidecar platform. extend upward to the base of the barrel or 15.14.1.18 Titanium may not be used in the construction assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel of the frame, front forks, handlebars, is integral. swinging arm and wheel axles. 15.14.2.4 The fuel tank must be independently 15.14.1.19 Light alloys may not be used for wheel axles. protected from the ground. 15.14.1.20 The streamlining must be easily detachable 15.14.2.5 The fuel tank breather pipe must be fitted for Scrutineering. with a non-return valve and must discharge 15.14.1.21 Aerofoils or spoilers on streamlining are not into a catch tank with a minimum capacity permitted. of 500cc. 15.14.1.22 A solid and effective protection must be fitted 15.14.2.6 The fuel filler cap must be in such a between the driver and the engine, so as to position that it does not protrude from the prevent: fairing and cannot be torn off in a crash. a) Direct contact between the rider’s body 15.14.2.7 Any oil breather pipe fitted must discharge or clothing, into a catch tank: b) Escaping flames or leaking fuel or oil. a) With a minimum capacity of 500ml, 15.14.1.23 The rider’s seat must be at least 200mm b) Which is located in an easily long and 150mm wide and be fitted at least accessible position, 150mm above the sidecar platform. 129129 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

c) Which must be empty before the start a) Be above the mid-point of the riders of each meeting. seat, 15.14.3 Formula Two - Wheels, Suspension and b) Be 450mm wide, Brakes c) Be located on the sprung portion of 15.14.3.1 Hub centre steering, remote steering the front suspension, linkages and the use of articulated joints in d) Not touch any part of the streamlining, the steering mechanism are not permitted. regardless of the position of the bars. 15.14.3.2 The minimum diameter of an inflated tyre 15.14.4.4 All controls must be independently must be 400mm. mounted. 15.14.3.3 All wheels must be of metal construction 15.14.4.5 Steering of the front wheel must be by non- and unmodified from original manufacture. adjustable handlebars fixed directly to the 15.14.3.4 The front suspension must be either a steering head of the motorcycle. leading or trailing fork, or links with the 15.14.4.6 The front wheel axle must support the wheel equally supported on each side. machine equally on each side of the wheel. 15.14.3.5 The rear suspension must be of the 15.14.4.7 Steering lock angle each side of straight swinging arm type and may be single ahead position and measured horizontally sided. at ground level must be a minimum of 20°. 15.14.3.6 Minimum suspension travel must be 15.14.4.8 Handlebar clamps must be radiused and 20mm. engineered so as to avoid fracture points 15.14.3.7 A sidecar must have a brake system which in the bar. must consist of: 15.14.4.9 The steering head centre may be offset no a) 1 main system with at least 2 circuits more than 75mm from the centre line of the operating separately, 1 of which must rear wheel. operate on at least 2 of the 3 wheels, 15.14.5 Formula Two - Rider and Passenger b) An emergency system operated by a 15.14.5.1 The rider seated in the normal driving handlebar lever with a simple circuit position must be completely visible, with operating on either the front or rear the exception of the rider’s forearms, from wheel of the motorcycle. the side opposite the sidecar and from 15.14.3.8 The rear mudguard must cover at least above. 240° of the rear wheel on the side nearest 15.14.5.2 The rider’s legs must not be enclosed. to the sidecar wheel. 15.14.5.3 The rider’s position, regardless of whether 15.14.3.9 The rear driving wheel must be covered a driving seat is fitted, must be such that down to the level of the sidecar platform the rider’s feet are positioned behind the and around the periphery. knees. 15.14.3.10 15.14.5.4 The passenger must be able to lean out The sidecar wheel must be enclosed from to either side of the sidecar and for this the sidecar platform and level with the purpose the vehicle must be fitted with sidecar platform on the outside and around suitable closed loop type hand holds. the periphery. 15.14.6 Formula Two- Engine and Gearbox 15.14.4 Formula Two - Steering and Control 15.14.6.1 Subject to the required and permitted Levers. alterations set out below, Formula Two 15.14.4.1 Handlebar levers must: Sidecars must be fitted with a 4-stroke a) Have ball ends attached with a engine: minimum diameter of 19mm, a) For 2 cylinder engines, with an engine b) Measure no more than 200mm from capacity of no more than 1,000cc, the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball. b) For 4 cylinder engines, with an engine 15.14.4.2 Handlebar grips must be: capacity of no more than 600cc. a) Attached to the end of the handlebars, 15.14.6.2 The engine must be positioned such that b) No longer than 150mm. the lateral centre line of the engine must not 15.14.4.3 Handlebars must; be more than 160mm beyond the centre line of the rear wheel of the motorcycle. 130 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

15.14.6.3 The engine must be positioned behind the c) Reflectors, steering head and in front of the driver. d) Horn, 15.14.6.4 Throttle controls must be self-closing. e) Traffic indicators, 15.14.6.5 The drive must be transmitted through the f) Mirrors, rear wheel. g) Centre and side stands. 15.14.6.6 Exhaust fumes must be discharged h) Registration plate / bracket and label towards the rear but not so as to raise dust, holder, and, foul the tyres or brakes or inconvenience a i) Pillion or passenger handholds and passenger or any other rider. footpeg assemblies. 15.14.6.7 The furthest extremity of the exhaust pipe 15.15.0.4 Any sharp edges left by the removal of must not exceed a vertical line drawn at compontents mentioned in GCR 15.14.0.3 a tangent to the rear edge of the sidecar must be protected by a rolled edge or platform. beading of a minimum 3mm diameter 15.14.6.8 On the side opposite the sidecar, the 15.15.0.5 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and exhaust pipes must not extend beyond the tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent streamlining. must exhaust into the air box to the rear of 15.14.6.9 On the other side, the exhaust pipe must the intakes. The lower breather tube must not extend beyond the width of the sidecar. be blocked off. 15.14.6.10 15.15.0.6 The following may be removed: Exhaust pipes must be fitted and positioned a) Chain guard, so as to prevent entanglement with other b) Polution air injection control systems, machines. c) Rear fender and inner guards, 15.14.6.11 d) Steeting damper, The gearbox must have no more than 6 e) Thermo fan, gear ratios. f) Any unused electrical wiring sections that can be unplugged 15.15 YAMAHA fz6 at original factory plug points with no modification to originalk wiring 15.15.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted harness, altereations set out below, Yamaha FZ6 g) Lean angle sensor mounting machines must: bracket may be removed from a) Be fitted with ADR Compliance plates frame.15.15.0.7 The following may marked with ADR approval numbers be added: 31705 (FZ6-N) and 31060 (FZ6-S) a) Steering damper, with a date of manufacture no earlier b) Rear ride height adjuster, providing than 09/03 there is no modification to chassis or b) Be FZ6-N or FZ6-S models as linkage, constructed by YAMAHA c) MA approved lap timing devices, 15.15.0.2 Tyres: d) Frame protective sliders, and, a) Must comply with GCR 15.2.4.2, e) Engine cut lanyard attached to the b) Brand, type and quantity will rider that will cut either the ignition or be specified in Supplementary fuel supply to the engine. Regulations, 15.15.0.8 The following may be replaced with parts c) Only when practice or a race has not manufactured by the manufacturer of been declared wet is the use of a the machine: special trye, commonly known as a a) Brake pads and brake hoses, wet tyre, is allowed. Homologation is b) Bikini fairing and screen, not required for wet tyres. c) Mounting brackets for fairings and 15.15.0.3 The following must be removed: screens provoding replacements are a) Head lamp, mounted on the frame at the original b) Tail lamp, mounting points, 131131 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

d) Spark plug brand and type, leads and 15.17 Junior Solo Road Racing 80cc cap, 15.17.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted e) External gearing and chain pitch and alterations set out below, Junior Solo Road size, Race 80cc 85cc 2-stroke machines must: f) Exhaust muffler and tail pipe, but a) Be of no greater capacity than 80cc, original header and collector system must be retained, b) Carry all relevant chassis and engine numbers, g) Rear suspension damping units and springs, c) Be 1 of at least 10 machines sold in Australia, h) Front suspension, springs and internal damping parts may be modified or d) Be as constructed by the replaced, but the external appearance manufacturer in accordance with of the forks must not be changed, specifications supplied by MA. i) Clutch springs, 15.17.0.2 Tyres must: j) Air filters, a) Be commercially available in Australia, and homologated, k) Fasteners for fitting external components where the manufacturer b) Be worn to no more than the has no specific torque setting, or, it is minimum tread depth indicators, less than 10nm, c) Can have treaded or slick tyres fitted l) Handlebars, 15.17.0.3 Tyre warmers may be used. Tyre treatment m) Footrests and foot controls, but the may not be used. replacements must be mounted at the 15.17.0.4 The following may be altered or modified. original mounting points, a) The fuel system, with a 1 way vented n) Seat and seat foam style and type, system breathing into a separate o) Crash resistant engine end cases and steel or aluminium catch bottle with a frame protectors as per the GCRs minimum capacity of 250cc. b) Fuel metering jets, c) The cylinder and cylinder head, for 15.16 Junior Competition Eligibility the purposes of repair but original 15.16.0.1 In addition to the General Rules regulating material and all original dimensions all competition, the following apply to must be retained, Junior Competition: d) Spark plug type and range, a) 7 to under 10 up to 50cc automatic, e) Front fork oil and spring pre-load b) 9 to under 13 up to 50cc manual, settings, c) 9 to under 13 up to 70cc manual, f) Brake friction materials, d) 13 to under 16 up to 85cc 80cc g) Sprockets and chains, 2-stroke or 160cc 4-stroke manual, h) The cooling system, but only water e) 14 and above 125cc Grand Prix may be used as a coolant, 2-stroke and 250cc GP mono i) No other alterations or modifications 4-stroke, are permitted. 15.16.0.2 For Junior Road Racing number plate 15.17.0.5 OEM carburetors must be used. The colours will be: throat diameter must not exceed 28mm. 15.17.0.6 Paper or foam type filters must be fitted. a) up to 70cc: Canary Yellow background colour with black 15.17.0.7 Still air boxes or air filter assemblies may figures, not be fitted. b) 70cc and over: Black background 15.17.0.8 Data loggers are not allowed. colour with white figures.

132 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

15.18 Junior Solo Road Racing 160cc 15.19.4 Footwear 15.18.1.1 Machines must be 4-stroke and OEM. 15.19.4.1 Boots with ankle protection which must: 15.18.1.2 The following may be modified: a) Be constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater a) External gearing, durability. but not constructed of b) Carburettor jetting, rubber, c) Handlebars and footrests, provided b) At least overlap the suit or trousers original mounting points are used. when the rider is in the normal riding 15.18.1.3 Only treaded tyres may be used. position, 15.18.1.4 The use of tyre warmers is permitted. c) Not have soft leather soles. 15.18.1.5 Data loggers are not allowed. 15.19.5 Gloves 15.19.5.1 Gloves of leather or other material of 15.19 protective Clothing – similar or greater durability. MINIMOTO 15.19.6 Goggles and Visors 15.19.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or 15.19.6.1 Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet compete in any Minimoto competition visors and/or “tear-offs” must be worn unless wearing the following protective provided: equipment and clothing: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are 15.19.1 Helmet made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual 15.19.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full- disturbance are not to be used, faced helmet which must: c) Visors are an integral part of the a) Carry the Standards Association of helmet, Australia “AS 1698” label; or d) Metal or perspex face shields are not b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 used, & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 15.19.2 Clothing -Classes other than Supers 15.19.7 hair and Jewellery 15.19.2.1 Protective Clothing must consist of: 15.19.7.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be a) Full leathers (1 or 2 piece), confined in the helmet or jacket. b) Minimoto race suits, or 15.19.7.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or c) Motocross pants/jeans (Including securely covered with tape prior to body armour and knee sliders), competition. d) A must be worn in any class and while riding at any time. 15.19.8 Footwear in pits 15.19.2.2 A commercially manufactured back 15.19.8.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit protector. lane at all times. 15.19.3 Clothing - Supers Class 15.19.3.1 Protective Clothing must consist of: 15.20 FRAMES and PARTS - minimoto 15.19.3.2 A 1 piece suit or jacket and trousers 15.20.0.1 Minimotos must be fixed or rigid frames- constructed of leather or other material of no suspension. similar or greater durability. 15.20.0.2 Minimotos must have a working handlebar 15.19.3.3 Where jackets or 1 piece suits are fitted mounted engine kill-switch. with front opening slide fasteners, a 15.20.0.3 Foot pegs must be covered in plastic, safety strap must be fitted and secured at rubber or nylon. the neck. 15.20.1 tyres 15.19.3.4 A commercially manufactured back 15.20.1.1 Knobby tyres are only permitted in protector. Minimotard classes.

133133 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

15.20.1.2 Treaded road tyres may be used at any 15.21.1.7 Minimotards must be fitted with a hose time. running from the crankcase breather into 15.20.2 rims a catch tank with a minimum capacity of 200cc. 15.20.2.1 Classes other than Minimotard - Rims must be 6.5” diameter. 15.21.1.8 Fuel must not leak when machine is laid on each side. Use of an O-Ring under cap 15.20.2.2 Minimotard classes - Rims other than permitted. 6.5” diameter may be used. 15.21.2 supers 15.20.3 Brakes 15.21.2.1 Engine can have any modifications within 15.20.3.1 A pin or locknut must be fitted to the capacity restrictions. brake pad fixture. The safety wire used on the brake caliper bolts must be visible. 15.21.3 production Heavies 15.20.3.2 Classes other than Minimotard- Brakes 15.21.3.1 Minimum rider weight 80kg. must be cable operated. 15. 21.3.2 Standard air/water cooled engines. 15.20.3.3 Handlebar levers must have ball ends 15. 21.3.3 No modifications may be made, other with a minimum diameter of 10mm. than: 15.20.4 Rider identification a) Main jet, 15. 20.4.1 Additional to numbers on the machine, b) Spark plug, competitors must wear a high visibility vest c) Rubber inlet manifold, with the number on the front and the rear. d) Carbon reeds (not dual stage), Numbers must comply with GCR 11.5. e) Airbox open, 15.21 enGINES - minimoto f) Exhaust; 15.21.1 as per GCR 15.2 plus: i) Any type made by same 15.21.1.1 Lock wiring used on oil and water filler manufacturer as the machine, caps and drain plugs must be visible. ii) With a proven part number on 15.21.1.2 Classes other than Minimotard: parts list of country of origin, a) Single cylinder, iii) No one off exhaust systems b) Pull-start, allowed, c) 2-stroke engines, iv) No systems not sold or made by d) Less than 51cc. the manufacturer in the country 15.21.1.3 A non-return valve must be fitted to the of origin. tank breather pipe which must discharge g) Open gearing. into a catch tank with a minimum capacity of 100cc. 15.21.4 production Lights 15.21.1.4 Production based and Junior Classes do 15.21.4.1 Maximum rider weight 80kg. not allow: 15.21.4.2 Standard air/water cooled engines. a) Any interior engine work that will 15.21.4.3 No modifications may be made, other benefit performance, including than: porting and flowing, a) Main jet, b) Abrasives to be used to clean b) Spark plug, interior engine parts, c) Rubber inlet manifold, c) Machining of any description, d) Carbon reeds (not dual stage), d) Replacement of standard engine e) Airbox open, parts for performance parts. f) Exhaust; 15.21.1.5 Other than Minimotards: Final drive must i) Any type made by same be single speed via a dry centrifugal manufacturer as the machine, clutch (adjustable allowable). ii) With a proven part number on 15.21.1.6 Minimotards may have manual or parts list of country of origin, automatic gearboxes. iii) No one off exhaust systems allowed, 134 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

iv) No systems not sold or made by b) Have a current MA Senior National the manufacturer in the country Competition licence endorsed for of origin. Road Bike Freestyle by the relevant g) Maximum gearing 66 teeth at rear. RCB, 15.21.5 4.2hp Seniors c) Wear the required protective clothing as per GCR 15.1 15. 21.5.1 Minimum rider weight 50kg. 15.22.1.2 To gain a Road Bike Freestyle 15. 21.5.2 4.2hp maximum air cooled mini or midi. endorsement, a rider must: 15. 21.5.3 No modifications may be made, other a) Have a MA Senior National than: Competition licence, a) Main jet, b) Successfully complete the MA b) Spark plug, competency assessment for Road c) Airbox open, Bike Freestyle conducted by an d) Gearing for riders up to 75kg, 66 assessor approved by MA. teeth rear, 15.22.1.3 A person with this endorsement can only e) Gearing for riders over 75kg, open. perform at MA approved events. 15. 21.5.4 Standard exhaust. 15.22.1.4 The endorsing Assessor/Coach must: 15. 21.6 minimotard Seniors a) Reach the requirements set by MA to endorse Road Bike Freestyle, 15. 21.6.1 4-stroke up to 160cc (auto or manual) or 2-stroke up to 85cc (auto or manual). b) Have a minimum Level 1 Coaching Accreditation and Licence. 15. 21.7 Juniors 15. 21.7.1 Ages 9 to under 13 years. 15.23 Competition Rules - ROAD 15. 21.7.2 Junior riders (under 16 years) cannot RACING compete with Senior riders. 15.21.7.3 4.2 hp air-cooled mini only. 15.23.1 road Racing - Qualifying 15.21.7.4 No modifications may be made, other 15.23.1.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR, than: qualifying for starting grid positions must a) Main jet, be held. b) Spark plug, 15.23.1.2 For events consisting of more than 1 race, starting grid positions will be determined c) Airbox open, by the following methods: d) Open gearing. a) For the first, by qualifying time, 15.21.7.5 Standard exhaust only. b) Subject to the SR, for a subsequent 15.21.8 minimotard Juniors race in the same event, by qualifying 15. 21.8.1 Ages 9 to under 13 years, 4-stroke up to order or by the order of finishing in 125cc (auto or manual) or 2-stroke up to the immediately preceding race. 85cc (auto or manual). 15.23.1.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk 15.21.8.2 Ages 13 to under 16 years, 4-stroke up to of Course must allocate starting grid 140cc (auto or manual) or 2-stroke up to positions. 85cc (auto or manual) 15.23.1.4 Subject to the SR, the Clerk of Course may permit any competitor who does not 15.22 rOAD BIKE FREESTYLE qualify to start. 15.23.2 starting Grid Format - Solo 15.22.0.1 Any size machine is acceptable for Road Bike Freestyle. 15.23.2.1 The starting grid format for solo machines will be as follows: 15.22.1 Road Bike Freestyle- a) The fastest qualifying machine will Licence Conditions occupy which will be 15.22.1.1 No person may participate in Road Bike in the front row on the opposite side Freestyle unless they: of the track from the direction of the a) Are at least 18 years of age, first corner, 135135 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

b) The remaining machines will be arranged on the grid in descending Thinking about Rule changes? order of qualifying times according to If you believe a rule should be changed or the following pattern. a new rule added, you can have your say c) All machines must start within their by working through your Club to propose nominated grid position parallel to amendments and/or additions. track direction Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at the front of this book. The most successful applications are when the proposer includes the new wording for an existing rule, or where a new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a rationale on why the rule should be changed or added. There’s a form to register your interest in rule changes on page 41. It’s YOUR SPORT- we welcome your input

1m Pole 1m 2m 2nd 3m

9m 3rd

4th

5th

6th Direction of racing

7th

8th

9th

10th

11th

12th

13th FIG 15.23.2 Starting Grid (solo) 14th Use 1st row dimensions (shown) as a model for 15th each subsequent row. 16th

136 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

15.23.3 starting Grid Format - Sidecars position when the field is in the starters 15.23.3.1 The starting grid format for sidecars will control prior to the start signal being be as follows: shown. a) The fastest qualifying machine will 15.23.7 minimoto – False Starts occupy pole position which will be 15.23 7.1 Upon recommendation of the Clerk of in the front row on the opposite side Course, a board showing “Stop & Go” as of the track from the direction of the well as the riding number will be shown at first corner, the finish area to the rider who made the b) The remaining machines will be false start. arranged on the grid in descending 15.23.7.2 The rider making the false start must: order of qualifying times according to a) Go to the designated “Stop & Go” the following pattern: penalty zone,

Pole 2m 2m FIG 15.23.3 10m Starting Grid 2nd (side-cars) Use dimensions 3rd (shown) as a model for subsequent rows. 8m 4th

5th Direction of racing 6th

b) Bring their machine to a stop (the 15.23.4 Grid Positions - Minimoto engine must not be turned off), 15.23.4.1 There must be a maximum of 5 riders per c) Remain stationary for a full 5 row with a minimum of 1 metre between seconds. the riders; and 15.23.7.3 The rider may then re-join the race. 15.23.4.2 There must be a minimum of 2 metres 15.23.7.4 This procedure is under the strict control between rows. of the designated Marshals. 15.23.4.3 No more than 30 riders may participate in a) If a rider fails to stop after being each race. shown the Stop & Go board 3 times, 15.23.5 starting - Minimoto the rider will be black flagged, 15.23.5.1 Unless otherwise provided for in SR, b) If more than 1 rider is to be massed starts must be used. penalised, the riders will be signaled 15.23.5.2 Unless otherwise provided for in SR, on subsequent laps. qualifying for starting positions must be held. c) Where the Marshals have been 15.23.5.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk unable to carry out the “Stop & Go” of Course must allocate starting grid procedure before the end of the race, positions. the rider will incur a time penalty of 15 seconds. 15.23.6 road Racing- Jump Starts 15.23.6.1 Each machine must remain stationary 15.23.8 road Racing - Stopping and Re-running within its grid position until the start signal 15.23.8.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has is given. excluded a competitor for unfair conduct 15.23.6.2 A jump start occurs when there is any and considers that such conduct has: movement from the machine or the a) Given an advantage to the team of machine is not in its nominated grid which the offender is a member, or 137 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

b) In the case of a non-team event, v) The place of any machine jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or unable to take part in the re-run more of the other competitors in the race will be left vacant, event, vi) Machines may be repaired may declare the event void and order or replaced provided they a re-run. have been approved by the 15.23.8.2 If the event continues, any competitor Scrutineer. unable to cross the finish line as a b) If more than 2 laps, but less than result of such conduct on the part of the 75% of the race distance, have excluded competitor may be deemed to been completed: have finished the race in the place: i) The race may be re-started, but a) Held immediately before such only once, conduct, or ii) The restart must occur no more b) Having regard to any advancement than 30 minutes after the race in placing following the exclusion, in has been stopped, some other place. iii) The re-started race distance will 15.23.8.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop be equal to the balance of the an event and order it to be re-run if it stopped race distance, would be dangerous for it to continue. iv) Positions on the grid for the re- 15.23.8.4 In any re-run: started race will be determined a) Any competitor who: by the order of competitors at i) Fell in the stopped event as a the finish line of the last full lap result of having been fouled, of the stopped race, ii) Intentionally laid down his or v) Only competitors who have her machine in the interests of completed at least 75% of safety, or the laps completed by the leading competitor at the time iii) Left the course in the interests of stopping will be permitted of safety, to participate in the re-started may participate. race, b) Any competitor who: vi) Machines may be repaired i) Caused or contributed to the or replaced provided they event being stopped, have been approved by the ii) Failed to start in, Scrutineer, iii) Retired from, vii) The stopped race and any re- iv) Was excluded from, or run will be deemed to be parts v) Had been lapped during the of the 1 race, course of the stopped event, viii) The winner will be the may not participate. competitor having the highest number of laps at the finish, 15.23.8.5 Where the Steward or Clerk of Course has stopped a race due to danger, the ix) Where 2 or more competitors following will apply: complete the same number of laps, the winning order will be a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped determined by the time taken by race were completed: each to complete those laps, i) The stopped race will be x) If at least 75% of the scheduled declared null and void, race distance is completed, full ii) The race may be re-run, points will be awarded, iii) The re-run race will be for the xi) If less than 75% of the full race distance, scheduled race distance is iv) The original grid positions will be completed, half points will be used, awarded. 138 138 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 ROAD RACING

15.23.9 road Racing - Refueling g) The container may be fitted with 15.23.9.1 During refueling, each machine must be tubing of not more than 120mm in stationary with the engine stopped. length and inside diameter of 25mm 15.23.9.2 Refueling will be deemed to have beyond the shut off valve, commenced when the fuel tank has been h) The container must be mounted on a opened and completed when the tank is self supporting tower and must not be closed. held by or attached to any person, 15.23.9.3 While refueling is being undertaken in pit i) Cistern type fuel cocks are not lane, 1 pit crew member must: permitted. a) Be designated to attend to any fire 15.23.10.4 The overhead tower, including reservoir which may occur, and delivery hose must: b) Stand near the machine and a) Remain behind the pit wall, or overhead tower (if used), b) Be contained entirely within the pit c) Have a minimum 9kg fire garage. extinguisher suitable for 15.23.10.5 Delivery hoses may be moved into the extinguishing inflammable liquid fires pit lane from pit garages a maximum of 3 ready to operate. minutes prior to any pit stop and must be 15.23.10 road Racing - Refueling Devices held by the relevant attendant at all times while in pit lane. 15.23.10.1 When the SR allow for refueling in pit lane during an event, the Scrutineer 15.23.10.6 Refueling churns must comply with the of the meeting, or their nominee, prior following: to that event must specifically approve a) A maximum capacity of 40 litres, the refueling equipment. The inspection b) Be designed to prevent fuel spillage procedure will be detailed in SR. regardless of the angle at which the 15.23.10.2 Refueling may only be carried out by the churn is oriented, use of either: c) May have a conical bottom, with the a) An overhead tower, or overall height of the churn and cone b) A refueling churn. not exceeding 800mm, 15.23.10.3 Overhead tower refueling systems must d) Be fitted with a single flexible comply with the following: delivery hose with minimum flexibility between the churn and the fuel cock. a) Fuel to be stored in a single container no more than 2 metres 15.23.10.7 All churns and associated equipment above pit lane, must; b) The container must not exceed 40 a) Remain behind the pit wall, or litres in capacity and must have a b) Be contained entirely within the pit closed top, garage. c) A filler cap must be fitted, 15.23.10.8 Churns may be moved into the pit lane d) A breather pipe not exceeding 70mm from pit garages a maximum of 3 minutes inside diameter must be fitted, prior to any pit stop and must be held by the relevant attendant at all times while in e) The container may have a conical pit lane. bottom, with the overall height of the container and cone not exceeding 15.23.10.9 Any refueling in pit lane or paddock area 800mm, not utilising the above procedures must: f) A flexible hose not exceeding 40mm a) Be under taken with the machine inside diameter and 2 metres in either totally within a pit garage, or length must be fitted to the bottom b) In an area of the paddock specifically of the container and equipped with a designated for the purpose of “dead man” shut-off valve, refueling.

139 15 Road racing enjoy the ride

15.24 australian Superbike 15.24.7 scoring championship 15.24.7.1 The results for each competitor in each event will be determined by the allocation 15.24.1 australian Superbike Championship - to that competitor of points in accordance Allocation of Numbers with the following table: 15.24.1.1 In each class, riding numbers from 1 to 10 PLACE POINTS PLACE POINTS will be allocated to riders in the order they 1 25 11 10 finished the previous year’s Series. 2 20 12 9 15.24.2 australian Superbike Championship - 3 18 13 8 Starting 4 17 14 7 5 16 15 6 15.24.2.1 Each event: 6 15 16 5 a) Must use a clutch start, 7 14 17 4 8 13 18 3 b) Must be preceded by a sighting lap 9 12 19 2 and a warm-up lap. 10 11 20 1 15.24.2.2 Any competitor who does not complete the warm-up lap must start the event from 15.24.7.2 If a tie on points occurs for any position Pit Lane. in an event which is conducted over more 15.24.2.3 Pole position will be on the side of the than 1 race, the tying competitor who has track opposite to the direction taken by the higher finishing position in the final the track in the first corner after the start. race of the event will be awarded the position. 15.24.3 australian Superbike Championship - 15.24.7.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position Restriction on Tyres in a Series, the tying competitor who has 15.24.3.1 In Superbike events, where there is a the greatest number of higher placings in restriction on the number of tyres used, the Series will be awarded the position. hand cut slicks will be deemed to be slicks. 15.24.4 australian Superbike Championship - Points and Ties 15.24.4.1 The competitor who obtains pole position will receive 1 additional point in the ZAP Championship. racing 15.24.4.2 In the event of a tie, the competitor with the greatest number of highest placings will be awarded 1 additional point. 15.24.4.3 Where a tie still exists, the competitor with the highest placing in the round, which is that competitor’s lowest scoring event in the series, will be awarded 1 additional point. 15.24.5 australian Superbike Championship - Race Distances s h a r k g u a r d 15.24.5.1 The race distances will be according to ZAP racing shark guards * No drilling required the Series SR. * Attaches to bobbin mount * Available for most sports bikes 15.24.6 australian Superbike Championship * Required for racing -Scrutineering Also available: 15.24.6.1 Machines must be delivered to an area ZAP racing engine covers e n g i n e GB Racing engine covers nominated by the series Scrutineer at c o v e r s the conclusion of each series race and qualifying session. ZAP racing motorcycle accessories tel 0417 977 828 [email protected] 15.24.6.2 Machines may not be removed from that area without the permission of the series www.zapracing.com.au 140 Scrutineer. 20102009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT

16 HISTORIC ROAD RACING An Overview 16.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back The following Rules governing Historic Road Racing protector, which continously covers the motorcycles are written to facilitate the organisation of back area between the collar line and the uniform and fair competition. base of the spine if wearing leathers or a full kevlar suit. The express purpose of these Rules is to ensure the motorcycles are in a condition, which is visually 16.1.3 Footwear compatible with the period of racing being portrayed. 16.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which These Rules are to be interpreted so as to ensure that must: motorcycles are presented in the spirit of the period. a) Be constructed of leather or other 16.1 Protective Clothing – material of similar or greater durability. HISTORIC road racing but not constructed of rubber, 16.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or b) At least overlap the suit or trousers compete in any Historic Road Racing when the rider is in the normal riding competition unless wearing the following position, protective equipment and clothing: c) Not have soft leather soles. 16.1.1 helmet 16.1.3.2 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear 16.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full face ankle length boots. helmet which must: 16.1.4 gloves a) Carry the Standards Association of 16.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of Australia “AS 1698” label, or similar or greater durability. b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 16.1.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM on sidecars. Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 16.1.5 goggles and Visors 16.1.2 clothing 16.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, 16.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers protective goggles, helmet visors and/or constructed of leather or other material of ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: similar or greater durability. a) Eye protectors and spectacles are a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits made of non-shattering material, are fitted with front opening slide fasteners, a safety strap must be b) Eye protectors which cause visual fitted and secured at the neck, disturbance are not to be used, b) In the case of a jacket and trousers, c) Visors are an integral part of the provision must be made to attach helmet, the rear of the jacket securely to the d) Metal or perspex face shields are not trousers, used, c) The following areas must be padded e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible with at least a double layer of leather material. or enclosed plastic foam at least 16.1.6 hair and Jewellery 8mm thick: 16.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be i) Shoulders, confined in the helmet or jacket. ii) Elbows, 16.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint, securely covered with tape prior to and competition. iv) Knees. 141 16 Historic Road racing enjoy the ride

16.1.7 Footwear in pits a) the capacity and Era class as shown 16.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit in the machine’s logbook and, lane at all times. b) the next capacity class in that Era 16.2.2 log Books 16.2 cAtegories & Classes- 16.2.2.1 Log books are mandatory for Historic Historic Road Racing Road Racing competitions. 16.2.2.2 Log books must: 16.2.0.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility, machines are categorised as follows: a) Be produced by the entrant at Scrutineering, PERIOD NAME DATE RANGES b) Be available for presentation at any Up to 31st December Period 1 Veteran other time during the race meeting, 1919. c) Contain provision for Scrutineers to 1st January 1920 to Period 2 Vintage record any alterations or changes to 31st December 1945. machine. 1st January 1946 to Period 3 Classic 16.2.2.3 Bona-fide international competitors riding 31st December 1962. machines from countries other than 1st January 1963 to Period 4 Post Classic Australia may compete without a log book 31st December 1972. providing prior approval is granted by MA, 1st January 1973 to and the machine complies with a safety Period 5 Forgotten Era 31st December 1982. inspection. 1st January 1983 to 16.2.2.4 With the exception of machines covered Period 6 New Era 31st December 1990. by GCR 16.2.2.3, machines that do not hold a log book cannot compete. 16.2.1 classes 16.2.2.5 Log book application forms are available 16.2.1.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility from MA, the MA website www.ma.org.au, there will be the following classes: or from SCBs. CLASS CAPACITY 16.2.2.6 To assist in the issuing of a logbook Ultra lightweight Solo Up to 125cc upon completion of the machine, before Lightweight Solo 132cc to 250cc commencing the building of a machine Junior Solo 263cc to 350cc that consists primarily of replicated (excludes parts, plans and specifications must be Period 6) submitted to MA for interim approval. Senior Solo 368cc to 500cc Application forms for this purpose are Unlimited Solo 526cc to 1300cc available from www.ma.org.au. (excludes 16.3 nOISE EMISSIONS-HISTORIC ROAD Period 6) RACING Sidecar Sidecar Up to 1300cc 16.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed (excludes Period 6) 102dB(A) unless a lower limit is provided for in the SR or by the circuit hire Period 2 Junior Solo Up to 350cc agreement Period 2 Unlimited Solo 368cc to 1300cc Period 3 Formula 700 Solo 526cc to 700cc 16.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10.2 Period 4 Formula 750 Solo 526cc to 750cc 16.3.0.3 The FIM guidelines for use of sound level Period 5 Formula 750 Solo 526cc to 750cc meters must be followed. Period 6 250 Solo 250cc 16.3.0.4 Provided noise emission levels are not Production exceeded, exhaust systems may operate Period 6 Formula Solo 526cc to 750cc without silencers. 750 Period 6 Formula Solo 788cc to 1000cc 1000 16.2.1.2 Competitors are eligible to enter: 142 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 16 Historic ROAD RACING

16.4 Eligibility - Historic Road Racing 16.4.0.11 Components, whether major or minor, 16.4.0.1 The onus of proof of eligibility shall rest prohibited from use in any period will wholly upon the rider or entrant of the be deemed to be prohibited from use machine. Service and Parts Manual in all earlier periods unless specifically publication dates are not proof of eligibility. permitted under these Rules. 16.4.0.2 Entrants must enter their motorcycles 16.4.0.12 Minor components may be modified or at historic meetings quoting the year of updated, provided that they remain visually manufacture. compatible with the period being depicted. 16.4.0.3 The eligibility and dating of Historic 16.4.0.13 Components manufactured outside the motorcycles shall be considered in terms period are eligible, if permitted under of major and minor components and the these Rules. period of the motorcycle shall be the 16.4.0.14 Fairings, streamlinings and cosmetic period of the latest major component. components must be based on patterns 16.4.0.4 For all historic competition, the year of the known and used in the period. manufacture of a motorcycle is defined as 16.4.0.15 Worm drive hose clamps on oil lines are the year of manufacture of the machine or permitted. of its latest major component. 16.4.0.16 All machines, whether standard 16.4.0.5 For the purpose of these rules “Year of or modified, must comply with the manufacture” is defined as the year in specifications of the period. which: 16.4.0.17 Everything that is not authorised and a) For a road based bike the machine prescribed for use under these Rules is or its latest major component was strictly forbidden. first generally available for sale and 16.4.1 Modification delivery to the purchaser, 16.4.1.1 The following parts must be removed from b) For a race bike the year in which any machine before it may be entered in a the machine or the latest major competition: component first appeared in open a) Headlamp, competition. b) Tail lamp, 16.4.0.6 The dating of replicated major components c) Traffic indicators, is defined as the year of manufacture of the original component being replicated. d) Reflectors, 16.4.0.7 Major components are: e) Horns, a) All engine and gearbox external f) Rear vision mirrors, castings, g) Centre, rear and side stands, and b) Frames, h) Registration plate and label holder. c) Swingarms, 16.4.1.2 Any sharp edges left by the removal of d) Brakes, these components must be protected by a rolled edge or beading of a minimum e) Forks and fork yokes, diameter of 3mm. f) Carburettors. 16.4.2 capacities 16.4.0.8 All other components shall be considered as minor components. 16.4.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 1300cc. 16.4.0.9 Major components that were manufactured 16.4.3 engine Cut Out Switch outside a specific period, but which are 16.4.3.1 All machines must be fitted with an a visually indistinguishable from period functioning engine cut out switch which components shall be eligible for that period. must be either a lanyard type or handle 16.4.0.10 Modifications to major components are bar mounted. allowed, providing such modifications 16.4.3.2 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit are visually indistinguishable from the discharge of any lubricating, cooling modifications proven to have been used in or hydraulic fliuds must be lockwired or the period. otherwise secured in the tightened position in a manner approved by the scrutineer. Worm drive hose clips may be used. 143 16 Historic Road racing enjoy the ride

16.4.3.3 All hoses must be securely fitted and ground during a crash, must be protected guarded to prevent contact with: by a second cover made from composite (a) The ground materials, type carbon or Kevlar , or be (b) Tyres or other moving parts over fitted with heavy duty crash resistant the full movement of the suspension end cases made from solid metal. Plates and/or bars from aluminium or steel are 16.4.3.4 All machines must be fitted with an oil also permitted. All these devices must be catch tank of a minimum capacity of designed to be resistant against sudden 500cc, to be emptied at the end of each shocks and must be fixed properly and race. securely. Bonding alone is not a suitable 16.4.3.5 The only liquid coolant permitted is water. method of mounting. No additives allowed. 16.5.4 Period 5 16.4.3.6 A self closing throttle must be fitted. 16.5.4.1 Unless otherwise contained in the 16.4.3.7 4 valve heads are prohibited in all machine’s original specifications, periods unless originally fitted by the a) For 125cc to 500cc machines, the manufacturer, or were a proven period wheel rim must have: modification. i) A minimum diameter of 18” (457mm), and 16.5 requirements- Historic Road ii) A maximum width of 2.5” Racing - Solo (63.5mm) front and 4” (101.6mm) rear. 16.5.1 Periods 1 and 2 b) For Unlimited class the wheel rim 16.5.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a must have: primary drive guard if so driven; i) Minimum diameters of 16” 16.5.1.2 Round or Oval number plates. (407mm) front and minimum of 16.5.1.3 Unless otherwise contained in the 17” (432mm) rear, and machine’s original specifications wheel ii) A maximum width of 3.5” (89 mm) rim widths must not exceed WM3. front and 4.5” (114 mm) rear. 16.5.2 Period 3 16.5.4.2 Period forks: 16.54.2.1 Unless otherwise contained in the a) Forks of a type manufactured in the machine’s original specifications, wheel period up to a maximum diameter of rim dimensions of a minimum of 18” 41mm, (457mm) diameter, and maximum WM3 b) Forks which replicate the type width on all wheels. manufactured in the period up to a 16.5.2.2 Oval number plates. maximum diameter of 41mm. 16.5.2.3 Front and Rear Brakes: 16.5.4.3 Rectangular number plates. a) Manufactured in the period, or 16.5.4.4 Front and rear brakes: b) Which replicate those manufactured a) Manufactured in the period, or in the period. b) Which replicate those manufactured 16.5.3 Period 4 in the period. 16.5.3.1 Unless otherwise contained in the 16.5.4.5 All lateral covers/engine cases containing machine’s original specifications, wheel oil and which could be in contact with the rim dimensions of a minimum of 18” ground during a crash, must be protected (457mm) diameter, and maximum WM4 by a second cover made from composite width on all wheels. materials, type carbon or Kevlar , or be fitted 16.5.3.2 Oval or rectangular number plates. with heavy duty crash resistant end cases made from solid metal. Plates and/or bars 16.5.3.3 Reed valves and crank case induction on from aluminium or steel are also permitted. 2-stroke engines, but only if the engine of All these devices must be designed to be original manufacture was so fitted resistant against sudden shocks and must 16.5.3.4 All lateral covers/engine cases containing be fixed properly and securely. Bonding oil and which could be in contact with the alone is not a suitable method of mounting. 144 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 16 Historic ROAD RACING

16.5.5 Period 6 c) engine castings, 16.5.5.1 Period forks: d) Position of the cylinders and heads relitive to the crank case, a) conventional forks of a type manufactured in the period, e) number of valves and ports in the engine on both the intake and b) conventional forks which exhaust side. replicate the type manufactured in the period. See 16.6.6.5 for exception. 16.6 PROHIBITED USES - Historic Road Racing - Solo 16.5.5.2 rectangular number plates. 16.5.5.3 Front and rear brakes: 16.6.1 For all periods except period 5: a) Manufactured in the period, or 16.6.1.1 Slick or grooved slick tyres. b) which replicate those 16.6.1.2 Shock absorbers with remote or external manufactured in the period. reservoirs. 16.5.5.4 All lateral covers/engine cases 16.6.2 Periods 1 and 2 containing oil and which could be 16.6.2.1 Reed valves on 2-strokes. in contact with the ground during a 16.6.2.2 Gear boxes with more than 4 speeds. crash, must be protected by a second cover made from composite materials, 16.6.2.3 Hydraulic & telescopic steering dampers. type carbon or Kevlar, or be fitted with 16.6.3 Period 3 heavy duty crash resistant end cases 16.6.3.1 Direct crankcase induction other than made from solid metal. Plates and/or rotary disc valve on 2-strokes. bars from aluminium or steel are also 16.6.3.2 Reed valves on 2-strokes. permitted. All these devices must be 16.6.3.3 Non-motorcycle engines and designed to be resistant against sudden transmissions. shocks and must be fixed properly and 16.6.3.4 Disc brakes. securely. Bonding alone is not a suitable method of mounting. 16.6.4 Period 4 16.5.5.5 Formula 750/1000 Based Machines 16.6.4.1 Accessory air assisted front forks. To be eligible for a Formula class, 16.6.4.2 Electronic fuel injection. machines shall be of a make and 16.6.4.3 All power jet carburettors and all other model that was generally available carburettors that are fitted with any form to the Australian public during the of auxiliary/primary jet mounted so as to period as supplied by the original feed into the air stream prior to the main factory of manufacture for normal road carburettor body. use. It is expected that machines will 16.6.4.4 Mono-shock rear ends. not be altered significantly from the 16.6.4.5 The following machines or their major original specification; accordingly all components: modifications will need to be proven to a) Kawasaki 900Z1, be of the revalant period. b) Yamaha TZ, The following items must remain c) Yamaha RD, standard to the original specification to comply with Formula classification: 16.6.4.6 Mag wheels (Cast metal wheels). a) Frame (from steering head to rear 16.6.4.7 Rear disc brakes, unless originally of seat support) (frame may be factory fitted. braced; brackets for road-going 16.6.5 Period 5 equipment may be removed), 16.6.5.1 Floating front and rear discs unless: b) Petrol tank (fillers & taps may be a) Manufactured in the period, or removed/replaced. Fuel capacity b) Which replicate those manufactured may be reduced or enlarged as in the period. long as general appearance and dimensions are not changed), 16.6.5.2 The following machines or their major and minor components: 145145 16 Historic Road racing enjoy the ride

a) Yamaha TZ250H, 16.7.1.2 Amal GP, Monobloc and MK1 concentric b) Yamaha TZ250J, to 35mm (1 ⅜ inch). c) 1981 Suzuki RG 500, 16.7.1.3 All period carburettors. d) 1982 Suzuki RG 500. 16.7.2 Period 3 16.6.5.3 Unless contained in the machine’s original 16.7.2.1 Methanol Fuel. specifications, all anti-dive devices and 16.7.2.2 The following carburettors: external fork damping. a) All non-period Amal carburettors up 16.6.5.4 Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti-dive to 40mm, or must be visually indistinguishable from b) Dellorto SS1 and Dellorto concentric factory original. non-pumper carburettors up to 16.6.5.5 Electronic fuel injection. 40mm, 16.6.5.6 The use of carbon fibre and Kevlar c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series materials, and other materials presented carburettors up to a nominal 30mm. as having the appearance of carbon d) Mikuni 40 mm VM round slide fibre, with the exception of P5 2 stroke carburettors up to 40mm, machines. e) Gardner Type C carburettors up to 16.6.6 Period 6 40mm. 16.6.6.1 radial brakes are excluded. 16.7.2.3 Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives 16.6.6.2 Carbon fibre discs are excluded. and electronic ignition, provided they are 16.6.6.3 Carbon fibre wheels are excluded. concealed from view. 16.6.6.4 replica fork sliders, calipers and anti- 16.7.2.4 Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads. dive must be visually indistinguishable 16.7.2.5 Reinforced gearbox castings. from factory original. 16.7.3 Period 4 16.6.6.5 inverted forks are excluded unless 16.7.3.1 Mechanical fuel injection. originally fitted to the motorcycle represented. Only original inverted 16.7.3.2 Methanol Fuel. forks may be used. 16.7.3.3 Keihin CR Special round slide 16.6.6.6 Superchargers and Turbochargers carburettors up to 33mm bore size. are excluded unless originally fitted 16.7.3.4 Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers. equipment. 16.7.4 Period 5 16.6.6.7 Fuel injection, where fuel is injected 16.7.4.1 The following machines or their major directly into the combustion chambers components: is not permitted. Manifold injection a) Kawasaki 900Z1, is allowed provided it is the original b) Yamaha TZ, system supplied on the machine. c) Yamaha RD and LC. 16.6.6.8 the following machines or their major components: 16.7.4.2 Spoked and mag-type (Cast metal) wheels. Kawasaki ZXR 750 J 16.7.4.3 Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and Yamaha FZR 1000 RU racing wets. Suzuki GSX-R1100 M 16.7.5 Period 6 Yamaha TZ250B V-twin 16.7.5.1 ride height adjuster including dog Generally, machines or their major bones and linkages. components that were released for the 1991 model year are excluded. 16.7.4.2 Steering damper. 16.7.4.3 tyre choice is open, but wheels must 16.7 Permitted uses - Historic be from or visually indistinguishable Road Racing - Solo from models available in the period. 16.7.1 Periods 1 and 2 Maximum rim width front = 3.5 inch, Maximum rim width rear = 6 inch. 16.7.1.1 Methanol Fuel.

146 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 16 Historic ROAD RACING

16.8 requirements - Historic Road 16.8.2.7 The following carburettors are allowed: Racing - sidecars & Cyclecars a) All non-period Amal carburettors up to 40mm, or 16.8.0.1 Ground clearance of no less than 65mm for the whole of the underside of the b) dellorto SS1 and Dellorto machine (excluding wheels), measured concentric non-pumper with the machine handlebars in the carburettors up to 40mm, straight ahead position, race ready with c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series rider and passenger on board, carburettors up to a nominal 16.8.0.2 Left Hand & Right Hand sidecars may 30mm. compete against each other in Historic d) Mikuni VM round slide Road Racing. carburettors up to 40mm, e) gardner Type C carburettors up to 16.8.1 Period 1&2 40mm. 16.8.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a primary drive guard if so driven. 16.8.3 Period 4 16.8.1.2 Sidecars must: 16.8.3.1 Wheel rim diameters of be at least 10” a) Use a frame of a type which could be (254mm). ridden solo, with an outrigger sidecar 16.8.3.2 Wheel rim widths of no more than 6” chassis of tubular steel construction, (153mm). b) Be bolted at a minimum of 4 points. 16.8.3.3 Moulded tread type tyres. 16.8.1.3 Wheel rim dimensions of a minimum of 16.8.3.4 Front and rear brakes: 18” (457mm) diameter, and maximum a) Manufactured in the period, WM4 width on all wheels. b) Which replicate those manufactured 16.8.1.4 Oval number plates. in the period, 16.8.2 Period 3 c) Sidecar brake permitted, 16.8.2.1 The height to the top bearing of the d) Only mechanical brake bias steering head must be at least 710mm adjustment permitted, (28”) unladen. e) Linking of front and rear brakes 16.8.2.2 Wheel rim diameters of at least: prohibited, a) Front 16” (406mm), f) Linking of rear and sidecar brakes permitted. b) Rear 13” (330mm), g) Disc brakes manufactured in the c) Sidecar 10” (254mm). period or are an exact replica of 16.8.2.3 Wheel rim widths of no more than: those manufactured in the period, a) Front 3” (76mm), h) Front brakes must be hand b) Rear 4.5” (115mm), controlled. Rear and linked sidecar c) Sidecar 4” (102mm). brakes must be foot controlled. 16.8.2.4 Tyre outside diameters must be at least 16.8.3.5 Front exit sidecar chassis configuration only. 22” (560mm) front and rear. 16.8.3.6 Oval or rectangular number plates. 16.8.2.5 Oval or rectangular number plates. 16.8.4 Period 5 16.8.2.6 Front and rear Brakes: 16.8.4.1 Wheel rim diameters to be no greater 13” a) Manufactured in the period, (330mm). b) Which replicate those manufactured 16.8.4.2 Wheel rim widths to be no greater than: in the period, a) Front 7” (178mm), c) Sidecar wheel brake prohibited, b) Rear 9” (229mm), d) Linking of brakes is prohibited, c) Sidecar 8” (203mm). e) Front brakes are to be hand 16.8.4.3 Rectangular number plates. controlled and rear brakes are to be foot controlled. 16.8.4.4 Front, rear and sidecar brakes: a) Manufactured in the period, 147147 16 Historic Road racing enjoy the ride

b) Which replicate those manufactured 16.9.3.6 Electronic fuel injection. in the period, 16.9.3.7 Floating front discs unless: c) Hydraulic bias adjusters permitted, a) Manufactured during the period; or d) Linking of brakes permitted, b) Which replicate those manufactured e) Must be fitted with an emergency during the period. system operated by a handlebar 16.9.3.8 The following machines or their major and lever with a simple circuit operating minor components: on either front or rear of the a) Suzuki RG500 MKVI, motorcycle. b) Yamaha TZ250H. 16.8.4.5 Front and/or rear sidecar exit 16.9.3.9 Unless contained in the machines original configuration. specifications, all anti dive devices and 16.8.4.6 Steering / front forks: external fork damping. a) Leading or trailing forks, with front 16.9.3.10 Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti dive wheel equally supported on both must be visually indistinguishable from sides, factory original. b) A cycle car with 2 forward wheels that was manufactured in the period 16.10 Permitted uses - Historic Road or is an exact replica of those Racing - sidecars & Cyclecars manufactured in the period. 16.10.1 Period 3 16.8.4.7 Sidecars must use a frame of circular or 16.10.1.1 Methanol fuels. non-circular tubular steel construction 16.10.1.2 The following carburettors: with a maximum diameter of 102mm a) All Amal carburettors up to 38mm, (4”) at the broadest point, which was b) Dellorto SSI and Dellorto concentric manufactured in the period or is a replica non-pumper carburettors up to 38mm, of a frame manufactured in the period. c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series 16.8.4.8 Methanol Fuel carburettors up to a nominal 30mm, d) All period carburettors. 16.9 Prohibited uses - Historic Road 16.10.1.3 Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives Racing -sidecars & Cyclecars and electronic ignition, provided they are 16.9.1 Period 3 concealed from view. 16.9.1.1 Sidecar kneelers. 16.10.1.4 Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads. 16.9.1.2 Non-motorcycle engines and 16.10.1.5 Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes providing transmissions, except where originally they meet existing dimensional criteria. fitted. 16.10.1.6 Reinforced gearbox castings. 16.9.1.3 Disc brakes. 16.10.2 Period 4 16.9.2 Period 4 16.10.2.1 Methanol fuels. 16.9.2.1 The following machines or their major 16.10.2.2 Mechanical fuel injection. components: 16.10.2.3 Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes providing a) Kawasaki 900Z1, they meet existing dimensional criteria. b) Yamaha TZ, 16.10.2.4 Hydraulic brake master cylinders of c) Yamaha RD. cylindrical appearance. 16.9.2.2 Electronic fuel injection. 16.10.2.5 Keihin CR Special round slide carburettors 16.9.2.3 Power jet carburettors. up to 33mm bore size. 16.9.3 Period 5 16.10.2.6 Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers. 16.9.3.1 Liquid cooled 4-stroke motorcycle 16.10.3 Period 5 engines. 16.10.3.1 Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and 16.9.3.2 Rear engine sidecars. racing wets. 16.9.3.3 Steerable sidecar wheels. 16.10.3.2 Motorcycle engines that were 16.9.3.4 Monocoque construction. manufactured in the period. 148 16.9.3.5 Banking sidecars. 16.10.3.3 Methanol Fuel 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 16 Historic ROAD RACING

16.11 Fuel- Historic Road Racing a) A current MA National or National 1 16.11.0.1 Fuel for historic Road Racing must be: event licence for the rider, a) Methanol (with the exception of b) An MA Historic Logbook number for Period 5 solo machines).or, the machine entered b) Unleaded that is no more than 100 c) Current contact details for the entrant, RON, d) An entry fee paid, and c) Which contains no additives other e) The entry not withdrawn prior to the than those added at the point of commencement of the race meeting. manufacture except for lubricating oil, 16.12.1 Format d) Be a brand of fuel homologated by 16.12.1.1 The Australian Historic Road Race MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Championship will be conducted as a Quality Standards Act 2000”. single meeting at a venue selected by the 16.11.0.2 Leaded fuel, providing that: Historic Road Race Commission. a) The fuel is purchased from suppliers 16.12.1.2 The Australian Championship shall consist of approved by Environment Australia, no more than 3 races per period per class. 16.12.1.3 Race distances will be determined by 16.12 AuSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD the Historic Road Race Commission, in RACing CHAMPIONSHIPS consultation with the Promoter. 16.12.0.1 The minimum number of entries to 16.12.2 log Books constitute a class for an Australian 16.12.2.1 Machines entered in the Australian Historic Road Race Championship is: Historic Road Race Championships must a) 10 or more bona-fide entries for all have a log book issued by MA, or be solo classes. covered by GCR 16.2.2.3. b) 6 or more bona-fide entries for 16.12.2.2 Log book application forms are available sidecar classes. on www.ma.org.au or from SCBs. 16.12.0.2 A bona-fide entry is defined as a full entry 16.12.2.3 Log book applications may not be received quoting: processed if lodged within 6 weeks of the Championship Thinking about Rule changes? ZAP If you believe a rule should be changed or racing a new rule added, you can have your say by working through your Club to propose amendments and/or additions. Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at the front of this book. The most successful applications are when the proposer includes the new wording for an existing rule, or where a new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a s h a r k g u a r d rationale on why the rule should be changed ZAP racing shark guards or added. * No drilling required * Attaches to bobbin mount There’s a form to register your interest in rule * Available for most sports bikes changes on page 41. * Required for racing Also available: ZAP racing engine covers e n g i n e It’s YOUR SPORT- GB Racing engine covers we welcome your input c o v e r s ZAP racing motorcycle accessories tel 0417 977 828 [email protected] www.zapracing.com.au 149149 enjoyenjoy the the ride ride

17 MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.1 Protective Clothing - their eye protection during the course of MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS an event, they do so entirely at their own risk. Eye protection, including spectacles, 17.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or protective goggles, helmet visors and/or compete in any Motocross or Supercross ‘tear-offs’ must comply with the following: competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, 17.1.1 helmet b) Eye protectors which cause visual 17.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet disturbance are not to be used, which must: c) Metal or Perspex face shields are not a) Carry the Standards Association of used, Australia “AS 1698” label; or d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & material. 01.70 of the FIM Technical Rules 17.1.6 hair and Jewellery [see Appendix 1]. 17.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be 17.1.2 clothing confined in the helmet or jacket. 17.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of 17.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely similar durability. covered with tape prior to competition. 17.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be non- 17.1.7 Footwear in pits combustible and be fitted with a lining, 17.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn at all times 17.1.2.3 A jersey which must be: in the pit area. a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or 17.1.8 Junior Clothing synthetic fibre, and 17.1.8.1 In addition to the general requirements for b) Must be a snug fit and provide clothing, Juniors must comply as follows: protection against abrasion to the body and arms. a) Protective clothing must not be loose or flapping, 17.1.3 Footwear b) Synthetic or rubber boots may be 17.1.3.1 Boots which must be: worn as an alternative to leather for a) Of recognised Motocross type, competitors with smaller than a size b) Constructed of leather, plastic or 1 foot, other similarly durable material, and c) Commercially manufactured body c) Of a length that must at least cover armour must be worn. Soft roost ¾ of the length of the lower leg, with protection is unacceptable. the rider in a racing position on the machine. 17.2 Frames And Parts - MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.1.4 gloves 17.2.1 Solo 17.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of 17.2.1.1 Hand lever protectors: similar or greater durability. a) Must be single mounted for 17.1.5 goggles and Visors Motocross and Supercross, 17.1.5.1 A competitor must, at the start of an b) May be double mounted on event, be wearing goggles or a simila machines in club and inter-club form of eye protection. It is strongly natural terrain Motocross events. recommended that the competitor wear 17.2.1.2 Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front the eye protection at all times during the and rear wheels. event. Where the competitor removes 17.2.1.3 When the brake cam arm or lever is of the 150 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17 Motocross and supercross

17.2.2.7 All handholds must be finished with a loop of at least 100mm. open or hooked type, the brake actuating 17.2.2.8 Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s feet are rod or cable must be secured so as to not permitted. prevent accidental dislodgment. 17.2.2.9 Handholds on the sidecar: 17.2.1.4 No machine may be fitted with scoop or a) Must not project beyond a line taken paddle tyres. with the outer edge of the sidecar 17.2.1.5 The handlebars must be equipped with a mudguard or bodywork, protection pad on the cross bar. Handlebars b) Adjacent to the nose section of the without a cross member must be equipped sidecar and less than 200mm from with a protection pad located in the middle the track surface must be at an angle of the handlebars,m covering the handlebar of at least 45° from the horizontal. clamps. 17.2.2.10 The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard 17.2.2 Sidecar must terminate not more than 65° above 17.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken a horizontal line drawn through the rear between the longitudinal centres of the wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard rear and sidecar wheels must be between level on the inside. 810mm and 1,200mm. 17.2.2.11 The sidecar mudguard must cover at least 17.2.2.2 The minimum ground clearance must be 135° of the periphery of the wheel and be 175mm unladen. valanced to baseboard level on the inside. 17.2.2.3 The maximum lean of the motorcycle at 17.2.2.12 No machine may be fitted with scoop or saddle height must be 50mm. paddle tyres.\ 17.2.2.4 There must be no less than 4 sidecar 17.3 noise emissions - MOTOCROSS attachment points. AND SUPERCROSS 17.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in plan view, taken from a line drawn no further 17.3.0.1 Motocross machines must comply with rearwards than the lowest point of the front noise emission tests as per GCR 12.10, down-tube to the forward most point of however the following table should be the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no substituted for 12.10.2. further rearwards than a line drawn at right CAPACITY RPM angles to the machine from the rearmost Up to 85cc 8,000 point of the rear tyre, must be: a) A minimum of 760mm long adjacent 85cc to 125cc 7,000 to the sidecar wheel, Over 125cc up to 150cc 6,000 b) A minimum of 300mm width, with at 4-stroke least 25mm radius to all corners. 126cc to 250cc 5,000 17.2.2.6 There must be no more than 50mm 251cc to 500cc 4,500 between baseboard and motorcycle and between baseboard and sidecar wheel. The Over 500cc 4,000 baseboard must be arranged to prevent the passenger’s feet being trapped. 151 17 Motocross and supercross enjoy the ride

17.4 Fuel- MOTOCROSS AND 17.6.2 80cc 4-Stroke Class SUPERCROSS 17.6.2.1 Machines in the 80cc 4-stroke classes must remain standard with the 17.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must: manufacturer’s specifications with the a) Be Unleaded, and exception of: b) Be no more than 100 RON, and a) Exhaust system, c) Contain no additives other than b) Gearing, those added at the point of c) Carburettor jetting, manufacture except for: d) Plastics, and (i) Lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines e) Handlebars. (ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 4 stroke engines 17.7 coMPETITOR Grading- d) Be readily available from retail petrol MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS pumps within Australia, or 17.7.1 Senior Grades - Motocross and Supercross e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by 17.7.1.1 The grades of competitors in Senior MA that is compatible with the “Fuel classes are: Quality Standards Act 2000” a) Pro Class, b) Intermediate Class, 17.5 Senior Classes- MOTOCROSS c) Clubman. AND SUPERCROSS 17.8 competition Rules - all ages 17.5.1 Machines Other Than Junior and classes 17.5.1.1 The capacity classes for machines 17.8.1 Starting a) Other than for Junior competitions, 17.8.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR, b) Other than Australian massed starts must be used. Championships are: 17.8.1.2 The order and position of each competitor CLASS CAPACITIES will be at the discretion of the Promoter Lite 2-stroke 100cc to 150cc Big Wheel and will be determined on the day of the 4-stroke 200cc to 250cc Big Wheel event. Up to 250cc (2 or 4 stroke) 17.8.1.3 The starting grid for all events will: Wheel sizes (16” - 19” rear and 19” - a) Have not less than 1 metre space for 21” front) each solo motorcycle, 2-stroke from 165cc to 500cc b) Be in 1 straight line, 4-stroke from 255cc to 650cc c) Allow for no more than 40 255 and over 4 stroke Open competitors. 250 and over 2 stroke (2 stroke permitted to ride 1 class 17.8.1.4 The maximum number of starters must only) be specified in SR. Under 19 Up to 250cc (2 or 4 stroke) 17.8.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR, for solo events: 17.5.1.2 Sidecars. a) Individually backward falling devices, 17.5.1.3 Modern. with each gate a minimum of 17.5.1.4 Pre 1985 - Note Frame and motor must be 500mm and a maximum of 600mm manufactured prior to 31st December 1984. in height, must be used, b) A rear barrier must be placed to 17.6 Junior CLASSES- MOTOCROSS prevent riders from moving their motorcycles no more than 600mm AND SUPERCROSS back from the gate. 17.6.1 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR c) Preparation on the start gate is to be 12.16. confined to the area between the rollback barrier and gate hinge and 152 152 no materials may be brought onto 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17 Motocross and supercross

the start area unless directed by the iv The original grid positions will be starter, on the instructions from a key used, official v The place of any machine unable d) No work is to be done in front of to take part in the rerun race will the start gate (track proper) unless be left vacant, directed of a key official. vi Machines may be repaired or 17.8.1.6 Unless otherwise determined in the replaced providing this has been SR, for sidecar events, the width of the approved by the Clerk of Course. starting grid must permit a minimum of 15 b) If more than 2 laps, but less than machines in 1 row, with 2 metre space for 75% of the race distance has been each machine. completed: 17.8.1.7 Unless otherwise determined in the SR: i The race may be restarted if a) All competitors must be called to the possible, but only once, start line at least 2 minutes before ii The restart must occur no more each start, than 1 hour after the race has b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and been stopped, when the starter is ready, the starter iii The re-started race distance will will hold up a 15 second sign will be be equal to the balance of the held up for a full 15 seconds, stopped race distance, c) At the end of 15 seconds, a 5 second iv Selection of grid positions for the sign will be displayed, re-started race will be determined d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10 by the order of competitors at the seconds after the 5 second sign is finish line of the last full lap of the shown. stopped race, 17.8.1.8 Competitors may use up to 2 starting v Only competitors who have blocks (one per side) up to a maximum completed at least 75% of of 100mm high and must be able to start the laps completed by the in an event without additional aid while leading competitor at the time sitting on the machine. of stopping will be permitted 17.8.2 no Jump Signals to participate in the re-started 17.8.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Motocross race, events to indicate immediate danger, vi Machines may be repaired or 17.8.2.2 When yellow flags are waved, competitors replaced providing this has been must not: approved by the Clerk of Course, a) Jump, vii The stopped race and any rerun will be deemed to be parts of 1 b) Overtake other competitors. race, 17.8.2.3 During the first lap of practice, yellow flags viii The winner will be the competitor will be displayed stationary indicating having the highest number of there will be no jumping. laps at the finish, 17.8.3 Stopping and Rerunning of Events where ix Where 2 or more competitors electronic timing is used. complete the same number of 17.8.3.1 Where the Steward or the Clerk of Course laps the winning order will be has stopped a race due to danger the determined by the time taken by following will apply: each to complete those laps, a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped x If more than 15 laps of the race were completed. scheduled race distance is i The stopped race will be declared completed full points will be null and void, awarded, ii The race may be rerun, xi If less than 75% of the scheduled iii The rerun race will be for the full race distance is completed half race distance, points will be awarded. 153153 17 Motocross and supercross enjoy the ride

17.8.4 Finishing c) Is required to submit to an 17.8.4.1 The finish line must be: assessment under these Rules, and a) Marked with a flexible post at each d) Fails to be endorsed as a Supercross side of the track, and competitor at the meeting. b) Clearly visible to the judge. is entitled to a refund of the fee. 17.9.1.5 Once endorsed for Supercross, a person 17.9 competition Rules - Supercross retains that endorsement unless: 17.9.1 Supercross Licence Conditions a) They fail to participate in a 17.9.1.1 No person may compete in a Supercross Supercross event each year, race unless they: b) During the course of a Supercross a) Are at least 12 years of age, meeting, the Steward or Clerk of Course determines otherwise. b) Have a current national competition licence which is endorsed under the 17.9.2 no Jump Signals following rules. 17.9.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Supercross 17.9.1.2 To be endorsed as a Supercross events to indicate immediate danger. competitor, a person must: 17.9.2.2 When yellow flags are waved competitors a) Use a solo machine with a capacity must not: of at least 80cc; a) Jump, b) Attend a Supercross training school b) Overtake other competitors, conducted by an MA accredited coach, at the set of jumps where the yellow flags c) At the conclusion of the Supercross are waved. training school, be able to 17.9.2.3 The penalties for breaching this GCR are: competently display to the MA a) First offence, relegation of 3 places accredited coach the following: and up to a $500 fine, i) Jump a double jump, which is: b) Subsequent offences in the same . 8 metres for 85cc riders, year, exclusion and $500 fine. . 10 metres for 150/250cc riders, 17.9.3 Warm Up Lap ii) Jump a tabletop, which is: 17.9.3.1 During the first lap of any practice yellow . 8-10 metres for 85cc riders, flags are to displayed stationary to . 10-12 metres for 150/250cc riders, indicate there will be no jumping. iii) Ride through stutters at a competitive speed in a straight line, 17.10 competition Rules - iv) A sound knowledge of FREESTYLE Motocross Supercross Rules and safety issues as examined by a 17.10.1 Freestyle Motocross Licence multiple-choice questionnaire. Conditions 17.9.1.3 The coach conducting the assessment 17.10.1.1 No person may participate in Freestyle under the preceding GCR may endorse Motocross unless they: the licence of a person as a Supercross a) Are at least 16 years of age, and competitor. A decision to: b) Have a current MA Senior National a) Endorse the licence, competition licence which is b) Refuse an endorsement, or endorsed under the following Rules. c) Grant an endorsement conditionally, 17.10.1.2 To be endorsed as a Freestyle Motocross will have the same force and effect as if it competitor, a person must use a solo was a decision by an SCB under GCR 3.1 machine with a capacity of at least 125cc. 17.9.1.4 A person who: 17.10.1.3 To gain a Freestyle Motocross a) Has entered a Supercross competition, endorsement a rider must: b) Has paid the entry fee for the relevant meeting, 154 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17 Motocross and supercross

a) Attend a Freestyle Motocross Training iii) Graphics, School conducted by an accredited iv) Foot pegs, Freestyle Motocross Assessor, v) Gear levers, b) Successfully complete the MA vi) Heavy duty rims, competency assessment. b) Air filters may be replaced with after- 17.10.1.5 The Endorsing Assessor must: market products, a) Be identified and approved by c) Heavy duty springs and front and the MA Motocross Commission to rear shock absorbers, endorse Freestyle Motocross, d) Gearing, limited to sprockets, b) Obtain a Permit from the RCB in e) Exhaust pipes, which the assessment is taking place. f) After market camshaft and timing chain. 17.11 competition Rules - FAST 50s g) Stock 50cc machines in both senior and junior classes may strengthen 17.11.1 Fast 50s - Protective Equipment the frame / chassis. 17.11.1.1 As per GCR 16.1 except 16.1.3 which is h) All machines, except those in Stock replaced by: 50cc class in either senior or junior 17.11.1.2 Footwear which must be: class, may use: a) Constructed of leather, plastic or i) After-market frames / chassis, other similarly durable material; and ii) After-market forks, b) Of a length that must at least cover iii) Rear shocks, the ankle, with the rider in a racing iv) Heavy duty clutches, position on the machine. v) CDI units, 17.11.2 Fast 50s - Classes of Competition vi) After market close ratio gearbox. 17.11.2.1 Senior Classes- 16 years of age and over: a) Stock 50cc, b) Limited 50cc, c) Mod 88cc, d) Mod 110cc, e) 110 Big Wheel Mid Size, f) Super Mod, g) 125cc, h) Open Outlaw, i) Women, j) Vets over 30 years of age, k) Seniors. Pro Class, l) Seniors. Amateur Class. 17.11.2.2 Junior Classes-. 12 to under 16 years: a) Stock 50cc. b) Limited 50cc. c) Mod 88cc. d) Mod 110cc. 17.11.3 Fast 50s - Approved Modifications 17.11.3.1 The following may be modified: a) Cosmetic changes, including but not limited to: i) Colour, ii) Handle bars, 155155 17 Motocross and supercross enjoy the ride

17.11.3.2 Modifications to limited specific classes of machines as per table on following page, unless otherwise specified in the SR: CLASS FRONT REAR HEAD INCL BARREL INNER AUTO/ STD WHEEL WHEEL PORTING AND ROTOR MAN OEM (inches) (inches) AND CARBURETTOR CRANK GRINDING CASE Stock 50cc Snr 10 10 N std 50cc N A Y Stock 50cc Jnr 10 10 N std 50cc N A Y Limited 50cc to 90cc Snr 12 10 N 90cc N A Y Limited 50cc to 90cc Jnr 12 10 N 90cc N A Y Mod 88cc - Snr 12 10 Y 88cc Y A Y Mod 88cc - Jnr 12 10 Y 88cc Y A Y Mod 110cc Snr 12 12 Y 110cc Y A Y Mod 110cc Jnr 12 12 Y 110cc Y A Y 110cc Big Wheel Mid Size 14 12 Y 110cc Y A Y Super Mod 12 12 Y 124cc Y A Y 125cc 12 12 Y 125cc Y Either Y Open Outlaw 14 12 Y 150cc Y Either N Women / Vets 14 12 Y 150cc Y Either N Seniors. Pro Class Open Open Y 125cc Y Either N Seniors. Amateur Class Open Open Y 125cc Y Either N 17.11.4 Fast 50s - Capacity Tolerances 17.12 AUSTRALIAN Motocross 17.11.4.1 The actual engine capacity of a machine CHAMPIONSHIPS competing in a capacity class may not 17.12.1 Senior Championship Classes exceed the prescribed capacity. CLASS CAPACITY CAPACITY 17.11.5 Fast 50s - Competition Rules 2-STROKE 4-STROKE 17.11.5.1 All machines must be an open cradle Pro-Lites 100cc-150cc 200cc-250cc frame unless specified in SR; and up to 250cc up to 250cc 17.11.5.2 All entrants and competitors declare that Pro-Open 156cc to 250cc 251cc to 450cc by entering an event, that their machine 255cc to 450cc 255cc to 450cc / machines are suitable for the class in Under 19 up to 250cc up to 250cc which they are entered. 17.11.5.3 All entrants and competitors declare that 17.12.1.1 The under 19 Australian Motocross they have satisfied themselves as to the Championship will be for riders from suitability of their machine for the purpose 15 years to under 19 years. A rider’s of racing. age on 1st January will determine their age for the Championship. 15 year olds 17.11.5.4 GCR 12.8.4 (side stands) does not apply may participate provided they meet the to this discipline. following criteria: 17.11.5.5 GCR 17.6.2 (80cc 4-Stroke Class) does a) Satisfy their SCB of their not apply to this discipline. competence, 17.11.5.6 GCR 12.16.0.3 does not apply to this b) Obtain a licence endorsement for discipline. AMXC under 19, 17.11.6 Fast 50s - Starting c) State legislation will overide these 17.11.6.1 GCR 17.8.1.3 c does not apply to this rules where applicable. discipline as there can be no more than 20 17.12.2 Riders who turn 15 before the first round competitors on the track at any time. This of the Under 19 Australian Motocross number may be lower than 20 depending Championship may place an entry for on the track conditions. the series provided they meet the criteria above. If they do they will be deemed to 17.11.6.2 Starting as per 17.8.1, excluding 17.8.1.3 c. have moved up an age group. 156 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17 Motocross and supercross

17.12.3 15 year olds will compete with an 17.12.4.3 The races must be conducted on the endorsed MA National Junior licence. same day with a minimum of 15 and a Riders who turn sixteen during the series maximum of 40 competitors in each race. can continue in other relevant competition 17.12.4.4 Each competitor may compete on a as a junior, they are competing in the substitute machine, provided that the Championship as Juniors. competitor must notify the Clerk of Course 17.12.2 Format before commencement of the race in 17.12.2.1 The Championship format will which the substitution is to be made. be determined by the Motocross 17.12.5 Allocation of Numbers Commission and published in SR. 17.12.5.1 The No 1 numberplate in each class will 17.12.3 Practice and Qualifying be allocated to the winner of the previous 17.12.3.1 As directed in the SR, any heats and year’s Championship. qualifiers are to be held on the day of the a) The recipient of this number can meeting. choose not to use No.1, but instead 17.12.3.2 Timed practice for any event may be held use their career number. No.1, or either on Saturday afternoon or Sunday that competitor’s career number will morning. not be used by any other competitor in that class. 17.12.3.3 All grid positions will be determined by qualifying times. b) For the first round of each Championshipthe previous years 17.12.3.4 No competitor may enter the track Champion will carry a numberplate for practicing on any of the 8 days with red background and white immediately preceding the event other figures. than the official press day.. c) The leader of each championship 17.12.3.5 The 10 competitors leading the after the first round will use the Championship prior to each subsequent numberplate with red background & round will qualify for the round. white figures. 17.12.3.6 The remaining 30 competitors shall lodge 17.12.5.2 Pro Lite and Pro Open numbers after an Expression of Interest for the series No.1 will be allocated as career numbers as per the SR. by the MX Commission to a maximum of 17.12.3.7 U19 Championship 20 riders using the following method: All competitors eligible for the U19 a) A competitor’s overall Championship Championship in their first year of senior results from the previous national competition must compete in the year’s Motocross & Supercross U19 years Championship. Exception may Championships will be used to be granted by the MX Commission where decide the order in which they a rider has been senior at State level for pick their career number, which is a period of time and can demonstrate determined by: his or her ability at State open events, b) Aggregated Championship points or where exceptional circumstance (ie awarded in both competitions and , rider size) is more suited to the Open class. On having moved to Pro-Lite or c) Aggregating them as a percentage Pro-Open events except as a wildcard as calculated by the Motocross entry then a competitor will no longer be Commission of MA. eligible for the U19 years Championship d) Numbers 2 to 10 can only be chosen series. This rule will be effective from as career numbers by competitors January 1, 2009. who finished in the top ten of either Lites or Open Championships. 17.12.4 the Event The first three from the U19 17.12.4.1 For each class, a round will consist of 2 Championship may also choose a 2 races. to 10 number if available. 17.12.4.2 The duration of each race will be specified in SR. 157 17 Motocross and supercross enjoy the ride

e) Competitors who do not fit the above 17.13.1.2 At least 5 practice laps must be offered to criteria may make an application to riders prior to the commencement of racing. the Motoctoss Commission of MA 17.13.1.3 There will be a minimum of 5 legs per for special consideration for a career class. number. The criteria for this would 17.13.1.4 If heats and finals are required: be recognised International riders, a) Heats will be 3 legs per class, with previous Champions, etc. heats to be mixed, and 17.12.5.3 If 2 or more competitors aggregate the b) Finals will be 3 legs per class. same number of points, preference will be given to: 17.13.2 Allocation of Numbers a) Competitor who competed in the 17.13.2.1 A competitor’s racing number will be most championship events, then determined as follows: b) The competitor who achieved the a) The first digit will be the first digit of highest number of points at the the postcode for the competitor’s last championship round they both state of residency, except the competed at. Northern Territory, which will be 1, 17.12.5.4 For competitors to retain their career b) The remainder of the number will be number they must compete in at least one at the discretion of the RCB. round each year of either the MX or SX 17.13.3 venues Championships, and score a minimum of 17.13.3.1 Venues used for Australian Junior 50 points in total of both Championships Motocross Championships will be closed combined. Exemptions to be considered to competitors for a minimum of 21 days for injury, or international competitors. prior to the event. 17.12.5.5 No competitor may compete unless wearing the machine identification number 17.13.4 interstate Challenge on their back in contrasting colours and 17.13.4.1 Format - Each state is to choose a team with a minimum size of 125mm height and of eight (8) junior competitors from a 20mm width of stroke. minimum of four (4) different classes to 17.12.6 Scoring for Each Race compete for the Interstate Cup Challenge. Each competitor must be entered PLACE POINTS PLACE POINTS for the Australian Junior Motocross 1 25 11 10 Championship, prior to the closing date. 2 22 12 9 Team members must be named and the 3 20 13 8 Race Secretary be informed by the end of 4 18 14 7 5 16 15 6 practice. 6 15 16 5 17.13.4.2 Scoring - Each competitor will be scored 7 14 17 4 as per GCR 12.14.0.1 within their own 8 13 18 3 9 12 19 2 class. At the end of the Australian Junior 10 11 20 1 Motocross Championship the highest point scoring six (6) team members from each state, will have their final placing re- 17.13 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS scored using 12.14.01 (table) to give an CHAMPIONSHIPS overall score. The State with the highest overall team score will be deemed the 17.13.1 Format winner of the Interstate Cup Challenge. 17.13.1.1 The format of the championships will be: 17.13.4.3 Awards - A Perpetual Trophy will be awarded to the winning State, with CLASSES FORMAT each member of the team receiving a Under 80cc 7 minutes + 1 lap participation memento. Sidecars 7 minutes + 1 lap 80cc and over 10 minutes + 1 lap

158 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17 Motocross and supercross

17.14 AUSTRALIAN SUPERCROSS d) Numbers 2 to 10 can only be chosen CHAMPIONSHIP as career numbers by competitors who finished in the top ten of either 17.14.1 championship Classes Lites or Open Championships. CLASS CAPACITY CAPACITY The first three from the U19 2-STROKE 4-STROKE Championship may also choose a 2 SX-Lites 100cc-150cc 200cc-250cc to 10 number if available. up to 250cc up to 250cc e) Competitors who do not fit the above SX-Open 156cc to 250cc 251cc to 450cc criteria may make an application 255cc to 450cc 255cc to 450cc to the Motoctoss Commission of 17.14.2 Format MA for special consideration for a career number. The criteria for this 17.14.2.1 The format for both classes of the would be recognised International championships will be as determined riders, previous Champions, etc. by the Motocross and Supercross Commission and published in SR. 17.14.3.3 If 2 or more competitors aggregate the same number of points, preference will 17.14.3 Allocation of Numbers be given to: 17.14.3.1 The No 1 numberplate in each class will a) Competitor who competed in the be allocated to the winner of the previous most championship events, then year’s Championship. b) The competitor who achieved the a) The recipient of this number can highest number of points at the choose not to use No.1, but instead last championship round they both use their career number. No.1, or competed at. that competitor’s career number will 17.14.3.4 For competitors to retain their career not be used by any other competitor number they must compete in at least one in that class. round each year of either the MX or SX b) For the first round of each Championships, and score a minimum of Championship the previous years 50 points in total of both Championships Champion will carry a numberplate combined. Exemptions to be considered with red background and white for injury, or international competitors. figures. 17.14.3.5 No competitor may compete unless c) The leader of each championship wearing the machine identification after the first round will use the number on their back in contrasting numberplate with red background & colours and with a minimum size of white figures. 125mm height and 20mm width of stroke. 17.14.3.2 Pro Lite and Pro Open numbers after 17.14.4 Qualifying No.1 will be allocated as career numbers by the MX Commission to a maximum of 17.14.4.1 Conditions of qualifying must be 20 riders using the following method: stipulated in the SR. a) A competitor’s overall Championship results from the previous year’s Motocross & Supercross Championships will be used to decide the order in which they pick their career number, which is determined by: b) Aggregated Championship points awarded in both competitions and , c) Aggregating them as a percentage as calculated by the Motocross Commission of MA.

159 17 Motocross and supercross enjoy the ride

17.14.4 Track flags and signals for the ASXC FLAG SIGNAL MEANING, AND REQUIREMENT OF COMPETITOR Yellow flag held stationary Minor danger, show caution, overtaking forbidden Yellow flag waved No jump signal, immediate danger, show caution, jumping forbidden, overtaking forbidden White flag with red cross Medics on track, extreme incident, competitors to show extreme caution, prepare to stop, jumping forbidden, overtaking forbidden - riders are expected to be in first gear, standing on the pegs and riding at walking pace Red flag displayed Race, qualifying or practice stopped, slow down and imediately proceed to the start, pits or any area indicated by the officials. All other relevant flags and signals as per GCR 12.13.0.2

17.14.5 grid Positions. 17.14.7.2 For events which have fewer than 10 start gates, points will be allocated to finishers 17.14.5.1 Grid selection will be determined by in the Final and Last Chance Qualifier on qualifying times. a descending basis. 17.14.5.2 Conditions of qualifying must be PLACE POINTS PLACE POINTS stipulated in the SR 1 25 11 10 17.14.6 Practice & Timed Qualifying 2 22 12 9 3 20 13 8 17.14.6.1 Practice for championship events must be: 4 18 14 7 5 16 15 6 a) Outdoor events - minimum 8 minutes 6 15 16 5 for first session and minimum 10 7 14 17 4 minutes for second session, 8 13 18 3 17.14.6.2 If the track is altered during the course of 9 12 19 2 the meeting, at least 1 inspection lap must 10 11 20 1 be offered to all qualified competitors. 17.14.7 Points Allocation 17.14.7.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position in the championship, the tying competitor 17.14.7.1 For events which have a minimum of who has the greatest number of higher 10 start gates points will be allocated in placings will be the awarded the position. accordance with the previous GCR.

160 enjoy the ride

18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK

18.1 Protective Clothing- classic 18.1.4 gloves MX & Dirt Track 18.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of 18.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or similar or greater durability. compete under this Chapter unless 18.1.5 goggles and Visors wearing the following protective 18.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, equipment and clothing: protective goggles, helmet visors and/or 18.1.1 helmet ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: 18.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet a) Eye protectors and spectacles are which must: made of non-shattering material, a) Carry the Standards Association of b) Eye protectors which cause visual Australia “AS 1698” label, or disturbance are not to be used, b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 c) Metal or perspex face shields are & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM not used, Technical Rules [see Appendix 1] d) Eye shades or peaks are of a 18.1.2 clothing flexible material. 18.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material 18.1.6 hair and Jewellery of similar durability. 18.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be 18.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be confined in the helmet or jacket. non-combustible and be fitted with a 18.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or lining, securely covered with tape prior to 18.1.2.3 A jersey which must be: competition. a) Made of close knit fabric of natural 18.1.7 Footwear in pits or synthetic fibre, and 18.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit b) Must be a snug fit and provide area at all times. protection against abrasion to the body and arms. 18.2 eligibility- classic MX & Dirt 18.1.2.4 Dirt track riders must wear a commercially Track manufactured back protector, which continuously covers the back area 18.2.1 eligible Machines between the collar line and the base of 18.2.1.1 Only machines conforming to the the spine. following requirements will be accepted. 18.1.3 Footwear 18.2.1.2 The onus of proof of eligibility shall rest 18.1.3.1 Boots which must be: wholly upon the rider or entrant of the machine. Service and Parts Manual a) Of recognised Motocross type for publication dates are not proof of Motocross and of Dirt Track type for eligibility. Dirt Track, b) Constructed of leather, plastic or 18.2.2 classes other similarly durable material, and 18.2.2.1 The following classes shall be recognised c) Of a length that must at least cover for Classic Motocross and Classic Dirt ¾ of the length of the lower leg, with Track. the rider in a racing position on the a) Pre-1960: Solo All Powers, 162 machine. b) Pre-1965: Solo 250, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track

c) Pre-1965: Solo 263 & over, 18.3 Machine requirements- d) Pre-1968: Sidecar up to 1300cc, classic MX & Dirt Track e) Pre-1970: Solo 250, 18.3.0.1 Maximum engine capacity shall be f) Pre-1970: Solo 263 & over, 1300cc. g) Pre-1975: Solo 125, 18.3.0.2 Number of gears ratios shall remain as h) Pre-1975: Solo 250, per original model specifications. i) Pre-1975: Solo 263 & over, 18.3.0.3 Exhaust: j) Pre-1975: Solo All Powers 4-stroke, a) May be modified but must generally k) Pre-1975: Sidecar up to 1300cc, follow original lines. l) Pre-1978: Solo 125, b) Must be fitted with a silencer m) Pre-1978: Solo 250, 18.3.0.4 Self returning folding footrests must be n) Pre-1978: Solo 263 & over, fitted. o) Pre-1985: Solo 125, p) Pre-1985: Solo 250, 18.4 FUEL - classic MX & Dirt Track q) Pre-1985: Solo 263 & over, 18.4.1 Fuel for CMX & CDT racing must be: r) Pre-1985: Sidecars up to 1300cc, a) Methanol, or, s) Slider class up to 250cc (Dirt Track b) Unleaded fuel that is no more than events only), 100 RON and meets rule 12.9.5.1, t) Slider class over 263cc (Dirt Track c) Which contains no additives other events only), than those added at the point of u) Juniors Pre-1975: Up to 125cc manufacture except for lubricating 2-stroke or up to 250cc 4-stroke, oil, or, v) EVO Evolution 125cc Solo d) Be a brand of fuel homologated by w) EVO Evolution 250cc Solo MA that is compatible with the “Fuel x) EVO Evolution 263cc & over Solo Quality Standards Act 2000”, or, 18.2.3 age Groups e) Leaded fuel provided that the fuel is purchased from suppliers approved 18.2.3.1 Age is determined as at the date of the by Environmental Australia. meeting or 1st round for series events. 18.2.3.2 Age grouping applies to competition Pre- 1975 only 18.4 Machine and class Identification- 18.2.3.3 Age groups are: classic MX & Dirt Track a) Under 30, 18.4.0.1 Number plates shall be either oval or b) 30 – 39, rectangular and in the following colours: c) 40 – 49, CAPACITY BACKGROUND FIGURE d) 50 – 59, COLOUR COLOUR e) 60 plus, – 69, Up to 125cc Black White f) 70 plus (ref 18.2.3.5) 126cc to 250cc Dark Green White g) Juniors, aged 13 to under 16 years. 251cc and over Canary Yellow Black 18.2.3.4 Junior riders can only compete in the Junior class, and not with Senior riders. 18.4.1 Class Identification 18.2.3.5 Super Senior class Pre-1975. 18.4.1.1 A letter will be: a) all powers, a) Used to identify the class of the machine, b) rider age 70 plus, b) Placed on the left side of all 3 race c) australian Championship will be plates, awarded regardless of number of entrants. c) 50mm high, and in upper case, d) The same colour as the race number. 163 18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track enjoy the ride

18.4.1.2 Identification letters for each class are: d) Pre-1960 class: No Ceriani-type forks a) Pre-1960 “A”. are permitted. This includes M.P., b) Pre-1965 “N”. REH, Husqvarna, CZ, Betor, Bultaco, c) Pre-1970 “H”. Montesa or late BSA/Triumph, d) Pre-1975 “X”. e) Rear wheel travel must be no more e) Pre-1978 “Z”. than 102mm (4”) measured at the axle, f) Evolution “E”. f) Machines fitted with suspension of g) Pre-1985 “Y” more than 102mm (4”) of rear travel standard, shall have spacers fitted to 18.5 frames & parts - Solo- classic the shock absorber shaft to reduce MX & Dirt Track wheel travel to 102mm (4”), 18.5.0.1 Replica frames are acceptable provided: g) Rear shock absorbers shall be in the a) They conform with the original, and original position, using the original mounting points, b) They meet the year cut-off dates for the class in which the machine is to h) Remote reservoir rear shocks are not compete. eligible, except where fitted as standard for that model. 18.5.0.2 It is not acceptable for frame tube runs to be different to the original, even if the frame geometry is apparently the same. The 18.6 engines - classic MX & Dirt machine must look like the original. Track 18.5.0.3 For the Pre-1960 class, plastic or fibreglass 18.6.0.1 Engines must remain externally unchanged. is not permitted for tanks, mudguards, seats and side panels. 18.6.0.2 All major components must have been manufactured within the period, or be 18.5.0.4 Brakes: replicas of components manufactured within a) As per relevant period for the class in the period, specified for the class in which which the machine is to compete, the machine competes, other than those b) Disc brakes as originally fitted by listed in the Components Tables. manufacturers (Rokon, Dalesman and 18.6.0.3 Specials must comprise of components Tyron/Wassel). manufactured within the period, or be 18.5.0.5 Rear tyre: replicas of components manufactured within 18.5.0.6 Any modern Motocross tyre may be used the period, specified for the class in which the provided: machine competes and be a true reflection a) The width across the tread does not of the period depicted. exceed: 18.6.0.4 Carburettors: i) Pre-1960- 4.5” (114mm), a) Any round-slide carburettor of a type ii) Pre-1965, Pre-1970, Pre-1975 - 5” available pr e-1975 may be used (127mm). except the Pre-1960 class where a Mk1 18.5.0.7 For the Pre-1960 class, Lightweight alloy Amal Concentric or period carburettor rims must be of the Borrani pattern (mud may be used. catcher type). b) Flat-slide carburettors are prohibited on 18.5.0.8 Suspension: all machines except EVO and Pre 85, a) Front wheel travel shall be no more c) No reed-valves permitted on machines than 178mm (7”), up to and including Pre-1970 class. b) Front fork tubes up to a maximum of 18.6.0.5 Ignition: 35mm diameter only permitted except a) Any ignition system can be used as when larger was originally fitted to that long as the external appearance of the machine (exception Maico 36mm) AJS, engine remains unchanged. Bultaco Matador and Hatta leading axle 18.6.0.6 Yamaha XS1 and XS650 engines are eligible forks allowed, in both the Pre-1970 and Pre-1975 classes. c) Maximum travel by leading/trailing link front suspension is limited to 150mm 164 (6”) vertical movement at the axle, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track

18.7 tables of accepted Machines- 18.7.2 tables of Machines and Components Classic MX & Dirt Track – Pre 1965 18.7.2.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1965 class are 18.7.0.1 The tables set out in this Chapter lists machines built up to and including the the machines and components which the 1964 model. The only exception to Commission and Scrutineers may use as a this GCR is where the model remains guide in determining eligibility. unaltered after this date. 18.7.1 tables of Machines and Components – Pre-1960 MAKE MODEL(S) AJS All 4-strokes 18.7.1.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1960 class are Ariel All machines built up to and including the 1959 Bultaco Pre 1965 only model. The only exception to this GCR is BSA All except B44 and B50. where the model remains unaltered after this All originally fitted with leading link forks. date. (Also permissible are machines fitted Cotton MAKE MODEL(S) with telescopic forks at a later date. Villiers and Triumph engines only). AJS/ All except G85CS and G85ICS CZ 250cc Twin port models only Matchless All Enfield of India without modern Ariel All 4-strokes Enfield attributes which contravene the All pre-unit, C15 distributor models and BSA general requirements. Bantams (No Cheney frames allowed). ESO All 2-valve 4-strokes Single down tube, leading link only Cotton DOT All (250cc conversion allowed) DKW All pre-1965 Round tube frames only (250cc DOT conversion allowed) DMW All Up to and including Mk12 (250cc FN All DMW conversion allowed) Francis Barnett All ESO 4-stroke Gilera Saturno Cross FN All Greeves All 250cc alloy beam up to Mk3. Francis Hedlund All Up to Falcon 82. Barnett 2-stroke: 250 bolt up frames only to 1967. Later American Enduro frames Gilera Saturno Cross Husqvarna Up to and including Hawkstone SAS, are not acceptable. Greeves 25SA, 24 and 20SAS and SCS. 4-stroke: All Albin-based engines. 175cc 3-speed 2-stroke, 500cc Albin- James All Husqvarna 2-stroke: All except ISDT based 4-stroke Jawa James Up to Cotswold with AMC engine. 4-stroke: All 2-valve All BSA/LITO engines Some LITO/ LITO All LITO Albin engines Maico 250 Pre 1965 only Norman All Maico MC175 Norton All singles, 500 and 650 twins Matchless All All Albin-based engines. Some early Mk1 Triumph engine BSA duplex frame Monark Metisse and Mk2 Triumph engine (The Mk2 has 2-strokes may be eligible. fibreglass bodywork which is acceptable). Montesa All pre 1965 Sarolea All Moto Parilla 250cc 4-stroke engines. Sun All Norman All Tandon All Norton All except P11 and Commando All pre-unit and distributor unit models Puch Some early 2-strokes may be eligible Triumph only. All All 4-strokes Only Ajax and Vale Onslow conversions Sarolea Villiers for Villiers engines are acceptable. No All pre 1965 Starmaker engines. Sprite All Villiers and Triumph engines Vincent All Sun All Velocette All Tandon All All except T140, TSS, T150, T160 and Japanese All pre-1960 Triumph BSA unit single derivatives 165 18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track enjoy the ride

Velocette All DOT Any Vincent All Any alloy beam model. All steel tubing Greeves Japanese All pre 1965 frame models numbers 56, 58, & 59 SPECIALS Honda CL175, CL350 Cheney All Gold Star Hodaka Ace 100, Ace 90 Any oval case engine in original frame Greeves Triumph: all Husqvarna Kyffin DOT and Sapphire 250, 360 & 400 Scrambler & banana frame 6 day bike, MABSA All Jawa Metisse Up to Mk3 only Jawa early CZ 250 trail bike Puissant 4-strokes only Kawasaki F2IM(250), F4(250), F5(350) Oval case engine square barrel 250 TRIBSA All Maico Wasp All & 360 Lacrosse 250, Orange Capra GP250, Cochise All Montesa GP360 & early King Scorpion 18.7.3 table of Acceptable Components Pre- MZ ISDT 1965 Ossa Stiletto 4 speed, 230 Pioneer 4 speed TS250 1969 model, points ignition & Suzuki Ceriani, MP, REH, Husqvarna, CZ, appropriate engine cases Betor, Bultaco, Montesa BSA/Triumph. Triumph T100 and all pre 1970 models Forks (Note: Late-type Ceriani and Betor AT1, DT1, CT1, rectangular swing arm Yamaha [Can-Am] with long sliders are not DT1 & RT1 pre-reed block permitted). Zundapp ISDT Rickman alloy and magnesium, REH, BSA/Triumph conical alloy, 18.7.5 tables of Machines and Components – AJS Stormer, Greeves conical, small Pre 1975 Wheels Husqvarna, CZ Motocross and pattern parts to these designs. Early Bultaco 18.7.5.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1975 class are full width hubs and Montesa full width machines built up to and including the hubs are allowed. 1974 model. The only exception to All side pull throttles and late clutch this GCR is where the model remains Controls and front brake levers. unaltered after this date. Handlebars All, including alloy. MAKE MODEL(S) Single leading shoe brakes only AJS 410 (all inclusive) Brakes unless manufactured prior to Benelli 175 trail 31/12/1964. BSA B50 This includes replica frames. BSA B50 Frames Bultaco Up to & incl. MK7 125, 250 & 360 and B25SS frames are not permitted. Carabela 200 Engines All JAP (J A Prestwitch). Can-Am 175, 250 TNT only CCM BSA based 18.7.4 tables of Machines and Components – Cooper All Pre 1970 Up to & incl. 1974 models incl CMS CZ 18.7.4.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1970 class are framed CZs machines built up to and including the DKW 6 speed radial finned 125 1969 model. The only exception to Ducati RT 450 this GCR is where the model remains Gemini 175 trail unaltered after this date. Greeves All models CR125M & M1, CR250M, XL250 K0, MAKE MODEL(S) XL250 K1, XL350 K0,K1, all SL100, Honda AJS Stormer (all) all SL125, all SL350, all XL100 K0, BSA B44 up to & incl. B25, C15, Bantam MT250. Up to & incl. MK4 boat tail Pursang & Hodaka All 100 & 125 models Bultaco El Bandido, Sherpas & their Enduro Up to & incl. Magnesium engine reed versions (Lobito, Matador, Campera). Husqvarna valve 250 & others. Pre Mikkola replica CZ Twin port, 360(969-0), 250(980-02) - no radial finned engines. Harley DKW 5 speed All SX125, SX250, SX175 trail Davidson 166 Indian All 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track

Jawa ISDE 250, 402 technical specifications for wheel travel KX125 74, KX250 74, KX450 74, and suspension components. Kawasaki F11M, F12M, F81M 18.7.7 Pre-1978 Classes: Technical Specifications Up to & incl. 1974 GS & MC125, 175, 18.7.7.1 The following specifications apply to all KTM 250. Check date stamp on engine below counter shaft right case motorcycles, regardless of the year of Up to & incl. 1974; 250, 400, 440LTR, manufacture, that fall within the scope of 501. Check date stamp on top of the classes. Maico barrel & nut holding sprocket to a) Regardless of original specification, countershaft. 4 speed gearbox only. no motorcycle may have more than Montesa Cappra 250 VR, 229mm (9”) of suspension travel at Monark All the front and rear wheels, MZ 400 ISDT b) No water-cooled motorcycles, Phantom 250, 125, SDR 250, Stiletto Ossa 250 c) Front Suspension: Puch MC 125, MC 175 only. i) 35mm leading-axle Husqvarna Rickman Montesa 250 & Zundapp 125 and Betor forks are allowed, Rokon RT 340 provided travel is limited to a TM125, 250, 400 K, L, R. TS185, maximum of 229mm (9”), Suzuki TS250, TS125, TS100 J,K,L and R ii) Early 9-inch-travel Simons forks models. are allowed. Fox Factory Forks SWM Sachs engine model only 125cc are prohibited, Triumph Pre 1975 iii) Maximum diameter of fork tube Wassel 125 38mm. MX100, 125, 175, 250, 360 A models, YZ125, 250, 360A & B models, DT250 18.7.8 tables of Machines and Components – Yamaha and 360A. MX B not eligible for this Pre- 1978 up to 125cc class 18.7.8.1 Certain 125cc and smaller machines Zundapp All 125 models built up to and including the 1975, 1976 18.7.6 Pre-78 Classes: Eligibility and 1977 model year that made up the first generation long-travel, small bore The Pre-1978 classes are intended to represent motorcycles. Eligible machines include: the “first generation” of long-travel bikes that were commercially available in the 1975-77 periods. The MAKE MODEL(S) YEAR(S) time frame is provided only as a guideline, as some Bultaco Pursang 125 1975-77 1977 models are of the second generation long-travel TNT, Qualifier and MX Can-Am 1975-77 bikes that would clearly outclass the earlier models 125, up to MX3 if allowed to run together. For this reason, we do not CZ 125 1975-78 classify motorcycles strictly by the year they were Honda CR, MR, MT 125 1975-77 produced, but by some similar characteristics that were Husqvarna CR, WR 125. 1975-77 possessed by the majority of these first-generation Kawasaki KX, KE, KD 125 1975-77 long-travel motorcycles, such as suspension travel. Maico 125 GP 1975-77 Cappra 125 VA & Enduro 18.7.6.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1978 class are Montesa 1975-77 125 machines built up to and including the Penton/ 125 with Sachs or KTM 1975-77 1975, 1976 and 1977 model. The only KTM engine exception to this GCR is where the model Suzuki RM, TM, 125 1975-77 remains unaltered after this date. Yamaha MX, YZ, DT, 125 1975-77 18.7.6.2 Motorcycles in all of the Pre-1978 classes may use an aftermarket frame. 18.7.9 tables of Machines and Components – Many were available during the intended Pre- 1978 125- 250cc time frame of the class, including, C&J, 18.7.9.1 Certain 126-250cc machines built up Champion, Dick Mann, Cheney, Cycle to and including the 1975, 1976 and Factory, Hallman-Aberg and many 1977 model year that made up the first others. Regardless of the manufacturer, generation long-travel motorcycles. all motorcycles must meet the class Eligible machines include: 167 18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track enjoy the ride

MAKE MODEL(S) YEAR(S) CR, WR 360. 1977 WR Pursang, Frontera, Alpina 360 is allowed. 1977 Husqvarna CR & OR 390 Bultaco 250, to include the 1977 1975-77 Husqvarna 1975-76 MK10 Pursang models are allowed Must MX, TNT and Qualifier comply with the class Can-Am 1975-77 175-250, up to MX3. suspension limits CZ 250 Falta Replica 1975-78 Kawasaki KX 400-450 1975-77 Honda CR, MT, MR, XL 175-250 1975-77 MC, AW 400-440. 1977 AW CR, WR 250 and 1977 Maico 400-440 Must comply with 1974-77 WR 250 the class suspension limits Husqvarna 1977 Husqvarna CR/OR 1975-76 Cappra 360 VA and VB360 (must comply to models are allowed, with Montesa 1975-77 fork travel limited to 229mm the class suspention Kawasaki KX, KLX, KD, 175-250 1975-77 limits) 400. 1977 models must MC, AW 250. 1977 model Penton- comply with the class 1975-77 Maico AW 250 must comply with 1975-77 KTM the class suspension limits suspension limits King Scorpion & Cappra Suzuki RM, TM, PE 370 1975-77 VR 250 V-75, VA & YZ, MX, DT, IT 360 & 400 1975-77 TT500, up to 500cc Enduro 250H (VB models Yamaha Montesa see the Grand Prix 1975-77 displacement, with 1975-78 classes) VA and VB allowable overbore (must comply with class 18.7.11 evolution Class- General suspension limits) Phantom & Desert 18.7.11.1 Evolution class shall be run as a national Ossa Phantom 250, up to GPIII 1975-77 championship and can be independent of model other classic Motocross classes. 175-250. 1977 models 18.7.12 evolution Class- Eligibility Penton-KTM must comply with the 1975-77 18.7.12.1 Bikes will be OEM. class suspension limits 18.7.12.2 Modifications converting later equipment Suzuki RM, TM, PE 175 & 250 1975-77 to comply will not be allowed Yamaha MX, YZ, DT, IT 175-250 1975-77 18.7.12.3 All components will be of the period the 18.7.10 tables of Machines and Components machine was manufactured. – Pre- 1978 125- 500cc a) No linkage suspension, 18.7.10.1 Certain 325-460cc 2-stroke and up to 636cc b) No Disc brakes, 4-stroke machines, built up to and including c) Air cooled motors. the 1975, 1976 and 1977 model year, that 18.7.13 evolution Class- Classes make up the first generation long-travel motorcycles. Eligible motorcycles include: a) Solo 125cc, b) Solo 250cc, MAKE MODEL(S) YEAR(S) c) Solo 263cc and over. Frontera, Alpina, Pursang Bultaco 1975-77 360-370 18.7.13.1 No age-group classes will be run. MX up to 636cc. No CCM 18.7.14 Pre 1985 class 4-valve heads are allowed. 18.7.14.1 Pre 1985 eligibility. Acceptable machines CCM 1975-78 Must comply with the class for pre 1985 are machines built up to suspension limits and including the 1984 models. The only CZ 400 Falta Replica 1975-78 exception to this GCR is where the model XL 350, side- or centre- Honda 1975-77 remains unaltered after this date. The port engine onus of proof of eligibility shall rest wholly on the rider or entrant of this machine 18.7.14.2 Modifications using later equipment are not allowed.

168 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track

18.7.14.3 All components will be of the period the ii) Must not project beyond a line machine was manufactured taken with the outer edge of the 18.7.14.4 Classes sidecar mudguard or bodywork, (a) Solo 125cc iii) Adjacent to the nose section (b) Solo 250cc of the sidecar and less than 200mm from the track surface (c) Solo 263cc and over must be at an angle of at least 18.7.14.5 No age group classes will be run. 45° from the horizontal, i) The rear end of the rear wheel 18.8 Frames & parts - Sidecars - mudguard must terminate not more classic MX & Dirt Track than 65° above a horizontal line drawn through the rear wheel axle 18.8.0.1 For the Pre-1975 class, all performance and be valanced to baseboard level parts except frames must be on the inside, st manufactured before 31 December j) The sidecar mudguard must cover 1974 and comply with the following: at least 135° of the periphery of a) Wheel track measurement, taken the wheel and be valanced to between the longitudinal centres of baseboard level on the inside, the rear and sidecar wheels must be k) No machine may be fitted with between 810mm and 1100mm, scoop or paddle tyres, b) The minimum ground clearance l) Suspension travel must not exceed: must be 175mm unladen. i) 152mm (6”) measured at the c) The maximum lean of the front axle, motorcycle at saddle height must be 50mm, ii) 102mm (4”) at the rear axle. d) The dimensions of the sidecar m) Rear tyre width must not exceed baseboard in plan view, taken from 135mm (5.3”), a line drawn no further rearwards n) Brakes: than the lowest point of the front i) Front - single caliper, single down-tube to the forward most disc may be fitted provided they point of the sidecar wheel tyre and were manufactured before 31st terminating no further rearwards December 1974, than a line drawn at right angles to ii) Rear - rear disc brakes may be the machine from the rearmost point used provided they were fitted of the rear tyre, must be: as standard equipment for that i) At least 760mm long adjacent to particular combination. the sidecar wheel, 18.8.0.2 Pre-1985 is for sidecars contructed from ii) At least 300mm wide with frames and motors manufactured before at least 25mm radius to all 31st December 1984 corners. e) There must be no more than 50mm 18.9 engines - Sidecars - classic between baseboard and motorcycle MX & Dirt Track and between baseboard and 18.9.0.1 For the Pre-1975 class, all performance sidecar wheel. The baseboard must parts must be manufactured before 31st be arranged so as not to allow the December 1974 and comply with the passenger’s feet to be trapped, following: f) There must be no less than 4 a) Only round-slide carburettors sidecar attachment points, manufactured within the relevant g) Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s period may be used. feet are not permitted, b) Engine capacity must be: h) Handholds: i) Up to 1300cc, i) Must be finished with a loop of ii) Within the tolerances in GCR at least 100mm, 12.4 169169 18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track enjoy the ride

18.9.0.2 Pre-1968 will be for sidecars constructed c) Have a single spark plug, from road going frames and all major d) Have a maximum capacity of 500cc components are those commercially + /- 2% tolerance, available within the period. e) Be vertical in the chassis, 18.9.0.3 The following table sets out the machines f) Be fitted with a round slide and components which eligibility carburettor of 38mm maximum bore, Scrutineers may use as a guide in g) Not be fitted with a centre port cross determining eligibility. Entrants must flow cylinder head. prove eligibility of machines not listed below. g) be a period two stroke compatible with class entered. MAKE MODEL(S) All up to and including RT2, RT8 and 18.11.2 gearbox - Classic Long Track Wasp RT14 18.11.2.1 The gearbox must have at least 2 gears. Hagon All up to 31st December 1974 18.11.3 Frames - Sidecars Yamaha XS 650 all models 18.11.3.1 Conventional type frames as used prior Honda Any K series to 31st December 1976 must be used. Norton All 750, 850 to MK2 only Weslake All up to 850cc and 31st December 1974 18.11.4 Engine Specifications - Sidecars Triumph All up to T150 18.11.4.1 Engines must have been manufactured CCM All BSA B50 based models before 31st December 1976. 18.12 australian classic 18.10 eligibility - CLASSIC LONG MOTOCROSS and dirt track TRACK Slider Class CHAMPIONSHIPs 18.10.0.1 Engines must have been manufactured 18.12.1.1 The Championships will be conducted before 31st December 1976. as single meetings at a venue selected by the Classic Motocross and Dirt Track 18.10.0.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30 Commission. years at the date of the competition. 18.12.1.2 Evolution class and Pre 85 may be run as part of the Australian Classic Motocross 18.11 FrameS & pARTS - Classic Long Championship or independently. Track 18.11.0.1 The frame must: Thinking about Rule changes? a) Have a conventional swingarm rear suspension with twin shock If you believe a rule should be changed or absorbers, a new rule added, you can have your say b) Have a front wheel diameter of 23” by working through your Club to propose (594mm), amendments and/or additions. c) Have a rear wheel diameter of Proposals for changes can be sent to your 19” (482mm) or 22” (560mm), as SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at specified in the SR. the front of this book. The most successful applications are when d) Have rear tyres with a maximum the proposer includes the new wording for an tread pattern depth of 8mm. existing rule, or where a new rule should sit e) Not be fitted with leading-link front in the structure of this book, and includes a forks. rationale on why the rule should be changed 18.11.1 Engine Specifications - Solo or added. 18.11.1.1 The engine must: There’s a form to register your interest in rule changes on page 41. a) Be a single cylinder, b) Be When four stroke be 2- valve It’s YOUR SPORT- with push rod operation, we welcome your input 170 20102009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

19 SPEEDWAY

19.1 Protective Clothing- 19.1.2.5 Solo’s ONLY or as above Alternative SPEEDWAY Solo & Sidecar clothing can be: a) Trousers of leather or synthetic 19.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or material of similar durability compete in any Speedway or Track competition on a Speedway machine b) Trousers of other than leather must unless wearing the following protective be non-combustible and fitted with a equipment and clothing: lining c) A jersey made of close knit fabric of 19.1.1 helmet natural or synthetic fibre, which must 19.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet be a snug fit and provide protection which must: against abrasion to the body and a) Carry the Standards Association of arms Australia “AS 1698” label, or d) Full body armour must be worn b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 under clothing. & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM 19.1.2.6 A commercially manufactured back Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. protector, which continuously covers the 19.1.2 clothing back area between the collar line and the 19.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers base of the spine. constructed of leather or other material of 19.1.3 Footwear similar or greater durability, 19.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which 19.1.2.2 Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted must be: with front opening slide fasteners, a safety a) Constructed of leather or other strap must be fitted and secured at the material of similar or greater neck, durability but must not be 19.1.2.3 When jackets and trousers are worn, constructed of rubber, provision must be made to securely b) At least overlap the suit or trousers attach the jacket to the trousers by press when the rider is in the normal riding studs, buttons, laces, Velcro or zippers. position, and The trousers, and jacket must be attached c) For solo competitors, in the case of while competing. the left foot, have a steel skid and be 19.1.2.4 The following areas must be padded made with a curved front extending at with at least a double layer of leather or least 50mm over the toe of the boot. enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick at the: 19.1.4 gloves a) Shoulders, 19.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other material of similar or greater durability and b) Elbows, having the following properties: c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm, d) Knees. 171 19 speedway enjoy the ride

b) Be fire retardant, 19.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely c) Be resistant to abrasion, covered with tape prior to competition. d) Have perspiration absorbing 19.1.7 Footwear in pits qualities, 19.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit e) Be medically non-toxic and non- area at all times. allergenic. 19.1.7.2 Mechanics must be dressed in pit 19.1.5 goggles and Visors uniforms for a specific rider, team, dealer 19.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, team, factory team or dress in clean protective goggles, helmet visors and/or overalls. A promoter may specify pit attire. ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: 19.2 Frames and Parts - Speedway a) Eye protectors and spectacles are 19.2.1 general made of non-shattering material, 19.2.1.1 Titanium may not be used in the b) Eye protectors which cause visual construction of the frame, the front forks, disturbance are not to be used, the handlebars, the swingarms or the c) Visors are an integral part of the wheel axles of any machine. helmet, 19.2.1.2 Handlebars must: d) Metal or perspex face shields are a) Be fitted to the unsprung part of the not used, front suspension, e) Eye shades or peaks are of a b) Be securely plugged so as to present flexible material. a flush or rounded end, 19.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak c) Have a width of not more than may not be used unless: 900mm nor less than 700mm, and a) The visor is made of a flexible material that will not shatter on impact, b) Any rivets or screws used to mount the mechanism are fitted with their heads flush with the inner or lower surface, provided that where flush finishing is impractical on a peak, round headed screws or pop rivets projecting no more than 3mm from the surface may be used. 19.1.6 hair and Jewellery 19.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jersey.

Fig 19.2 Plan and side view- 500 solo speedway machine

172 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

d) Have handlebar grips attached to the ends with a maximum length of 150mm. 19.2.1.3 Clutch levers must: a) Have ball ends with a minimum diameter of 19mm, b) Measure no more than 200mm from the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball. 19.2.1.4 Throttle controls and mechanical carburettor linkages must: a) Be self closing, b) Be enclosed so as to prevent jamming. 19.2.1.5 There must be a kill switch which must: a) Cut out the ignition, b) Operate on the primary circuit, c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must: i) Have a total extended length not exceeding 500mm, ii) Be attached around the rider’s Fig 19.2.1.13 Dust Dirt deflector detail right wrist when the machine is 19.2.2 500 Solo in motion, iii) Not be secured to the handlebar 19.2.2.1 Rear chain guards must: unless by a readily torn material. a) Be fitted to the back end of the rear 19.2.1.6 Stops or other devices must be fitted to assembly of machines, ensure a minimum clearance of 30mm b) Provide protection where the rear between the handlebars and any other chain enters onto the rear wheel part of the machine when on full lock. sprocket. 19.2.1.7 Steering must be: 19.2.2.2 Exhaust systems must not extend a) Direct, beyond the outer circumference of the rear wheel rim and tyre. b) Through the front wheel, 19.2.2.3 The gap between the silencers and the c) By a classic telescopic fork, leading tyre must not exceed 60mm. link, earles, or girder type. 19.2.1.8 Light alloys may not be used for wheel axles. 19.2.1.9 The front wheel must be fitted with a knockout spindle or an approved clamp to fasten on the fork tips. 19.2.1.10 Brakes may not be fitted. 19.2.1.11 For any cast or welded wheel, the gaps between the spokes must be filled in. 19.2.1.12 Machines need not carry number plates. Fig 19.2.2.5 500 Solo exhaust details 19.2.1.13 FIM homologated dirt deflectors must be fitted to all solo Speedway machines with 19.2.2.4 Exhaust gases must be discharged from the exceptions of 125cc Junior machines, the system horizontally and parallel to the and 500cc upright engined machines centre line of the machine. when used in classic Speedway events.

173 19 speedway enjoy the ride

19.2.2.5 The exhaust pipe must be fixed to the cylinder head and frame with a minimum of 3 clips, 1 of which must be attached to the cylinder head. 19.2.2.6 The silencer must be attached to the frame with at least 1 clip. A second moveable coupling must be fitted from the first third of the silencer to the frame with steel cable of at least 3mm or strong steel spring. 19.2.2.7 The diameter of the exhaust pipe must not exceed 50mm or an equivalent area and must remain constant up to the silencer. 19.2.2.8 The outlet area of the silencer must remain constant over a length of 50mm, must not exceed 45mm, or an equivalent area, and must not be perforated. 19.2.2.9 The outside shell of the silencer must form 1 unit. The end of the pipe must be cut at right angles. 19.2.2.10 Where turbo or similar types of approved Fig 19.2.2.13 Solo Tyre details silencers are fitted: d) The tread depth must not exceed a) The silencer must be mounted in a 8mm measured at right angles to position to discharge the exhaust the face of the tread, fumes at a minimum deflection e) All blocks in the same circumference of 15° from the centre line of the must be of the same depth, machine and a maximum of 30° to f) The space between the blocks the ground, must not exceed 9.5mm across the b) The silencer must not be altered in tyre or 13mm in a circumferential shape or modified in any way, other direction, than a welded transition section to g) The space between the blocks allow clamping to the exhaust pipe, must not exceed 22mm. The space c) The maximum internal outlet across C in the relevant diagram diameter must be 47mm and must must not extend completely across remain as manufactured. the tyre measured at right angles to 19.2.2.11 Machines must be fitted with a front the wall of the tyre, unless broken mudguards that extend at least 5° ahead by a block. of a vertical line running through the 19.2.2.14 The front tyre may be of any size or type centre of the front wheel axle and at least but limited to an overall width of 80mm. 5° under the top edge of the mud-shield 19.2.2.15 Tyres may not be treated by chemicals, protecting the front of the engine. tyre warmers or other means which 19.2.2.12 The rear mudguard must extend at least tend to alter the shape, minimum 5° behind a vertical line running through shore hardness, construction or other the centre of the rear axle. characteristics. 19.2.2.13 Rear tyre requirements are as follows: 19.2.2.16 The minimum weight, without fuel, is a) Subsequent modification of tyres is 77kg. not permitted, 19.2.2.17 Footrests: b) The overall width must not exceed a) Must be on the right hand side of 100mm, the machine and must not exceed c) The tyre must be mounted and 320mm in length measured from the inflated to 14 psi at Scrutineering, centre line of the motorcycle, 174 174 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

19.2.3.6 The centre lines of the tracks made by the b) Must have metal protection at the front and rear wheels of the motorcycle end of at least 8mm radius, when the machine is proceeding directly c) May be folding and, if so, must forward must be no further apart than be fitted with a device which 75mm. automatically returns them to the 19.2.3.7 The width of the kneeling pad on the normal position. offside of the machine must not exceed 19.2.2.18 Rear suspension is prohibited. 400mm. 19.2.2.19 A single gear only is permitted. 19.2.3.8 The tubing used in the construction of the main frame of a sidecar motorcycle must have a minimum wall thickness of 1.5mm. 19.2.3.9 The sidecar must be on the left of the motorcycle and, if not an integral part of the chassis, must be fixed to the motorcycle in at least 4 places. 19.2.3.10 The sidecar wheel must be staggered inwards. If the sidecar wheel is mounted by a plate on both sides, the diameter of the axle must exceed 12mm. 19.2.3.11 The sidecar frame must have a continuous bar along the exterior of the sidecar wheel. 19.2.3.12 The streamlining: a) Must not be in front of a vertical line drawn through the leading edge of the front tyre, b) Must not to the rear of a vertical line drawn through the exterior edge of the rear rim, c) May come into contact with the ground with the rear wheel raised 300mm from the ground. Fig 19.2.3 Sidecar Dimensions 19.2.3.13 In all handlebar positions, there must be a space of at least 30mm between 19.2.3 Sidecar the streamlining and the ends of the 19.2.3.1 The overall width must not exceed handlebars, including any attachments. 1500mm. 19.2.3.14 Aero panels, side panels and similar 19.2.3.2 The length from the leading edge of attachments may be used provided they the front tyre to the outside of the rear are: mudguard must not exceed 2600mm. a) Constructed of metal, fibreglass or 19.2.3.3 Overall height must not exceed 1200mm. polycarbonate material, 19.2.3.4 The wheel base taken at axle height from b) Free of sharp or protruding edges, and the centre of the front axle to the centre c) Not dangerous to the rider or other of the rear axle must measure between competitors. 1280mm and 1800mm. 19.2.3.15 Horizontal wings and aerodynamic 19.2.3.5 The wheel track, taken between the friction assisting devices are prohibited. tracks left by the centre lines of the rear 19.2.3.16 Fuel tanks must be of a material approved motorcycle wheel and the sidecar wheel, by the Australian Standards Association must measure between 500mm and for fuel containers. 1100mm. 175175 19 speedway enjoy the ride

19.2.3.17 Drive must only be transmitted through c) Incorporate a 25mm horizontal crash the rear wheel of the motorcycle. bar surrounding the outer side of the 19.2.3.18 Tyres may be cut or grooved and of any sidecar wheel at floor level, size or type provided: d) Cover at least the outward facing spoked area, and, a) Solo 2 ply and 4 ply 76mm (3”) e) If trials tyres are fitted, cover the tyre tyres may not be used on rear rims area as well. exceeding 127mm (5”) in width, 19.2.3.25 The sidecar wheel must be either spoked, b) The rear wheel rim width must not moulded type mag, or other approved exceed 175mm (7”), wheel. Riveted type mag wheels are not c) Knobby tyres may not be used. permitted. 19.2.3.19 The area inside a spoked wheel must 19.2.3.26 The fitting of a front mudguard is not be covered by a disc or shield so as to compulsory. prevent a rider’s or passenger’s feet 19.2.3.27 Rear mudguards: or hands coming into contact with the a) Must be valanced on both sides spoked area. down to axle level, to a maximum of 19.2.3.20 Any space between the sidecar body and 170mm from ground level the rear or sidecar wheel of the motorcycle b) Must be fitted with a 1 piece flexible greater than 76mm must be decked so as mud flap without any slots, which: to prevent the passenger’s hands or feet i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm entering between the chassis bars. and be of a reinforced belting 19.2.3.21 Any open area between the footrests, the type rubber, continuous bar and the right hand side to ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard, the direction of travel must be filled in with iii) Ends no more than 20 mm a suitable material so as to stop a rider or above ground level, passenger from trapping their feet. iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the 19.2.3.22 Where the sidecar wheel is mounted mudguard and projects forward with a bracket on 1 side only, the axle by a minimum of 75 mm on each diameter must be a least 20mm. side, 19.2.3.23 Stub axles must have a minimum v) Is a consistent width from top to diameter at the base plate of 40mm. bottom, 19.2.3.24 The sidecar wheel must be covered by a vi) And/or be fitted with an FIM non-rotating shield which must: homolgated dirt deflector, a) Be constructed of sheet metal, c) May be incorporated into the fibreglass or similar material and be passenger’s seat moulding, flat or nearly so, 19.2.3.28 Promoters may require additional specifications for the protection of b) Be securely fitted to the sidecar, spectators. 19.2.3.29 Fully valanced rear mudguard filled in to level of Min 150% Footrests must be support strut of A A on the right hand Support side to the direction Mudguard and strut rear flap shall be a of travel and linked minimum of 150% by a continuous bar. of rear tyre width Rear mudguard 19.2.3.30 170 mm from track All exterior barwork 170 mm Rear flap and tubework ends must be plugged 20mm 20 mm or capped so as to Rear Guard & present a flush or Rear Guard & Flap Assembly details [side view] Flap Assembly details convex end. [rear view] 176 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

19.2.3.31 A suitable handhold must be provided a) Be fitted securely to the sidecar, for the passenger on the offside of the b) Incorporate a 20mm horizontal crash machine and near the front. bar surrounding the outer side of the 19.2.3.32 Exhaust fumes must be discharged sidecar wheel at floor level, towards the rear of the machine. Exhaust c) Cover at least the outward facing fumes must not be discharged so as to spoked area, and raise dust, foul the tyres or inconvenience d) If trials tyres are fitted, the tyres. the passenger or any other rider or 19.2.5.8 Rear mudguards: passenger. a) Must be valanced on both sides 19.2.3.33 The exhaust must be attached to the down to axle level, machine at a minimum of 3 locations, 2 on the frame, (1 to the rear), in addition to b) Must be fitted with a 1 piece flexible the 1 on the cylinder head. mud flap without any slots, which: i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm 19.2.4 Junior - 125cc Solo and be of a reinforced belting 19.2.4.1 Wheelbase must not exceed 1375mm. type rubber, 19.2.4.2 Rear rim diameter must not exceed 17” ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard, (432mm). iii) Ends no more than 20 mm 19.2.4.3 Rear tyres must: above ground level, a) Have Trial or Speedway pattern iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the mud- tread tyres, guard and projects forward by a b) Not exceed 90mm x 432mm (3.5” x minimum of 75 mm on each side, 17”), 19.2.5.9 Front and rear rim diameter for the c) Not be modified. motorcycle must not exceed 19” (482mm). 19.2.4.4 Front rim diameter must not exceed 19.2.5.10 Rear rim width for the motorcycle must not 482mm (19”). exceed 102mm and trial or Speedway 19.2.4.5 Front tyres must: pattern tread tyres must be fitted. a) Have Trial pattern or Speedway 19.2.5.11 Hand holds and footrests must comply tread, with the requirements for Senior b) Have a diameter not exceeding 19” Speedway sidecars. (482mm), 19.2.5.12 Sidecar wheels and tyres: c) Not be modified. a) Knobby tyres are not permitted, 19.2.5 Junior - Sidecar b) Cutting or grooving tyres is permitted, 19.2.5.1 Overall length from the leading edge of c) The sidecar wheel must be either the front tyre to the outside edge of the spoked, moulded type mag, or other rear mudguard must not exceed 2100mm. approved type wheel. Riveted type mag wheels are not permitted. 19.2.5.2 Overall width must not exceed 1250mm. 19.2.5.3 Wheelbase, taken at axle height and from the centre of the front axle to the centre 19.3 engines – Speedway of the rear axle, must measure between 1,500mm and 1,200mm. 19.3.1 general 19.2.5.4 Stub axles must have a minimum 19.3.1.1 Primary chain guard protection must be diameter at the base plate of 25mm. provided by: 19.2.5.5 Wheel track, taken between the tracks left a) Fully enclosing the chain with a steel by the centre lines of the rear motorcycle guard, or wheel and the sidecar wheel, must b) If a plastic, fibreglass or part open measure between 800mm and 600mm. chain guard is used, a steel bolt 19.2.5.6 The width of the kneeling pad on the off of not less than 10mm minimum side of the motorcycle must not exceed diameter, placed outside the bottom 300mm. rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket. This bolt, if damaged, must be 19.2.5.7 The sidecar wheel must be covered by a replaced. non-rotating shield which must: 177177 19 speedway enjoy the ride

Fig 19.3.1.1 Chain guard details

19.3.1.2 Mechanical carburettor linkages must be: 19.3.2.7 Supercharging and turbocharging are not a) Enclosed by a suitable material, or permitted. b) Fully enclosed by a box. 19.3.3 Sidecar 19.3.1.3 Noise emissions must not exceed 98dB(A) 19.3.3.1 An event may be restricted to machines of when measured as per GCR 12.10. a capacity of no more than 500cc, which 19.3.2 500 Solo will be known as a 500cc class event. 19.3.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 500cc. 19.3.3.2 For a machine competing in a 500cc class event, the engine must comply as follows: 19.3.2.2 Engines must be: a) Where electronic fuel injection is a) Single cylinder, installed, it must be of a standard b) 4- stroke, production type, c) 4 valves maximum, b) The engine may not be turbocharged + d) Fitted with 1 carburettor of 34mm /- or supercharged. 0.1mm diameter, and 19.3.3.3 For a machine competing in any event e) 1 spark plug. other than a 500cc class event, the 19.3.2.3 2-valve engines may use a carburettor of engine must comply as follows: + 36mm /- 0.1mm diameter. a) The engine capacity must not 19.3.2.4 The carburettor measurements must: exceed 1,045cc, a) Remain constant over a distance of b) Supercharged and turbocharged no less than 25mm on the engine engines must not exceed 500cc, side and 5mm on the air intake side, c) On liquid cooled engines an overflow b) Be taken from the edges of the pipe must be used to direct any throttle valve or throttle butterfly. overflow of coolant away from the 19.3.2.5 The fuel output section of the carburettor rider and passenger. must be of circular shape. d) Titanium may be used if fitted as OEM. 19.3.2.6 Direct injection must comply with the above carburettor sizes.

178 Fig 19.3.2.4 Carburettor dimensions 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

19.4 engines - Junior speedway 19.4.1.5 Carburettors no bigger than 24mm can be 19.4.1 125cc Solo fitted. 19.4.1.1 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the 19.4.1.6 Inlet manifold must be round for entire gearshift lever must be removed and the length. machine must remain in 1 gear while 19.4.1.7 Early model crankcases may be used with racing. late model heads but the compression 19.4.1.2 The engine capacity must not exceed ratio must not exceed 9.7:1. 125cc with a +1mm tolerance of the bore 19.4.1.8 Any type of ignition system may be used. diameter. 19.4.1.9 Later model parts, or parts of different 19.4.1.3 A single cylinder, 4-stroke engine, fitted manufacture, may be installed. with 1 carburettor, of a mass produced 19.4.1.10 The “Shupa” brand junior Speedway type must be used. machine is approved for competition 19.4.1.4 The cylinder head must be as follows: in the Junior 125 Solo class when the a) 2-, 3- or 4-valve cylinder heads machine is fitted with the 2- or 3-valve can be fitted, but 3- and 4-valve head. heads must retain manufacturers 19.4.2 Junior - Sidecar specifications, 19.4.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 250cc. b) The action of the valves must be 19.4.2.2 Machines must be fitted with unmodified controlled by valve springs, production engines and may be fitted with c) The cylinder head may be ported an operating gearbox. and, if damaged in use, bearing 19.4.2.3 Junior sidecar competitors on junior journals may be bored and bearings sidecar machines are:allowed to compete replaced with either roller or bronze on senior tracks to a maximum length of bearings, 450 metres. Rider and passenger must be d) For 2-valve heads, maximum valve aged 14 to 16 years of age. Riders must size must be: be assessed by an accredited coach prior i) Exhaust - 25mm, and to competition. ii) Inlet - 30mm. 19.5 rider identification- speedway 19.5.0.1 Speedway competitors must: a) Wear helmet colours, as prescribed in the program for the competition, selected from the following table , and subject to the following sub-Rules: RACE RED BLUE WHITE YELLOW YELLOW GREEN ORANGE BLACK BLACK & & BLACK WHITE. Scratch      X X X X 4 Riders Scratch        X X 6 Riders Handicap         

NOTE: In table19.5.0.1  means available, X means unavailable. b) At all race meetings, wear racing numbers as allocated to the competitor by the RCB as follows: i) A number worn on a competitor’s back which must: . Measure 230mm x 230mm, . For solo riders, be black, with a white background, . For sidecar riders, be black with a yellow background, . Have a maximum background area of 300mm2.

179179 19 speedway enjoy the ride

ii) A number worn on a competitor’s 19.8 250cc INTERMEDIATE SPEEDWAY front must: 19.8.0.1 This class is for club-level competition . Measure at least 100mm x only and will be conducted under the 80mm, requirements of this chapter. . For solo riders, be black, with a white background, 19.8.0.2 Promoters intending to conduct competition . For sidecar riders, be black for 250cc intermediate class must: with a yellow background, a) Obtain approval from the Speedway . Be worn on the left breast. Commission, in addition to obtaining c) Not have advertising on approval from the SCB, clothing within 25mm of number b) Provide the Commission with a backgrounds. report on the merits of the class. 19.5.0.2 The helmet colour of each competitor The report should include statements must be clearly visible to the Referee, the from riders and officials and Judge and the Timekeeper throughout engineering personnel. each event. 19.8.1 engines 19.5.0.3 A competitor who has a helmet of the 19.8.1.1 4-stroke single cylinder engine up to specified colour for an event may wear 250cc. the helmet in that event without a helmet 19.8.1.2 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the cover. gearshift lever must be removed and the 19.5.1.3 A competitor machine must remain in 1 gear ratio while 19.6 Fuel - SPEEDWAY racing. 19.6.0.1 Fuel must: 19.8.2 Frames and Parts a) Be unleaded, and 19.8.2.1 GCRs 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 apply: b) Be no more than 100 RON; and 19.8.3 Speedway Classes c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for lubricating oil CLASS AGES for 2-stroke engines; and Junior 13 years to under 16 years d) Be readily available from retail petrol Senior 16 years and over pumps within Australia; or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel 19.9 350cc SOLO SPEEDWAY Quality Standards Act 2000”. 19.9.0.1 Competition for 350cc machines is 19.6.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition, and allowed under Speedway Rules. 250cc and 350cc Junior machines, the 19.9.0.2 Riders must be assessed by an accredited following fuels are permitted: coach prior to competition. a) Commercially available Methanol, or 19.9.0.3 Riders using these machines must be 14 b) Unleaded fuel which complies with years to under 16 years. GCR 19.6.0.1. 19.7 classes- Junior Speedway 19.9.0.4 Other special conditions will apply to the use of these machines and these 19.7.0.1 Junior - age groups and capacities - solo conditions will be made available from MA and sidecar; upon request. AGE GROUP CLASSES AND CAPACITY 19.9.0.5 Tracks must be no more than 450 metres 7 years to in length, and licenced by MA or the 125cc Single 4-stroke Solo under 9 years relevant SCB. 9 years to 125cc Single 4-stroke Solo 19.9.0.6 Engines must be OEM 350cc and under 16 years carburetors are free. 11 years to 250cc 4-stroke Sidecar under 16 years 9 years to 250cc 4-stroke Sidecar Passenger under 16 years 180 180 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

19.10 clASSIC SPEEDWAY b) engines must have been manufactured before December 1990 19.10.1 eligibility - solo c) only machines raced in that era, 19.10.1.1 Engines must have been manufactured or replicas of machines raced in before 31st December 1976. the era will be eligible. 19.10.1.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30 Eligibility of the above machines is the years at the date of the competition. responsibility of the rider or entrant. 19.10.2 Frame - Classic Speedway 19.10.6.1 Engines must have been manufactured 19.10.2.1 The frame must: before 31st December 1976. a) Have a front wheel diameter of 23” 19.11 competition Rules - Speedway (594mm). 19.11.1 general b) Have a rear wheel diameter of 19” 19.11.1.1 Competitions may be solo events or team (482mm). events. c) Have rear tyres with a maximum tread pattern depth of 8mm. 19.11.2 change of Machines d) Not be fitted leading-link front forks. 19.11.2.1 Subject to the SR, a competitor may compete on a machine other than that 19.10.3 Engine Specifications - Solo described in the competitor’s entry 19.10.3.1 The engine must: application but: a) Be single cylinder, a) Must inform a key official of any b) Be 2- valve with push rod operation, change, and c) Have a single spark plug, b) May not, in any heat or final, use the d) Have a maximum capacity of 500cc machine on which another rider has +/- 2% tolerance, qualified for the same heat or final. e) Be vertical in the chassis, 19.11.3 Identification of Machines f) Be fitted with a round slide 19.11.3.1 All machines must have the competitor’s carburettor of 38mm maximum bore, name displayed on the rear mudguard, g) Not be fitted with a centre port cross seat or valance, in letters with a minimum flow cylinder head. height of 25mm. 19.10.4 Frames - Sidecars Eligibility-Classic 19.11.3.2 All sidecars must have the competitor’s and Post Classic Sidecars. race number on the side wing of the machine. The number must be 150mm 19.10.4.1 Conventional type frames as used prior to 31st (min.) high with a contrasting background. December 1976 must be used Sidecar rider must be aged 30 years or over at the 19.11.4 log Books date of competition. 19.11.4.1 Each competitor must possess a 19.10.4.2 All machines must comply with GCR prescribed log book which must: 19.2.1.5 (Kill Switch). a) Be produced by the competitor at 19.10.5 Eligibility – Sidecars Classic Machines Scrutineering, b) Be available for production at any a) A conventional type frame as used prior other time during the meeting, to 31 December 1980 must be used; c) Contain provision for the following b) engines must have been entries: manufactured before December 1980; i) The meeting date and place, c) only machines raced in that era, ii) The Scrutineer’s report as to any or replicas of machines raced in defects or faults in the machine, the era will be eligible. iii) Any penalties imposed by the 19.10.6 Engine Specifications - Sidecars Post Referee. Classic machines 19.11.4.2 A competitor must correct any machine a) A conventional type frame, or Nash defects noted in the log book before being type underslung frame as prior to permitted to compete on that machine December 1990 to be used; again. 181181 19 speedway enjoy the ride

19.11.5 competitors and there stop under the control of 19.11.5.1 A competitor who has entered for a the starting Marshal, meeting may practice on a machine on c) Any competitor not ready to start at the track before the commencement of the expiration of 2 minutes after the the meeting where the competitor has: signal will be excluded from the race, a) Not ridden on the track previously, d) A competitor so excluded may be b) Had an accident, which has replaced by a reserve, damaged the machine so as to e) Unless otherwise directed by the require major repairs to the frame. Referee, the time between the finish 19.11.5.2 The Referee may require any: of 1 race and the start of the next will a) Newly licensed competitor, not exceed 5 minutes. b) A competitor whose abilities are not 19.11.9.2 Competitors who are members of the known to the Referee, same team or pair may exchange their starting positions. to submit to such test as the Referee considers proves that the competitor is 19.11.9.3 Standing starts, operated by the Referee, able to perform safely in competition. are to be used. 19.11.9.4 For other than handicap starts: 19.11.6 Juniors a) Competitors must form up in the 19.11.6.1 Where a Junior track is situated on the prescribed order behind the tapes, infield of a Senior track, Junior Speedway b) Once all competitors are correctly event may be conducted in conjunction positioned and stationary, a green with a Senior meeting. light or flag is shown, 19.11.6.2 A Junior licence holder who has turned c) The starting Marshal then leaves the 15 years of age and who in the opinion area of the tapes, of a MA accredited coach is capable of d) After a pause of not less than 2 handling a 500cc solo Speedway machine seconds, the Referee then releases may give a demonstration during a break the gate to start the race, in the Senior program. Only 1 rider in this e) The first competitor whose machine category is allowed on the track at 1 time. touches 1 or more of the tapes 19.11.7 late Arrival during the pause before the gate is 19.11.7.1 The Referee may refuse permission to raised will be excluded and the event compete to a competitor who arrives at will be restarted. the venue for a meeting later than the 19.11.9.5 For handicap starts in Speedway: arrival time prescribed in the SR. a) Competitors must form up at their handicap marks on indication by red 19.11.8 Sidecar Passenger light or red flag, 19.11.8.1 In the event that the nominated sidecar b) Once all competitors are correctly passenger is unable to continue during the positioned and stationary, the meeting, they may be replaced providing red light is extinguished or flag the new passenger signs the relevant withdrawn to indicate that a start is forms and is authorised by the Clerk of imminent, Course and Referee prior to taking part. c) After a pause, the Referee then 19.11.9 Starting shows a green light or flag to start 19.11.9.1 Competitors must be ready for the start the race, when called upon to do so by the relevant d) The first competitor whose machine official. crosses the applicable starting line a) The Referee may sound a 2 minute in the pause before the green light warning signal in the pit area, or flag is shown will be excluded and b) At the order of the Clerk of Course, the event will be restarted, competitors must leave the pit area e) A machine is deemed to have together and proceed by the shortest crossed the starting line when its practical route to the starting tapes rear wheel axle passes over the line. 182 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

19.11.9.6 A race may be re-started if, in the opinion excluded unless, in the opinion of the of the Referee: Referee, the action was taken in the a) Any aspect of the start is unfair or interest of safety of other riders or the incorrect, rider was forced off course by another b) The actions of any competitor have rider. given that competitor an unfair 19.11.10.2 When tracks do not have an outer advantage over another. fence and are marked by other means, 19.11.9.7 A competitor may not receive outside a competitor will be excluded if 1 wheel assistance after the showing of the green crosses the outer marker. light or flag, or, in handicap events, the 19.11.10.3 A rider who returns to the track and red light or flag, other than if: continues to race when not entitled to a) The engine has stalled, shall be excluded. b) The assistance is from authorised 19.11.11 retirements pushers, 19.11.11.1 A competitor who, in the opinion of the c) The assistance is given before Timekeeper: the machine reaches the 30 metre a) Has not completed the race distance marker. within 3 minutes of the start, 19.11.9.8 For the purposes of the preceding sub- b) Has not started the last lap before the Rule: winner has crossed the finish line; a) A marker must be placed on the will be deemed to have retired from the track 30 metres from the starting race. line, 19.11.11.2 If the chequered flag has not been shown b) A machine will be deemed to have after the race distance has been completed reached the 30 metre marker when by the leading competitor, it will be deemed the front wheel axle passes it. to have been shown and that competitor 19.11.9.9 A competitor will be excluded if, in the will be declared the winner. opinion of the Referee: 19.11.12 reserves a) The competitor’s machine is not 19.11.12.1 The Referee may direct a reserve to moving under its own power at the replace a competitor who has failed to 30 metre marker, start in an event. b) The competitor fails to ride directly 19.11.12.2 Reserves will be used in rotation. and without delay from the pits to the 19.11.12.3 A reserve is not entitled to any points starting line, towards any subsequent race but must c) The competitor touches the tapes or be paid any prize monies to which the crosses the applicable starting line at reserve would have been entitled if the the start. reserve had been an original competitor. 19.11.9.10 A competitor excluded under the 19.11.12.4 A reserve who replaces an excluded preceding Rule in: competitor in pairs or team races may a) Individual contests; may be replaced use: by a reserve, a) The reserve’s original start position, b) Teams contests; may be replaced by b) The competitor’s original start a track reserve, position. c) Test and teams matches; may be 19.11.13 re-runs replaced by a team reserve, must leave the track without delay and 19.11.13.1 When a chequered flag is displayed return to the pits as soon as the race before the race distance has been finishes or is stopped. completed by the leading competitor, the Referee must order a re-run. 19.11.10 leaving the Course 19.11.13.2 In a re-run: 19.11.10.1 A rider whose machine crosses the inner a) Competitors must start from their edge of the track with 2 wheels must be original starting positions, and 183183 19 speedway enjoy the ride

b) Reserves must occupy the position 19.11.14.5 All competitors taking part in a run-off in of the replaced competitors. the event of tied scores must be paid prize 19.11.13.3 Any competitor who has failed to start in money for the run-off. or been excluded from any race may not 19.11.15 Dead Heats compete in the re-run. 19.11.15.1 In the event of a dead heat between 19.11.13.4 Any competitor who has retired from 2 or more competitors, the combined any race may not compete in the re-run points will be shared between the tied unless, in the opinion of the Referee, competitors. the competitor retired in the interests of safety or after being fouled. 19.11.16 Flags and Signals 19.11.14 Scoring 19.11.16.1 The dimensions of flags must be 600 x 600 mm. 19.11.14.1 In every heat, unless otherwise 19.11.16.2 All control lights: prescribed by the SR: a) Must be visible to all competitors, a) The winner receives 3 points, b) May only be operated by the Referee b) The second receives 2 points, or the Referee’s nominee. c) The third receives 1 point. 19.11.16.3 In addition to, or in substitution for the flags and lights applicable to other d) The fouth receives 0 points disciplines the following signals apply: e) 0 for last place is better than a) Start - Green or National flag, M,R,F,T,E and N where: b) Race stoppage - Red flag, O= For last place, c) Last lap - Yellow flag with black M= Excluded for 2 minute rule, diagonal cross 50mm wide. R= Retired from the race, d) Exclusion- Black flag, light or disc, F= Fall but not excluded, indicating competitor’s number or T= Excluded for false start, helmet colour. E= Excluded, 19.11.17 Pit Control N= No start. 19.11.17.1 No persons may be or remain in the pits 19.11.14.2 In individual events, ties will be resolved during a meeting other than: by a run-off between the tied competitors. a) Competitors, 19.11.14.3 Alternatively, in individual events ties may b) Competitors’ mechanics, be resolved as follows: c) Police, fire or medical staff, a) The competitor who attains the d) Officials, highest number of firsts in the heats will be the winner, e) Others authorised by the Clerk of Course or pit Marshal b) If there is still a tie, the competitor who attains the highest number of seconds 19.11.17.2 The pits will be under the control of the in the heats will be the winner, Clerk of Course who will be assisted by a pit Marshal who may: c) If there is still a tie, the competitor who receives the highest number of a) The Pit Marshal shall report to the thirds in the heats will be the winner, Clerk of Course any person who breaches any rule or disobeys any d) If there is still a tie, an “O” for the last place instruction given by the Clerk of is better than M,R,F,T,E or N, where: Course or pit Marshal, M= Excluded for 2 minute rule, b) The Pit Marshal shall direct any R= Retired from the race, person as to that person’s mode of F= Fall but not excluded, dress or behavior, T= Excluded for false start, c) Eject any person who, in the opinion E= Excluded, of the pit Marshal, is behaving in an N= No start. unsafe or unsatisfactory manner. 19.11.14.4 In team events, ties will be resolved by a 19.11.17.3 Mechanics may not can not enter the run-off with 1 competitor from each team. racing area unless authorised to do so by 184 the Clerk of Course for the purposes of: 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

a) Push starting the competitor’s f) The Clerk of Course may fine or machine, reprimand a competitor, mechanic b) Attending to the accident damaged or official in the pit area. The Clerk machine of the relevant competitor. of Course must notify the referee 19.11.17.4 A mechanic may not attend any riders’ of any penalties handed out briefing without the permission of the during the meeting. Referee. 19.11.17.5 It is recommended that mechanics be 19.12 Australian Speedway dressed in pit uniform for a specific rider, Championships team, factory team, or dress in clean overalls. A promoter may specify pit attire. 19.12.1 Applications to Conduct 19.11.18 Payments 19.12.1.1 Applications for the conduct of Australian 19.11.18.1 Prize monies and traveling expenses Championships must be received by MA must be prescribed in the SR. by February 1st in the preceding year. 19.11.18.2 All traveling monies must be paid in cash 19.12.1.2 The Commission strongly reccomends unless the competitor otherwise agrees. that the permit fees for Australian 19.11.18.3 A competitor will be deemed to have Speedway Championship events be set qualified for starting money if, after and released by November 30th of the receiving the starting signal, the previous year. competitor moves forward under power 19.12.2 Dates for Conduct from the starting position. 19.12.2.1 Unless otherwise determined by the 19.11.18.4 In races other than handicaps, a Commission, the Australian 500cc Solo competitor who defeats a competitor of a Championships must be run in January or higher grade is entitled to prize monies at February of each year and the Australian the level of the defeated rider. Sidecar Championships at the Easter 19.11.19 referee - Speedway weekend in each year. 19.11.19.1 In Speedway, the functions and authority of Steward and Clerk of Course, as 19.12.3 Selection Committee described in chapter 2 will be exercised 19.12.3.1 The selection committee will be the by the Referee. Commission which must; 19.11.19.2 The Clerk of Course shall be responsible a) Forward the competitor and reserve to the Referee: selections to MA, a) For the conduct of the meeting and b) MA will notify the competitors and its administration in accordance with the Promoter of the selections. these regulations and the official 19.12.4 Selection and Qualification program, 19.12.4.1 To qualify for selection for an Australian b) To put into effect all instructions championship event, a competitor must given by the Referee received apply in writing no less than 30 days prior verbally or in writing, directly or by to the event, and: telephone, c) Ensure that all the necessary a) Be the current Australian Champion, officials, riders and spectators or are informed without delay of the b) Be the best performing competitor in Referee’s decision, the State championship of the State d) To prevent any person from which issued the competitors licence, communicating directly with the held a minimum of 30 days prior to Referee, including communicating the Australian Championship, or by telephone, during the meeting c) Competitors who are not Australian without the Referee’s permission, citizens may nominate to compete e) Must ensure that protests are in in the Australian Speedway order and accompanied by the Championships and may be appropriate fees before passing considered by the Speedway them to the Referee. Commission for inclusion. 185185 19 speedway enjoy the ride

d) medallions and points will be 19.12.6 Practice awarded in Australian Speedway 19.12.6.1 Practice must be conducted for all Championships where there are: Australian Championships. Senior & U21 Solo - 16 starters 19.12.6.2 Practice times and format must Senior Sidecar - 16 starters be stipulated in the SR for each Junior 250/350 Solo - 13 starters Championship. Junior Sidecar - 12 starters Junior 125 Solo - 16 starters. 19.12.7 examination before an Event 19.12.4.2 Any State unable to conduct a 19.12.7.1 Before an event, the Promoter must set a championship of 12 entries or more time and place, giving reasonable notice prior to the close of entries in the SR to every competitor, for: for an Australian championship may a) Identification and examination of nominate 1 competitor for the Speedway licences, Commission’s approval to represent that b) Examination of motorcycles, State. The nominated competitor may be c) Noise testing, the competitor selected in the Australian d) Checking of helmets and protective Championship. If the State Championship clothing, and is held between the close of entries in the SR and the relevant Australian e) Such other examinations as are Championship the State title holder may necessary. not be eligible for selection. 19.12.7.2 The Referee may forbid: 19.12.4.3 The team for a State will be selected by a) Any competitor who does not comply that State’s Speedway sub-committee. with the Rules mentioned above, or 19.12.4.4 The selected competitors must notify b) Any competitor who can be a danger the Promoter of their acceptance of the to other participants or to spectators conditions and the anticipated time of from participating in any practice or arrival at the track concerned. event at the meeting. 19.12.5 Alternate Qualification 19.12.8 carburettor Examination 19.12.5.1 A Promoter may run qualifying and, if so: 19.12.8.1 All solo machine carburettors must be a) The Promoter must obtain the checked, measured and sealed before permission of MA, the meeting. b) The Australian Champion 19.12.8.2 The carburettor seal must be secured to automatically qualifies for the the cylinder head by wire and official seal. Australian Championship meeting, 19.12.8.3 During the meeting carburettors may c) Current State Champions are not be measured, but the seals may be automatically seeded into qualifying checked. meeting in the event they are 19.12.8.4 Every machine at the end of the meeting overlooked for a direct transfer into must have the seal of the carburettor the Championship, checked by the machine examiner as the d) After nominations have closed the competitors come out for the last 4 rides. Promoter and the Commission will 19.12.9 twenty Two Race Format decide on a race format (to be put to 19.12.9.1 There will be 20 heats and an A & B final. the Board for its consideration), 19.12.9.2 The 3 competitors who accumulate the e) If more competitors have nominated most points during the course of the heats for the meeting than positions are will compete in the A final.There will be a available, the Commission may select B Final made up of the riders who finish to compete those competitors its 4th to 7th. The winner of the B Final will considers appropriate based on merit. go to the A Final.

186 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

19.12.9.3 Starting positions will be offered to the T= Excluded for false start, riders in descending order of points E= excluded, accumulated in the heats. In the case N= No start. of riders for the final being tied on points, gate choice will be determined 19.12.9.4 In case of riders being tied on points for by countback, where 0 is better than the A & B Final: M,R,F,T,E and N where : a) All final places will be determined by countback. M= Excluded for 2 minute rule, 19.12 .9.5 There must be 16 competitors with the heat R= Retired from the race, format according to the following table. F= Fall but not excluded,

HEAT NUMBER HELMET COLOUR Red(Inside) Blue White Yellow/Black(Outside) Compeditor’s Starting Numbers 1 1 2 3 4 2 5 7 6 8 3 10 11 9 12 4 15 14 16 13 5 13 1 5 9 6 14 10 2 6 7 11 15 7 3 8 4 8 12 16 9 6 16 1 11 10 12 5 15 2 11 8 9 3 14 12 13 4 10 7 Interval 13 7 12 14 1 14 2 13 8 11 15 16 3 10 5 16 9 6 4 15 17 1 8 15 10 18 9 2 7 16 19 3 12 13 6 20 5 14 11 4 19.12.10 twelve Race Format 19.12.10.1 As an alternative to the preceding GCR there may be a 12 race format of 3 laps, with 18 competitors plus reserves, according to the following table: HEAT NUMBER HELMET COLOUR Red White/Black Blue White Yellow/Black Green (Inside) (Outside) Competitor’s Starting Numbers 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 3 17 1 15 8 10 5 16 12 5 2 9 13 6 4 6 11 18 14 7 7 18 15 7 12 2 1 8 5 10 17 11 16 4 9 14 9 13 6 3 8

187 19 speedway enjoy the ride

19.12.10.2 The above format must be used where 19.12.10.10 13 Rider Format: the track is over 450 metres in length and Heat Number Helmet Colour is licensed for 6 competitors. R B W Y 19.12.10.3 In races 10 and 11, the highest 12 point 1 1 2 4 10 scorers in heats 1 to 9 must participate as 2 2 3 5 11 follows: 3 3 4 6 12 a) Race 10: Competitors finishing in 4 4 5 7 13 1st, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th & 12th places, 5 5 6 8 1 b) Race11: Competitors finishing 6 6 7 9 2 in 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th & 11th 7 7 8 10 3 places, 8 8 9 11 4 9 9 10 12 5 c) Final: The highest 6 point scorers. 10 0 11 13 6 19.12.10.4 Any vacancies for races 10 and 11 must 11 11 12 1 7 be filled from those competitors who were 12 12 13 2 8 placed 13th or lower after heats 1 to 9 in 13 13 1 3 9 descending order of point scores. 19.12.10.5 Any vacancies for the Final must be filled 19.12.11 Prizemoney from those competitors who were placed 19.12.11.1 Prizemoney for reserve riders will be 7th or lower after races 10 and 11 in determined by the Promoter and the descending order of point scores. selection committee and the amount will 19.12.10.6 Starting positions for races 10 and 11 be included in the SR. must be balloted in the presence of the 19.12.11.2 Prizemoney will be as follows: Referee or Clerk of Course. PLACING $AUD PLACING $AUD 19.12.10.7 Starting positions for the Final will be First $3.000 Ninth $1,000 offered to the 6 competitors in descending Second $2,500 Tenth $900 order of points accumulated in the heats. Third $2,000 Eleventh $800 In the case of competitors for the Final Fourth $1,700 Twelfth $750 being tied on points, gate choice will be Fifth $1,500 Thirteenth $700 determined by countback. Sixth $1,300 Fourteenth $700 19.12.10.8 In the case of competitors being tied on Seventh $1,200 Fifteenth $700 points at the conclusion of heats: Eighth $1.050 Sixteenth $700 a) Finalists will be determined by run off, 19.13 Australian Teams b) Other places will be determined by Championships -SPEEDWAY countback. 19.13.1 Qualifying 19.12.10.9 The finishing order of each competitor in the final will determine Championship 19.13.1.1 Teams championships will consist of qualifying placings. After completion of the series rounds run in each State and 1 final. if any of the 4 point scorers are tied the 19.13.1.2 7 Teams will take part in each meeting. respective positions shall be decided by a 19.13.1.3 1 team from each state will qualify. Should run-off. a State not have qualified competitors, or decide not to nominate a team, the extra team required will be selected by the Commission based on performance during any qualifying rounds. 19.13.1.4 The Commission must send the names of the 7 qualifying teams to the Promoter of the event as well as the RCB. 19.13.1.5 For championship qualifying rounds, the SCB must, within 48 hours after the meeting, send the results to MA and to the SCB organising the final. 188 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

19.13.2 Practice iii) 2 sessions of 6 minutes each 19.13.2.1 Practice for a meeting must not be earlier per group, same order followed than 2 days before the meeting. twice, or 19.13.2.2 All competitors must report at the time iv) 4 sessions of 3 minutes each stipulated in the SR. per group, same order followed 19.13.2.3 Competitors will be divided into groups of 4 times, 4 as listed in the SR. v) Competitors testing more than 1 19.13.2.4 Competitors from the host State will machine may bring them on to practice last. the track in the same outing, but may not bring extra fuel on to 19.13.2.5 Competitors not ready to take their turn the track, must fall back and wait until the next group has finished its practice. vi) Competitors with mechanical trouble may be allowed extra 19.13.2.6 Competitors will practice in the same time for practice, order for free practice and starting gate practice. vii) Competitors may not practice starts in the starting area. 19.13.2.7 Between each group there must be an interval for track preparation. b) Practice with the starting gate in operation: 19.13.2.8 The format for practice will be as determined by SR. i) No more than 4 competitors at a time may practice, 19.13.2.9 Practice will be organised in 2 sessions: ii) Each competitor may have 2 a) Free practice: practice starts and full laps, i) 12 minutes for each group’s iii) Green lights will be used to session, divided into: familiarise competitors with ii) 1 session of 12 minutes per starting procedures. group, 19.13.3 twenty One Heat Format – Teams

HEAT NO. HELMET COLOURS Red (Inside) White Blue Yellow/Black (Outside) Compeditor’s Starting Numbers 1 1 3 2 4 2 5 7 6 8 3 9 11 10 12 4 13 1 14 2 5 3 5 4 6 6 7 9 8 10 7 13 11 14 12 8 1 5 2 6 9 7 3 8 4 10 9 13 10 14 11 11 1 12 2 Interval 12 3 9 4 10 13 5 11 6 12 14 13 7 14 8 15 1 9 2 10 16 11 3 12 4 17 5 13 6 14 18 7 1 8 2 19 3 13 4 14 20 9 5 10 6 21 11 7 12 8 189 19 speedway enjoy the ride

19.13.4 heat Format - Teams 19.13.4.1 There must be 14 heats with 3 Teams per heat according to the following table: HEAT HELMET COLOURS Red Blue White Yellow Green Black &White Competitors Starting Numbers 1 1 10 7 2 9 8 2 3 6 1 4 5 2 3 9 14 3 10 13 4 4 5 12 9 6 11 10 5 13 8 5 14 7 6 6 7 4 11 8 3 12 7 11 2 13 12 1 14 Interval 8 10 1 2 7 8 9 9 6 3 4 1 2 5 10 14 9 10 3 4 13 11 12 5 6 9 10 11 12 8 13 14 5 6 7 13 4 7 8 11 12 3 14 2 11 12 13 14 1 19.13.4.2 The above format must be used where 19.13.6.2 If a qualified team is not present, its place the track is over 400 metres in length and in the final will be taken by the team which is licensed for more than 4 competitors. has scored the next highest number of 19.13.4.3 Heats must be as follows: points in the previous meeting. a) There must be 7 teams with each 19.13.6.3 Inability to take part in the final must be team having 6 heats and each team notified to the RCB as soon as possible. meeting all teams twice, 19.13.6.4 When competitors of the same team finish 1st, and 2nd or 2nd and 3rd in a heat, the b) Between each heat there must be nd rd either another event or a 4 minute competitor finishing 2 or 3 respectively break, will be awarded a bonus point, entitling that competitor to remuneration, but the c) Competitors cannot change gate point will not be counted towards the heat position. or in the Finals. 19.13.5 ties 19.13.5.1 A tie for 1st, 2nd or 3rd places will be 19.14 test Matches- SPEEDWAY resolved by 1 heat with 1 rider from each 19.14.1 Definition tied team taking part. 19.14.1.1 A test match is an International event 19.13.6 Finals between 2 or more countries appointed 19.13.6.1 If 1 or both competitors of a team who by their respective FMNs. qualify for the final cannot participate they may be replaced by competitors nominated by the selection committee. asd Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter – regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free! www.ma.org.au

190 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 speedway

19.14.2 Format 19.14.2.1 There must be 18 heats in a format according to the following table. HEAT NUMBER HOME TEAM Red Blue White Yellow &Black 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 4 3 4 3 5 6 5 6 4 3 4 1 2 5 5 6 3 4 6 1 2 5 6 7 5 6 1 2 8 1 2 3 4 9 3 4 5 6 Interval 10 1 2 1 2 11 3 4 3 4 12 5 6 5 6 13 3 4 1 2 14 5 6 3 4 15 1 2 5 6 16 5 6 1 2 17 1 2 3 4 18 3 4 5 6 Competitors Nos. 7 & 8 or No. 7 of each team are the reserves. 19.14.3 Bonus Points 19.14.5.3 Only 1 reserve may participate in each 19.14.3.1 Bonus points are allotted for prize money event. only with an additional bonus point for a competitor who finishes 2nd or 3rd 19.15 world championship selection - immediately behind their team mate. SPEEDWAY 19.14.4 Starting Positions 19.15.1 open Solo Eligibility and Qualifying 19.14.4.1 The captains of each team will toss for 19.15.1.1 The placings from the Australian starting positions in the first heat, the Speedway Championships will dictate the choice being positions 1 and 3 or positions following: 2 and 4, counting from the inside of the a) The highest placed Australian rider track. who has not already achieved World 19.14.4.2 The team that selects positions 1 and 3 in Championship qualification for the the first heat must take positions 2 and 4 following year will be qualifier 1. in the second heat, and so on alternately b) The next highest will be qualifier 2. throughout the meeting. c) The riders who will occupy the 19.14.4.3 The relative positions of the 2 competitors third and any additional positions of each team in each heat may be (where applicable) will be chosen changed. by the Speedway Commission of 19.14.5 Reserves Motorcycling Australia. 19.14.5.1 A competitor who has been unable to d) Should a rider who qualifies choose commence or complete an event due to forfiet his or her right to participate to an accident, and who has not been in the subsequebt rounds, again excluded, may be replaced by a reserve. the Commission will choose the The event will be deemed to be a new replacement riders/s. event with the reserve as a competitor. 19.14.5.2 A reserve may not ride in more than 6 events. 191 19 speedway enjoy the ride

19.15.1.2. World Championship selection - Under 21 d) Should a rider who qualifies choose Solo and Sidecar to forfiet his or her right to participate The placings from the Australian in the subsequebt event, again Speedway Championship will dictate the the Commission will choose the following: replacement rider/s. a) The highest placed Australian rider 19.15.1.5. Inability to compete - (Applies to Open, will be qualifier 1. U21 and Gold Trophy events) b) The next highest will be qualifier 2. Riders who are unable to compete c) The riders who will occupy the third in the National Championship due to and any additional positions (where exceptional circumstances, but have applicable) will be chosen by the previously shown strong support for Speedway Commission of Motorcy- Australian Speedway may be considered cling Australia. for selection. This avenue is only open d) Should a rider who qualifies choose where the rider in question has informed to forfiet his or her right to participate MA in writing prior to the event, stating the in the subsequent rounds, again the reasons for non participation. Commission will choose the replace- 19.15.1.6 The Australian Speedway Team ment rider/s. Manager to be selected by the MA 19.15.1.3. World Cup Speedway Commission in consultation The riders for the FIM World Cup teams with the MA Board. The appointment will be chosen by the MA Australian will be reviewed annually and Speedway Commission in consultation advertised in Australia and the United with the Australian Speedway Team Kingdom. Manager. in consultation with the Speedway Commission of Motorcycling Australia and the Team Captain. To be eligible for selection in the World Cup Teams, both Senior & Junior, effective for the 2011 events, riders must participate in the Australian Senior Solo or the Under 21 Championships for that year. Rule 19.15.1.5 will be taken into account. In addition Team selection will be based on current form, previous achievements, suitability to the venue and willingness to represent Australia. Note: Australian GP riders are exempt from this requirement. 19.15.1.4. FIM Gold Trophy Selection - Sidecar/ Under 16 solo. The placings from the Australian Championship will dictate the following: a) The highest placed Australian rider will be qualifier 1. b) The next highest will be qualifier 2. c) The riders who will occupy the third and any additional positions (where applicable) will be chosen by the Speedway Commission of Motorcycling Australia.

192 enjoy the ride

20 DIRT TRACK

20.1 Protective Clothing- DIRT TRACK b) Protection of the back must be 20.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or continuous and cover all of the back compete in any Dirt Track competition area between the collar and the base unless wearing the following protective of the spine, equipment and clothing: c) Where the armour is not 20.1.1 helmet constructed as a one-piece suit type, knee and elbow guards must 20.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet be used in Dirt Track. which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of 20.1.3 Footwear Australia “AS 1698” label; or 20.1.3.1 Boots which must be: b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 a) Of recognised Motocross type, & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM b) Constructed of leather, plastic or Technical Rules [see Appendix 1 ]. other similarly durable material, and 20.1.2 clothing c) Of a length that must at least overlap 20.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of the trousers with the rider in a racing similar durability. position on the machine. 20.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be 20.1.4 gloves non-combustible and be fitted with a 20.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of lining, similar or greater durability. 20.1.2.3 A jersey which must be: 20.1.4.2 Fingerless gloves may be worn by a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or passengers on sidecars. synthetic fibre, and 20.1.5 goggles and Visors b) Must be a snug fit and provide 20.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protection against abrasion to the protective goggles, helmet visors and/or body and arms. ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: 20.1.2.4 A commercially manufactured back a) Eye protectors and spectacles are protector, which continuously covers the made of non-shattering material, back area between the collar line and the b) Eye protectors which cause visual base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a disturbance are not to be used, full kevlar suit. c) Metal or perspex face shields are not 20.1.2.5 In the case of competitors wearing apparel used, as described in 20.1.2.1 and 20.1.2.2 and d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible 20.1.2.3: material. a) Commercially manufactured armour which protects the elbows, shoulders 20.1.6 hair and Jewellery and the back or a leather or similar 20.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be jacket with in-built back protection confined in the helmet or jacket. or a jacket and commercially 20.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely manufactured back protector, covered with tape prior to competition. 194 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 20 dirt track

20.1.7 Footwear in pits 20.2.2.6 The leading edge of the sidecar floor must 20.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit be protected by a nose cone or a rail of at area at all times. least 50mm height. 20.2 Frames and Parts - DIRT TRACK 20.2.2.7 The drive must be transmitted to the track through the rear wheel of the 20.2.1 senior - Solo motorcycle. 20.2.1.1 For Dirt Track competition a machine: 20.2.2.8 1 efficient rear wheel brake must be fitted. a) May be constructed as either a 20.2.2.9 Safety chains must be fitted to all slider type or Motocross type, machines equipped with girder type front b) Must have a gearbox with a forks. minimum of 2 gear ratios, 20.2.2.10 A passenger must be carried in a suitably c) Must have rear suspension, constructed sidecar. d) Must have a minimum of 1 2 working 20.2.2.11 There must be no less than 4 sidecar brakes. mounting points. 20.2.1.2 Tyres 20.2.2.12 There must be no more than 50mm a) The rear tyre must be a maximum between baseboard and motorcycle width of 150mm when measured and baseboard and sidecar wheel. The at a point on the tyre located at 90º baseboard must be arranged to prevent to the where the tyre contacts the the passenger’s feet being trapped. ground and at a pressure inflated to 20.2.2.13 Handholds on the sidecar: 14psi.(9.6KPa) a) Must be finished with a loop of at b) Tyre pressure may be adjusted after least 100mm, measurement. b) Must not project beyond a line taken 20.2.1.3 If hand protectors are used, they must be with the outer edge of the sidecar of a shatterproof material. mudguard or bodywork 20.2.2 senior - Sidecar c) Adjacent to the nose section of the 20.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken sidecar and less than 200mm from between the longitudinal centres of the track surface must be at an angle the rear and sidecar wheels must be of at least 45° from the horizontal between 810mm and 1,100mm. 20.2.2.14 A suitable passenger handhold must be 20.2.2.2 Ground clearance must be at least 75mm provided on the off side of the rear wheel. unladen. 20.2.2.15 Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are 20.2.2.3 The lean of the motorcycle at saddle not permitted. height must be no more than 50mm. 20.2.2.16 The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard 20.2.2.4 When multiple tyres on 1 wheel are used, must terminate not more than 45° above the maximum collective width of the tyres a horizontal line drawn through the rear must not exceed 280mm. wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard level on the inside and to axle level on the 20.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard outside, with the suspension depressed. in plan view, taken from a line drawn no further rearwards than the lowest point 20.2.2.17 The sidecar mudguard must cover at least of the front down tubes to the forward 180° of the periphery of the wheel and most point of the sidecar wheel tyre and be valanced to baseboard level on both terminating no further rearwards than a sides. line drawn at right angles to the machine 20.2.2.18 All footrests, brake levers, and gear levers from the rearmost point of the rear tyre, on the opposite side of the motorcycle to must be: the sidecar must be folding, or be shielded a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the by a continuous bar of 12mm minimum sidecar wheel, diameter. b) At least 300mm wide, having at 20.2.2.19 Any open area between the footrests, least 25mm radius to all corners. the continuous bar and the offside of the motorcycle must be filled in with a suitable material. 195 20 dirt track enjoy the ride

20.3 noise EMISSIONS - DIRT TRACK Classes Capacities 20.3.1 Noise emissions must not exceed Under 19 150 2 sroke/250 4 stroke 96db(A) unless a lower limit is provided Pro Lites* 100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc for in SR. to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX Frame Pro Open 250cc 2-Stroke & 450cc 4-Stroke, 20.3.2 Noise emission levels will be measured MX Frame as shown at 12.10.2. 250 Slider Up to 250cc MX Open 500cc 2 Stroke & Over 460cc 4-Stroke, MX Frame 20.4 mAchine & rider Unlimited Open Unlimited MX & Slider identification - dirt track Women’s Open Unlimited Capacity, MX Frame 1100cc Dirt Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar 20.4.0.1 Numberplates and numbers shall comply Track Sidecar with GCR 12.6. Quads Pro 450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame Open Quads Unlimited Unlimited Capacity, OEM Frame 20.5 Fuel - DIRT TRACK Riders are eligible to enter one class 20.5.0.1 Fuel for all Dirt Track machines must: above capacity of the machine entered a) Be Unleaded, and for Senior riders only. b) Be no more than 100 RON, and 20.7.0.2 Machines competing in any 1,100cc c) Contain no additives other than sidecar event: those added at the point of a) Supercharged and turbocharged manufacture except for: engines must not exceed 500cc, (i) lubricating oil for 2-stk engines b) On liquid-cooled engines, an (ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 4 overflow pipe must direct any stroke engines. overflow of coolant away from the d) Be readily available from retail petrol rider and passenger. pumps within Australia; or 20.7.0.3 The capacity classes for junior machines are: e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by 50cc Demo 4-U 9 YRS MA that is compatible with the “Fuel 50cc Auto 7-U 9 YRS Quality Standards Act 2000”, 65cc MX frame 7-U 9 YRS, 9–U 13 YRS 20.5.0.2 In addition, for Senior and Classic 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 9-U11 YRS competition, commercially manufactured Standard Wheel, OEM MX frame Methanol may be used. 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 11-U13 YRS, 20.5.0.3 Environmental Protection - An protective Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX 13-U16 YRS absorbent matting or catch tray must be frame placed underneath the engine/gearbox 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 11-U13 YRS and fuel tank of any solo or sidecar while Big Wheel parked in the pit, paddock or work area. 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 13-U 16 YRS Standard Wheel 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 13-U 16 YRS 20.6 Junior CLASSES - DIRT TRACK Big Wheel 20.6.0.1 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 11–U16 YRS 12.17. Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX 20.6.0.2 Type of tyre to be used in Junior Dirt frame, Junior Girls 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 13-U 16 YRS Track competition must be stipulated in Slider the Supplementary Regulations 80cc 85cc 4-Stroke Modified, 7-U10 YRS, 10- 20.6.0.3 motocross knobby tyres on the rear of OEM frame U14 YRS any machine over 85cc 2-stroke and 85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke 9-U13 YRS 150cc 4-stroke are not allowed. sidecars Rider & Passenger, 20.7 classes - DIRT TRACK 13-U16 Rider & 20.7.0.1 The capacity classes for senior machines Passenger 100cc 2 -Stroke to 150cc 13-U 16 YRS are: 196 2-Stroke, MX frame 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 20 dirt track

100cc to 150cc 2 -Stroke & 200cc 13-U 16 YRS b) A 1 race repercharge, to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX frame, c) A 1 race final comprising 6 laps. Junior Girls 100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc 13–U 16 YRS 20.9.3 solo Format where there are 12 or less to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX & Slider entries per class 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX 13-U 16 YRS 20.9.3.1 The championship comprises 4 5 races. frame 20.9.3.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in Note: the 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke classes the 4 5 races will determine Championship may be combined at the discretion of the RCB if placings. numbers are insignificant for separate classes. 20.7.0.4 85cc 4 stroke modified. OEM Frame, 2 20.9.4 Qualifying valve cylinder head, standard gearbox 20.9.4.1 To be eligible to compete in heats and and number of gears to be retained. finals a competitor must either: 20.8 competition Rules - DIRT TRACK a) Be graded A or B in Dirt Track, or 20.8.1 entries b) Qualify for the available heat 20.8.1.1 No machine may be entered more than positions having regard for the once in a class. previous sub rule, 20.8.1.2 Any machine, which is entered in more c) For single row starts, starting than 1 class, must display the allocated positions will be determined by ballot. riding number for that class on all 3 number 20.9.5 heats and Final plates when being used in each class. 20.9.5.1 The number of heat positions must not 20.8.2 Practice and Qualifying exceed 12. 20.8.2.1 Practice and qualifying shall be as 20.9.5.2 The right to compete in the final will be prescribed in SR. filled by: 20.8.3 starts a) The 10 competitors accumulating the 20.8.3.1 The method of starting will be prescribed highest number of points during the in SR. course of heats, 20.8.3.2 Starting positions will be prescribed in SR. b) The first 2 placings of the repercharge. 20.8.3.3 Unless otherwise determined in the SR’s 20.9.5.3 The repercharge will be contested by all Competitors must be called to the start th nd line at least 2 minutes before each start,. competitors who finish in 11 to 22 inclusive during the course of heats. 20.8.3.4 classes must mirror those set down in the MOMs for track and dirt track 20.9.5.4 The finishing order of each competitor competition in open and championship in the final will determine Championship events. placings. 20.9.5.5 Grid positions will be pre drawn and listed 20.9 AUSTRALIAN Senior AND Junior in the program for heats and/or rounds. DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIPs Riders choice for grid positions in the FORMAT finals will apply. Top points scorer has first 20.9.1 Preferred Championships Dates choice and so on as per point score result. 20.9.1.1 The Australian Dirt Track Championship If electronic timing is used, qualifying time shall generally be conducted on the 2nd will determine the choice of grid position or 3rd weekend of October each year in for the first heat only, thereafter the grid the July school holidays. The Senior positions are determined by the finishing Dirt Track Championship shall be position in the previous race. conducted on the June long weekend. 20.9.6 sidecar Format where there are more 20.9.2 solo Format where there are more than than 6 entries per class 12 entries per class 20.9.6.1 The Championship comprises: 20.9.2.1 The championship comprises: a) 3 4 rounds of heats, a) Qualifying events to determine the b) A 1 race repercharge, entries for heats, c) A 1 race final. a) 3 rounds of 4 qualifying heats, 197197 20 dirt track enjoy the ride

20.9.7 sidecar Format where there are 6 20.10.3.2 The right to compete in the finals will be entries or fewer per class filled by the 12 competitors accumulating the 20.9.7.1 The Championship comprises 4 5 races. highest number of points during the course of 20.9.7.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in heats. the 4 5 races will determine Championship 20.10.3.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in the placings. 3 finals will determine Championship placings. 20.9.8 heats and Final 20.10.4 sidecar Format for more than 6 entries per 20.9.8.1 The number of heat positions must not class exceed 6. 20.10.4.1 The Championship comprises: 20.9.8.2 The right to compete in the final will be a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats, filled by: b) 3 rounds of final heats. a) The 5 competitors accumulating the 20.10.5 sidecar Format where there are 6 or less highest number of points during the entries per class course of heats; 20.10.5.1 The championship comprises 7 races. b) The winner of the repercharge. 20.10.5.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 20.9.8.3 The repercharge will be contested by 7 races will determine Championship placings. competitors who finish in 6th to 11th places inclusive during the course of heats. 20.10.6 heats and Final 20.9.8.4 The finishing order of each competitor 20.10.6.1 The number of heat positions must not exceed in the final will determine Championship 6. placings. 20.10.6.2 The right to compete in the finals will be filled by the 6 competitors accumulating the highest 20.9.9 scoring number of points during the course of heats. 20.9.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring 20.10.6.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in the system in GCR 12.14. 3 finals will determine Championship placings. 20.9.10 race distance, all races will be a 20.10.7 race Distance minimum of 4 laps excluding finals that will be 6 laps. 20.10.7.1 All races will be a minimum of 4 laps. 20.10.8 venues 20.9.11 venues for Australian Senior and Junior Dirt Track Championship will be 20.10.8.1 Venues used for Australian Junior Dirt Track closed to competitors for a minimum of Championships will be closed to competitors 7 days prior to the event. for a minimum of 21 days prior to the event. 20.10.9 scoring 20.10 Australian junior dirt track 20.10.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring championships system in Chapter GCR 12.14. 20.10.1 solo Format where there are more than 12 entries per class 20.10.1.1 The championship comprises: a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats, b) 3 rounds of final heats. 20.10.2 solo Format where there are 12 or less entries per class 20.10.2.1 The Championship comprises 7 races, 20.10.2.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 7 races will determine Championship placings. 20.10.3 heats and Final 20.10.3.1 The number of heat positions must not exceed 12. www.playbytherules.net.au198 198 20102009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT

21 Track

21.1 Protective Clothing - TRACK a) Where the armour is not MACHINES constructed as a one-piece suit 21.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or type, knee and elbow guards must compete on a Track machine in any Track be used. competition unless wearing the following 21.1.3 Footwear protective equipment and clothing: 21.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which 21.1.1 helmet must be: 21.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet a) Constructed of leather or other which must: material of similar or greater a) Carry the Standards Association of durability but must not be Australia “AS 1698” label, or constructed of rubber, b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 b) At least overlap the suit or trousers & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM when the rider is in the normal riding Technical Rules [see Appendix 1 ]. position, and c) For solo track slider competitors, in 21.1.2 clothing the case of the left foot, have a steel 21.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers skid and be made with a curved front constructed of leather or other material of extending at least 50mm over the toe similar or greater durability which meets of the boot. FIM requirements in Art 65.07 and 65.08, 21.1.4 gloves 21.1.2.2 Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted with front opening slide fasteners, a safety 21.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other strap must be fitted and secured at the material of similar or greater durability and neck, having the following properties: 21.1.2.3 In the case of jackets and trousers, a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm, provision must be made to attach the rear b) Be fire retardant, of the jacket securely to the trousers, c) Be resistant to abrasion, 21.1.2.4 The following areas must be padded d) Have perspiration absorbing qualities, with at least a double layer of leather or e) Be medically non-toxic and non- enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick allergenic. at the: 21.1.5 goggles and Visors a) Shoulders, 21.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, b) Elbows, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: d) Knees. a) Eye protectors and spectacles are 21.1.2.5 A commercially manufactured back made of non-shattering material, protector, which continuously covers the b) Eye protectors which cause visual back area between the collar line and the disturbance are not to be used, base of the spine: c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet, 199199 21 track enjoy the ride

d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, 21.2.2.4 Commercially manufactured armour e) Eye shades or peaks are of a which protects the elbows, shoulders flexible material. and the back or a leather or similar jacket 21.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak with in-built back protection or a jacket may not be used unless: and commercially manufactured back protector, a) The visor is made of a flexible material that will not shatter on 21.2.2.5 A commercially manufactured back impact, protector, which continuously covers the back area between the collar line and the b) Any rivets or screws used to mount base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a the mechanism are fitted with their full kevlar suit. heads flush with the inner or lower surface, provided that where flush 21.2.2.6 In the case of competitors wearing apparel finishing is impractical on a peak, as described in 21.1.2.1 and 21.1.2.2 and round headed screws or pop rivets 21.1.2.3: projecting no more than 3mm from a) Commercially manufactured armour the surface may be used. which protects the elbows, shoulders and the back, 21.1.6 hair and Jewellery b) Protection of the back must be 21.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be continuous and cover all of the back confined in the helmet or jersey, area between the collar and the base 21.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or of the spine. securely covered with tape prior to competition. 21.2.3 Footwear 21.2.3.1 Boots which must be: a) Of recognised Motocross type, 21.2 Protective Clothing - b) Constructed of leather, plastic or Motocross or Enduro other similarly durable material, and machines c) Be of a length that must at least 21.2.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or overlap the trousers with the rider in compete on any Motocross or Enduro a racing position on the machine. type machine in any Track competition 21.2.4 gloves unless wearing the following protective 21.2.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of equipment and clothing: similar or greater durability. 21.2.1 helmet 21.2.5 goggles and Visors 21.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet 21.2.5.1 Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet which must: visors and “tear-offs” may be worn a) Carry the Standards Association of provided: Australia “AS 1698” label, or a) Eye protectors and spectacles are b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 made of non-shattering material, & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM b) Eye protectors which cause visual Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. disturbance are not to be used, 21.2.2 clothing c) Visors are an integral part of the 21.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material helmet, of similar durability, d) Metal or perspex face shields are not 21.2.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be non- used, combustible and be fitted with a lining, e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible 21.2.2.3 A jersey which must be: material. a) Made of close knit fabric of natural 21.2.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak or synthetic fibre, and may not be used unless: b) Must be a snug fit and provide a) The visor is made of a flexible protection against abrasion to the material that will not shatter on 200 200 body and arms. impact, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 21 track

b) Any rivets or screws used to mount a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the the mechanism are fitted with their sidecar wheel, heads flush with the inner or lower b) At least 300mm wide, having at surface, provided that where flush least 25mm radius to all corners. finishing is impractical on a peak, 21.3.1.5 All edges of the sidecar floor, not round headed screws or pop rivets otherwise protected, must be protected projecting no more than 3mm from by a nose cone or a rail of at least 50mm the surface may be used. height. 21.2.6 hair and Jewellery 21.3.1.6 There must be no more than 50mm 21.2.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be between the baseboard and motorcycle confined in the helmet or jacket. and the baseboard and sidecar wheel. 21.2.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or The baseboard must be arranged so as securely covered with tape prior to not to allow the passenger’s feet to be competition. trapped. 21.2.7 Footwear in pits 21.3.1.7 The drive must be transmitted to the track through the rear wheel of the 21.2.7.1 Closed footwear imust be worn n the pit motorcycle. area at all times. 21.3.1.8 Safety chains must be fitted to all 21.3 Frames and parts - track machines equipped with girder type front forks. 21.3.0.1 Brakes must not be fitted to track slider 21.3.1.9 A passenger must be carried in a suitably type machines of 500cc. Motocross type constructed sidecar. machines must be fitted with at least 1 effective brake. 21.3.1.10 The sidecar must be attached to the left hand side of the motorcycle. 21.3.0.2 Rear suspension and swingarm must be fitted. 21.3.1.11 There must be no less than 4 sidecar mounting points. 21.3.0.3 Must have a minimum of 2 gears. 21.3.1.12 Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet 21.3.0.4 Minimum weight of 85 kg. are not permitted. 21.3.0.5 For long track only, the rear wheel rim 21.3.1.13 Handholds: must have a maximum width of 100 mm, be 19” or 22” in diameter, as defined in the a) Must be finished with a loop of at SR. least 100mm, 21.3.0.6 If hand protectors are used, they must be b) Must not project beyond a line taken of a shatterproof material. with the outer edge of the sidecar mudguard or bodywork, 21.3.1 Sidecar c) Adjacent to the nose section of 21.3.1.1 The wheel track must be between 635mm the sidecar and less than 200mm and 1,000mm measured between the from the track surface must be at longitudinal centres of the rear and a minimum angle of 45° from the sidecar wheels. horizontal. 21.3.1.2 The ground clearance must be at least 21.3.1.14 A suitable passenger handhold must 75mm unladen. be provided on the off-side of the rear 21.3.1.3 The stagger at the top of the sidecar wheel. wheel must be: 21.3.1.15 The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard a) Inwards, no more than 300mm. must terminate not more than 45° b) Outwards, nil. above a horizontal line drawn through 21.3.1.4 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in the rear wheel axle and be valanced to plan view, taken from a line drawn no further baseboard level on the inside and to axle rearwards than the lowest point of the front level on the outside, with the suspension down tubes to the forward-most point of depressed. the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no 21.3.1.16 The sidecar mudguard, if fitted, must further rearwards than a line drawn at right cover at least 180° of the periphery of angles to the machine from the rearmost the wheel and be valanced to baseboard 201201 point of the rear tyre, must be: level on both sides. 21 track enjoy the ride

21.3.1.17 A sidecar wheel disc may be fitted 1100cc Long Up to 1100cc Long Track Sidecar instead of a sidecar mudguard. Track Sidecar Quads Pro 450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame 21.3.1.18 The rear wheel sprocket must have an Open approved guard, being either: Quads Unlimited Capacity, OEM Frame a) A fully enclosed steel chain guard, Unlimited or 21.4.2.1 Riders are eligible to enter one class b) If a plastic or part open chain guard above capacity of the machine entered is used, a steel bolt of not less than for Senior riders only. 10mm minimum diameter placed 21.4.3 Sidecar outside the bottom rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket. This bolt, if 21.4.3.1 For a machine competing in any event, damaged, must be replaced. the engine must comply as follows: 21.3.1.19 Where Harley-type forks are used, an a) The engine capacity must not approved bolt must be fitted to lock the exceed 1,100cc, triple clamp. b) Supercharged and turbocharged 21.3.1.20 There must be a kill switch which must: engines must not exceed 500cc, a) Cut out the ignition, c) On liquid cooled engines, an overflow pipe must be used to direct b) Operate on the primary circuit, any overflow of coolant away from c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must: the rider and passenger. i) Have a total extended length not exceeding 500mm, ii) Be attached around the rider’s 21.5 Fuel - TRACK right wrist when the machine is 21.5.0.1 Fuel must be: in motion, a) Be unleaded, and iii) Not be secured to the b) Be no more than 100 RON; and handlebar unless by a readily c) Contain no additives other than torn material. those added at the point of manufacture except for: 21.4 engines - Track (i) Lubricating oil for 2-stroke 21.4.1 general engines 21.4.1.1 Noise emissions must not exceed (ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 98dB(A) when measured as per GCR 4-stroke engines 12.10 d) Be readily available from retail petrol 21.4.2 classes & Capacities pumps within Australia; or TRACK e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by Classes Capacities MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Under 19 150 2 stroke/250 4 stroke Quality Standards Act 2000”. Pro Lites* 100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc 21.5.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition the to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX Frame following fuels are permitted: Pro Open 250cc 2-Stroke & 450cc 4-Stroke, a) Commercially available Methanol, or MX Frame 250 Slider Up to 250cc b) Unleaded fuel which complies with MX Open 500cc 2 Stroke & Over 460cc GCR 20.5 4-Stroke, MX Frame 21.5.0.3 Environmental Protection - An protective 500cc Long 500cc 4-Stroke Slider absorbent matting or catch tray must be Track Slider placed underneath the engine/gearbox Women’s Open Unlimited Capacity, MX Frame and fuel tank of any solo or sidecar while 1100cc Dirt Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar parked in the pit, paddock or work area. Track Sidecar

202 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 21 track

21.6 track - Junior 21.7.1 Frame and Parts - Classic Track 21.6.0.1 50cc machines are to comply with GCR 21.7.1.1 The frame: 12.17. a) Must have conventional swingarm 21.6.0.2 Motocross knobby tyres on the rear of rear suspension with twin shock any machine over 85cc 2 stroke and absorbers, 150cc 4-stroke are not allowed. b) Must have a front wheel diameter of 21.6.0.3 the capacity classes for junior 23” (594mm), machines are: c) Must have a rear wheel diameter of 50cc Demo 4-U 9 YRS 19” (482mm) or 22” (560mm), as 50cc Auto 7-U 9 YRS specified in the SR, 65cc MX frame 7-U 9 YRS, 9–U d) Must have rear tyres with a 13 YRS maximum tread pattern depth of 85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke 9-U13 YRS 8mm, sidecars Rider & e) Must not be fitted leading-link front Passenger, 13- U16 YRS Rider forks. & Passenger 21.7.2 Engine Specifications - Classic Track 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 9-U11 YRS 21.7.2.1 The engine must be: Standard Wheel, OEM MX frame 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 11-U13 YRS, a) Single cylinder, Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX 13-U16 YRS b) 2 valve, push rod operated, frame c) Single spark plug, 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 11-U13 YRS, d) Of a maximum capacity of 500cc Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX 13-U16 YRS with a 2% tolerance, frame 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 11–U16 YRS e) Vertical in the chassis, Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX f) Fitted with a round slide carburettor frame, Junior Girls of 38mm maximum bore, 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, 13-U 16 YRS g) Must not be fitted with a centre port Slider cross flow cylinder head. 80cc 85cc 4-Stroke Modified, 7-U10 YRS, 10- OEM frame U14 YRS 21.7.3 gearbox - Classic Track 100cc 2 -Stroke to 150cc 13-U 16 YRS 21.7.3.1 The gearbox must have at least 2 gears. 2-Stroke, MX frame 100cc to 150cc 2 -Stroke & 200cc 13-U 16 YRS to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX frame, 21.8 competition Rules - track Junior Girls 100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc 13–U 16 YRS 21.8.1 Starts to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX & Slider 21.8.1.1 All starts, other than handicap starts will 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX 13-U 16 YRS be single row. frame Note: the 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke classes 21.8.1.2 Grid positions will be pre-drawn and may be combined at the discretion of the RCB if listed in the program for heats and/or numbers are insignificant for separate classes rounds. 21.6.0.4 85cc 4 stroke modified. OEM Frame, 2 21.8.1.3 Riders choice for grid positions in the valve cylinder head, standard gearbox finals will apply, top scorer has first and number of gears to be retained. choice down through points score. 21.8.1.4 If electronic timing is used; qualifying time 21.7 clASSIC TRACK will determine the choice of grid position for the first heat only, the grid positions 21.7.0.1 Engines must have been manufactured thereafter will be determined by finishing before 31st December 1976. position in the previous race. 21.7.0.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30 21.8.1.5 The first competitor who touches the tapes years at the date of the competition. after the displaying of the green light and before the tapes are raised will be excluded and the event will be re-started. 203 21 track enjoy the ride

21.8.1.6 Unless otherwise determined in the SR’s 21.9.3.4 For single row starts, starting positions will be all Competitors must be called to the start determined by ballot. line at least 2 minutes before each start.. 21.9.4 Sidecar Format where there are more than 6 21.8.1.7 classes must mirror those set down entries per class in the MoMs for Track and Dirt Track 21.9.4.1 The championship comprises: competition in open and championship events. a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats, 21.8.2 Flags and Signals b) 3 rounds of final heats. 21.8.2.1 The dimensions of flags must be 600mm x 21.9.5 Sidecar Format where there are 6 or less 600mm. entries per class a) All control lights: 21.9.5.1 The championship comprises 7 races. i) Must be visible to all competitors, 21.9.5.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 7 ii) May only be operated by the races will determine Championship placings. Steward or the Steward’s nominee. 21.9.6 heats and Final b) In addition to, or substitution for the 21.9.6.1 The number of heat positions must not exceed flags and lights applicable to other 6. disciplines GCR , the following signals 21.9.6.2 The right to compete in the finals will be filled apply: by the 6 competitors accumulating the highest i) Start - National flag, number of points during the course of heats. ii) Race stoppage- Red flag or red 21.9.6.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 3 light, finals will determine Championship placings. iii) Immediate danger, slow- Yellow 21.9.7 race Distance flag waved or yellow light, 21.9.7.1 All races will be a minimum of 4 laps. iv) Course clear- Green flag held stationary. 21.9.8 venues 21.8.3 Stewards and Clerks - Track 21.9.8.1 Venues used for Australian Junior Long Track Championships will be closed to competitors for 21.8.3.1 A minimum of 1 Steward and 2 Clerks of a minimum of 21 days prior to the event. course is required at all track meetings in where the track distance exceeds 500 21.9.9 Scoring meters. 21.9.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring system 21.9 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR TRACK in GCR 12.14. CHAMPIONSHIPS 21.9 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR AND JUNIOR 21.9.1 Solo Format for more than 12 entries per TRACK CHAMPIONSHIPS class 21.9.1.1 The Championship comprises: 21.9.1.1 The Australian Senior Track Championship will be conducted as a single meeting a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats. at a venue selected by the Dirt Track b) 3 rounds of final heats. Commission. 21.9.2 Solo Format for 12 or less entries per class 21.9.1.2 venues for Australian Senior and 21.9.2.1 The Championship comprises 7 races. Junior Track Championship will be 21.9.2.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 7 closed to competitors for a minimum races will determine Championship placings. of 7 days prior to the event. 21.9.3 heats and Final 21.9.3.1 The number of heat positions must not exceed 12. 21.9.3.2 The right to compete in the finals will be filled by the 12 competitors accumulating the highest number of points during the course of heats. 21.9.3.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 3 finals will determine Championship placings. 204 20112009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 22 quads

22 QUADS 22.1 Protective Clothing – QUADS vi) Have no sharp, protruding or open end tubing. 22.1.0.1 Protective clothing and requirements are as provided in the discipline specific j) A self closing throttle, sections of the GCRs. k) An engine cut-out switch, of lanyard type attached to the body, 22.2. FOOTWEAR IN PITS l) Effective brakes on all wheels, 22.2.0.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit m) Handlebars, rubber hand grips, area at all times. handlebar levers and number plates, 22.3 Frames and Parts - Quads n) Noise emissions of no more than 22.3.0.1 A quad must have: 94/96 dB(A) as measured in GCR a) 4 wheels, 12.10. depending on the discipline, b) A wheel at each corner of the machine, o) No sharp or protruding extremities, c) The front wheels must be used for p) Glass, mirrors and headlights steering and the rear wheels for removed. driving, 22.3.0.2 Mudguards which: d) A maximum overall width, including a) Must be fitted over the rear wheels, the rear tyres of 1400mm, b) May be fitted over the front wheels. e) A maximum wheel base of 1500mm, 22.3.0.3 All Junior quads must retain OEM engine f) There must be a seat for 1 person, cases and frames. g) The rider must straddle the seat, 22.3.0.4 Reducing the capacity of larger machines h) A chain guard as per GCR 12.8.8, to suit the class capacity is not permitted: i) A frame [Nerf Bar] between the front and rear wheels which must: i) Be of closed loop design, ii) Not extend beyond a point of the widest dimensions of the vehicle, measured with a straight edge touching the outside of the front and rear tyres, iii) Constructed to prevent the riders feet from going below the bars (material webbing is acceptable), iv) Be bolted or welded to the frame, v) Be close enough to the front and rear wheels to prevent locking together of competitors’ machines, 205 22 quads enjoy the ride

22.3.1 tyres- Quads 22.6 classes and age groups- 22.3.1.1 Rear tyres may be prescribed in the SR. quads 22.6.1 Quads- Club Level Racing 22.4 engines - quads CLASS(ES) RACING 50cc STD No suspension 22.4.1 capacities- Quads 50cc STD With suspension 22.4.1.1 The maximum engine capacity for a 90cc 2-stroke Standard. Race Together 2-stroke engined quad shall not exceed 110cc 4-stroke Standard 550cc, and be no more than 2 cylinders. 90cc 2-stroke Modified Race Together 22.4.1.2 The maximum capacity for a 4-stroke 110cc 4-stroke Modified engined quad shall not exceed 700cc and 200cc 2-stroke Modified be no more than 2 cylinders. Air Cooled Race Together 22.4.1.3 The actual engine capacity of a machine 300cc 4-stroke Modified competing in a capacity class is not to Air Cooled exceed the prescribed capacity for that 200cc 2-stroke Modified Water Cooled class by more than 5%. Race Together 300cc 4-stroke Modified 22.4.1.4 Where in Junior competition, the words Water Cooled OEM standard are used, all quads must Open 2-stroke Modified, be OEM machines with no modifications (max capacity 550cc) Race Together 22.4.2 riDER AND MACHINE IDENTIFICATION Open 4-stroke Modified, - QUADS (max capacity 700cc) 22.4.2.1 Number plates are to: 22.6.2 Quads- Stadium Classes a) Comply with GCR 12.6, b) Be mounted centrally at the front CLASS(ES) RACING and rear of the machine. Open 2-stroke Modified, (max capacity 550cc) 22.4.2.2 No competitor may compete unless Race Together wearing the machine identification Open 4-stroke Modified, number on his or her back in contrasting (max capacity 700cc) colours and with a minimum size of 125mm height and 20mm width of stroke. 22.6.3 Quads- Dirt Track Classes CLASS(ES) RACING 22.5 Fuel- quads Open 2-stroke modified (max. capacity 550cc) 22.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines must: Race together Open 4-stroke modified a) Be Unleaded, and (max. capacity 700cc) b) Be no more than 100 RON, and 450cc single cylinder 4-stroke c) Contain no additives other than Race together those added at the point of 300cc single cylinder manufacture except for lubricating 2-stroke. oil for 2-stroke engines, and d) Be readily available from retail petrol 22.6.4 Quads- Speedway pumps within Australia, or CLASS(ES) RACING e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by Open Outlaw Senior MA that is compatible with the “Fuel 451cc to 700cc 4-stroke Race together Quality Standards Act 2000” Open Outlaw Senior 351cc to 550cc 2-stroke Pro Senior 450cc 4-stroke Race together* Pro Senior 350cc 2-stroke 206 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 22 quads

Junior 12 to 15 years up to 90cc 2-stroke or 9 to under 13 yrs 350cc 4-stroke 110cc 4-stroke -Modified Race together . Junior 12 to 15 years up to 200cc 2-stroke or 12 to under 16 yrs 200cc 2-stroke 300cc 4-stroke.-Modified Junior 9 to U13 years up to 200cc water cooled 110cc 4-stroke modified Race together 15 to under 16 yrs 2-stroke Modified or 300cc Junior 9 to U13 years water cooled 4-stroke Modified 90cc 2-stroke modified Junior 7 to 10 years 110cc 4-stroke OEM Race together Junior 7 to 10 years 22.7 competition Rules - quads 90cc 2-stroke OEM 22.7.1 Starting Junior 9 to 12 years 110cc 4-stroke OEM 22.7.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR, Race together Junior 9 to 12 years massed starts must be used. 90cc 2-stroke OEM 22.7.1.2 The order and position of each competitor will be at the discretion of the Promoter and Junior 7 to 9 years will be determined on the day of the event. 50cc Auto and Semi Auto OEM (Competitive class) 22.7.1.3 The starting grid for all events will: Junior 5 to U9 years a) Have not less than 2 metre space for 50cc Auto and Semi Auto OEM (Non Competitive each quad, class) b) Be in a straight line, c) Allow for no more than 20 *Zero Tolerance competitors. 22.7.1.4 The maximum number of starters must be 22.6.5 Quads- Enduro/Cross Country, specified in SR. Desert classes 22.7.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR: Enduro/Cross Country. Desert only a) All competitors must be called to the Up to 850cc 2WD/4WD start line at least 2 minutes before each start, 22.6.6 Junior Age Groups b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and 22.6.6.1 Subject to the next sub rule and GCR when the starter is ready, the starter 12.16.0.1, no person who: will hold up a 30 second sign for a a) Has attained the age of 16 years, or full 30 seconds, b) Is unable to right their machine c) At the end of 30 seconds a 5 second may compete in any junior competition. sign will be displayed, 22.6.6.2 No junior who has attained the age of 9 d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10 years may participate on a 50cc machine. seconds after the 5 second sign is shown. 22.6.6.3 Junior competitors in the following age groups may compete in the corresponding 22.7.2 Finishing classes: 22.7.2.1 The finish line must be: AGE RANGE CLASS(ES) a) Marked with a flexible post at each 50cc non-competition mini- side of the track, 5 to under 9 years Standard b) Clearly visible to the judge. 50cc Auto or Semi Auto 7 to under 9 years Standard. up to 90cc 2-stroke or 110cc 7 to under 10 yrs 4-stroke Standard. up to 90cc 2-stroke or 110cc 9 to under 13 yrs 4-stroke Standard.

207207 enjoy the ride

23 MOTO-TRIALS

23.1 Protective Clothing – Moto- remaining is added to the riders TRIALS points lost, as a handicap), e) Classic - for machines manufactured 23.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or before 1965 and excluding compete in any Trials competition machines manufactured in Spain, unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: f) Post Classic (Twin Shock) - for machines manufactured before 23.1.1 helmet 1986. The machines may not be 23.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet fitted with disc brakes or mono- which must: shocks, a) Carry the Standards Association of g) Women, Australia “AS 1698” label, or h) Masters - for competitors of 35 years b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 of age and over. No handicapping & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM system will apply, Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. i) Youth - for competitors aged 23.1.2 clothing between 16 and Under 21 years at 23.1.2.1 Trousers and a shirt. the first day of the event. This class will compete using the Masters lines. 23.1.3 Footwear j) Air cooled mono shock, 23.1.3.1 Calf length boots constructed of leather or similar durable material. 23.2.2 Junior 23.2.2.1 The following age groups and capacity 23.1.4 Footwear in pits classes subject to GCR 12.16.0.1 23.1.4.1 Closed footwear imust be worn in the pit may compete on courses for junior area at all times. competitions: CLASS CAPACITY 23.2 classes and grades – MOTO- Junior 7 - 12 years Up to 200cc TRIALS Junior Open 13 to 15 years Open Capacity 23.2.1 classes Junior Women 7 to 15 years Open 23.2.1.1 Classes in Moto-Trials are: Capacity - Women Only a) Open solo- which may be sub- divided into Expert, A, B, C and 23.2.3 Identification Plates Clubman grades, 23.2.3.1 Identification plates must: b) Open sidecar- which may be + a) Measure 200mm x 150mm /-10%, subdivided into A & B grades, b) Have the rider’s name displayed on c) Juniors - 7 to under 16 years, the identification plate, using lettering d) Veteran- for competitors 40 years 25mm high minimum. of age and over and will use the 23.2.3.2 Identification plates may include reference to: Venables handicap system. (This a) Where a rider completed the handicap system is based on a Australian Moto-Trials Championship formula devised by the late Ralph in the first 10 places in the previous Venables, in that the riders’ age is year, that rider’s place in the 208 208 subtracted from 70. The number Championship, and 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 23 moto-trials

b) The rider’s club or sponsor, providing 23.4.0.2 Fuel for Classic Moto-Trials must be: the background colour of the plate a) As per GCR 23.4.0.1, or remains prominent and clearly b) Leaded fuel, providing that: visible. i) The fuel is purchased from 23.2.4 Rider and Grade Identification suppliers approved by 23.2.4.1 The following grades will have the Environment Australia, following identification plates: 23.5 classic Trials CLASS/GRADE PLATE BACKGROUND 23.5.0.1 The eligibility and dating of Classic COLOUR Motorcycles shall be considered in terms A grade and experts Red of major and minor components and the B grade Yellow period of the motorcycle shall be the Masters Yellow period of the latest major component. Youth Yellow C grade & Veterans Blue 23.5.0.2 Major components are: Juniors, Clubman & a) All engine and gearbox external White Post Classic castings, Women White b) Frames, Sidecars - A grade Red c) Brakes, Sidecars - B grade Yellow d) Wheel hubs, Classic Black e) Forks, and f) Carburettors. 23.3 FRAMES & PARTS - mOTO-TRIALS 23.5.0.3 Mk1 Amal Concentric carburettors may be used. No Japanese or Italian 23.3.1 tyre Types carburettors on British machines. 23.3.1.1 With the exception of mini-bikes and and 23.5.0.4 Major components that were manufactured the sidecar tyres of sidecars, tyres must outside the period, but which are visually be of a Trials Universal pattern on all indistinguishable from period components machines. shall be eligible for that period. 23.5.0.5 All other components shall be considered 23.3.2 ignition cut-out switch as minor components. 23.3.2.1 All machines must be fitted with an 23.5.0.6 Minor components may be modified effective ignition cut-out switch operating or updated provided that they remain on the primary circuit and attached to the visually compatible with the period being handlebars. depicted. 23.5.0.7 For the purposes of determining eligibility 23.4 Fuel- moto-trials machines are categorised as follows: 23.4.0.1 Fuel for machines other than Classic a) Pre-1965: competition must : i) Manufactured before 31st a) Be unleaded, and December 1964, b) Be no more than 100 RON, b) Pre-1965 heavyweight solo: c) Contain no additives other than i) Non-unit construction engines those added at the point of with an original capacity of over manufacture except for lubricating oil 250cc, or for 2-stroke engines. ii) Unit construction engines with d) Be readily available from retail petrol an original capacity of over pumps within Australia, or 350cc. e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by c) Pre-1965 lightweight solo: MA that is compatible with the “Fuel i) Non-unit construction engines Quality Standards Act 2000”. with an original capacity of 250cc or less, 209209 23 moto-trials enjoy the ride

ii) Unit construction engines with 23.6.1.7 Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front an original capacity of 350cc or and rear wheels. less. 23.6.1.8 When brake cam arms or lever are of d) Post Classic (Twin Shock): open or hooked type, the brake actuating i) For models designed and first rod or cable must be secured so as to manufactured between 1st prevent accidental dislodgment. January 1965 to 31st December 1986, 23.7 competition Rules – Moto-trials ii) Disc brake models are not eligible, 23.7.1 general iii) Pre-1965 machines that have 23.7.1.1 The result of a Moto-Trial or any class of been modified so as to provide Moto-Trial is decided on the total number a ground clearance or chassis of points lost, the winner being the performance more in keeping competitor who loses the least number of with this era shall compete as points. specials in this Post Classic 23.7.1.2 In the hearing and determination of any category. protest or appeal arising out of a Moto- Trial, video evidence may not be used. 23.6 Sidecar - Moto-trials 23.7.1.3 In the event of a tie in points, the tie is to be broken as follows: 23.6.1 designs and Dimensions a) The competitor who completes the 23.6.1.1 There must be a platform and nose cone greatest number of sections without or platform and front plates with the loss of points wins, following dimensions: b) If the tie continues, the competitor a) Overall length must be at least wins who completes the greatest 775mm, number of sections with the loss of 1 b) The wheel track must be at least point, 2 points, 3 points and so on, 750mm, c) If there is still a tie, a ride-off must c) The nose cone or front plate must take place, starting from the 1st be at least 200mm wide and 200mm section at a severity level decided by high at the rear. The nose cone the Clerk of Course and continuing must taper to at least 100mm at the in numerical order until the tie is front, broken. d) The width from the rear of the nose 23.7.1.4 Meetings may be held in the following cone to the rear of the sidecar must categories: be at least 200mm, a) Trials, e) The inner sideboard of the platform b) No-Stop Trials, must be either 130mm high or c) Super Trials. there must be a gap of no more 23.7.1.5 Unless otherwise stipulated in SR all than 50mm between the sideboard meetings will run using the trials rules and any adjacent point on the described in GCR 23.7 motorcycle. 23.7.2 courses 23.6.1.2 The sidecar and machine wheels, if exposed, must be valanced on the inside. 23.7.2.1 Observed sections: 23.6.1.3 Passenger grab rails, handles and straps a) Must be clearly named or numbered, may be fitted. b) Must have a clearly marked start and 23.6.1.4 Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited. finish, 23.6.1.5 An effective cut out switch must be c) Must have clearly marked attached to the handlebars. boundaries, 23.6.1.6 Identification plates are required (refer d) Must be preceded by an observed GCR 12.6). area of the route where the competitors are controlled, 210 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 23 moto-trials

e) Must, wherever possible, be 23.7.3 Penalties - Competitions bounded by natural obstacles, 23.7.3.1 The following terms have the following although artificial boundaries may respective meanings: be used to define the lateral limits of a) Footing occurs when: sections, i) Any part of the body of the rider f) May be reduced in places by the touches the ground and or use of gates at a minimum width of obstacle (tree, rock etc), 1200mm for solos and 2000mm for ii) Any part of the machine other sidecars. than the: 23.7.2.2 A machine is deemed to be in an . Footrests, observed section from the time the front . axle passes the “Section Begins” gate Wheels, until the front axle passes the “Section . Tyres, Ends” gate. . Engine casing, 23.7.2.3 Passage through section must be . Frame, indicated by gates which consist of: . Protection plates under the a) 2 arrows pointing inwards, engine, b) An arrow and a natural obstacle or . Sidecar body, boundary, touches the ground or an obstacle c) Coloured rectangles, red for right without stopping progress of the and white for left may be used to machine, indicate section outer boundaries. iii) Sliding a foot along the ground 23.7.2.4 The available width between 2 successive is deemed to be footing more gates may be limited by means of tape than twice, which must be: b) Stopping occurs when the machine a) Placed no more than 500mm above fails to maintain forward progress the ground, relative to the direction of the b) Not inside the line of markers on the course, same side. c) Dismounting occurs when the rider 23.7.2.5 Where a section is marked by stakes they has both feet on the ground, on the must be: same side of or behind the machine. a) Of flexible material, 23.7.3.2 The penalties on the following page apply: b) Connected by tape placed no more than 500mm above the ground, c) Coloured Red for right and White for left. 23.7.2.6 The Promoter: a) May modify the design of a section between the passage of the last competitor on 1 lap and the first competitor on the following lap, and b) Must give adequate notice to competitors of these modifications provided that such modification will not justify a supplementary time allowance for the modified section to be inspected.

www.playbytherules.net.au211

211211 23 moto-trials enjoy the ride

POINTS LOST NO- INFRINGEMENT SUPER TRIALS STOP TRIALS TRIALS Footing once 1 1 1 Footing twice 2 2 2 Footing more than twice 3 3 3 Stopping without footing 0 5 0 Stopping whilst footing once 1 5 5 Footing twice whilst stopped 2 5 5 Footing more than twice whilst stopped 3 5 5 Moving backwards without footing 5 5 0 Moving backwards whilst footing 5 5 5 Moving either wheel sideways whilst stopped, without footing 0 5 0 The machine crosses a boundary with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground 5 5 5 The machine passes the wrong side of a boundary or grade marker for a riders own 5 5 5 grade with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground. The machine jumps over a boundary or marker for a riders own grade with both 5 5 5 wheels to avoid part of a course. Breaking a boundary tape or dislodging a boundary marker 5 5 5 Riding over or riding on or dislodging a grade marker for a riders own grade. 5 5 5 Missing a gate or riding through a gate in the wrong direction, for a riders own grade. 5 5 5 Rider does not have both hands on the handlebar when he foots, whilst stationery 5 5 5 Engine stopping whilst rider stationary and rider footing or leaning 5 5 5 Engine stopping whilst stationary (Side cars only) 5 5 5 Crossing machine tracks whilst moving forward 5 5 5 The handlebar of the motorcycle touches the ground 5 5 5 Dismounting from the machine with both feet on the ground, on the same side or 5 5 5 behind the machine Any part of sidecar passenger touching ground or other obstacle 5 5 5 POINTS LOST INFRINGEMENT ALL TRIALS Practising on course prior to event Exclusion For disorderly conduct towards an official 100 Rider or Minder arguing with an official 10 Not vacating a section after failure 10 Handing in scorecard after finish time (per minute)* 1 Handing in scorecard more than 30 minutes after finish time* Exclusion Losing a scorecard (per section) 5 Rider or Minder altering a section 5 Missing a section 5 Refusing to attempt a section 5 Minder obstructing or conversing with observer regarding scoring 5 Late to Scrutineering (per minute) 1 * Or as detailed in the SR 23.7.3.3 The greatest penalty incurred in a section is the only one to be taken into account for each competitor. 23.7.3.4 A competitor who receives the maximum 5 point penalty in a section must vacate that section either: a) At the first available opportunity, or b) As directed by an official.

212 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 23 moto-trials

23.7.3.5 A time allowance of 90 seconds is 23.8 AUSTRALIAN MOTO-TRIALS allowed for each rider to complete each CHAMPIONSHIPS section. Each rider who fails to complete 23.8.1 use of Course a section within the ninety second time allowance will be deemed to have failed 23.8.1.1 For the Australian Moto-Trials that section. The time will start when the Championships, only those competing for rider passes the section beginning line. the championships may use the course The decision of the observer in charge of during the period of competition. this time measurement shall be deemed a 23.8.2 Preferred championship Date statement of fact. 23.8.2.1 It is recommended that the Australian Note: This rule will be applied to the National Moto-Trials Championship be conducted Championships, and to all State by 31st August in each year. Championship rounds. Subject to 23.8.3 Standards inclusion in the SR, any promoter may choose to apply this rule to other open 23.8.3.1 Promoters must ensure that the standards events. of sections must provide for all levels of competitor in each class. 23.7.3.6 Where necessary, for Moto-Trials, organisers may include a time limit to 23.8.3.2 Riders of any nationality may be awarded complete the first lap. This instruction an Australian Championship. The Moto- should be included and defined in the SR. Trials Commission recommends that the Promoter provides a trophy for the best 23.7.4 Minder - Moto-trials Australian should an Australian not win 23.7.4.1 Each competitor in an event may have the title. a Minder who, for the purposes of these 23.8.4 handicap Rules, will be a competitor. 23.7.4.2 A Minder must be identified as such in 23.8.4.1 The Venables handicap GCR 23.2.1.1(d) accordance with the requirements of the must be used for the Veteran’s class. SR.

Winning PartnershiP

The Australian The Australian Sports Commission is Motorcycling Australia is one the Australian Government agency that of many national sporting Sports Commission develops, manages and invests in sport organisations that has formed at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling a winning partnership with the proudly supports Australia has worked closely with the Australian Sports Commission Motorcycling Australia Australian Sports Commission to develop to develop its sport in Australia. motorcycling from community participation to high-level performance. www.ausport.gov.au 24 SUPERMOTO

24.1 Protective Clothing – 24.1.3 Footwear SUPERMOTO 24.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which must: 24.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Supermoto competition a) Be constructed of leather or other unless wearing the following protective material of similar or greater equipment and clothing: durability. but not constructed of rubber, 24.1.1 helmet b) At least overlap the suit or trousers 24.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face when the rider is in the normal riding helmet which must: position, a) Carry the Standards Association of c) Not have soft leather soles. Australia “AS 1698” label; or 24.1.3.2 Motocross boots are approved. b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM 24.1.4 gloves Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 24.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 24.1.2 clothing 24.1.2.1 A 1-piece leather suit or jacket and 24.1.5 goggles and Visors trousers constructed of leather or other 24.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, material of similar or greater durability, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or which meets FIM requirements, ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits a) Eye protectors and spectacles are are fitted with front opening slide made of non-shattering material, fasteners, a safety strap must be b) Eye protectors which cause visual fitted and secured at the neck, disturbance are not to be used, b) In the case of a jacket and trousers, c) Visors are an integral part of the provision must be made to attach helmet, the rear of the jacket securely to the d) Metal or perspex face shields are not trousers, used, c) The following areas must be padded e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible with at least a double layer of leather material. or enclosed plastic foam at least 24.1.6 hair and Jewellery 8mm thick: i) Shoulders, 24.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. ii) Elbows, 24.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint, securely covered with tape prior to and competition. iv) Knees. 24.1.7 Footwear in pits 24.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back protector, which continuously covers the 24.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit back area between the collar line and the area at all times. base of the spine. 214 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 24 supermoto

24.2 Frames and parts- supermoto 24.3.1.9 A self-closing throttle must be fitted. 24.3.1.10 A non-return valve must be fitted to the 24.2.1 tyres tank breather pipe which must discharge 24.2.1.1 Knobby tyres are not permitted. into a catch tank with a minimum capacity 24.2.1.2 Additional cuts and/or grooves may be of 350cc. made to tyres. 24.4 noiSE EMISSIONS - SUPERMOTO 24.2.2 rims 24.2.2.1 Rims must be up to 17” in S1, S2 and S3 24.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed classes. 94/96db(a) unless a lower limit is 24.2.2.2 Rims other than 17” may be used in S4, provided for in SR S5, S6 classes. 24.5 FUel- supermoto 24.2.2.3 Any rim size can be used in S7/S8 classes. 24.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines must : 24.2.3 Brakes a) Be unleaded; and 24.2.3.1 A pin or locknut must be fitted to the b) Be no more than 100 RON. brake pad fixture. The safety wire used c) Contain no additives other than on the brake caliper bolts must be visible. those added at the point of 24.2.4 hand Protectors manufacture except for lubricating 24.2.4.1 If hand protectors are used, they must be oil for 2-stroke engines. of a shatter proof material. d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia; or 24.3 engines- supermoto e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by 24.3.1 general MA that is compatible with the “Fuel 24.3.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit Quality Standards Act 2000”. the discharge of any lubricating, cooling 24.6 capacity classes- supermoto or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked CLASS CAPACITY or otherwise secured in the tightened Over 250cc 2-stroke S1 position in a manner approved by the Over 450cc to 700cc 4-stroke Scrutineer. Up to 250cc 2-stroke S2 24.3.1.2 Lock wiring used on oil and water filler Up to 450cc 4-stroke caps and drain plugs must be visible. 125cc to 200cc 2-stroke S3 24.3.1.3 Where flexible oil lines other than those Up to 250cc 4-stroke supplied as standard equipment by the S4 Clubman Open Class original machine manufacturer are used, 250cc 2-stroke S5 Clubman they must incorporate high pressure hose Up to 450cc 4-stroke 125cc 2-stroke secured by high pressure connections. S6 Clubman Worm drive hose clamps may not be used. Up to 250cc 4-stroke 24.3.1.4 All hoses must be securely fitted and S7 Junior 13-15 years, up to 125cc 2-stroke guarded to prevent contact with: S8 Junior 13-15 years, up to 250cc 4-stroke 9-13 years, 85cc 2-stroke/150cc a) The ground, S9 Junior 4-stroke b) Tyres or other moving parts over the S910 Women’s Senior unlimited full movement of the suspension. Quad Pro Open 450cc 4-stroke 24.3.1.5 Only single or twin cylinder engines may Quad Unlimited Unlimited be used. Open 24.3.1.6 On all engines, an oil catch tank of 500cc minimum, properly fastened, or a closed 24.7 competition Rules - supermoto breather system must be installed. 24.7.0.1 Senior classes of the same capacity may 24.3.1.7 The only liquid coolant permitted is be combined if provided for in SR. water. 24.3.1.8 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic fluid levels must be maintained within manufacturers’ specifications. 215 24 supermoto enjoy the ride

24.7.1 Starting b) Any competitor who: 24.7.1.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR, i) Caused or contributed to the massed starts must be used. event being stopped, 24.7.1.2 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR, ii) Failed to start in, qualifying for starting grid positions must iii) Retired from, be held. iv) Was excluded from, or 24.7.1.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk v) Had been lapped during the of Course must allocate starting grid course of the stopped event, positions. may not participate. 24.7.2 grid Positions 24.7.3.5 Where the Steward or Clerk of Course 24.7.2.1 There must be a maximum of 4 riders per has stopped a race due to danger the row with a minimum of 1 metre between following will apply: riders. a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped 24.7.2.2 There must be a minimum of 4 metres race were completed: between rows. i) The stopped race will be 24.7.2.3 No more than 30 riders may participate in declared null and void, each race. ii) The race may be re-run, 24.7.3 Stopping and Re-Running iii) The re-run race will be for the 24.7.3.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has full race distance, excluded a competitor for unfair conduct iv) The original grid positions will be and considers that such conduct has: used, a) Given an advantage to the team of v) The place of any machine which the offender is a member, unable to take part in the re-run b) In the case of a non-team event, race will be left vacant, jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or vi) Machines may be repaired more of the other competitors in the or replaced provided they event, have been approved by the may declare the event void and order a Scrutineer. re-run. b) If more than 2 laps, but less than 24.7.3.2 If the event continues, any competitor 75% of the race distance, have been unable to cross the finish line as a completed: result of such conduct on the part of the i) The race may be re-started, but excluded competitor may be deemed to only once, have finished the race in the place: ii) The restart must occur no more a) Held immediately before such than 30 minutes after the race conduct, has been stopped, b) Having regard to any advancement iii) The re-started race distance will in placing following the exclusion, in be equal to the balance of the some other place. stopped race distance, 24.7.3.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an event and order it to be re-run if it iv) Positions on the grid for the re- would be dangerous for it to continue. started race will be determined by the order of competitors at 24.7.3.4 In any re-run: the finish line of the last full lap a) Any competitor who: of the stopped race, i) Fell in the stopped event as a v) Only competitors who have result of having been fouled, completed at least 75% of ii) Intentionally laid down their the laps completed by the machine in the interests of leading competitor at the time safety, or of stopping will be permitted to iii) Left the course in the interests participate in the re-started race, of safety, 216 may participate. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 24 supermoto

vi) Machines may be repaired 24.7.4 Jump Start or replaced provided they 24.7.4.1 If the front wheel spindle of the motorcycle have been approved by the crosses the line which marks the front of Scrutineer, that riders’ starting position on the grid vii) The stopped race and any re- before the red light goes out, this will be run will be deemed to be parts considered as a jump start. of the 1 race, 24.7.4.2 Upon the recommendation of the Clerk viii) The winner will be the of Course, a board reading “Jump Start” competitor having the highest together with the rider’s number will be number of laps at the finish, displayed at the start/finish line to a rider ix) Where 2 or more competitors who committed the jumped start. complete the same number of 24.7.4.3 The penalty for a jump start is a mandatory laps the winning order will be 15 seconds to be added to the infringing determined by the time taken by rider(s) time(s). each to complete those laps, 24.8 aUSTRALIAN SUPERMOTO x) If at least 75% of the scheduled race distance is completed full CHAMPIONSHIP points will be awarded, 24.8.0.1 The Australian Supermoto xi) If less than 75% of the Championships are to be conducted scheduled race distance is annually. completed half points will be 24.8.0.2 The method of conducting this awarded. Championship will be listed in the SR for the Event(s).

MQ MOMS Ad [outlined].indd 1 30/09/2009 3:28:29 PM enjoy the ride

25 ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS

25.1 Protective Clothing - enduro 25.1.3 Footwear & reliability trials 25.1.3.1 Boots which must be: 25.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or a) Of recognised Motocross type, compete in any Enduro or Reliability Trial b) Constructed of leather, plastic or competition unless wearing the following other similarly durable material, and protective equipment and clothing: c) Of a length that must at least cover 25.1.1 helmet ¾ of the length of the lower leg, with the rider in a racing position on the 25.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet machine. which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of 25.1.4 gloves Australia “AS 1698” label; or 25.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 similar or greater durability. & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM 25.1.5 goggles and Visors Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 25.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, 25.1.2 clothing protective goggles, and/or helmet visors 25.1.2.1 Trousers of: must be worn provided: a) Leather, a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Nylon lined Motocross type, b) Eye protectors which cause visual c) Padded denim Motocross type, disturbance are not to be used, d) Reinforced padded nylon, c) Metal or perspex face shields are not e) Padded waterproof waxed cotton used, when worn so that no part of the body is d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible uncovered when the competitor is in the material. normal racing position. 25.1.5.2 Tear-offs on goggles are not permitted for 25.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be Enduro events. non-combustible and be fitted with a lining. 25.1.5.3 A competitor must, at the start of the event and each special test, be wearing goggles 25.1.2.3 A riding top of: or a similar form of eye protection. It is a) Leather,or strongly recommended that the competitor b) Close knit fabric of natural or wear the eye protection at all times during synthetic fibre; or the event. Where the competitor removes c) Waxed cotton their eye protection during the course of which leaves no part of the body uncovered an event, they do so entirely at their own when the competitor is in the normal riding risk. position 25.1.6 hair and Jewellery 25.1.2.4 Or a 1 piece suit of leather, reinforced 25.1.6.1 It is recommended that hair longer than nylon, or waxed cotton shoulder length be confined in the helmet or jacket. Where the competitor chooses not to confine their hair as described, they do so entirely at their own risk. 218 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25 enduro and reliability trials

25.1.6.2 It is recommended that body jewellery is 25.2.1.5 Where road authority registration is removed or securely covered with tape required, the rear mudguard must be of an prior to competition. Where the competitor Enduro style, equipped with a rear-facing chooses not to remove or securely cover tail light clearly visible to following road jewellery with tape, they do so entirely at users. The must be sufficient space below their own risk. the rear light to mount the numberplate. 25.1.7 Footwear in pits 25.2.1.6 The handlebars must be equipped 25.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in any fuel with a protection pad on the cross bar. control area, pit area, start area, work Handlebars without a cross member must area or Parc Fermé at all times. be equipped with a protection pad located in the middle of the handlebars, covering 25.1.8 Junior Clothing the handlebar clamps. Except for “Safari” 25.1.8.1 in addition to the general requirements type events where navigation equipment for clothing, Juniors must comply as is mounted above the handlebar clamps follows: and/or cross bars. a) Protective clothing must not be 25.3 noise EMISSIONS - ENDURO & loose or flapping, RELIABILITY TRIALS b) commercially manufactured body 25.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 94dB(A) armour must be worn. Soft roost unless a lower limit is provided for in the protection is unacceptable. SR or by the circuit hire agreement. 25.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10 25.2 Frames And Parts - enduro & reliability trials 25.4 Fuel- enduro & reliability 25.2.1 solo Classes trials 25.2.1.1 The classes for solo are to be determined 25.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must : by the RCB. a) Be unleaded; and 25.2.1.2 Hand lever protectors may be single or b) Be no more than 100 RON. double mounted. c) Contain no additives other than 25.2.1.3 If hand lever protectors are fitted, they those added at the point of must be of shatterproof material. manufacture except for lubricating oil 25.2.1.4 All machines must be fitted with an for 2-stroke engines. effective ignition cut-off switch located on the handlebars.

219 25 enduro and reliability trials enjoy the ride

d) Be readily available from retail petrol b) Have time check points with no pumps within Australia; or service which: e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by i) Will display a white flag with MA that is compatible with the “Fuel a black cross on both sides of Quality Standards Act 2000”. the track 70 metres before the 25.4.0.2 For Enduro events, it is recommended that control table. fuel containers do not exceed 10 litres and ii) GCR 25.4.11(b),(d) and (f) do are fitted with a suitable pouring spout. not apply. 25.5.1.4 For multi-day events each course may 25.5 competition Rules- enduro & have: reliability trials a) A final service area before the final 25.5.1 courses time check point, b) Before the final service area, a pre- 25.5.1.1 Courses must be clearly marked. finish Time Check, which is a no 25.5.1.2 Each course must: service time check. a) Have time check points which must: After which competitors have 15 minutes i) Have a digital clock showing to reach the final time check. hours minutes and seconds at 25.5.1.5 The area between the yellow and green the control table, flags is considered parc fermé concerning ii) Have a check list showing arrival access. time of each competitor in the time check, 25.5.2 enduro Flags iii) Be placed at the entrance to 25.5.2.1 For , flags will have the following the parc fermé for the start and meanings: finish of each day of the event, a) White flags displayed on pegs- Entry iv) Be placed at intermediate points to fuel control: Time check 200 selected by the Promoter and metres, indicated on the itinerary, b) Yellow flags displayed on pegs- Time v) Preferably be no less than 5 nor check 20 metres, more than 35 kilometres apart, c) Blue flags displayed on pegs- Route vi) Be indicated by: check approximately 200 metres, . White flags placed 200 d) White flag with Black Cross metres, and displayed on pegs- No service time check approximately 70 metres, . Yellow flags placed 20 metres e) Green Flag displayed on pegs - Exit from Time Check. before the control table, and . Green flags placed 2 metres 25.5.3 entries after the control table, 25.5.3.1 After the closing date for entries: . Flags placed on both a) A competitor may apply in writing to sides of the course so as the Race Secretary for permission to to be clearly visible to the change machines, and be entered in competitors. the relevant class, 25.5.1.3 Each course may: b) A team may apply in writing to the a) Have route check points which: Race Secretary for permission: i) Need not be marked on the i) For a team member to change route card, machines and be entered in the relevant class, ii) Must be indicated by blue flags placed on either side of the ii) To substitute 1 entered team course 200 metres before the member for another. route check, 25.5.3.2 The Race Secretary may grant permission iii) Have a check list of the progress subject to such conditions as he or she 220 220 of each competitor. thinks fit or may refuse permission. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25 enduro and reliability trials

25.5.3.3 A competitor who is substituted may not 25.5.5 Preliminary Examination compete without the permission of the 25.5.5.1 Before each event, there must be a Race Secretary. preliminary examination of competing 25.5.3.4 No team or competitor may change the machines. capacity of an entered machine. 25.5.5.2 At the preliminary examination, each 25.5.3.5 Applications must be delivered to the machine may be tested for noise Race Secretary before the preliminary and marked if it does not exceed the machine examination. prescribed noise emission levels. 25.5.4 the Starting Area 25.5.5.3 At the conclusion of the preliminary 25.5.4.1 The starting area may: examination each machine must be delivered into the parc fermé. No a) Contain a Parc Fermé to which all motorcycle may enter parc fermé without a access and egress is controlled stand approved at machine examination. and which connects directly to the working area, 25.5.5.4 An event commences at the conclusion of the preliminary examination. b) Contain a working area from which there is only 1 exit to the starting 25.5.6 starting Order and Numbers enclosure and where machine 25.5.6.1 The starting order of groups or classes maintenance may be carried out, will be as determined by the SR. c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1 25.5.6.2 The starting numbers of riders will be end of which is the starting line and determined by a draw for each class. in which the competitors await the 25.5.7 starting Procedures starting signal, 25.5.7.1 The start signal for each competitor must d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise be given as nearly as practicable to that regulated as to access so as to competitor’s scheduled starting time. prevent the entry of unauthorised persons, 25.5.7.2 It is not permitted to start the engine in: e) Be in the charge of officials who are a) The parc fermé, working area, or clearly identified, b) The starting area before the starting f) Have its entrance and exit clearly signal is given. marked. 25.5.7.3 Within 1 minute of the signal being given, 25.5.4.2 No competitor or person other than: the competitor must: a) The Steward, a) Start the engine at the starting line using the machine’s kick starter or b) The Clerk of Course, or starter motor, c) Any other official in charge thereof, b) Cross a second line 20 metres from may enter the starting area unless the starting line under engine power. authorised by a relevant official or 25.5.7.4 A competitor who arrives at the starting otherwise for purposes permitted under line more than 1 minute late for that these Rules. competitor’s allocated starting time: 25.5.4.3 The SR may prescribe the time for a) Will lose 60 points for every minute delivery of machines into the starting area late, before the start of an event and thereafter machines must: b) Must be allocated a new start time which must be the indicated time of a) Remain in the starting area until the arrival at the starting line ignoring start, seconds, b) Be returned at the end of each day c) Must comply with standard starting for detention overnight, procedures, c) Be released in time for the start of 25.5.7.5 If the competitor is more than 60 minutes the next day, late, they will be excluded for the day. d) Be in the open air and not covered in any manner. 221221 25 enduro and reliability trials enjoy the ride

25.5.7.6 On each day of the event, competitors 25.5.8.11 If a competitor can convince the Jury he may enter the parc fermé 15 minutes was delayed by abnormal circumstances before their starting times and move their outside his control, (e.g. providing machines by hand to the entry to the work assistance to an injured competitor), area. an allowance may be granted. Alleged 25.5.7.7 Competitors may have 10 minutes before baulking by another competitor is not an their starting times to carry out machine abnormal circumstance. preparation. 25.5.8.12 When the case of a rider is under 25.5.8 event Procedures discussion he may continue in the event until the jury makes the final decision. 25.5.8.1 For Enduros, the total time for the day of 1 competition must not exceed 7 /2 hours, 25.5.9 restarts including the 15 minutes at the final time 25.5.9.1 A competitor who retires, or is excluded check. from an event for a day: 25.5.8.2 Competitors must at all times during the a) For multi-day events, may restart in event: the competition on following days a) Remain on the course, from the rear of the field, b) Follow the competition direction. b) For single day events, or if the 25.5.8.3 At the beginning or end of a lap, a section competitor is excluded or retires for a or day, the Clerk of Course, due to second time from a multi-day event, weather or other conditions, may: may not continue on the course. a) Declare a section of the course to be 25.5.9.2 To be eligible to restart, a competitor must impassable and in that event: deliver the machine to the parc fermé at least 60 minutes before the amended i) That section will cease to be part start time. of the course, and ii) Any penalties incurred in that 25.5.10 time Cards, Route Cards and Itinerary section will not be taken into 25.5.10.1 Each competitor must stop at all time account in scoring for the event. checkpoints and route checkpoints. b) Change the time schedule for the 25.5.10.2 Time cards must be issued and route section to a slower schedule. cards may be issued: 25.5.8.4 Each competitor must be allocated a a) For the first day, at the preliminary starting time and a time for each section examination, between time checks. b) For all other days, as competitors 25.5.8.5 The recorded arrival time for each leave the parc fermé at the end of competitor in a section is the starting time the previous day. for that competitor in the next section. 25.5.10.3 Time cards: 25.5.8.6 During an event the competitor must have a) Must be presented at each control all marked parts on the motorcycle at all table, or, on demand, to an official, times when on the course. [ Except in the b) Must be handed in at the end of case of Rule 25.5.11 i) vi)] each day to the final control official, 25.5.8.7 During an event, a competitor must not c) Must not be altered or obliterated by stop between the yellow flags and the any competitor, control table. d) Must not be exchanged between 25.5.8.8 A competitor may pass the final time competitors, check at the entrance to the parc fermé e) Must, in the event of loss, be early, without penalty. replaced by the official in charge of 25.5.8.9 When the machine is placed in the Parc the next time control, Fermé it must be completely equipped f) May show the prescribed running with all the marked parts. time for each section. 25.5.8.10 At the end of any event there may be a final 25.5.10.4 Route cards: examination at which any of the machines may be impounded for examination. a) Must be presented at all route 222 checks, 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25 enduro and reliability trials

b) Must be handed in at the end of d) The rider is allowed to change any each day to the final control official, unmarked parts anywhere on the c) Must not be altered or obliterated by course but may receive spare parts any competitor, and tools only in the servicing areas. d) Must not be exchanged between e) A competitor may not receive or use competitors, the following tools: e) Must, in the event of loss, be i) Any form of welding equipment replaced by the official in charge of other than for repairs to the the next time control. exhaust system, 25.5.10.5 Itineraries: ii) Pressure cleaning apparatus, a) Must be issued at the preliminary iii) Electrical and air powered tools examination or displayed prominently operated by remote connection. in the starting area, f) A competitor may, for the purposes b) Must clearly indicate all competition of carrying out alterations or repairs, distances and show the prescribed receive spare parts: running time for each section, i) In the working area in the c) Must contain samples of signs or starting area, indicators used for course markings, ii) Between the white and yellow d) Are, for all purposes connected with the flags adjacent to a time check competition, deemed to be accurate. point. 25.5.11 maintenance, Repair, Alteration and g) A competitor may leave used parts Refuelling where the alterations or repairs were carried out. 25.5.11.1 A machine may be cleaned, altered, repaired or refueled during an event as i) A rider wishing to repair or replace follows: the silencer of his machine can do so at the end of the day, after a) Subject to sub-Rule b), assistance is the last time check and before not permitted during the course of an entering the Parc Fermé. The work event, must be carried out under the b) A competitor may receive assistance supervision of an official. for the following: ii) The rider will be allowed an extra i) Refueling, time of 60 minutes for this work. ii) Removing, replacing and iii) The same applies to riders who for replenishing: any reason have been told by the . Coolant, Clerk of the Course to have their . Engine and gearbox machines noise tested. lubricating oils and removal iv) The rider may request as many and replacement of oil filters. noise tests as he wishes during iii) Removing air from the braking the 60 minutes allowance. circuit, v) After 60 minutes have elapsed, the iv) Inflating tubes and tyres. rider will be required to present his machine to the noise control test v) cleaning number plates and official for testing. If the noise level plastic parts of the motorcycle is above the required standard, the with the aid of a sponge or rider will be disqualified (or other cloth. penalties given as provided for in c) No work on the machine may take the GCRs). place: vi) If the silencer is changed during i) In any tent, vehicle or other the day, the rider must present enclosed place, it to be noted at the next time ii) In the parc fermé, check point. At the end of the iii) In the Time Check area. day, a noise control test will be carried out during the 60 minutes 223223 25 enduro and reliability trials enjoy the ride

allowance. If the test is passed, 25.5.12.5 The term “accompanied” refers to the the silencer will be marked with act of riding in company for the purpose the official paint. If not, the rider of receiving assistance, with any person may be disqualified (or other other than a registered official of the event penalties given as provided for in in the course of their duties. the GCRs.) 25.5.12.6 In any replenishment area, the chain can j) The engine must be stopped during be lubricated but only the rider is allowed refuelling, to do this work. k) The rider must dismount from the 25.5.13 inspection and Marking motorcycle during refuelling, 25.5.13.1 At any time check a relevant official: l) An environmental mat or other a) Must record the time as displayed on effective device is required to be the clock when the competitor’s time used when refueling.The minimum card is presented, dimensions of the mat or other effective devices must be at least b) May inspect any machine, 500mm x 500mm. The penalty c) May mark any part, for non compliance may be d) May direct the alteration of any discretionary, machine which does not comply with m) No fuel may be carried other than any requirement of these Rules or in a tank or container permanently the SR, attached to the machine, e) May direct the administration of any n) Unless otherwise stated in the SR, noise or other test, replacement of any fluids except f) May report any competitor or water or coolant is only permitted in machine to the jury or a key official. the work area and at a Time Check 25.5.13.2 Any competitor required to submit to a between the white and yellow flags noise test under the preceding Rule: where service is permitted, a) May request further tests during o) There must be at least 1 refueling the 30 minutes next after the depot every 50 km., completion of the initial test, p) Tyres may only be changed: b) May be required, at the expiration of i) At the final service area, that time, to submit to a further test, ii) In the work area at the start. c) May not continue in the event if, 25.5.12 assistance at the expiration of that time, the machine does not comply with the 25.5.12.1 All outside assistance is forbidden, other prescribed noise emission levels. than the normal assistance given at the Official Time Checks and to clean the 25.5.14 timed Tests number plates and plastic parts of the 25.5.14.1 Timed tests must be as follows: motorcycle with the aid of a sponge or a) Average speed must not exceed 50 cloth. km/h. 25.5.12.2 The term “outside assistance” refers to b) Competitors may inspect test the act involved when any person, other courses on foot but not by wheeled than the rider or an official performing vehicle, his duties, comes into contact with the c) Be safe and of a reasonable degree motorcycle. of difficulty, 25.5.12.3 No machine may be moved otherwise d) For multi-day events, be marked than by: not less than 48 hours before the a) Its engine, or scheduled start time for the test, b) The actions of its rider. e) A rider who leaves the test course 25.5.12.4 No competitor may be accompanied and gains an advantage may incur anywhere on the course. penalties as in GCR 4.3.2.

224 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25 enduro and reliability trials

25.5.15 cross Tests and Enduro Tests f) Competitors may inspect special 25.5.15.1 Cross tests and Enduro tests must be as test courses on foot, follows: g) As each competitor finishes they a) Cross test courses must: must resume the principal course i) Be between 2 and 5 kilometres without stopping. in length, 25.5.16 Final Test ii) Be specially prepared for the 25.5.16.1 At the end of an event there may be test, a final test which must be a closed iii) Have safety zones at all bends circuit with a minimum of 5 laps and and other places of potential a maximum of 10 laps covering a danger to spectators, with total distance of between 10 and 18 a minimum width of 1 metre kilometers: to which spectators have no a) Be conducted on a closed circuit, access, b) Consist of not less than 5 or more than iv) Start within 1 kilometre of a 10 laps, with the actual number of laps time check point, prescribed in the SR, v) Have the start and finish line in c) Cover not less than 10 or more than the same vicinity. 18 kilometres. b) Enduro test courses must: 25.5.16.2 Before the start of the test all machines i) Be readily accessible to a 4 must be delivered to a parc fermé. wheel drive vehicle, 25.5.16.3 Prior to competition, there will be a ii) Be on a section of the course voluntary escorted preliminary lap of between 2 time checks, the course. iii) Be between 2 and 5 kilometres 25.5.16.4 Tests will be divided into groups based in length, on classes. iv) Be untimed during the first lap 25.5.16.5 Should a competitor finish the road test and timed during subsequent late, the competitor may be transferred laps, to another group. v) For multi-day events, an enduro test which is ridden on previous 25.5.16.6 Restart competitors must not compete days and repeated in the same in a test with competitors who are still in direction on future days may be the competition. They may compete in timed on the first lap of these a separate test. if 1 is scheduled by the days. organisers c) Each competitor must: 25.5.16.7 For multi-day events, massed starts i) Start with the engine running, must be used with grid positions ii) Come to a stop at the start line, determined by placings at the end of as directed by an official, and the previous day. start within 10 seconds after 25.5.16.8 For 1 day events, grid positions must being directed by the official, be allocated by the Promoter. iii) The riders start time will be the 25.5.16.9 At the conclusion of the prescribed moment the front wheel moves number of laps by the leading rider, the past the recording device or chequered flag will be shown. From the at the expiration of the 10 time the race winner takes the chequered seconds. flag 5 minutes will be allowed for other d) More than 1 test may be run on the riders to complete the lap they are on, same course in each day, after which the test is over e) Tests must have flying finishes 25.5.17 Finish of Event with each competitor’s time being 25.5.17.1 All finishing machines may be recorded at the point of crossing the impounded for 30 minutes. finish line, 225225 25 enduro and reliability trials enjoy the ride

25.5.17.2 For each machine an event finishes: 25.5.19.4 Where a competitor is a member of a a) If there is a final examination, at team: the conclusion of the examination a) The team will incur 7,200 penalty of the machine, points for each day of the event that b) If there is no final examination, at that rider does not complete. the moment the machine arrives at b) If the competitor is permitted to the final time check. restart after exclusion for a day, the 25.5.17.3 A rider is considered to have finished the team will incur 7,200 points for the enduro when he has passed the final Time day the competitor was excluded Check of the event. Failure to complete plus 7,200 for each following day. the final Speed Test (if applicable) will 25.5.20 exclusion from an Event incur the maximum penalty as per Rule 25.5.20.1 A competitor is liable to be excluded from 25.5.18 an event for any of the following acts 25.5.18 Penalties during the event: 25.5.18.1 Penalty points are incurred as follows: a) Competing on a machine with an engine capacity different from that PENALTY POINTS stated on the entry form, Late arrival at the start line 60 points per b) Receiving spare parts or tools minute anywhere on the course except the Not crossing the 20m line under 10 points power within time service areas. (ie. The Working Area Early and late arrival at a time check 60 points per and at Time Checks between the minute white and yellow flags), Stopping between yellow flags and c) Replacing any marked part without 60 points control table at time check authoriSation, Starting of engine in starting area 60 points d) Failing to have all marked parts on prior to start signal the motorcycle at all times when on Starting the engine in the parc fermé 120 points the course. [ Except in the case of or work area Rule 25.5.11 i) vi)] Uncompleted day for a competitor 7,200 points e) Placing the motorcycle in the Parc Special tests - for each 1/100 sec 1/100 point Fermé without all the marked parts. Final test – for each uncompleted lap plus the time of the slowest completed 60 points f) Without authorisation, entering the test time in the same class parc fermé other than to collect or Individuals who restart – per day plus deliver the machine, 7200 points points for completed special tests g) In the parc fermé: i) Touching any other competitor’s 25.5.19 Classification of Individuals & Teams machine, 25.5.19.1 For individual classification, the time ii) Touching his or her machine obtained each day will be added for each other than for purposes of rider in each class and in each category. collection or delivery, The rider with the total lowest time will be h) Smoking in the parc fermé, working placed first and so on. area, or between the white and 25.5.19.2 For individuals, daily penalty points will be yellow flags, accumulated. i) Placing the machine in the parc 25.5.19.3 For teams: fermé more than 2 hours after the a) For the team classification, the times competitor’s scheduled finishing obtained by each team rider will be time, added together to form the daily time of j) Without authorisation, placing the the team. The team with the total lowest machine in any tent, vehicle or other time will be placed first and so on, enclosed place, b) Daily penalty points will be accumulated. 226 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25 enduro and reliability trials

k) Carrying fuel on a machine other f) Arriving more than 60 minutes late than in a permanently attached tank for: or container, i) The start, l) Not stopping the engine during ii) A time check. refueling, g) Moving the machine otherwise than m) Without authorisation: by: i) Communicating with i) Its engine, or accompanying persons, ii) The actions of the competitor. ii) Being accompanied by another h) Riding off the course or against the competitor, course direction, iii) Accompanying another i) Failing to get the time card and/or competitor. control check list marked at a time n) Not observing traffic regulations, check, o) Knowingly failing to hand in time j) Missing a time check or a route cards at the finish of each day, check, p) Altering a time card or route card or k) Changing tyres other than: using another rider’s card, i) At the final service area, or q) Practicing on the special test course, ii) In the working area in the start r) Inspecting the special test course area. other than on foot, l) Receiving or using prohibited tools. s) Riding against the direction of the 25.5.21.2 A competitor liable to the penalties course, prescribed in the 2 preceding Rules may t) Competing on a machine the engine apply to the Steward for a reduction in of which exceeds the maximum penalty. The Steward, on being satisfied capacity of the entered class. that penalties were incurred in exceptional 25.5.21 exclusion for a Day circumstances, may: 25.5.21.1 A competitor is liable to be excluded for a) Determine that no penalty should be the day from an event if, during that day, imposed, they do any of the following: b) Impose a lesser penalty. a) Failing to pass a noise control test, 25.5.22 explanation of Results b) Refueling outside refueling areas, 25.5.22.1 A competitor may, no more than 24 hours c) Failing to deposit the machine in the after the publication of the results of parc fermé forthwith after the final any day’s run, request from the Clerk of check-in of the day, Course an explanation of those results. d) Entering the parc fermé with the engine running, 25.6 comPETITION RULES - jUNIOR e) Receiving outside assistance other ENDURO than for purposes of: i) Refueling, 25.6.1.1 These rules are additional to and/or ii) Removing, replacing and exceptions to current Enduro rules. All replenishing: other enduro rules apply in this form of the discipline unless modified by SCB by . Coolant, laws or by the event SR. . Brake fluids, . Engine and gearbox lubricating oils. and removal and replacement of oil filters. iii) Inflating tubes and tyres.

227227 25 enduro and reliability trials enjoy the ride

25.6.2 Frames and Parts - Junior Enduro 25.6.5.4 Junior competitors may receive outside 25.6.2.1 Junior Solo wheel sizes: assistance anywhere on the course.

CLASS FRONT REAR 25.7 australian 4 DAY ENDURO 50cc Demo 10” (254mm) CHAMPIONSHIPS 10”or 12” 10” (254mm) 50cc Auto (254 or 305mm) 25.7.1 description of A4DE 14” to 15” 65cc 12” (305mm) 25.7.1.1 The Australian Enduro Championships (356 to 381mm) will be a 4 day event known as the 85cc 2- & 15” to 17” 14” (356mm) Australian 4 Day Enduro (A4DE). 150 cc 4-stroke (381 to 432mm) The A4DE will determine both the 18” to 21” Australian Team’s and the Australian 85cc Big Wheel (407mm to 482mm) (457 to 534mm) Individual Championships.

18” to 21” 16” to 19” 100cc 25.7.2 a4DE Entries (457 to 534mm) 25.7.2.1 The number of entries, both as to 125cc - 200cc 17” to 21” maximum and minimum numbers, will 2-stroke (432 to 534mm) be as specified in the SR. 17” to 21” 250cc 4-stroke (432 to 534mm) 25.7.2.2 The closing date for entries will be 14 days before the event. 25.6.2.2 Solo handlebars must be securely 25.7.2.3 Priority will be given to teams over plugged and have the following widths. individuals. 25.7.2.4 Each team entering for the event may CLASS WIDTH (mm) nominate a manager. 80cc 800 80cc 4-stroke 800 25.7.2.5 Team manager’s names must be 100cc 850 submitted to the Promoter no later than 200cc 2-stroke and 250cc 4-stroke 850 the end of the preliminary examination. 25.7.2.6 The team manager is responsible for 25.6.3 engines - Junior Enduro representing the team. 25.6.3.1 Maximum capacity of motorcycles for 25.7.3 a4DE Jury Junior Enduro is 200cc 2-Stroke and 25.7.3.1 Each State which has entered a 250cc 4-Stroke. Trophy Team or a Junior Trophy Team 25.6.4 Enduro Courses- Junior may nominate a representative for the 25.6.4.1 Enduro courses for juniors should have Jury, subject to GCR 2.5.11.3. time checks no less than 5km and no 25.7.4 a4DE Solo Classes more than 20km apart. CLASS CAPACITY 25.6.4.2 Enduro courses for juniors must have 1 Enduro 1 refueling stop every 35km. 100cc to 150cc 2 stroke & 150cc to 250cc 4 stroke 25.6.4.3 For Junior Enduros the total time for the day of competition must not exceed Enduro 2 175cc to 250cc 2 stroke & 275cc to 4 hours, including the 15 minutes at 450cc 4 stroke the final time check. Enduro 3 290cc to 500cc 2 stroke & 475cc to 25.6.5 Junior Event Procedures 650cc 4 stroke 25.6.5.1 Junior riders may receive assistance 25.7.5 a4DE Veteran Class starting their machine at the special test start line. 25.7.5.1 Riders must have turned 35 years before 1st January in the year of competition. 25.6.5.2 Junior riders may be given a new start Machines may be of any capacity. time should they stall their machine on the start line. 25.6.5.3 Junior competitors may receive parts anywhere on the course. 228 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25 enduro and reliability trials

25.7.6 a4DE Masters Class c) Other requirements as specified in Riders must have turned 45 years of age the SR to comply with road traffic before the 1st January in the year of laws of the host State. competition. Machines may be of any 25.7.9.3 No motorcycle may enter the A4DE parc capacity. fermé without a fixed stand approved at 25.7.7 a4DE Women’s Class machine examination. 25.7.7.1 Women may ride machines of any 25.7.9.4 Where a stand breaks during 1 of the days capacity. of competition, the competitor has until the 25.7.7.2 To constitute a class, the number of end of the next day’s competition to repair contestants entered and competeing will or replace the stand. In the meantime, be 6. the machine will be allowed into the parc fermé without a stand under conditions 25.7.7.3 Should there be insufficient numbers in decided by the Clerk of Course. Failure this class, each competitor will compete to repair of replace the stand within the in the appropriate capacity class prescribed time will result in exclusion for 25.7.8 change of Machine the event. 25.7.8.1 After the closing date for entries: 25.7.10 cancellation a) A competitor may apply in writing 25.7.10.1 MA may, if it considers that there are to the jury for permission to change insufficient entries for an A4DE, cancel machines, the event. b) A team may apply in writing to the 25.7.10.2 In the event of a cancellation under this jury for permission: Rule, entry fees must be refunded. i) For a team member to change machines or to ride the entered machine in a class different from 25.8 the COURSE – A4DE the 1 for which it was entered, 25.8.1 requirements of Course ii) To substitute 1 entered team member for another. 25.8.1.1 The course must consist of roads that are c) Applications must be delivered to passable in all kinds of weather. the Clerk of the Course before the 25.8.1.2 The total distance to be covered will be no preliminary machine examination, less than 600 km nor more than 1,000 km d) The jury may grant permission with no more than 3 laps each day. subject to such conditions as it thinks 25.8.1.3 A different colour must be used for marking fit or may refuse permission, the route each day except when the route e) No team or competitor may change is the same and in the same direction on the capacity of an entered machine. consecutive days. The course must be 25.7.9 eligibility marked with a different colour for each day and must have numbers on the 25.7.9.1 Only solo machines are eligible for the markers indicating the day the colour A4DE. is used. 25.7.9.2 All machines entered in the A4DE must 25.8.1.4 A draft of the proposed SR for the event, have: together with samples of all marking signs a) Working commercially available to be used in the event, must be delivered headlight and tail light, visible to to the Enduro Commission not less than 4 other road users, either: months before the date of the event. i) Permanently wired to illuminate, 25.8.1.5 The starting order must be established or to allow the Trophy, Junior Trophy and ii) Able to be switched on or off selected seeded riders to start first by a single switch mounted 25.8.1.6 Riders not in Trophy Teams may be on the handlebar or headlight seeded The seeded position of riders must assembly. be approved by the Enduro Commission. b) A working brake light, visible to other road users, operated by the brake pedal or handlebar brake lever, 229229 25 enduro and reliability trials enjoy the ride

25.8.1.6 At the end of each day the course must: 25.8.3 tests of Course a) Have a final service area before the 25.8.3.1 On each of the first 3 days there must be final time check point, at least 4 special tests which must consist b) Have before the final service area, a of at least 1 Enduro test and 1 cross test: pre-finish time check point, a) At the end of the final day there must i) Which is a no service time check, be a final test,or ii) After which competitors have 15 b) There must be a shortened final day minutes to reach the final time with at least 3 timed tests. check. 25.9 Preliminary Examination- A4DE 25.8.1.7 The starting area must: a) Contain a parc fermé to which all 25.9.1 Preliminary Examination - Marking of Parts access and egress is controlled 25.9.1.1 At the preliminary examination, the and which connects directly to the following parts will be marked with paint or working area, non removable sticker with competitor’s b) Contain a working area from which numbers as follows: there is only 1 exit to the starting a) Main section of the frame on the enclosure and where machine right hand side of steering head - 1 maintenance may be carried out, b) Hub of each wheel - 2 c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1 c) Right side of crankcase - 1 end of which is the starting line and d) Exhaust system - 1 in which the competitors await the 25.9.1.2 The markings on wheel hubs, crankcase starting signal, and exhaust system must be heat d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise resistant. regulated as to access so as to 25.9.1.3 Other than for the purpose of repairs and prevent the entry of unauthorised maintenance authorised under these persons, Rules, no competitor may, during an e) Be in the charge of officials who are event, without authorisation replace or clearly identified, change, or cause or permit to be replaced f) Have its entrance and exit clearly or changed, any part marked at the marked. preliminary examination. 25.8.2 completion of Course 25.9.1.4 The rider will sign an agreement certifying 25.8.2.1 Subject to the following sub-Rules, each that the parts have been properly marked. competitor must complete all 4 runs. This declaration must indicate the frame 25.8.2.2 A competitor who is excluded for 1 day: number. a) May restart on the next following day, 25.9.1.5 The use of an environmental mat, or but other effective device, is obligatory at the place where assistance and refueling is b) If excluded for a further 1 day, may authorised by the organiser. not restart. 25.8.2.3 For a team to be classified as finishing, at 25.10 Publication of Results - A4DE least 1 rider must complete the course. 25.8.2.4 If the event is stopped prematurely by the 25.10.1 Publications of Results Requirements jury it cannot be re-run. 25.10.1.1 Subject to the following Rule, the results 25.8.2.5 If the event is stopped before the majority of each day of the competition must be of riders have completed half the total published as soon as possible after the distance the event will be declared null completion of the day. and void. 25.10.1.2 If it is impracticable to publish in accordance 25.8.2.6 If the event is stopped at a later stage with the preceding Rule, the results the jury will decide whether the event is must be published before the evening void or declare such results and awards jury meeting and competitors must be as they consider justified according to the informed not later than the time for circumstances. resumption of the next day. 230 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25 enduro and reliability trials

25.11 a4DE Awards 25.11.2 a4DE Awards – The Junior Trophy 25.11.2.1 The Junior Trophy is an Australian 25.11.1 a4DE Awards – The Challenge Trophy Championship for State Teams, and other 25.11.1.1 The Trophy is an Australian Championship invited national teams. competition for State teams, and other 25.11.2.2 Subject to the following 2 Rules, each national invited teams. SCB may enter 1 team comprising 4 25.11.1.2 Subject to the following 2 Rules, each competitors whose licences must have SCB may enter 1 team comprising 6 been issued by that SCB. competitors whose licences must have 25.11.2.3 MNSW may enter, in addition to its own been issued by that SCB. team, an ACT team which comprises 25.11.1.3 MNSW may enter, in addition to its own a team of competitors in which each team, an ACT team which comprises competitor: a team of competitors in which each a) Must hold a licence issued by competitor: MNSW; a) Must hold a licence issued by b) Must have a licence, which names MNSW; an ACT Club. b) Must have a licence, which names 25.11.2.4 An SCB, which includes in its team a an ACT Club. competitor: 25.11.1.4 An SCB, which includes in its team a a) Who has previously held a licence competitor: issued in Australia; and a) Who has previously held a licence b) Who is competing under Chapter 3. issued in Australia; and must have been the issuing SCB for that b) Who is competing under Chapter 3; previous Australian licence. must have been the issuing SCB for that 25.11.2.5 Each competitor must be under the age of previous Australian licence. 23 years as at January 1 in the year of the 25.11.1.5 The 6 motorcycles of each team must belong event to at least 3 different capacity classes. 25.11.2.6 A rider nominated for a Trophy Team 25.11.1.6 The winning team will be awarded the cannot also be a member of a Junior Challenge Trophy. Trophy Team. 25.11.1.7 Each member of the winning team will be 25.11.2.7 The 4 motorcycles in each team must be awarded a souvenir trophy. at least of 2 different classes. 25.11.1.8 The second and third placed teams will 25.11.2.8 Results will be determined as for the receive special awards. Trophy Teams. 25.11.1.9 The results of the Challenge Trophy will 25.11.2.9 Each member of the winning team will be be established in the following order: awarded a souvenir trophy. a) The team with the highest number of 25.11.2.10 The second and third placed teams will riders finishing the event. receive special awards. b) The team with the lowest number of 25.11.2.11 Riders nominated in the Women’s class are not points. eligible for the Junior Trophy Team. 25.11.1.10 Ties will be resolved in the following 25.11.3 a4DE Awards – The Club Team Awards manner: 25.11.3.1 The Club Team Awards are a competition a) The score of the rider with the highest into which each SCB may enter 1 or more number of points will be deducted teams. from the team’s total points. 25.11.3.2 A Club Team: b) If a tie still exists, the scores of the a) Must be nominated by a 2 riders with the highest number motorcycling club affiliated to the of points will be deducted from the SCB; team’s total points. b) Must consist of three riders each of 25.11.1.11 Riders nominated in the Veterans, whom must have their competition Masters and Women’s class are not licence issued through the eligible for the Trophy Team. nominating club. 231231 25 enduro and reliability trials enjoy the ride

25.11.3.3 No competitor may be a member of more 25.12.0.3 Cross Country events may be run over: than one club team. a) A specified number of laps, or 25.11.3.4 Competitors in the Trophy, Junior Trophy b) A specified length of time. or Motorcycle Trade team events are 25.12.0.4 Cross Country events must: ineligible for this competition. a) Start with riders lined up in single 25.11.3.5 Results will be determined as for the rows, Trophy Teams. b) Have a maximum of 40 riders per 25.11.3.6 The first three club teams will receive row, special awards. c) Start only 1 row at a time, 25.11.4 a4DE Awards – The Trade Team Awards d) Have a minimum of 1 minute 25.11.4.1 The Trade Team Awards are a competition in between rows starting. which any trader within the motorcycle trade 25.12.0.5 Prior to competition there will be an may enter a team consisting of 3 riders. escorted preliminary lap of the course. 25.11.4.2 A competitor may not be a member of 25.12.0.6 Outside mechanical assistance is more than 1 Trade Team permitted in areas designated by the 25.11.4.3 A competitor in a Club team is ineligible organiser (including receiving tools and for this competition. parts). 25.11.4.4 Results will be determined as for the 25.12.1 cross Country Pony Express Trophy Teams. 25.12.1.1 Pony Express is a form of Cross Country 25.11.4.5 The 3 best teams will receive special racing in which usually riders participate awards. under the following conditions: 25.11.4.6 Riders nominated as Veterans, Masters a) 2 riders and 2 machines, and Women’s classes are eligible. b) 2 riders and 1 machine, 25.11.5 a4DE Awards – The Individual Riders Medals c) Iron man Class - 1 rider and 1 machine. 25.11.5.1 The Gold Medal of MA The Souvenir Gold Medal will be awarded to all riders 25.13 sprint whose total number of points do not 25.13.0.1 These rules are additional to and/or exceed 110% of the number of points exceptions to current Enduro rules. All achieved by the first rider of that class. other enduro rules apply in this form of 25.11.5.2 The Silver Medal of MA The Souvenir the discipline unless modified by SCB Silver Medal will be awarded to all riders by-laws or the event SR. whose total number of points do not 25.13.0.2 Sprint is an off road, natural terrain exceed 140% of the number of points event consisting of a number of heats of achieved by the first rider of that class. a short course. Each heat is set along 25.11.5.3 The Bronze Medal of MA The Souvenir the lines of an Enduro Special Test. The Bronze Medal will be awarded to all rider in each class with the least total riders who complete the A4DE within the elapsed time will be declared the winner allotted time. of the class. 25.12 cross COUNTRY 25.13.0.3 Sprint heats will adhere to Enduro rules 25.12.0.1 These rules are additional to and/or for Timed tests (GCR 25.5.14) exceptions to current Enduro rules. All 25.13.0.4 The Clerk of Course will confirm the other Enduro rules apply in this form of number of heats to be run on the day the discipline unless modified by SCB as soon as practical after the end of the bylaws or the event SR. first heat. 25.12.0.2 Cross Country is an off road, natural 25.13.0.5 To be considered a finisher, riders must terrain, continuous multi-lap event with start all heats and complete at least each lap being between 10 kms and 20 75% of the heats. kms in length. The rider or team in each 25.13.0.6 A rider who does not complete a heat class completing the most laps in the will be awarded the slowest heat time in least elapsed time will be declared the their class plus 100 seconds. 232 winner of the class. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25 enduro and reliability trials

25.13.0.7 In National and Open Competitions a JUNIOR CLASSES CAPACITY rider is only permitted to enter 1 class of the event. Class J1 85cc 2 stroke 25.13.0.8 Multiple entry of 1 machine in the same 9-11yrs Up to 150cc 4 stroke (Standard Wheels only) class is not permitted. 25.13.0.9 Full mechanical assistance is permitted Class J2 85cc 2 stroke in areas designated by the organiser. 12-13 15yrs Up to 150cc 4 stroke 25.13.0.10 A Cross Country Sprint may include a Class J3 - 14-15yrs 85cc 2 stroke timed enduro loop between each heat. Up to 150cc 4 stroke 25.13.0.11Prior to competition there will be an Class J4 J3 125cc - 200cc 2-stroke escorted preliminary lap of the sprint 13-14 yrs 150cc - 250cc 4-stroke Class J5 J4 125cc - 200cc 2-stroke 25.14 australian Off Road 15 yrs 150cc - 250cc 4-stroke Championships 25.14.1 description of AOR Championships 25.14.4 australian Off Road Championship- 25.14.1.1 The Australian Off Road Championships Veterans Class. will be decided over a series of events 25.14.4.1 Riders must have turned 35 years before from the enduro discipline. These may 1 January in the year of competition. include Enduro, Sprint, Cross Country Machines may be of any capacity. and Enduro Sprint. The number of 25.14.5 Australian Off Road Championship- rounds will be prescribed in the Series Masters Class Supplementary Regulations. 25.14.5.1 Riders must have turned 45 years before 25.14.2 australian Off Road Championship Entries 1 January in the year of the competition. 25.14.2.1 For a Championship to be awarded there Machines may be of any capacity. must be a minimum of 10 entries in each class for each round of the Championship 25.14.6 australian Off Road Championship- Womens Class 25.14.3 Australian Off Road Championship classes 25.14.6.1 Women may ride machines of any SENIOR CLASSES CAPACITY capacity. Class E1 100cc to 150cc 2 stroke & 25.14.6.2 To constitute a class, there must be a 150cc to 250cc 4 stroke minimum of 6 competitors entered and competing in the Womens class. Class E2 175cc to 250cc 2 stroke & 25.14.6.3 Should there be insuffficient numbers in 275cc to 450cc 4 stroke this class, the riders will be included in the Class E3 290cc to 500cc 2 stroke & appropriate capacity class. 475cc to 650cc 4 stroke

asd Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter – regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free! www.ma.org.au

233233233 25 enduro and reliability trials enjoy the ride

25.14.7 validity of Championships 25.14.8.2 All machines must comply with GCRs 25.14.7.1 For a Championship to be awarded in 25.2.1.2 to 25.2.1.6. a class there must be a valid field in at 25.14.8.3 The use of an environment mat, or least 75% of the rounds in that class (a other effective device is obligatory at the minimum of 10 competitors for each place where assistance and refueling is class except the Womens class which authorised by the organiser. must have a minimum of 6 otherwise 25.14.9 australian Off Road Awards the total of all rounds will not constitute a 25.14.9.1 Winners and place getters will receive MA Championship. medallions as per GCR 13.3.1 25.14.8 australian Off Road Eligibility 25.14.9.2 Other awards and/or prizemoney will be 25.14.8.1 Only solo machines are eligible for the awarded as detailed in the Event SR. Australian Off Road Championships.

234 2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT

26 MINIKHANA 26.1 INTRODUCTION the length of the lower leg, with the rider in a racing position on the machine. The following Minikhana Rules are written to 26.2.4 gloves facilitate the organisation of uniform, safe and fair 26.2.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of competitions. similar or greater durability. The express purpose of Minikhana motorcycling 26.2.5 goggles and Visors is the development of riding skills and techniques 26.2.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, for junior competitors by providing an organised protective goggles, helmet visors and/or competition, where skill, rather than speed is the ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: determining factor. a) Eye protectors and spectacles are 26.2 Protective Clothing- minikhana made of non-shattering material, 26.2.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or b) Eye protectors which cause visual compete in any Minikhana competition disturbance are not to be used, unless wearing the following protective c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, equipment and clothing: d) Eye shades or peaks are of a 26.2.1 helmet flexible material. 26.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet 26.2.6 hair and Jewellery which must: 26.2.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be a) Carry the Standards Association of confined in the helmet or jacket. Australia “AS 1698” label; or 26.2.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 securely covered with tape prior to & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM competition. Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 26.2.7 Footwear in pits 26.2.2 Clothing 26.2.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the 26.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or a non-combustible pit area or any competition area at all synthetic material. times. 26.2.2.2 A long sleeved shirt or jersey which must 26.3 Frames and parts- MINIKHANA be: 26.3.0.1 All machines must remain standard with a) Made of close knit fabric of natural the manufacturer’s specifications with or synthetic fibre, the exception of: b) Must be a snug fit and provide a) Exhaust system, protection against abrasion to the b) Gearing, body and arms. c) Carburettor jetting, 26.2.2.3 For Minicross, mini Enduro and Reliability events commercially manufactured body d) Plastics, armour must be worn. e) Handlebars. 26.2.3 Footwear 26.3.0.2 With the exception of rear shock absorber(s), all motorcycles shall comply 26.2.3.1 Boots which must be: with the manufacturer’s specifications. a) Constructed of leather, plastic or 26.3.0.3 Efficient brakes must be fitted as per other similarly durable material, and manufacturer’s specifications. b) Of a length that must at least cover ¾ of 235 26 minikhana enjoy the ride

26.3.0.4 When the brake arm or lever is of the 26.5.1.2 The Big Wheel class shall be the premier class open or hooked type, the brake actuating and shall be the final event of the meeting. rod or cable must be secured so as to 26.5.1.3 Competitors shall be graded according to prevent accidental dislodgment. ability into 1 of the following classes for 26.3.0.5 An ignition cut out switch, operating on their age group and machine capacity. the primary circuit must be fitted to the a A Grade 50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or handlebars in an accessible position. 150cc 4-stroke 26.3.0.6 Handlebar pads must be fitted over b B Grade 50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or crossbar or handlebar mounting clamp. 150cc 4-stroke c C Grade 50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or 26.3.0.7 Handlebar ends must be securely plugged. 150cc 4-stroke 26.3.0.8 Handlebar lever protectors, where fitted, d Mini Wheel (Aged 7 to U16) Subject to all must be single mounted. other rules machines prescribed in 26.3.0.9 All glass and plastic lenses shall be either 12.16.1.1.a and correct wheel size removed or covered with a fabric backed tape. for 65 cc prescribed in 12.17.3 are permitted to be used in this grade 26.3.0.10 Front and rear mudguards to be fitted. e Junior Combined 85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc 26.3.0.11 Wheel sizes: Big Wheel 4-stroke (Aged 12 to U16), f Senior Combined 85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc CLASS FRONT REAR 4-stroke Miniwheel 14” 12” g Senior A 85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke Standard Wheel 17” 14” 26.5.1.4 Grading of competitors is utilised instead Big Wheel 19” 16” of grouping. Age differences of more than 26.4 engines- MINIKHANA 4 years is acceptable. 26.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 26.5.1.5 A competitor may change their grading 95dB(A) as measured in GCR 12.10 by making formal application through the 26.4.0.2 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 12.10 competitors club. 26.4.0.3 The maximum capacity of any engine 26.5.1.6 A competitor who successfully requests in Minikhana is 100cc 2-stroke or 150cc to be upgraded within the competitor’s 4-stroke . age group shall not be down graded whilst eligible for that age group. 26.5 Classes & categories- minikhana 26.5.1.7 A competitor may be granted a temporary 26.5.0.1 No 50cc rider shall exceed the age of 11 yrs. grading change for any particular competition 26.5.0.2 Riders in the Mini Wheel grades shall be a with the approval of the SCB Grading Officer minimum age of 7 years and under 16 years. to ensure each event has the required 26.5.0.3 Riders in the 85cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke number of starters. Such temporary grading grades shall be a minimum age of 9 years. changes shall be effective for only that meeting. Points earned during temporary 26.5.0.4 Riders in the Big Wheel 85cc/100cc grading changes shall be accredited to 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke class shall be the competitor’s accumulated tally for the a minimum age of 12 years. competitor’s official grade. 26.5.0.5 All Big Wheel 85cc/100cc 2-stroke or 26.5.1.8 A competitor who elects to ride in a higher grade 150cc 4-stroke riders aged between 12 must continue in that class for future events. years and 15 years must ride in the Junior 26.5.1.9 All competitors may be upgraded within Combined grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc the competitor’s age group by successful 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke category. completion of Championship events or 26.5.0.6 All senior riders can only ride in either accrual of 21 points in the competitors the Senior Combined grade 85cc/100cc accumulated tally. 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke or Senior 26.5.1.10 Grading books will be available on all A grade 85cc/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc competition days. 4-stroke categories. 26.5.1.11 Grading changes will not occur at 26.5.1 grading Championship events. 26.5.1.1 Senior competitors can only compete in either 26.5.1.12 Riders who place 1st or 2nd in C grade at the Senior A or Combined Grade 85/100cc interclub or State events will be upgraded 236 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke categories. to B Grade. Riders who place 1st in B 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26 minikhana

grade at interclub or State events will be 26.6.1 scoring upgraded to A Grade. 26.6.1.1 For Championship events, points will be 26.5.1.13 When a rider goes from 80cc Mini Wheel awarded as listed below: to a 65cc the rider may be dropped a a) Club, the club amassing the most maximum of 1 grade and if the rider number of places will be the goes from 80cc Mini Wheel to 85/100cc Championship Club;. 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke the rider may be dropped a maximum of 2 grades. Any b) Individual, the competitors amassing the 60cc rider going to Mini Wheel 80cc must highest point score in each class shall be ride at the equivalent grade. the Championship winner of that class 26.5.1.14 When a rider who has ridden in 85/100cc INDIVIDUAL PLACING CLUB POINTS 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke grade goes to Junior POINTS combined Big Wheel 85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc 1st 3 points 17 points 4-stroke, they must ride at the equivalent grade. 2nd 2 points 12 points 26.5.1.15 When a rider who has ridden an automatic 3rd 1 point 9 points 50cc machine and goes up to a geared 26.6.1.2 For other than Trials, ties for 1st or 2nd will 60cc or 80cc machine the rider may be be resolved by a run-off between the tied dropped a maximum of 2 grades. competitors. Trials will be resolved by a 26.5.2 Rider and Machine Identification count back. Competitors tied for 3rd will 26.5.2.1 All competitors must wear an approved each be awarded 3rd place. riding vest or jersey with club and rider 26.6.1.3 For all other events the method of scoring number identification as an outer garment. will be as prescribed in SR. 26.5.3 minikhana Number Plates 26.6.2 starting Procedure 26.5.3.1 The background colour on the front and side number plates (the size of which will 26.6.2.1 All starts shall be from the right hand end of the be as per manufacturer’s specification) is Start/Finish line facing towards the course. the official grading colour. 26.6.2.2 All starts shall be flag starts. 26.6.2.3 Minicross starts may be by mechanical means. CLASS/GRADE BACKGROUND FIGURE 26.6.2.4 Footing areas shall be on the start/finish COLOUR COLOUR line side of marker 1 and on the opposite A Grade Yellow Black side for all other markers. B Grade Red White 26.6.2.5 Unless otherwise stated, only the left foot C Grade White Black may be used when footing permitted. Non Competitive Green White Background & number colours 26.6.2.6 Start and finish of an event is deemed to Mini Wheel Grade to be in accordance with the be when: appropriate grading of the rider. a) The front axle crosses the start line, and Background & number colours b) The front axle crosses the finish line. Junior Combined to be in accordance with the Grade 26.6.2.7 Competitors are to stop competing and appropriate grading of the rider. remain stationary when shown the Black Big Wheel Flag. The Marshall will display the Black 85cc/100cc Flag until acknowlegded by the Event Senior Combined Black White Controller. Grade 26.6.2.8 Competitors must be informed of faults when Big Wheel reported by either the flag Marshal or an official. 85cc/100cc Senior A Grade Yellow Black 26.6.2.9 A minimum of 4 lanes will be available per Big Wheel each event area. Competitors to draw for 85cc/100cc lanes. 26.6.2.10 The number of heats will be maximised to 26.6 COmpetition Rules- MINIKHANA ensure maximum amount of competitors 26.6.0.1 A machine may only be ridden by 1 rider during a compete in the final while not unduly meeting and may not be substituted for another. increase the total number of heats. 26.6.0.2 Placings can only be achieved by the 26.6.2.11 Use the following table to calculate correct completion of an event. numbers of riders in heats. 237 26 minikhana enjoy the ride

Total no of Riders 26.6.2.12 The official of the event shall advise each competitor of successful completion of the NUMBER IN HEATS course. 26.6.2.13 Competitors must complete the course to win the event: 4 +4 a) If all competitors in a final fault, 1 5 +3 +2 re-run must occur and if the re-run 6 +2 +2 +2 is unsuccessfully completed the last competitor to fault shall be declared 7 +3 +2 +2 the winner, 8 +2 +2 +2 +2 b) If there are insufficient competitors for 9 +3 +2 +2 +2 more than 1 heat then the heat will 10 +3 +3 +2 +2 be deemed to be the final. There will be no re-runs if all riders fault. Only 11 +3 +3 +3 +2 riders successfully completing the 12 +3 +3 +3 +3 course can place in the event. Riders 13 +4 +3 +3 +3 must complete the course to gain a place. 14 +4 +4 +3 +3 15 +4 +4 +4 +3 26.6.3 Fault 26.6.3.1 Fault, as defined by elimination faults for 16 +4 +4 +4 +4 each event: 17 +2 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 a) Competitors making more than 2 18 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 false starts in an event shall be 19 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 eliminated, 20 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 b) Only successful completion of an event will allow competitors to 21 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 progress to the next round, 22 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 c) Allowing front axle to cross into the 23 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 footing area of a marker already 24 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 completed will be deemed to have not followed the course procedure, 25 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 d) Only competitors having been equally 26 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 placed in their heat/semi finals may 27 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 compete against each other in a final. 28 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 (i.e. 1st v 1st, 2nd v 2nd, etc). 29 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 26.6.4 Flags and Signals 30 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 26.6.4.1 Competitors who do not obey flag signals 31 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 will be excluded from the event. 32 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 26.6.5 Witch’s Hats (diagram)

33 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 V- Slot to accept 150 mm rubber ring 34 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 25mm P.V.C. pipe

35 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 760mm

36 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 Witch’s hat Approx 500mm 37 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 38 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 39 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 3+ 40 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 Witch’s Hat 238 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26 minikhana

26.7 COURses- minikhana F= 4m E= 1.83m E= 1.83m A= Footing 26.7.1 Basic Course (see Diagram for details) C= 2.74m area for 26.7.1.1 The basic course layout for 1 competitor will cover an area of marker 2,3,4,5 B= Footing 4 metres by 16.5 metres. area for A 26.7.1.2 The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked with marker 1 NOTE:

lane tape or rope. C= 2.74m 5 There shall be 500mm 26.7.1.3 Traffic cones (witches hats) will be used as the required markers between event placed along the centre line of the course at 2.7 metre spacings. areas A A = Footing area for marker 2, 3, 4, 5. D = 3.0 metres. C= 2.74m 4 B = Footing area for marker 1. E = 4 metres. G= 16.5m

C = 2.7 metres F = 16.5 metres. A Note: There shall be 500mm between event areas. C= 2.74m 3 26.7.2 Orange Course (see Diagram for details)

26.7.2.1 Basic course with traffic cones only to be used. A 26.7.3 Orange Course Procedure C= 2.74m 2 26.7.3.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone markers to his / her left circles marker 5, returns to pass marker 1 and then continues to pass marker 1. 1 26.7.3.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker per circuit until after circling marker 1 the competitor then D= 3m B continues to cross the finish line. 26.7.3.3 Unlimited footing with the left foot is permitted. 26.7.3.4 In case of machine stalling, the competitor may restart the Start Finish engine ensuring only the left foot makes contact with the ground. Basic Course 26.7.3.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who not drawn to scale have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. Flag 26.7.3.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the Marshall winner of that round of events. 26.7.4 Orange Course Elimination 26.7.4.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: 5 a) Touching markers or tapes, b) Footing with the right foot,

c) Removing both hands from handlebars, 4 d) Not straddling machine, e) Failing to follow course procedure,

f) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed, 3 g) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously rounded marker.

26.7.5 looping (see Orange Diagram for details) 2 26.7.6 looping Course and Procedure 26.7.6.1 This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Orange 1 event with the exception that footing is not permitted. 26.7.6.2 Competitors who stall their machine may restart provided that neither foot makes contact with the ground. Finish 26.7.6.3 Competitors will also be eliminated if either foot makes any Marshall Finish Start Orange contact with the ground. not drawn to scale 239 26 minikhana enjoy the ride

26.7.6.4 Finishing order will be achieved as in the Orange event. Flag Marshall 26.7.7 Ring Return Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.7.1 This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in the centre of the traffic cone and rubber rings. 26.7.7.2 Plumber’s rings approximately 150 mm inside diameter to be used. 5 26.7.7.3 The pole to be inserted in the traffic cone as per Witch’s Hat diagram. 26.7.7.4 Rubber rings to be placed on poles at markers 2, 3, 4, & 5 on the side furthermost from the start / finish line. 4 26.7.8 Ring Return Procedure 26.7.8.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone markers to their left circles marker 5, picking up the ring and returns to pass 3 marker 1 and places ring over marker 1 pole and then continues to pass marker 4 repeating the process of retrieving the rings.

26.7.8.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker per circuit 2 until after circling marker 2. 26.7.8.3 After the final ring is placed over marker 1 pole they then complete an extra circuit around marker 5 before crossing the finish line. 1 26.7.8.4 Footing with the left foot is permitted in the footing areas only. 26.7.8.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. Finish Marshall Finish Start 26.7.8.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner Ring Return of that round of events. not drawn to scale 26.7.9 Ring Return Elimination F= 4m E= 1.83m E= 1.83m 26.7.9.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: A= Footing C= 2.74m area for a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be marker 2,3,4,5 touched by the hand during removal or placement of the ring B= Footing area for over the pole, A marker 1 b) Footing with the right foot, NOTE: C= 2.74m 5 There shall c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area, be 500mm between event d) Removing both hands from handlebars, areas e) Not straddling machine, A

f) Failing to follow course procedure, C= 2.74m 4

g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed, G= 16.5m h) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously A rounded marker, i) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground, C= 2.74m 3 j) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting to pick up ring. A 26.7.10 Bending Course (see Basic Diagram for details)

26.7.10.1 Basic course with traffic cones only to be used. C= 2.74m 2 26.7.11 Bending Procedure 26.7.11.1 Competitors start at the start line and passes marker 1 on 1 competitors left side, then changes direction to pass marker 2 on competitors right side, marker 3 on competitors left side, marker D= 3m B 4 on competitors right side and circles marker 5 on competitors left side and returns to the finish line passing the markers in the same manner, i.e. markers 4 and 2 on competitor’s right side and Start Finish markers 3 and 1 on competitors left. Basic Course 240 not drawn to scale 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26 minikhana

26.7.11.2 Crossing the finishing line after passing marker 1. Flag

26.7.11.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who Marshall have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / Footing area final. LEFT foot only 26.7.11.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events. 26.7.12 Bending Elimination 5 26.7.12.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Touching markers or tapes, b) Footing with the right foot,

c) Footing outside footing area behind marker 5, 4 d) Removing both hands from handlebars, e) Not straddling machine, f) Failing to follow course procedure. 26.7.13 Ring Bending Course (see Diagram for details) 3 26.7.13.1 This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in the centre of the traffic cone and 3 rubber rings. Rubber rings will be placed on the pole in marker 5, 1 per time by an official. 26.7.14 Ring Bending Procedure 2 26.7.14.1 Competitors will ride the course in the same manner as in the Bending event with the exception that when circling marker 5 the competitor removes thee rubber ring from the pole (official will 1 place next rubber ring on marker 5 pole) and then proceeds to marker 1 as in the Bending event. 26.7.14.2 Competitor will circle marker 1 and place rubber ring over the pole Footing area LEFT foot only Finish in marker 1 and will then continue the event until all 3 rubber rings on return have been placed over marker 1 when the competitor will cross Marshall Finish Start the finishing line. Bending Orange 26.7.14.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who not drawn to scale have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. Finish 500mm 26.7.14.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will wide be the winner of that round of events. 26.7.15 Ring Bending Elimination 26.7.15.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be touched by the hand during removal or placement of the ring

over the pole, 16.5 metres b) Footing with the right foot, c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area, d) Removing both hands from handlebars, e) Not straddling machine, f) Failing to follow course procedure, g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed, h) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground, i) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting pt pick up ring. 26.7.16 slow Course (see Diagram for details) Start 26.7.16.1 The course will be a lane 500mm wide by 16.5 metres long. Slow Ride 241 26 minikhana enjoy the ride

26.7.17 slow Course Procedure 26.7.17.1 Competitor will start with the machine’s front axle on the start line. 26.7.17.2 At the start order the competitor has a maximum of 3 seconds to enter the event area (front axle passes start line) and ensure their feet are not in contact with the ground. 26.7.17.3 Forward motion does not have to be maintained. 26.7.17.4 Event is complete when front axle passes finish line. 26.7.17.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. 26.7.17.6 The competitor who had the highest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events. 26.7.18 slow Course Elimination 26.7.18.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Slow start (feet in contact with ground after 3 seconds), b) Touching tapes, c) Footing. 26.7.19 Clover Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.19.1 Competitors will ride passing through the 6 markers placed in a triangle to form a clover pattern. 26.7.19.2 Car tyres will be used as course markers. 26.7.20 Clover Procedure 26.7.20.1 Competitors will start from start line and circles marker 1 on their left side then circle marker 2 on their right then circle marker 3 on their right and exit through the start finish line markers. 26.7.20.2 Competitors may foot providing that both feet do not touch the ground at the same time and there shall be no determining factors as to when the left or right footing commences or ceases other than the requirement that the left foot may touch for left turns and right foot for right turns. 26.7.20.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. 26.7.20.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events. 26.7.21 Clover Elimination 7.65 metres 7.65 metres 2 metres 26.7.21.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: 5.65 metres 5.65 metres a) Touching a marker, b) Both feet making contact with the ground at the same time, c) Failure to follow the course 2 metres 2 metres procedure, 5.65 metres d) Riding outside the course boundary. 5.65 metres 26.7.22 No Footing Clover Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.22.1 This uses the same course and 6.65 metres 6.65 metres riding procedure as the Clover event Start & Finish with the exception that footing is not 2 metres Clover permitted. 26.7.22.2 Competitors will also be eliminated if either foot makes any contact with the ground. not drawn to scale 26.7.22.3 Finishing order will be achieved as in the Clover event. 26.7.23 start and Park Course (see Diagram for details) 242 26.7.23.1 The basic course layout will cover an area of 6 metres by 20 metres. 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26 minikhana

26.7.23.2 The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked 6 metres

with lane tape or rope. 4 metres 26.7.23.3 Witch’s Hats will be used as the required markers placed along the centre line of the course at 4 metre spacings. 4 metres 26.7.24 start and Park Procedure 26.7.24.1 4 or more competitors will start at the start line and proceed

to pass the markers, marker 1 to the competitors’ left, marker 4 metres 2 to the competitors’ right and circle marker 3 to their left and return passing marker 2 to their right and then proceeds to the stopping area, where the competitor will stop their machine, 4 metres turn off the engine and place the machine on its stand, then Stop run to the finishing line. Box Start 2 m 4 metres 26.7.24.2 Competitors whose machine has no stand may have an wide assistant appointed by the Clerk of Course to hold the machine. 26.7.25 start and Park Elimination Start and Park 26.7.25.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: not drawn to scale a) Touching a marker, b) Footing, c) Bumping, d) Failure to follow the course procedure, e) Riding outside the course boundary, f) Stopping and parking machine outside of stopping area, g) Failure to turn engine off, h) Machine failing to remain on stand. 26.7.26 O Ring Relay Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.26.1 This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Start and Park event with the exception that competitors will be in teams. 26.7.26.2 An O ring, as used in the Ring events, shall be carried by each competitor in turn whilst riding the course. 26.7.26.3 Competitors cannot start their leg of the relay until the previous competitor has successfully completed the course and passed on the O ring. 6 metres 26.7.27 acceleration and Braking Course 26.7.27.1 This event is conducted on an out and back course. Imaginary line through centre of witch’s hat 26.7.27.2 A marker is placed 50 metres from the start finish line. 26.7.27.3 Competitors will leave start line circle the marker and return to the stop box. 26.7.27.4 Competitor’s machine must be completely in the confines of the stop box. 50 metres 26.7.27.5 Footing with left foot is only permitted at the marker on the side opposite to the start line and in the stop box. 26.7.27.6 The competitor who successfully completes the course with the lowest elapsed time will be the winner. 1m wide 2 metres 26.7.27.7 The nature of this type of event precludes it being used as a long Stop Start run-off event. Box Acceleration & Braking

not drawn to scale 243 26 minikhana enjoy the ride

26.7.28 acceleration and Braking Course Penalties 26.7.30 minicross Procedure 26.7.28.1 Penalties will be awarded against 26.7.30.1 A maximum of 4 competitors will complete competitors for the following: the course at once. a) Footing with right foot - (+ 5 26.7.30.2 Competitors will be encouraged to pass seconds), each other when it is safe to do so. b) Footing outside the area behind 26.7.30.3 When passing, competitors must not marker - (+ 5 seconds), make contact with the other competitors. c) Touching the marker - (+ 5 seconds), 26.7.30.4 Competitors must ensure that at all times d) Bike not stopping within stopping they do not obstruct another competitor box (i. e. Both axles must be wholly from successfully completing the course. within the stopping Box) (+ 5 26.7.30.5 In the case of a competitor falling the seconds), event will be stopped. The Competitor e) With machine correctly in stopping responsible for the fall shall be excluded box, left foot only footing is permitted from the rerun subject to Clerk of Course out of stopping box without penalty, approval. f) Failure to follow course procedure - 26.7.30.6 Competitors who hit the tyre barriers or (+ 1 minute). leave the course proper may re-enter the 26.7.28.2 The event has only been completed once course at the closest safe point to where the penciller has indicated to the rider that they left the course ensuring that no advantage is gained. the bike can leave the box. 26.7.31 minicross Practice 26.7.29 minicross Course 26.7.31.1 For practice, a maximum of 12 26.7.29.1 Minicross introduces competitors to competitors may participate on the track Motocross style riding and helps to under a stationary yellow flag. develop competitors riding skills and 26.7.31.2 Any competitor passing will be excluded, balance. however in the case of a competitor falling 26.7.29.2 The event shall be conducted over a or stopping due to mechanical failure, the course with obstacles and tight corners: yellow flag shall be waved, but passing a) No level straight will be longer than may be permitted provided the course 20 metres, marshall indicates it is safe. b) Jumps, chicanes, berms etc must be 26.7.32 minicross Elimination positioned so that speeds are kept 26.7.32.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the low, event for the following: c) The recommended maximum a) Crossing the lane markers during the separation between obstacles, which first 9 metres of the event, significantly reduce speed, is 33 metres, b) Failure to follow the course proper, d) There shall be no double, triple, c) Causing another competitor to fault, or reverse canyon jumps. A jump d) Failure to re-enter course correctly, is defined as being greater than e) Passing while yellow flag is 500mm in vertical height, displayed. e) There will be no man-made stutter 26.7.33 minicross Footing and No Footing jumps, 26.7.33.1 Minicross can be conducted as either f) The width of the track must allow a footing or no-footing event. In No- safe overtaking, Footing Minicross any competitors will be g) Tyre barriers shall be used where eliminated if footing occurs. different sections of the track are in 26.7.34 mini Trials Course close proximity to each other, 26.7.34.1 Where possible this event is to be h) The first 9 metres of the track will be conducted over natural terrain. divided into 4 2metre wide lanes. 26.7.34.2 Artificial boundaries and obstacles may be used. 244 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26 minikhana

26.7.34.3 The course will be marked in red on the 26.7.39 mini Enduro Course right hand side and in white on the left 26.7.39.1 This event is conducted over varying hand side by either markers or tape. distances of rough terrain. 26.7.34.4 Minimum size of markers to be no less 26.7.39.2 Competitors learn the benefits of well than 100mm wide. maintained and reliable machinery and 26.7.34.5 Tapes and markers to be clearly visible. the ability to pace themselves. 26.7.35 Procedure 26.7.40 mini Enduro Procedure 26.7.35.1 The start and finish of each Observed 26.7.40.1 Competitors have a predetermined time section is to be clearly defined. to complete the course. 26.7.35.2 Artificial boundaries may be used to 26.7.40.2 The competitor whose time is closest to define the lateral limits. the predetermined time will be the winner. 26.7.35.3 A machine will be deemed to be in an 26.7.40.3 The natural terrain course is to be well Observed Section when the front axle defined with directional arrows and passes the “Section Begin” marker and adequately staffed by Marshals. until it passes the “Section End” marker. 26.7.40.4 Special sections may be added. 26.7.36 Failure 26.7.40.5 Points will be lost for failure to observe 26.7.36.1 A failure is considered to have occurred signs and completion of special sections. when: 26.7.40.6 Competitors are rewarded for their skill in a) The machine ceases to move in completing the penalty areas. a forward direction, relative to the 26.7.40.7 A number of penalty areas and course, with the competitor footing, checkpoints should be included. b) The competitor dismounts the 26.7.40.8 Each grade is to attempt to complete a machine, preset number of laps in a reasonable c) The machine crosses a boundary, time. d) The machine passes the wrong side 26.7.40.9 In Mini Enduro with Special Penalty of a boundary marker prior to the sections the competitor with the least front axle passes the “Section Ends” points lost will be the winner. sign, 26.7.41 hill Climb Course e) The competitor or the machine 26.7.41.1 The course for this event will be a hill receives outside assistance, which can be readily negotiable by the f) The competitor breaks the tape or competitors. dislodges the tape anchors. 26.7.42 hill Climb Procedure 26.7.37 mini Trials Footing 26.7.42.1 To increase the skill level a series of turns 26.7.37.1 Footing will be deemed to have occurred and obstacles will be included. if any part of the body of the competitor 26.7.42.2 The competitor whose elapsed time to touches the ground or any part of the successfully complete the event is closest competitor leans on an obstacle (tree, to the predetermined time shall be the wall, etc). winner. 26.7.37.2 Footing outside the lateral limits of a 26.7.42.3 Only 1 competitor will ride the event at a section does not constitute a failure (i.e. time. 1 point loss footing penalty only). 26.7.38 mini Trials Marking 26.7.38.1 Method of marking will be as listed: FAULT POINTS Clean 0 Footing once 1 Footing twice 2 Footing more than twice 3 Failure 5 Not attempting a section 10 245 27 alternative competition enjoy the ride

27 ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION

27.1 Alternative Activities 27.2 venues - alternative activities 27.1.0.1 Promoters may seek to conduct activities which are outside mainstream 27.2.0.1 Venues must be inspected and licensed in motorcycle sport. Such alternative forms accordance with GCR 4.1. of competition may include, but are not limited to: 27.3 Permits - aLTERNATIVE a) Sand drags, ACTIVITIES b) Hill climbs, c) Other motorcycle activities. 27.3.0.1 An application for a permit must be in the prescribed form to the RCB and must: 27.1.1 Administration of Rules a) Be accompanied by the prescribed 27.1.1.1 These rules are to be administered in fee and draft SR, accordance with GCR 2.1.1. b) Be submitted at least 2 months 27.1.2 The Licensing and Powers of Officials before the date set for the meeting, 27.1.2.1 Key Officials are required to be at least c) Be accompanied by evidence that Level 3. the RCB’s requirements regarding 27.1.2.2 The powers, authorities and officials, indemnity forms and safety responsibilities of officials controlling will be met, these activities are those in GCR 2.5. d) Identify the proposed venue, 27.1.3 The Appointment of Officials e) Include details of all ancillary 27.1.3.1 GCR 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of activities. officials. 27.4 supplementary Regulations- Thinking about Rule changes? aLTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES 27.4.0.1 Promoters must include comprehensive If you believe a rule should be changed or details of the proposed competition in SR. a new rule added, you can have your say by working through your Club to propose 27.4.0.2 SCBs must submit the SR to MA for amendments and/or additions. approval. Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at 27.5 licensing of Competitors - the front of this book. aLTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES The most successful applications are when 27.5.0.1 All competitors must be licensed in the proposer includes the new wording for an accordance with Chapter 3. existing rule, or where a new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a rationale on why the rule should be changed 27.6 technical Specifications - or added. aLTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES There’s a form to register your interest in rule 27.6.0.1 The technical specifications must be changes on page 41. approved by MA and be included in the It’s YOUR SPORT- SR. we welcome your input

246 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 28 recreational motorcycle activity

28 RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY

28.0.1 Purpose 28.4 venues – recreational 28.0.1.1 The purpose of these rules is to regulate activities and control recreational motorcycle activity which seeks to be sanctioned by 28.4.0.1 Venues for recreational activities must MA. be inspected and licensed in accordance a) The by laws are made under with GCR 4.1 paragraph 2 of the Constitution, b) The by laws, and any determination 28.5 the PROMOTION AND CONDUCT made under them, and in OF RECREATIONAL ACTIVITY accordance with them, bind all Controlling Bodies and all 28.5.0.1 Subject to these by laws, recreational participants in recreational activity, activity may be promoted or conducted by: c) The by laws are to be interpreted with the intent that recreational a) An SCB, activity be safe. b) A club, c) An affiliated Promoter. 28.1 recreATIONAL ACTIVITIES 28.6 PERMITS – recreational 28.1.0.1 Recreational activity must not: activities a) Be competitive, b) Involve starts or finishes as defined 28.6.0.1 No recreational activity may be promoted in Chapter 12, or conducted without a Recreational c) Be scored or timed, Permit. d) Have any results which may or may 28.6.0.2 An application for a recreational permit not be published. must be in the prescribed form to the SCB and must: a) Be accompanied by the prescribed 28.2 controlling BODIES- fee, recreational activities b) Be submitted at least 14 days before 28.2.0.1 SCBs are responsible for the the date set for the meeting, administration of these by laws. c) Be accompanied by evidence that the SCB’s requirements regarding officials, indemnity forms and safety 28.3 officiALS – recreational will be met, activities d) Identify the proposed venue, 28.3.0.1 Officials controlling recreational e) Provide evidence the club is insured activity are required to be licensed, in to the satisfaction of the SCB. accordance with GCR 2.5. 28.6.0.3 If a meeting does not take place, any fee 28.3.0.2 The powers, authorities and paid for the permit must be repaid unless responsibilities of officials controlling in the opinion of the SCB the meeting did recreational activity are those in GCR not take place because of the conduct of 2.5. the permit holder. In that event, the SCB 28.3.1 The Appointment of Officials may withhold the refund wholly or in part at its discretion. 28.3.1.1 GCR 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of officials. 28.6.0.4 GCR 4.2.4 applies regarding forfeiture of a permit.

247 28 recreational motorcycle activity enjoy the ride

28.7 entries or renewal of a Recreational Licence the SCB may: 28.7.0.1 A Promoter may invite entries from any a) Delay the issue or renewal for no person who holds: more than 14 days, a) A Recreational Licence. b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, b) A Competition Licence. c) Issue or renew the licence on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit. 28.8 licensing OF PARTICIPANTS 28.8.0.8 An applicant who is aggrieved by a 28.8.0.1 A person may not participate in any decision of the SCB under the previous recreational activity unless licensed under by law may appeal to the appellate body these Rules. of that SCB. 28.8.0.2 Persons being issued with a Recreational 28.8.0.9 An SCB which issues an Annual Licence do not need to be a financial Recreational Licence must, within 1 member of a club. month of issue, notify MA which must enter the information on a register of 28.8.0.3 An application for a Recreational Licence licensed recreational riders maintained must: for that purpose and kept at the registered a) Be to the SCB to which their club is office of MA. affiliated, 28.8.0.10 An Annual Recreational Licence continues b) Be in the prescribed form, in force for 12 months from date of issue. c) Be accompanied by the prescribed 28.8.0.11 A recreational licensee must produce fee, the licence on demand to any key official d) If the applicant is a minor, be during any meeting. accompanied by the written authorisation of at least 1 of the applicant’s parents or the legal guardian of the applicant. 28.8.0.4 An application may be lodged with: a) The club secretary, or b) The SCB, or c) The Promoter. 28.8.0.5 If the application is lodged with the club secretary or Promoter and: a) The club secretary or Promoter ensures the form is correctly filled in, b) The prescribed fee is paid and the applicant must be issued with the top copy of the application form which may be issued as proof of being licence for no more than 14 days from the date the application is countersigned by the club secretary or Promoter, c) Relevant officials are satisfied the applicant can competently control their motorcycle. www.ma.org.au 28.8.0.6 Applications lodged with the club secretaries or Promoter are to be sent to the SCB with the prescribed fee within 48 hours of them being counter signed by the club secretary or Promoter. 248 28.8.0.7 On receipt of an application for the issue 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 29 national team selection policy

29 NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY

The purpose of these Rules are to maintain and to previous selections and dealings improve best possible results in all International with administrators, competitions. e) The rider’s ability to adapt to a team 29.1.1 Process of Selection oriented environment, 29.1.1.1 All athletes wishing to be considered for f) The Riders record in relation to any selection must: appearances before any State or National tribunal, a) Sign the MA Code of Conduct [Appendix 3] at the time of entering g) The availability of the rider to the relevant National Championship. compete in the relevant World Championship, 29.1.1.2 Selected Riders h) The willingness of the rider to sign a) Riders selected in National Teams in the Riders contract with MA, all disciplines must sign a contract with MA, i) Whether a rider has incurred a previous ban by failing a drug test b) Riders should not sign either conducted in accordance with the document unless they have a full Anti Doping Policy of MA, and clear understanding of all terms and conditions. Riders may wish to j) The potential of a rider to represent contact the following for clarification. Australia on a long-term basis, i) Their legal advisor k) The availability of machinery to a potential candidate. ii) Motorcycling Australia (03 9684 0500) 29.1.2.3 Riders must be Australian citizens to qualify for selection. iii) ANZSLA Sports Law Referral Service (1800 804 031). 29.1.3 other Criteria 29.1.1.3 The Code of Conduct will be attached 29.1.3.1 Each relevant discipline may contain to all entry forms for each event. Both specific criteria not set down in the policy documents will be posted on the MA above. This information will be available website at www.ma.org.au. on the MA website: www.ma.org.au. 29.1.2 general Selection Policy 29.1.4 Application of Criteria 29.1.2.1 Each discipline selection committee may, 29.1.4.3 Each selection committee will apply the at its discretion, apply specific objective principles of natural justice to the policy criteria according to the requirements of as well as to each individual selection. the particular discipline. 29.1.4.4 The committee shall also be conscious 29.1.2.2 In general terms, each committee will and apply equal weight under the criteria make selections with regard to but not to the consideration of each selection. restricted by: 29.1.4.5 The committee should also be prepared a) A rider’s fitness subject to a to provide feedback either written or medical examination by a medical verbal to rider who has missed selection practitioner appointed or approved and may wish to query the reasons by MA, behind their non-selection so that their future opportunities may be enhanced. b) Results attained in the relevant National Championship of the 29.1.5 Appeals selection year in question, 29.1.5.1 The sole ground for any appeal in relation c) Results attained in International to the non-selection of a competitor will and World championships of the be that this selection policy was not year prior to and during the year of followed or implemented in a just or fair selection, manner. d) The Rider’s behaviour as outlined 29.1.5.2 In the first instance, any complaint will be referred to the Tribunal of MA. in the code of conduct in relation 249249 29 national team selection policy enjoy the ride

29.1.5.3 The appeal must: 29.1.6.3 In case of bereavement, machine a) Be in writing and signed by the problems or other extenuating appellant, circumstances, the selection committee b) Be lodged within 21 days of the will make a determination on a case by original decision with the Tribunal, case basis. and 29.1.7 removal from National Squad c) Be accompanied by the prescribed 29.1.7.1 A Team Manager may, at their discretion, fee. remove a team member from the squad 29.1.5.4 In some instances, the fee may be if: refunded in part or whole if the appeal is a) The member breaches or fails to upheld. comply with the Riders’ contract and 29.1.5.5 Other requirements for the appeal appear Code of Conduct, in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport under b) By reason of injury, the member the heading “Appellate Bodies” [Chapter 5] is unable to complete team 29.1.5.6 Only 1 further avenue of appeal exists, to requirements, the National Sport Dispute Centre. c) The member breaches or fails to 29.1.5.7 Riders should seek legal advice prior to comply with the requirements of the any further appeal action. Anti Doping Policy of MA, 29.1.6 injuries/Misadventure d) Fails to comply with a reasonable direction of the team Manager that 29.1.6.1 The relevant selection committee shall is given in accordance with the role have at its absolute discretion, the right description of Team Managers. to replace any rider, as long as at all times it complies with the selection policy 29.1.7.2 The decision to remove a team member of MA. must be ratified by the CEO of MA. 29.1.6.2 Selected riders must be willing to undergo a medical examination to determine their fitness to compete.

MA MEMBERS RECEIVE HUNDREDS OF DISCOUNTS

visit www.ma.org.au 250 30 RIDERS DIVISION enjoy the ride 30 Riders’ Division

Established in 2005, the Riders’ Division is the non- Insurance Cover competition arm of Motorcycling Australia and aims to Affiliating with MA means you can access the same cater for recreational riders around Australia. Public Liability insurance policy that covers motorcycle Riders’ Division Membership sport in Australia. This means that your club is covered in case of a claim by the public up to $50 Million. Membership of Motorcycling Australia’s (MA) Riders’ Division is open to any adult in Australia. Your club, its Officials and Event Organisers will be protected by the umbrella of Motorcycling Australia’s The cost to join at the time of printing of this manual Insurance Public Liability Policy. is $35 per year, even less if you join for more than a year at a time. Your club will be also covered by a compulsory Associations Liability Cover which includes: As a member of MA’s Riders’ Division you have access to the same wide range of discounted products, • Cover for the Directors and Officers of your services, and special events that our competition Club members enjoy meaning you spend much less on the • Loss of Documents things you want and need. • Professional Indemnity cover All you need to do is use your membership card/ number when shopping at any of the suppliers listed. • Loss of Documents For the most up-to date list, please check our website: • Libel & Slander cover www.ma.org.au • Employment Practices liability cover Non-competition Motorcycle Clubs may now affiliate • Fidelity cover with MA. • Trade Practices and Related Legislation MA is extending its insurance cover for bona fide non- This policy provides valuable insurance protection to competition (leisure) motorcycle clubs and to non- affiliated organisations of up to $5 million for any one commercial (charitable) organisations which conduct claim and $10 million in the aggregate. motorcycle based events. Various costs including excesses apply. If you have other questions regarding non-competition club affiliation please contact us on: (03) 9684 0509 or email: [email protected] $10 off Motorcycling Australia Membership If your club affiliates with MA you will be able to join Motorcycling Australia Riders’ Division for just $25 a year. We are dedicated to making your membership as good as it can be, so if you’ve got feedback on your experiences as a member of Motorcycling Australia, or ideas on how we can serve you better, please let us know by phone: 03 9684 0500 or by emailing: riders@ ma.org.au.

276 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 30 Riders Division

277 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 1 helmet approvals & fitting

appendix 1 H ELMET APPROVALS & FITTING

30.1.1 APPROVAL LABELS FOR HELMETS 30.1.1.1 Helmets must carry one of the following approval labels, as listed in Rule 01.70 of the FIM Technical Rules. a) Europe ECE 22 – 04, ECE 22 - 05 b) Great Britain BS 6658 Grade A & B (All disciplines) c) USA DOT Federal Standard No 218 / SNELL M95, M2000, M2005, M2010 d) Japan JIS T 8133:2000, JIS T 8133:2007

Australia Standards Association of Australia AS1698

30.1.2 International Helmet Standards Refer also www.fim.ch E4 30.1.2.1 ECE 22 - 05 “P” [EUROPE] 051039 30.1.2.2 The ECE mark consists of a circle surrounding the letter E followed by a 0008. 031 distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval, as follows: E1 Germany E2 France E3 Italy E4 Netherlands E5 E6 Belgium E7 Hungary E8 Czech E9 Spain E10 Yugoslavia Republic E11 E12 Austria E13 Luxembourg E14 Switzerland E15 not assigned E16 Norway E17 Finland E18 E19 Roumania E20 E21 Portugal E22 Russian E23 Greece E24 Ireland E25 Croatia Federation E26 Slovenia E27 Slovakia E28 Bielo Russia E29 Estonia E30 not assigned E31 Bosnia & E32 Latvia E33 not assigned E34 Bulgaria E35 not assigned Herzegovinia E36 not assigned E37 Turkey E40 Macedonia E43 Japan E44 not assigned E45 Australia E46 Ukraine E47 South Africa E48 New Zealand E49 not assigned 30.1.2.3 Below the letter E the approval number should always begin with 05. Below the approval number is the serial production number [Label is on retention system or comfort interior] 30.1.2.4 [JAPAN] JIS 813 : 2000 [Label affixed inside the helmet]

30.1.2.5 [USA] SNELL M2005 [Label affixed inside the helmet]

visit www.ma.org.au 251 app 1 helmet approvals & fitting enjoy the ride

30.1.2.6 [AUSTRALIA] AS 1698 [Label affixed to the helmet]

OR OR

CERTIFIED PRODUCT OR Compliance of this product with AS/NZS 1698:2006 is monitored by TÜV Rheinland. ID. : 61666 - www.tuv.com

For more details consult the FIM Technical Rule Book.

Helmet fitting guide 1. Start by measuring the size required at the crown of the head. 2. Put helmet on and connect the strap, then tighten as required. 3. Check that there is no side to side movement [image 3] 4 With your head tilted forwards, try to pull the helmet off from the back [see images 4a-c]. 5. Check that you can see clearly over your shoulders. 6 Make sure you can breathe easily in the helmet and that no part of the helmet covers your nose or mouth. 7. Never wind a scarf around the helmet so that it may obstructs air from entering your helmet. 8. Never have a scarf trapped under the strap. 9 Make sure you can open the visor with one gloved hand. 10. Satisfy yourself the back of your helmet is designed to protect your neck. 11 Always buy the best helmet you can afford.

3 4a 4b 4c asd Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter – regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free! www.ma.org.au

252 app 2 model supp regs enjoy the ride appendix 2 MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS These model Supplementary Regulations are available online at www.ma.org.au

[INSERT EVENT NAME] [INSERT PROMOTER / [INSERT DAY & DATE] CLUB LOGO HERE]

MOTORCYCLING [INSERT VENUE] AUSTRALIA SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS EVENT:______[Insert Meeting Name] DATE:______[Insert Meeting Day and Date ] VENUE:______[Insert Venue Name] ______[Insert Venue Location] TRACK LICENCE NUMBER:______MA PERMIT / IMN NUMBER______EVENT CONTACT______[Insert Contact Name] ______[Insert address for correspondence & Contact Number] EVENT KEY OFFICIALS Steward [RCB Appointment]______Clerk of Course ______Race Secretary ______1. ANNOUNCEMENT The [Insert Club or Promoter here], hereafter called the Promoter will conduct [Insert Meeting Name] for [Insert type of categories] at the [Insert venue name and location], on [Insert meeting day and date]. 2. JURISDICTION 2.1 The abovementioned meeting has been authorised by [Insert RCB] which has issued the Motorcycling Australia Permit Number [Insert Permit Number] and is open to holders of current Motorcycling Australia [Insert licence category] Licences. 2.2 The meeting will be held in accordance with the current General Competition Rules (GCR’s) contained in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport, these Supplementary Regulations, and any final instructions approved by [Insert RCB]. By entering this meeting all parties agree to comply with these rules, regulations, by-laws and instructions. 3. EVENT OFFICIALS The following officials will be overseeing the meeting: Steward [MA Appointment]______Clerk of Course ______Race Secretary ______Scrutineer ______[Other] ______

254 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 2 model supp regs

4. ENTRIES 10. SCRUTINEERING 4.1 Entries are now open and close last mail 10.1 Scrutineering will begin at [Insert time] [Insert closing day & date]. Late entries will not 10.2 Machines entered in the competition must have be accepted. successfully passed a machine examination prior 4.2 In the case of postponement or abandonment to taking part in practice, qualifying or racing. An of the meeting, all or any part of the entry fee MA decal will be placed on the front number plate may be retained by the [Club or Promoter - to indicate that it has been successfully examined. whichever is applicable], if such retention is 10.3 Current competition licences and full riding gear approved by [Insert RCB]. must be presented at scrutineering. Eligibility 4.3 Only entries received on the official entry form checks can take place at any time during the that is accompanied by the correct fee will be meeting. Machines which suffer accident accepted. damage in practice or race sessions must be re-examined before participating again. 4.4 Entry fees will only be refunded if a rider informs [Insert Promoter/Club], in writing, 10 10.4 In addition to pulling down and checking of days before the event. A medical certificate is machines after official protests have been required if a rider withdraws less than 10 days received by the Clerk of Course in accordance before the event. with the GCRs, the Scrutineer can check and pull down, at their discretion, any machine that 5. INSURANCE has taken part in the event. Failure to comply 5.1 National Personal Accident Scheme provides with this regulation will result in the matter basic cover for death and permanent disability. being referred to the Clerk of Course for further 5.2 Ambulance Insurance is compulsory for action. licensees. 10.5 Machines will not be sealed for later checking It is strongly recommended that competitors after the event. All machines that are to be give consideration to taking out weekly pulled down and scrutineered will take place at benefits insurance. the circuit before the machine is released by the 6. MEDICAL SERVICES Scrutineer. A member of the rider’s team must be available at all times to assist with the strip [Insert details of what type or types of medical down. Failure to comply with this regulation will services shall be in attendance at the meeting and result in the matter being referred to the Clerk at what times they will be available]. of Course for further action. [Note to Promoters: Australian Championships require civil ambulances to be in attendance at all 11. AWARDS AND PRIZEMONEY times ie, ambulance to transport injured to hospital] [Insert details of awards and/or prizemoney for each class of competition]. 7. ENTRY FEE 7.1 [Insert entry fee for each category]. 12. ENTRIES TO CONSTITUTE A CLASS 7.2 Payment by [Insert acceptable payment 12.1 To constitute a class for the purpose of methods] only. Any fees for dishonoured gaining Championship status, the number of cheques will be the responsibility of the contestants entered and competing in each entrant. class shall be 7.3 Cheques and Money Orders are to be made [Insert details for each class of competition] payable to the [Insert club or promoter name [Refer to GCR’s for details of classes] – whichever is applicable]. 12.2 Should there be insufficient entries in any class 7.4 Please include a self addressed stamped of competition, the decision to run or cancel the envelope for confirmation of entry, the issuing class, or to combine events and re-distribute of entry passes and any final instructions. any awards and/or prizemoney, will be at the discretion of the [club or promoter - whichever 8. ENTRY PASSES is applicable], subject to [Insert RCB] approval. [Insert details of the number of passes issued 13. RACE FORMAT for each entry]. [Insert details of the race format for each 9. CLASSES OF COMPETITION class of competition. Include details for heats, [Insert details of each class of competition] Semi-finals, finals & or rounds of competition – whichever is applicable]. 255255 app 2 model supp regs enjoy the ride

14. MACHINES AND RIDERS 21. EVENT SCHEDULE 14.1 All machines entered must comply with the [Insert details of timetable for meeting – current GCRs for [Insert Discipline] competition. including time that gates open, scrutineering 14.2 Multiple entry of the 1 machine in the same times, when riders briefing shall occur, practice class of competition is not permitted. time, time racing commences and racing 14.3 [Insert details of any other restrictions such as schedule and/or order of events]. whether change of machine is allowed during For the purposes of drug and alcohol testing, competition etc.] the commencement of the meeting will be deemed to be [insert time – usually same as 15. NUMBER PLATES start of scrutineering] with the completion of Wherever possible, competitors will be the meeting for the participant being when the allocated their registered riding number or participant has vacated the venue. their preferred riding number. All others will be 22. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION allocated numbers at the [Club’s or Promoter’s [Insert details of the circuit – including its type of - whichever is applicable] discretion. construction, length and the direction of racing] All number plates on all machines MUST 23. STARTS comply with the GCRs and must not contain any decals or advertising other than the [Insert details of start procedure as per GCR’s] required MA decal. 24. RACING [Insert details of how many laps of practice or 16. GRID POSITIONS how much practice time shall be allocated for [Insert details on how grid positions shall be each class of competition and over how many determined or allocated – refer to GCRs for laps each heat, semi-final, final or round of details] competition shall be contested]. 17. RIDERS’ BRIEFING 25. NOISE A riders’ briefing will be held prior to the [Insert details of any noise restrictions that commencement of racing, which ALL apply to the meeting at the venue]. competitors MUST attend. Details will be Noise testing may take place at any time at the included in the final instructions. discretion of the Chief Scrutineer or the Clerk of 18. ANTI-DOPING POLICY Course. Refer to GCR 12.10 for details. 18.1 All competitors and officials are advised that 26. GST drug testing may take place in accordance with The Goods and Services Tax affects the MA’s Anti-Doping Policy, as carried out by the payment of prizemoney. If you do not provide Australian Sports Anti-Doping Authority. Refer an ABN or declare the sport is a hobby, the to GCR 11 for details. Promoter must withhold 48.5% of prizemoney over $50.00 which is otherwise payable to you. 18.2 If any doubts exist over banned substances it Please tick 1 of the boxes on the entry form and is recommended competitors contact the Drugs if appropriate provide your ABN to ensure the in Sport Hotline, tel 1800 020 506. When drug full amount of prize money is paid to you. testing takes place, the payment of prizemoney may be delayed at [Insert RCB] discretion until 27. PRESENTATIONS the results of the tests are known. [Location and time they shall be conducted (If 19. ALCOHOL TESTING PROCEDURE applicable)] 28. FACILITIES All competitors and officials are advised that random breath-testing may take place during [Type of facilities that are available at the venue the competition. (If applicable)] 29. TYRES 20. CODE OF CONDUCT [Identify any restrictions on the use of various All competitors, officials and parents are reminded types of tyres (If applicable) of MA’s Code of Conduct contained within MA’s 30. ADMISSION CHARGES Member Protection Regulations, found at www. [Cost of entry to the venue per person ie: Adult, ma.org.au or Appendix 3 of the GCR, which is a Child, Pensioner etc. - If applicable] guide to appropriate behaviour at all motorcycle 31. DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC INFORMATION race meetings. This Code of Conduct applies to [Any discipline specific issues that are 256 this Meeting and will be enforced. applicable] 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 2 model supp regs

[INSERT EVENT NAME] [INSERT PROMOTER / [INSERT DAY & DATE] CLUB LOGO HERE]

MOTORCYCLING [INSERT VENUE] AUSTRALIA

ENTRY FORM Entries Close: [Insert closing date of entries] Office Use Only: Send to: [Insert contact name] Allocated Rider No: [Insert address] [Insert City/Town, Postcode, State] [Insert number and/or fax] RIDER DETAILS Rider’s First Name: ______Rider’s Surname: ______Address: ______City/town: ______State: ______Postcode: ______Tel: ______Mob: ______Date of birth: ______E-mail: ______Next of Kin: ______Next of Kin Tel: ______MA Lic. No.: ______Expiry Date: ______Grade: ______1st Preferred number plate: ______2nd Preferred number plate: ______PASSENGER DETAILS (SIDECAR ONLY) Passenger’s First Name: ______Passenger’s Surname: ______Address: ______City/town: ______State: ______Postcode: ______Tel: ______Mob: ______Date of birth: ______E-mail: ______Next of Kin: ______Next of Kin Tel:______MA Lic. No.: ______Expiry Date: ______Grade: ______Must be completed by all competitors/entrants I/we are completely aware of the mechanical and electrical specification of the motorcycle which I/we have entered in this event and guarantee that this motorcycle conforms with all rules stated in the GCR’s of MA and these Supplementary Regulations. Rider’s Name: ______Signature:______Date:______Entrant’s Name: ______Signature: ______Date:______RIDER MACHINE DETAILS 1st Bike - Make/Model & Capacity______2nd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity: ______3rd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity:______4th Bike – Make/Model & Capacity:______

257 app2009 2 modelMANUAL OF suppMOTORCYCLE regs SPORT enjoy the ride

Classes Machine Details and Capacity Rider Age Entry Fee [Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity] [Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity] [Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity] [Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity] [Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity] [Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity] [Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] Total Entry Fee

ENTRY FEES:

PAYMENT Cheque, Credit card Money order) Make Payment to: ______ABN:______[Promoter Insert Name and Address] [Insert ABN]

Card type: MasterCard Visa Bankcard

Credit card:

Expiry Date: / Total Amount: $______

Name of card holder: ______Signature:______

Office Use Only Date Received: Money Received: [Promoter Insert Info as [Promoter Insert Info as required] required]

258 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 2 model supp regs Checklist for creating supplementary Regulations

Announcement and Jurisdiction □□ Method of timing □□ Name of Promoter □□ Number of runs □□ Name or title of competition □□ Handicapping □□ Persons eligible to compete □□ Assessment of performance. □□ Types of vehicles eligible □□ General □□ Date □□ Advertisement □□ Permit, class of and number □□ Promoters’ Liability □□ Track licence number Description [Reliability Trial] □□ Authority granting the permit □□ Place and time of start □□ A statement that competition is held under MA □□ Riders and vehicles Rules □□ The course. Entries □□ Starting order □□ Date of opening of entries. □□ Route marking □□ Where entries to be sent. □□ Nature of course □□ Date and time of closing entries. □□ Length of course □□ Amount of entry fee. □□ Itinerary □□ Conditions as to return of fee. □□ Route cards □□ Minimum and maximum number of entries. □□ Practising □□ Teams, composition of. □□ Meal stops □□ Teams, how and when may be entered. □□ Observation □□ Substitution of riders. □□ Balking □□ Transfer of entries. □□ Non‑stop section Awards □□ Definition of a stop and a failure □□ Special awards and condition attached thereto. □□ Footing and failure on hills □□ Period of holding special awards if not won □□ Involuntary delays outright. □□ Checks □□ Other awards □□ Position of rider or passenger on vehicle Who are the Officials □□ Speed □□ Stewards of the meeting. □□ Time checks □□ Clerk of the Course. □□ Method of control □□ Race Secretary. □□ Time allowances □□ Other officials. □□ Time arrangements Event Description [Speed Meeting] □□ Other tests □□ Place and time of start, paddock, weighing out □□ Assessment of performance □□ Riders and Vehicles □□ Bonus marks □□ The Course □□ Penalties □□ Method of starting □□ Method of allotting awards □□ Direction or danger signs □□ General □□ Flag signals □□ Outside assistance □□ Length of course □□ Advertisements □□ Nature of course □□ Retirement □□ Returning to start □□ Promoters’ liability □□ Practicing □□ Alcohol and drug testing □□ Replenishment □□ Indicate that that alcohol and drug testing may take place at the meeting □□ Observation. 259259 app 3 member protection policy enjoy the ride

appendix 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY

1. Purpose of this MEMBER • Have an agreement (whether or not in writing) PROTECTION policy with MA or a members, • Riders who enter or participate in any activity or This Member Protection Policy aims to ensure the event (including camps and training sessions) core values, good reputation and positive behaviours which are held or sanctioned by MA or a member, and attitudes of MA are maintained. It assists us in ensuring that everyone involved in our sport is treated • Any person or organisation, who or which is a with respect and dignity, is safe and protected from member of, or affiliated to, MA, or a member, abuse. This policy also ensures that everyone in our • Any other person or organisation who, or which sport is aware of their legal and ethical rights and agrees in writing or otherwise to be bound by this responsibilities. The policy also reflects our support policy, and for the principles and values that are the essence of Australian sport - of fairness, respect, responsibility • Parents, guardians, spectators and sponsors to and safety. the extent that is possible. The policy contains the procedures that support our This policy will continue to apply to a person even after commitment to eliminating discrimination, harassment, they have stopped their membership, association or child abuse and other forms of inappropriate behaviour employment with MA if disciplinary action relating to from our sport. As part of this commitment, MA will take an allegation of child abuse against that person has disciplinary action against any person or organisation commenced. bound by this policy if they breach it. This policy has been endorsed by the Board of the 3. Code of conduct MA and has been incorporated into our regulations in accordance with clause 71 of the MA Constitution. MA requires every individual and organisation bound The policy starts on January 1, 2007 and will operate by this policy to: until replaced. This policy and/or its attachments may 1. Be ethical, fair and honest in all their dealings be amended from time to time by a resolution of the with other people and MA, Board in accordance with the Constitution. Copies of 2. Treat all persons with respect and courtesy and this policy and its attachments can also be obtained have proper regard for their dignity, rights and from our office, or website at www.ma.org.au. obligations, 3. Always place the safety and welfare of children 2. Who this MEMBER PROTECTION above other considerations, policy applies to: 4. Comply with MA’s Constitution, rules and policies including this policy, This policy applies to the following organisations and 5. Operate within the rules and spirit of the sport, individuals: 6. Comply with all relevant Australian laws (Federal • MA, and State), particularly anti-discrimination and • Members, child protection laws, • Persons appointed or sitting on Boards, 7. Be responsible & accountable for their conduct, and Committees and sub-committees of MA and 8. Abide by the Code of Conduct outlined in members, Attachment A of this policy. • Employees, officials and volunteers appointed or elected by MA or members, 4. organisational responsibilities • Support personnel such as Managers, MA must: physiotherapists, psychologists, masseurs, sport 1. Adopt, implement and comply with this policy, trainers), 2. Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this • Coaches (including assistant coaches) who: policy and the consequences for breaching it, • Are appointed and/or employed by MA or members 3. Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all (whether paid or unpaid), or times, 260 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 3 member protection policy

4. Promptly deal with any breaches of, or complaints 6. Understanding the possible consequences of made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive, breaching this policy. fair, timely and confidential manner; 5. Apply this policy consistently without fear or favour, 6. Policy position statements 6. Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed Child protection policy under this policy, Every person and organisation bound by this policy 7. Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or must always place the safety and welfare of children accessible to the persons to whom this policy above all other considerations. applies, MA acknowledges that its staff and volunteers provide 8. Appoint or have access to appropriately-trained a valuable contribution to the positive experiences of its people to receive and handle complaints and junior participants. MA aims to ensure this continues and allegations and display the names and contact to protect the safety and welfare of its junior participants. details in a way that is readily accessible, and Several measures will be used to achieve this such as: 9. Monitor and review this policy at least annually. • Prohibiting any form of abuse against children, Members must: • Providing opportunities for our juniors to contribute to and provide feedback on our 1. Adopt, implement and comply with this policy, program development, 2. Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this • Carefully selecting and screening people whose policy and the consequences for breaching it, role requires them to have direct and unsupervised 3. Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all contact with children. (See Clause 7), times, • Ensuring our Codes of Conduct, particularly for 4. Promptly deal with any breaches of or complaints roles associated with junior sport, are promoted, made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive, enforced and reviewed, fair, timely and confidential manner, • Providing procedures for raising concerns or 5. Apply this policy consistently without fear or complaints (See Clause 10), and favour, • Providing education and/or information to those 6. Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed involved in our sport on child abuse and child under this policy, protection. 7. Comply with their respective State-specific child MA requires that any child who is abused or anyone protection requirements (See Page 271), and who reasonably suspects that a child has been or is 8. Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or being abused by someone within its sport, to report accessible to the persons to whom this policy applies. it immediately to the Police or relevant Government agency and the Member Protection Information Officer 5. iNdividual responsibilities (“MPIO”). Descriptions of the sorts of activity which may be abuse are in the definitions at Clause 13. Individuals bound by this policy are responsible for: All allegations of child abuse will be dealt with promptly, 1. Making themselves aware of the policy and seriously, sensitively and confidentially. A person will complying with the standards of conduct outlined not be victimised for reporting an allegation of child in this policy, abuse and the privacy of all persons concerned will be 2. Consenting to a National Police check if the respected. MA’s procedures for handling allegations of individual holds or applies for a role that involves child abuse are outlined in Clause 9.1. direct and unsupervised contact with people If anyone bound by this policy reasonably suspects under the age of 18 years, that a child is being abused by their parent/s, they are 3. Complying with all other requirements of this advised to contact the relevant Government department policy, for Youth, Family and Community Services in their State or Territory. 4. Co-operating in providing a discrimination, child abuse and harassment free sporting Taking Images of Children environment, Images of children can be used inappropriately or 5. Being aware of State-specific child protection illegally. MA requires that individuals and associations, requirements, and wherever possible, obtain permission from a child’s 261 app 3 member protection policy enjoy the ride

parent/guardian before taking an image of a child that is Sexual relationships policy not their own and ensure that the parent knows the way MA takes the position that sexual relationships between the image will be used. MA will only use appropriate coaches and adult athletes that they coach should be images of a child, relevant to our sport and ensure that avoided. MA takes the view that such relationships, the child is suitably clothed in a manner that promotes while not necessarily constituting unlawful harassment, the sport, displays its successes, etc. MA also requires can have harmful effects on the individual athlete the privacy of others to be respected and disallows involved, on other athletes and coaches, and on the the use of camera phones, videos and cameras inside sport’s public image. changing areas, showers and toilets. Such relationships tend to be intentionally or If MA uses an image of a child it will not name or identify unintentionally exploitative because there is usually him/her or use both the first name and surname of the a disparity between coaches and athletes in terms of child unless it has first, wherever possible, obtained authority, power, maturity, status and dependence. consent to do so from the parent/guardian. MA will MA’s policy position is similar to other organisations not display personal information such as residential who disallow professionals such as teachers, doctors address, email address or telephone numbers and counsellors to have sexual relationships with their without gaining consent from the parent/guardian. clients or students. MA acknowledges that information about individual’s hobbies, likes/dislikes, school, etc can be used as Should a sexual relationship develop between an grooming tools by paedophiles or other persons. As athlete and coach, MA will investigate whether any such, MA will take reasonable care when publishing action against the coach is necessary. Factors that may such information in a public forum. be relevant to consider are the age and maturity of the athlete relative to the coach, the financial or emotional MA requires its members, member associations and dependence of the athlete on the coach, and the clubs to do likewise. likelihood of the relationship having any adverse impact Anti-discrimination and harassment policy on the athlete and/or other athletes. If it is determined that the sexual relationship is inappropriate, action MA aims to provide a sport environment where all those may be taken to stop the coaching relationship with involved in its activities are treated with dignity and the athlete. Action may include transfer, a request for respect, and without harassment or discrimination. resignation or dismissal from coaching duties. MA recognises that all those involved in its activities If an athlete attempts to initiate an intimate sexual cannot enjoy themselves, perform to their best, or be relationship, the coach must take personal responsibility effective or fully productive if they are being treated for discouraging such approaches, explaining the unfairly, discriminated against or harassed because ethical basis for such action. The coach may wish to of their age, disability , family responsibilities, gender approach MA or a MPIO if they feel harassed. identity, homosexuality or sexual orientation, irrelevant medical or criminal record, marital status, political The law is always the minimum standard for behaviour within belief, pregnancy or breastfeeding, race, religion, sex, MA and therefore sex with a child is a criminal offence. social origin and/or Trade Union membership/activity. Gender identity policy MA prohibits all forms of harassment and discrimination MA is committed to providing an inclusive sporting based on personal characteristics listed in the environment where transgender or transsexual people definitions. Discrimination and harassment are involved in its activities are able to contribute and extremely distressing, offensive, humiliating and/ participate. MA expects everyone who is bound by or threatening and create an uncomfortable and this policy to treat people who identify as transgender unpleasant environment. In most circumstances or transsexual fairly and with dignity and respect. This discrimination and harassment are against the law. includes acting with sensitivity and respect where a Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which person is undergoing gender transition. We will not could be regarded as harassment or discrimination are tolerate any unlawful discrimination or harassment provided in the Definitions at Clause 13. against a person who identifies as transgender or transsexual or who is thought to be transgender or If any person feels they are being harassed or transsexual. discriminated against by another person or organisation bound by this policy, please refer to Clause 16 of the Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which MA constitution. could be regarded as transgender or transsexual discrimination or harassment are provided in the Definitions at Clause 13. 262 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 3 member protection policy

If any person feels they are being harassed or 8. Member protection discriminated against by another person or organisation information officers (mpios) bound by this policy, please refer to our complaints MA and members shall be responsible for appointing procedure outlined in Clause 10 of this policy. This will such number of MPIOs as they consider appropriate. It explain what to do about the behaviour and how MA will is the role of a MPIO to: deal with the problem. 1. Provide a point of contact for persons wishing to MA recognises that the exclusion of transgender or make a complaint under this policy, transsexual people from participation in sporting events has significant implications for their health, well-being 2. Inform complainants of the options and and involvement in community life. In general MA will procedures for resolution of complaints under facilitate transgender or transsexual persons participating this policy; in our sport of the sex with which they identify. 3. Refer complaints or allegations of breaches of MA also recognises there is debate over whether this policy to the organisation which appointed a male to female transgender person obtains any him/her; and physical advantage over other female participants. This 4. Carry out the functions assigned to mpios debate is reflected in the divergent discrimination laws throughout this policy. across the country. If issues of performance advantage arise, MA will seek advice on the application of those 9. Child abuse procedures laws in the particular circumstances. An allegation of child abuse is a very serious matter MA is aware that the International Olympic Committee and must be handled with a high degree of sensitivity. (IOC) has established criteria for selection and The following is a basic outline of the key processes participation in the Olympic Games. Where a to follow. More information can be obtained from the transgender or transsexual person intends competing relevant State or Territory Government agency. at an elite level, we will encourage them to obtain 1. Any complaints, concerns or allegations of child advice about the IOC’s criteria which may differ from abuse should be made or referred to a MPIO who the position taken by MA. should obtain and clarify basic details (if possible) MA notes that drug testing procedures and prohibitions but should not elicit detailed information about also apply to people who identify as transgender or the abuse. The initial response of the person that transsexual. A person receiving treatment involving a receives the complaint from the child (or person prohibited substance or method, as described on the on behalf of the child) is crucial to the well-being WADA prohibited list, should apply for a therapeutic of the child. It is important for the person receiving use exemption. the information to: 7. Member protection Policy - • Listen to, be supportive and do not Screening dispute what the child says, • Reassure the child that what has MA will implement screening procedures for people occurred is not the fault of the child, who currently occupy or who apply for any work (paid • Ensure the child is safe, or voluntary) that involves direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years. • Be honest with the child and explain that other people may need to be told ScreScreening under this policy is not a replacement for in order to stop what is happening, and any other procedure required by law. The requirements under the law of each State and Territory are set out in • Ensure that what the child says is quite Attachment C and MA and member organisations must clear but do not elicit detailed information comply with these requirements. If State or Territory about the abuse. You should avoid legislation sets an equivalent or higher standard of suggestive or leading questions. screening, the requirement to screen people need not 2. Any individual or organisation to which this policy be followed. applies, should immediately report any incident Under this policy MA and Members are required of a serious or a criminal nature to the police and to comply with the screening process as set out in other appropriate authority. If the allegation is of a Attachment C(1) or the Working with Children Check criminal nature, report the incident immediately to (WWCC) laws in the relevant State or Territory as set the police. If the allegation involves a child at risk out in Attachment C(2). of harm you may need to report to both the police and the relevant government agency. 263 app 3 member protection policy enjoy the ride

3 The MPIO should assess the risks and take process if the complainant wishes; interim action to ensure the child’s/children’s 4. Keep the matter confidential; safety. Some options could include redeployment of the alleged offender to a non-child related 5. Inform the relevant government authority, if position, supervision of the alleged offender or required by law; and removal/suspension from their duties until the 6. Consult by seeking advice from the relevant state or allegations are finally determined. The support territory authority that administers the relevant law. needs of the person against whom the complaint is made should also be addressed. A complainant may seek to try and resolve the complaint by mediation in accordance with Clause 10.4. 4 Any further investigation by MA into allegations of a more serious or criminal nature should only If, following this information complaint procedure, the be carried out upon advice from the Police and complaint is not resolved informally, the complainant may relevant Government agency. make a formal complaint to the CEO of MA. Nothing in this policy prevents the complainant taking action under 5 For allegations of a less serious nature (e.g. State or Federal legislation. It is not necessary to provide verbal abuse) and independent person with a written complaint under this clause. appropriate expertise shall be appointed to make contact and meet with each of the people 10.2 vexatious complaints & victimisation involved to obtain details of the allegation. Strict MA aims to ensure our complaints procedure has confidentiality, impartiality, fairness and due integrity and is free of unfair repercussions or process must be maintained at all times. victimisation. If at any point in the complaint process 6 If disciplinary action is to be taken, follow the the MPIO considers that a complainant has knowingly procedures outlined in Clause 12 of this policy. made an untrue complaint or the complaint is vexatious or malicious, the matter may be referred to the Board or a judicial committee appointed by the Board for 10. Complaints procedures appropriate action which may include disciplinary MA aims to provide an easy to use, confidential action against the complainant. and trustworthy procedure for complaints based on MA will also take all necessary steps to make sure the principles of natural justice. Any person may that people involved in a complaint are not victimised report a complaint (complainant) about a person/s or by anyone for coming forward with a complaint or for organisation bound by this policy if they reasonably helping to sort it out. Disciplinary measures will be believe that a person/s or a sporting organisation has imposed on anyone who victimises another person for breached this policy. A complaint should be reported making a complaint. to a MPIO. 10.3 Mediation A complaint may be reported as an informal or formal complaint. The complainant decides whether the MA aims to sort out complaints with the minimum of fuss complaint will be dealt with informally or formally unless wherever possible. In many cases, complaints can be sorted the MPIO considers that the complaint falls outside the out by agreement between the people involved with no parameters of this policy and would be better dealt with need for disciplinary action. The people involved in a formal another way. complaint - the complainant and the person complained about (respondent) - may also seek the assistance of a All complaints will be dealt with promptly, seriously, neutral third person or a mediator. Lawyers are not able to sensitively and confidentially. negotiate on behalf of the complainant and/or respondent. 10.1 informal complaint resolution procedure Mediation may occur either before or after an investigation If a complainant makes an approach to MA, a full of a complaint. If a complainant wishes to try and resolve member, a club or a person within these organisations, the complaint with the assistance of a mediator, the it is desirable that the complainant also seeks the MPIO will, in consultation with the complainant, arrange advice of a MPIO who will: for a mediator to mediate the complaint. 1. Listen to the complainant in an empathetic, 10.4 tribunals supportive manner; A hearings tribunal may be formed to hear a formal 2. Inform the complainant about their possible complaint that has been referred by MPIO, or an alleged options; breach of the policy. MA’s tribunal hearings procedure is outlined in clause 16 of the MA constitution and in 3. Act as a support person for the complainant, Chapter 6 of these GCRs. 264 including supporting them through any mediation 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 3 member protection policy

There is no appeal in respect of a decision of a hearing 13. definitions tribunal. The decision of the hearing tribunal is final and This Clause sets out the meaning of words used in this binding on the people involved in the hearing. policy and its attachments without limiting the ordinary Every organisation bound by this policy will recognise and natural meaning of the words. State/Territory and enforce any decision made, and form of discipline specific definitions and more detail on some ofthe imposed, by an appeals tribunal under this policy. words in this dictionary can be sourced from the relevant State/Territory child protection commissions or Equal 11. Breaches of this Member Opportunity and Anti-discrimination Commissions. protection policy Abuse is a form of harassment and includes physical It is a breach of this policy for any person or organisation abuse, emotional abuse, sexual abuse, neglect, to which this policy applies, to have been found to have: and abuse of power. Examples of abusive behaviour include bullying, humiliation, verbal abuse and insults. 1. Done anything contrary to this policy, Child abuse relates to children at risk of harm (usually 2. Breached the code of conduct, by adults, sometimes by other children) and often by 3. Brought MA into disrepute, those they know and trust. It can take many forms. Children may be harmed by both verbal and physical 4. Failed to follow MA policies and procedures for actions and by people failing to provide them with basic the protection, safety and welfare of children, care. Child abuse may include: 5. Appointed or continued to appoint a person to • Physical abuse by hurting a child or a child’s a role that involves working with children and development (e.g. hitting, shaking or other young people contrary to this policy, physical harm; giving a child alcohol or drugs; 6. Discriminated against or harassed any person, giving bad nutritional advice; or training that exceeds the child’s development or maturity). 7. Victimised another person for reporting a complaint, • Sexual abuse by adults or other children where a child is encouraged or forced to watch or engage 8. Engaged in a sexually inappropriate relationship in sexual activity or where a child is subject to any with a person that the person supervises, or has other inappropriate conduct of a sexual nature influence, authority or power over, (e.g. sexual intercourse, masturbation, oral sex, 9. Disclosed to any unauthorised person or pornography including child pornography or organisation any MA information that is of a inappropriate touching or conversations). private, confidential or privileged nature, • Emotional abuse by ill-treating a child (e.g. 10. Made a complaint they knew to be untrue, humiliation, taunting, sarcasm, yelling, negative vexatious, malicious or improper, criticism, name calling, ignoring or placing unrealistic expectations on a child). 11. Failed to comply with a penalty imposed after • Neglect (e.g. failing to give food, water, shelter a finding that the individual or organisation has or clothing or to protect a child from danger or breached this policy, or foreseeable risk of harm or injury). 12. Failed to comply with a direction given to the Complaint means a complaint made under clause 10 individual or organisation during the discipline of this policy. process. Complainant means the person making a complaint. Constitution means the Constitution of MA in force from 12. forms of discipline time to time. If an individual or organisation to which this policy Discrimination means treating or proposing to treat applies breaches this policy, 1 or more forms of discipline someone less favourably than someone else because may be imposed. These may include making a verbal of a particular characteristic in the same or similar or written apology, paying a fine, being suspended circumstancesin certain areas of public life (this is or de-registered or having a person’s appointment or direct discrimination). The law also covers indirect employment terminated. More information on the range discrimination. This is imposing or intending to impose of disciplinary measures and the factors that will be an unreasonable requirement, condition or practice that considered before imposing discipline is included in the is the same for everyone, but which has an unequal MA Constitution and these GCRs. or disproportional effect on individuals or groups with particular characteristics. The characteristics covered by discrimination law across Australia are: 265 app 3 member protection policy enjoy the ride

• Age, Discrimination and harassment are not permitted in • Disability, the areas of employment (including volunteer and unpaid employment); the provision of goods and • Family/carer responsibilities, services including access to sporting facilities; when • Gender identity/transgender status, providing education and accommodation; the selection • Homosexuality and sexual orientation, or otherwise of any person for competition or a team (domestic or international); the entry or otherwise of • Irrelevant medical record, any player or other person to any competition; obtaining • Irrelevant criminal record, or retaining membership of clubs and organisations • Physical features, (including the rights and privileges of membership). • Political belief/activity, Some exceptions to State and Federal anti- • Pregnancy and breastfeeding, discrimination law apply: examples include: • Race, • Holding a competitive sporting activity for females • Religious belief/activity, only who are 12 years of age or over where strength, stamina or physique is relevant; or • Sex or gender, • Not selecting a participant if the person’s disability • Social origin, means he or she is not reasonably capable of • Trade Union membership/activity, performing the actions reasonably required for Some States & Territories include additional characteristics. that sporting activity. Discrimination is not permitted in the areas of Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or employment (including volunteer and unpaid encouraging another person to engage in discrimination employment); the provision of goods and services; the or harassment may also be against the law. selection or otherwise of any person for competition or a Whether or not the behaviour is harassment is team (domestic or international); the entry or otherwise determined from the point of view of the person of any player or other person to any competition; receiving the harassment. The basic rule is if someone obtaining or retaining membership of an organisation else finds it harassing then it could be harassment. (including the rights and privileges of membership). Harassment may be a single incident or repeated. It Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or may be explicit or implicit, verbal or non-verbal. encouraging another person to engage in discrimination It is also a breach of discrimination law to victimise may also be discriminatory conduct. a person who is involved in making a complaint of Member means any member recognised as such under discrimination or harassment. For example, a player is the MA constitution. ostracised by her male coach for complaining about his sexist behaviour to another club official or for supporting Harassment is any type of behaviour that the other person another player who has made such a complaint. does not want and does not return and that is offensive, abusive, belittling, intimidating or threatening – whether Public acts of racial hatred which are reasonably this is face-to-face, indirectly or via communication likely in the circumstances to offend, insult, humiliate technologies such as mobile phone and computers. The or intimidate are also prohibited. This applies to behaviour is unwelcome and of a type that a reasonable spectators, participants or any other person who person would recognise as being unwelcome and likely engages in such an act in public. Some state and to cause the recipient to feel offended, humiliated or territories also prohibit public acts that vilify on other intimidated.. grounds such as homosexuality, gender identify, hiv/ aids, religion and disability - see vilification. Unlawful harassment includes the above but is either sexual or targets a person because of their Junior means a person under the age of eighteen (18) race, sex, pregnancy, marital status, sexuality or years who is participating in an activity of MA. other characteristic (see characteristic list under Mediator means a person appointed to mediate discrimination). complaints made under this policy. It is preferable that It does not matter whether the harassment was the mediator has relevant skills, qualifications and/or intended, the focus is on the impact of the behaviour. training in mediation. The basic rule is if someone else finds it harassing then Member protection is a term used by the Australian it could be harassment. Harassment may be a single sport industry to describe the practices and procedures incident or repeated. It may be explicit or implicit, that protect members – both individual members such verbal or non-verbal. 266 as players, coaches and officials, and the member 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 3 member protection policy organisations such as clubs, full members, other and may include unwanted physical contact, verbal affiliated associations and the national body. Member comments, jokes, propositions, display of pornographic protection involves: or offensive material or other behaviour that creates a • Protecting those that are involved in sport sexually hostile environment. activities from harassment, abuse, discrimination Sexual harassment is not behaviour based on mutual and other forms of inappropriate behaviour attraction, friendship and respect. If the interaction is • Adopting appropriate measures to ensure the between consenting adults, it is not sexual harassment. right people are involved in an organisation, Sexual offence means a criminal offence involving particularly in relation to those involved with sexual activity or acts of indecency including but not juniors, and limited to (due to differences under State/Territory • Providing education. legislation): Member Protection Information Officer (MPIO) means • Rape, a person appointed under Clause 8.1 Of this policy • Indecent assault, trained to be the first point of contact for a person • Sexual assault, reporting a complaint under, or a breach of, this policy. The MPIO provides confidential information and moral • Assault with intent to have sexual intercourse, support to the person with the concern or who is alleging • Incest, harassment or a breach of this policy. They help the complainant deal with any emotions they may have • Sexual penetration of child under the age of 16 about what has happened and operate as a sounding • Indecent act with child under the age of 16 board as the complainant decides what they want to do. • Sexual relationship with child under the age of 16 The MPIO may accompany the complainant in anything they decide to do, if it feels appropriate and they are • Sexual offences against people with impaired happy to do it. mental functioning, Natural justice incorporates the following principles: • Abduction and detention, • A person who is the subject of a complaint must • Procuring sexual penetration by threats or fraud, be fully informed of the allegations against them, • Procuring sexual penetration of child under the • A person who is the subject of a complaint age of 16, must be given full opportunity to respond to the • Bestiality, allegations and raise any matters in their own defence, • Soliciting acts of sexual penetration or indecent acts, • All parties need to be heard and all relevant • Promoting or engaging in acts of child prostitution, submissions considered, • Obtaining benefits from child prostitution, • Irrelevant matters should not be taken into • Possession of child pornography, account, • Publishing child pornography & indecent articles. • No person may judge their own case, Victimisation means subjecting a person or threatening • The decision maker/s must be unbiased, fair & just, to subject a person to any detriment or unfair treatment • The penalties imposed must not outweigh the because that person has or intends to pursue ‘crime’. their rights to make a complaint under government legislation (e.g. Anti-discrimination) or under this policy, Police check means a national criminal history record or for supporting another person to make a complaint. check conducted as a prudent pre-employment or pre- engagement background check on a person. Vilification involves a person or organisation doing public acts to incite hatred towards, serious contempt Policy and this policy mean this Member Protection for, or severe ridicule of a person or group of persons Policy. having any of the attributes or characteristics within the Respondent means the person who is being meaning of discrimination. Public acts that may amount complained about. to vilification include any form of communication to the public and any conduct observable by the public. Sexual harassment means unwanted, unwelcome or uninvited behaviour of a sexual nature which makes Young people/person means people in the 13 – 18 year a person feel humiliated, intimidated or offended. age group. Sexual harassment can take many different forms 267 app 3 member protection policy enjoy the ride

Attachment A - Code of conduct

As a member of MA or a person required to comply with MA’s member protection policy you must meet the following requirements in regard to your conduct during any activity held or sanctioned by MA or a member and in any role you hold within those organisations. 1. Respect the rights, dignity and worth of others, 2. Be fair, considerate and honest in all dealing with others, 3. Be professional in, and accept responsibility for, your actions, 4. Make a commitment to providing quality service, 5. Be aware of, and maintain an uncompromising adhesion to, MA’s standards, rules, regulations and policies, 6. Operate within the rules of the sport including national and international guidelines which govern MA, 7. Do not use your involvement with MA or a member to promote your own beliefs, behaviours or practices where these are inconsistent with those of MA, 8. Demonstrate a high degree of individual responsibility especially when dealing with any person under 18 years of age, as your words and actions are an example, 9. Avoid unaccompanied and unobserved activities with any person under 18 years of age, wherever possible, 10. Refrain from any form of harassment of others, 11. Refrain from any behaviour that may bring MA or a member into disrepute, 12. Provide a safe environment for the conduct of the activity, 13. Show concern and caution towards others who may be sick or injured, 14. Be a positive role model, 15. Understand the repercussions if you breach, or are aware of any breaches of, this code of behaviour.

268 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 3 member protection policy

Attachment B - Member protection declaration

MA has a duty of care to its members and to the general public who interact with its employees, volunteers, members and others involved with its activities. As part of this duty of care and as a requirement of MA’s member protection policy, MA must enquire into the background of those applying for, undertaking or remaining in any work (paid or voluntary) that involved direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years.

I ______(name) of ______

______(Address) Born ______Sincerely declare:

1. I do not have any criminal charge pending before the courts. 2. I do not have any criminal convictions or findings of guilt for sexual offences, offences related to children or acts of violence. 3. I have not had any disciplinary proceedings brought against me by an employer, sporting organisation or similar body involving child abuse, sexual misconduct or harassment, acts of violence, intimidation or other forms of harassment. 4. I have never been sanctioned for an anti-doping rule violation under any anti-doping policy applicable to me. 5. I have never participated in, facilitated or encouraged any practice prohibited by the world anti-doping agency code or any other anti-doping policy applicable to me. 6. To my knowledge there is no other matter that MA may consider to constitute a risk to its members, employees, volunteers, athletes or reputation by engaging me. 7. I will notify the CEO of the organisation(s) engaging me immediately upon becoming aware that any of the matters set out in clauses 1 to 6 above has changed for whatever reason.

Declared in the State/Territory of______on ______(Date)______signature

Parent/guardian consent (in respect of person under the age of 18 years)

I have read and understood the declaration provided by my child. I confirm and warrant that the contents of the declaration provided by my child are true and correct in every particular.

Name:______Signature: ______Date: ______

269 app 3 member protection policy enjoy the ride

ATTACHMENT C - CHILD PROTECTION This attachment sets out the screening process for reQUIREMENTS people in MA who work, coach, supervise or have SCREENING/WORKING WITH CHILDREN regular unsupervised contact with people under the CHECK REQUIREMENTS age of 18 years. BACKGROUND MA will, and also requires state associations and clubs to: Child protection is about keeping children safe from 1. Identify positions (paid or voluntary) that involve harm/abuse. Child abuse is illegal, and all States and working, coaching, supervising or regular Territories have their own systems and laws that cover unsupervised contact with people under the age of screening and/or the reporting and investigation of cases 18 years. of child abuse. 2. Obtain a completed Member Protection Declaration Working with Children Check (WWCC) laws aim to (MPD) (Attachment B) from all people who are prevent people who pose a risk from working with identified in the above step and keep it in a secure children as paid employees or volunteers. In New South place. Wales, Queensland, Western Australia, Victoria and 3. Provide an opportunity for a person to give an South Australia laws require individuals involved in areas explanation if a MPD is not provided or it reveals that such as sport and recreation to undertake a check to the person does not satisfactorily meet any of the determine their suitability to work (in a paid or volunteer clauses in the MPD. MA (or the state association or capacity) with children. This is done by checking certain club) will then make an assessment as to whether criminal history and other matters. In some states the person may be unsuitable to work with people this also involves reviewing relevant findings from under the age of 18 years. If unsatisfied, it will not disciplinary proceedings. There are also requirements appoint the person to the role/position. placed on organisations. 4. Where possible, check a person’s referees (verbal The Northern Territory government has passed new or written) about his/her suitability for the role. law and screening will be compulsory from January 2010. The Australian Capital Territory and Tasmania 5. Ask the people identified in step 1 (including are currently reviewing their screening laws. New people applying for a position and people who requirements and amendments will be added to this currently occupy a position that involves direct and policy as they are introduced. unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years) to sign a consent form for a national State and territory WWCC requirements may also apply police check. to individuals who visit states with screening laws. For example, if a state association or club takes players U18 6. Request (or ask the person to request) a national into New South Wales for training camps, competition ‘Part Exclusion’ police check from the relevant or other activities, those travelling with the teams must police jurisdiction. This check excludes irrelevant comply with NSW law. records. If the police check indicates a relevant offence, MA (or the member organisation) will The state WWCC requirements apply regardless of MA’s provide an opportunity for the person to give an Member Protection Policy or any similar policy adopted explanation, and then it will make an assessment by a member organisation. as to whether the person may pose a risk to or be The following attachments provide: unsuitable to work with people under the age of 18 years. If MA (or the member organisation) remains • summary information on state and territory WWCC unsatisfied then it will not appoint the person to the requirements and where to obtain more information role. and relevant forms; and 7. Make an assessment as to whether the person may • MA’s screening requirements for people residing in be unsuitable to work with people under the age of ACT and Tasmania. 18 years if the person does not agree to a national The MA Member Protection Declaration is provided at police check after explaining why it is a requirement Attachment B. under MA’s policy. If unsatisfied, MA (or the member organisation) will: C(1) - SCREENING REQUIREMENTS - For (a) in the case of an existing employee/volunteer, States/Territories without Working With transfer the person to another role which does not Children Checks such as ACT and Tasmania require them to work directly and unsupervised with people under the age of 18 years. If this is not possible, then end the appointment; or 270 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 3 member protection policy

(b) in the case of someone applying for the position/ People such as those with previous convictions role, not appoint them. involving children are disqualified from applying for 8. Decide whether to offer the person the position or renewing a blue card (refer to website below for taking into account the result of the police check details). and any other information MA (or the member A blue card remains current for three years. Existing organisation) has available to it. Where it is not card holders will be notified by the Queensland practical to complete the police check prior to the Commission for Children and Young People and Child person commencing in the position, MA (or the Guardian before their card expires. member organisation) will complete the check as In addition to obligations regarding the blue card, soon as possible, and if necessary, act immediately employers must develop and implement a written child on the outcome. protection risk management strategy and review it each 9. Protect the privacy of any person who is checked year. and maintain confidentiality of any information For more information on the blue card, including current obtained through the checking process. forms: www.ccypg.qld.gov.au or call 1800 113 611. 10. Return information collected during screening NEW SOUTH WALES (such as a completed MPD form, police records and referee reports) to the relevant person if that All organisations within NSW that employ people in person is not appointed to the position, or otherwise child-related employment (in a paid or unpaid capacity) destroy such records within 28 days of the date of must meet the requirements of the Working with the decision or the expiry of any appeal period, Children Check (WWCC). Child related employment unless within that time the person requests that the is work which primarily involves direct unsupervised documents be returned to him/her. For appointed contact with children. The WWCC involves three persons, information will be kept on file in a secure components: location. 1. Ensuring all paid and unpaid employees sign a Where a national police check is obtained under this Prohibited Employment Declaration which states member protection policy, another organisation which they are not prohibited from working with children. is also required to screen may obtain a copy of the 2. Submitting all applicants for paid employment national police check provided that the consent of the to NSW Sport and Recreation for a WWCC relevant person is obtained and the national police background check. NSW Sport and Recreation check was performed in the immediately preceding two only carries out checks for paid employees. years. 3. Reporting relevant employment proceedings for any paid and unpaid employees to the Commission C(2) – WORKING WITH CHILDREN CHILD for Children and Young People. A relevant PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS employment proceeding involves any reportable conduct committed outside of work as well as in the The following information was updated in April 2009. It workplace with or in the presence of a child/ren. is subject to change at any time. Sporting organisations are responsible for managing QUEENSLAND the WWCC process. Individuals cannot apply for a A person will need a Working with Children Check, also WWCC directly. Sporting organisations should register known as the blue card, if they propose to work in a paid with NSW Sport and Recreation, providing a contact or voluntary capacity or to carry on a business in a child- who will receive the information on the background related area regulated by the Commission for Children checks. and Young People and Child Guardian Act 2000. Once A WWCC is valid for employment in that position within a person is checked and approved they are issued the organisation. Short-term employees (where that with a “blue card.” Volunteers and paid employees person is being employed for periods of less than six employed in sporting organisations generally fall months and returning for short periods throughout a 12 under the ‘churches, clubs and associations’ category month period) only need to be checked once every 12 of regulated employment. Volunteers and paid months. employees employed in private businesses may fall under the ‘sport and active recreation’ category For more information, including the required forms: of regulated employment. The check is a detailed www.kids.nsw.gov.au or call 02 9286 7219 or www. national criminal history check including charges and dsr.nsw.gov.au/children/resources.asp or call 02 9006 investigations relating to children. 3700. 271 app 3 member protection policy enjoy the ride

WESTERN AUSTRALIA A person who has no criminal or professional The Working with Children Check (WWC Check) is disciplinary history will be granted an assessment a compulsory and rigorous criminal record check for notice. This notice will entitle the person to undertake certain people who carry out ‘child-related work’ in WA. child-related work in Victoria and is valid for five years A person is in ’child-related work’ if the usual duties of (unless revoked). A person deemed unsuitable to his/her work involves, or is likely to involve, contact work or volunteer with children will be given a negative with a child in connection with specified categories notice and cannot work in child-related work in Victoria. of work (see the website below for further details). For more information: www.justice.vic.gov.au/ It includes child-related work carried out by paid workingwithchildren or call 1300 652 879. employees, volunteers, unpaid people and the self- SOUTH AUSTRALIA employed. Parents volunteering in connection with their child’s activity are exempt (although this does There are provisions under the Children’s Protection not apply to overnight camps); however they should (Miscellaneous) Amendment Act 2005 that apply to still be required to complete the non-WWC Check non-government and volunteer organisations that are screening process. There are other exemptions, entrusted with the care of children or who regularly for example volunteers under 18 years old. Further come into contact with children. These provisions details about exemptions can be found on the website require organisations to have strategies in place to below. Only those in child-related work under the Act prevent and minimise opportunities for abuse and may apply. to appropriately respond when abuse occurs or is suspected, and to implement guidelines and processes Applicants will be issued with either: that clearly outline effective and timely responses to • An Assessment Notice in the form of a WWC Card child protection issues and steps of action. enabling them to be in all types of child-related Be aware that criminal history reports are likely to work for three years unless there are new offences be introduced and mandatory for some positions in of concern. sporting organisations from 2010/2011. • An Interim Negative Notice, which prohibits them Staff and volunteers who work with children are from child-related work until a final decision is mandated notifiers and have a legal obligation to made on their application. report any suspected child abuse and/or neglect. • A Negative Notice, which prohibits them from For more information: www.families.sa.gov.au/ child-related work. childsafe or call 08 8226 7000. There are set obligations and strong penalties for non– NORTHERN TERRITORY compliance including for employers and volunteer co- coordinators. From January 2010, all persons employed in child related work, either paid or as a volunteer, must For more information: www.checkwwc.wa.gov.au or hold a valid clearance notice issued by the SAFE NT call 1800 883 979 (toll free). Screening Authority. There are penalties for failure to VICTORIA comply. Sports coaches, trainers, team administrators, The Working with Children (WWC) Check creates officials and volunteers of Sporting Organisations that a mandatory minimum checking standard across deal with children are caught. Victoria. The Working with Children Act 2005 requires Clearance notices are valid for two years from date that some people who work or volunteer in child- of issue unless revoked, and are transferable within related work require a WWC Check. The check employment fields. As a part of the assessment involves a national police records check and a review process, SAFE NT will consider the applicant’s criminal of relevant findings from prescribed professional history record and other relevant information. disciplinary bodes (currently only the Victorian Institute For more information contact 1800 SAFE NT (1800 of Teaching). There is an exemption for volunteers 723 368). whose own children are involved in the particular activity; however they should still be required to complete the screening process.

272 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Appendix 4- pRIVACY REGULATION

Appendix 4- pRIVACY REGULATION

We respect your privacy and are committed to • research and develop new products, services protecting your personal information. This document and merchandise relating to motorcycling. sets out our policy on how we will manage your If you do not wish to receive our newsletters, publications personal information. and other communications, please advise us in writing What is personal information? (contact details are set out below). Personal information is information or an opinion We will require parties that we disclose personal (including information or an opinion forming part of a information to, to keep the information confidential and database) from which it is possible to determine your not to use the information other than the purpose for identity. Examples of personal information include your which it is disclosed to them. name, postal address, telephone number and email address. Health and sensitive information In some circumstances we may collect: How do we collect your personal information? • information about your health; or We collect personal information about you in a number of ways, including: • other sensitive information about you (for example, information about your racial or ethnic • directly from you, for example, when you origin). provide information to us by phone, email, in an application form or through our web site; and We may use health information about you to ensure that motorcycling programs in which you participate are • from third parties, such as from our State run safely and in accordance with any special health Controlling Bodies and affiliated clubs (together needs you may have and for insurance purposes. the “Other Motorcycling Associations”). In addition, we may use de-identified health information How do we use your personal information? and other sensitive information to carry out research, to We and third parties (including the Other Motorcycling prepare submissions to government or a government Associations) to whom we disclose your personal body or to plan events and activities. De-identified information in accordance with this Privacy Policy, may information is information which has been aggregated use your personal information in order to: or otherwise de-identified so that it cannot be used to identify you or any other individual. • verify your identity; • develop, run, administer and market competitions, When do we disclose your personal information? programs, activities and other events relating to We may disclose your personal information to: motorcycling; • organisations (including the Other Motorcycling • market products, services, merchandise and Associations ) involved in motorcycling programs special offers made available by us, Other and initiatives in Australia; Motorcycling Associations or our respective • companies that we have engaged to carry out corporate partners, licensees, suppliers and functions and activities on our behalf; sponsors; • our professional advisers, including our • administer and manage our web site and provide accountants, auditors and lawyers; you with access to our web site; • our insurers; • keep you informed of news and information (such as advance notice of ticket sales) relating to • the Australian Institute of Sport; and motorcycling, including by distributing newsletters, • otherwise as required or authorised by law. publications and other communication via various mediums; Our web site • research and develop new competitions, When you visit our web site, our systems may record programs, activities and other events relating to certain information about your use of our web site (such motorcycling; and 273 Appendix 4- pRIVACY REGULATION enjoy the ride

as which web pages you visit and the time and date of Some of the security measures that we use include: your visit). We use this information to help analyse and 1. Confidentiality requirements of our employees improve the performance of our web site. and service providers; In addition, we may use “cookies” on our web site. 2. Security measures for computer/data base Cookies are small text files that help a web site system access; and to remember your preferences and improve your experience of using that web site. Using cookies 3. Security measures on our website, www.ma.org. is standard practice for most large web sites. In au some cases, the cookies that we use may collect How can you access the personal information we some personal information about you. We will treat hold about you? this information in the same way as other personal information we collect about you. If you prefer, you may Subject to some exceptions provided by law, you have be able to disable cookies on your internet browser. the right to access your personal information. For However, if you do so, you will not be able to enjoy the security purposes, if you would like to access personal enhanced user experience that our cookies offer. information that we hold about you, we require you to put your request in writing. If we do not allow you access to Websites linked to our website are not subject to our any part of the personal information we hold about you, privacy standards, policies or procedures. These we will tell you why. We will not charge you for lodging individual websites would need to be contacted or a request to access your personal information, but we reviewed directly to determine their privacy standards, may charge you for our reasonable costs in supplying policies and procedures. you with access to this information. Accuracy of your personal information How to contact us We take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the If you have any questions in relation to this Privacy personal information we collect, use and disclose is Policy, you can write to our Privacy Officer at PO Box accurate, complete and up-to-date. However, we rely 134, South Melbourne Vic 3205 or send an email to on the accuracy of personal information as provided to [email protected]. us both directly and indirectly. Changes to this Privacy Policy If you find that the personal information we hold about you is inaccurate, incomplete or out-of-date, please From time to time, we may need to change this Privacy contact us immediately (our contact details are set out Policy to reflect our changing business practices. We below) and we will take reasonable steps to ensure that may change the Privacy Policy at any time by posting it is corrected. the changed Privacy Policy on our web site. Protecting Personal Information Privacy Collection Statement We store personal information in paper and/or in MA collects information about you to provide you with electronic form. The security of information is important services to facilitate your involvement in motorcycling to us and reasonable steps to protect it from misuse, and to conduct marketing activities and market loss, unauthorised access, modification or disclosure research. If the information is not provided, MA may not will be taken. be able to provide certain services.

asd Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter – regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free! www.ma.org.au

274274 2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT app 5&6 Oh&s and ENVT policies appendix 5 appendix 6 OCCUPATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY SUSTAINABILITY POLICY POLICY Statement Statement Motorcycling Australia recognises the importance of Motorcycling Australia (MA) is the governing body of providing all stakeholders, employees’ volunteers, motorcycle sport in Australia. officials, contractors, visitors and participants with a MA is committed to the environment through safe and healthy work environment under their control. development and promotion of an environmental program which is committed to incorporating principles Objectives of sustainability in motorcycle sport within Australia. Our goal is to prevent all occupational injuries and illnesses. Motorcycling Australia will achieve this by: Objectives • Managing a workplace health and safety program MA’s goal is to establish a culture of continuous for all Motorcycling Australia’s stakeholders environmental improvement across motorcycling sport • Ensuring safety is a prime consideration in all in Australia. To achieve this we will: operations and practices • Establish and maintain an Environmental • Involving stakeholders in occupational health and Program safety matters and consulting with them on ways to • Comply with all relevant legislation, regulations, recognise, evaluate and control workplace hazards policies, local laws and site agreements that are • Providing instruction, training and supervision to designed to protect the environment. improve individuals understanding of workplace • Implement a National Environmental Code hazards, including safe work practices and and Management Plan that aims to prevent emergency procedures. Motorcycling Australia will pollution, minimise the potential for adverse implement and maintain an ongoing occupational environmental impacts and explore improved health and safety program, including conduct environmental options, especially in relation to: regular inspections aimed at reducing workplace 1. Noise emissions incidents. 2. Soil and ground water contamination (eg, pit/ All stakeholders are responsible and accountable for motorcycle clean up practices) the safety of their employees, contractors, officials, volunteers, participants, spectators and company 3. Emissions to air (eg fuel vapour, dust, fumes, property under their control. All employees, officials odour) (voluntary/paid), competitors, associated competition 4. Protection of flora and fauna participants, non competitive participants and others are responsible for ensuring all regulations, procedures 5. Discharges to water catchment areas (eg and safe work practices are followed at all times. All spills of fuel, brake fluids, coolant, oils, litter, Stakeholders are expected to fulfil their obligations by: degreasing, cleaning agents) • Following all safety directions, legislation, regulations 6. Protection of cultural heritage and procedures All employees, officials (voluntary/paid), competitors, • Reporting all injures and safety incidents associated competition participants, non competitive participants and others will comply with MA’s • Actively participating in safety initiatives Environmental Sustainability Policy.

275